ISSN 0289-842X

RIKEN
Accelerator
Progress Report
vol.

25

理化学研究所the Institute of Physical and Chemical Research

RIKEN Accelerator Progress Report en (Q)(Q) en
January-December U7 7 U

i~ 1 t. ~ liJf ~ jilT

the Institute of Physical and Chemical Research
Wako-!h;, Saitama, 351-0 I JAPANEditors
S. AmbeS. H. Be

Y. GonoM. HaraT. Kambara

N. Kumagai

Y. Miyazawa

N. SakaiI. Shimamura

I. Tanihata

E. Vagi

S. Yamaji

Y. YanoF. Yatagai

All rights reserved. This report or any part thereof may not be reproduced in any form (including
photostatic or microfilm form) without written permission from the publisher.
All reports are written on authors' responsibility and thus the editors are not liable for thecontents of the report.

CONTENTS

I.

Page
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................
1II.

OPERATION OF ACCELERATORS1.

RRC Operation··························································································

3

2.

RILAC Operation········ ...............................................................................

5

3.

AVF Cyclotron Operation ...........................................................................

7

4.

Tandetron Operation .................................................................................

8

III.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

1.

Nuclear Physics

1.

A Resonating-Group-Method Study of 16 0 _160 Elastic Scattering

92.

Multi-Dimensional Langevin Approach to the Dissipative
Dynamics of Nuclear Fission .............................................................. ~.. ....

113.

Langevin Approach to the Pre-Scission Particle Evaporations························

13

4.

Stochastic and Deterministic Solutions of the 2-D Boltzmann Equation ............

15

5.

Distribution of Strength for Isoscalar Modes at Finite Temperature" .............

16

6.

The "Finite q-L Correction" for Coulomb Dissociation Cross
Sections of llLi .... ..... ...... ..... ............... ...... .... ........... ...... ......... ............... ....

17

7.

Coulomb Breakup of Loosely Bound System················································

18

8.

Relativistic Many Body Th~ory of Nuclei Far from the Stability Line ............

20

9.

Neutral Pion Condensation in Quark Matter Including Vacuum
Fluctuation Effects····················································································

21

10.

1/ N Expansion and the Correlation Energy of Nuclear Matter in the
Relativistic (J-w Model········ ..... ....... ... ...... ...... ......... ..... ....... ... ............... ....

22

11.

K- -Nucleus Optical Potential with a Non-Local Term .................................

24

12.

(d,3He) Reactions for the Formation of Deeply Bound Pionic Atoms ..... ...... ....

25

13.

Production and Structure of Light 2-Hypernuclei··········································

26

14.

Subthreshold K+ and Hypernucleus Production
in Nuclear Collisions .. ...... .... ..... ..... . ......... ...... ...... .. . ...... ...... .... ..... ......... ....

27

15.

Formation and Fragmentation of Double-A Compound Nucleus .....................

28

16.

Energy Dependence of Hypernucleus Productionin High-Energy Nuclear Collisions· .. ··································· .........................

30

17.

Hypernuclear Production in 14.5 Ge V /nucleon Si + Au Collisions ..................

31

18.

The Strangeness S = - 2 Hypernuclei and the Predicted H -Particle ...............

32

19.

Particle Production in the Nuclear Fragmentation Region
in Ultrarelativistic Heavy Ion Collisions····· .................................................

33

Page

0

(J

2.

20.

Toward Lattice QCD Simulation on Parallel Computer APIOOO .....................

35

21.

The sLi(a, n)IIB Reaction Cross Section at Low Energy······························

36

22.

Determination of the Astrophysical 13N(p, y) 14 0 Reaction Rateby the Coulomb Breakup of 14 0 Nuclei in the Field of 20sPb ...........................

37

23.

Proton Decay Measurement with RIPS for Astrophysical Interest··················

39

24.

g-Factor Measurements of 14B and 15B Ground States····· ....... ........... .............

41

25.

Disappearance of the Giant Dipole Resonance in Hot Nuclei ........................

42

26.

Study of 33Si with Radiation-Detected Optical Pumping in Solids ........ ..........

43

27.

Density Distribution and EI Strength of llLi ................................................

44

28.

Momentum Correlation of Halo Neutrons in 11Li
-Evidence of Di-Neutron Formation- ......................................................

45

29.

Measurement of Angular Distributions for the 9,11 Li + p Elastic
Scattering ....... .... ...... ..... .... ...... ......... ...... ...... ..... .... ........ .... ......................

46

30.

E 1 Strength Distribution of llLi through Invariant
Mass Spectroscopy ....................................................................................

47

31.

High Spin Isomers in 144Pm Observed in the 14N(136Xe, 6n) Reaction ...............

48

32.

High-Spin States of 144Pm Studied by 13SBa(l°B, 4n)144Pm Reaction..................

49

33.

Coulomb Excitation of Unstable Nucleus Beam ..........................................

50

34.

Spin Isospin Excitation in the Reaction (d,2He) .............. ...............................

51

35.

The IH(d, 2p)n Reaction as an Analyzer for the Deuteron Tensor
Polarimeter at Intermediate Energies .........................................................

53

36.

Pion Absorption at I Ge V / c:·······································································

55

37.

Surface Muon Production in Reactions of 14N at 135A MeV
and of 4°Ar at 95A MeV with Various Target Nuclei ....................................

57

Atomic and Solid-State Physics

1.

Higher Differential Cross Sections for Ionization of Helium byProton Impact ..........................................................................................

58

2.

Photoionization of Two Electrons in Helium .... · .. ·........................................

59

3.

Systematic Theoretical Study of the Thomas Double Scatterings ..................

60

4.

Muon Transfer Reaction t+dJ.l(ls)~tJ.l(ls)+d .............................................

61

5.

Energy Shift in the Molecule [(dtJ.l)+-d+]e-e- Due to the Finite
Size of the Muonic Molecular Ion (dtJ.l)+ ......................................................

62

6.

Auger-Electron Due to the de-Excitation of [(dtJ.l)lldee]....................... .......

63

7.

Metastable States of Antiprotonic and Mesic Helium Atoms ........................

64

8.

Rotational Excitation in Positron Scattering by the H2 Molecule ..................

65

9.

Scaling of the Cross Sections for Vibrational Transitions..............................

66

Page
10.

Solid-Gas Effect in K-Vacancy Production in 41 MeV
Ar-Ca and Ar-Cu Collisions·· .. ·· .... ··· .. ·· .. ··· .... · .... ······· .. ·· .. · .. · .. ··· .. · .. ····· .. ·· .. ···67

Impact Parameter Dependence of K X-Ray Emission Probability andCharge State Distribution in 31 and 58 MeV Si 11+ + Ar Collisions ..................

68

Target Element Dependence of the Intensity Ratio of Ka
Hypersatellites to Satellites for 50- 95 MeV Ar Projectile" ...... ......... .............

69

Low Energy Ka Lines in Ar from Two-Electron
Rearrangement Transitions·· .. · .... · .... ·· .. ·· .... ········ .. · .. ····· .. ·· .... · .. ······· .... ·· .... ··

70

14.

Angular Distributions of United-Atomic Bremsstrahlung .. ................ ...... ......

71

15.

Multiple Ionization of He and Ne Atoms in Collision withRelativistic Heavy Ions .. .... ..... ..... ...... .... ............... ...... ...... ......... ...... ..........

72

16.

Secondary Ions Produced in Frozen H 20 Molecules
under Energetic Heavy Ion Impact ............................................................

73

Negatively Charged Cluster Ions Produced from Frozen C2H 2
Molecules under the Energetic, Heavy Ion Impact .......................................

74

Measurements of Field Ionized Electrons from High Charge State
Rydberg Ions·····························································································

75

Z2-dependence of Energy Spectra of Electrons Excited by
Grazing Angle Incident Fast Heavy Ions··· .. ········· .. ·· .. ········· .... · .. ······ .. · ...... ·..

76

20.

Ejected Electron Spectra from 04+(1s 23131') Produced by Double
Electron Capture .......................................................................................

77

21.

High-Resolution L-Auger Spectroscopy of Mg-Like Scandium Producedin 89-MeV Sc 8 ++ He Collisions ..................................................................

78

22.

Lifetime Measurements of the 2p 53p and 2p 53d Levels in Cr XV .....................

79

23.

Direct Capture of Externally Produced Ions in an RF Ion Trap for
Laser Spectroscopy of Atoms with Stable and Unstable Nuclei .....................

80

Ultra-Slow Monoenergetic eHe,u-)+ Beam and Novel
Future Applications····················································································

81

Search for Negatively Charged Isotopes Emitted from Solid Surfaces
in Heavy Ion Reactions······ .. ········· .. ·· .. ········ .. ············· .. ········ .. ············· .. ·····

82

26.

57Fe Mossbauer Studies of Single Crystal YBa2Cu3-xFex07-Y ........................

83

27.

Epitaxial Regrowth of Kr-Bubbles in the Kr-Implanted andAnnealed Aluminum .................................................................................

84

28.

Annealing Behavior of Kr Atoms Implanted into Aluminum ........................

85

29.

Implantation-Temperature Dependence of the Lattice Disorder
Produced by the Tb+-Implantation in CaF 2· .. ····· ...... · .... ·· .. ·· .... ··· ...... · ........ · .. ·86

Development of Nuclear Track Microfilters ................................................

87

11.
12.
13.

17.
18.
19.

24.
25.

30.

3.

Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry1.

Time-Differential Perturbed Angular Correlation (TDPAC) and Emission
Mossbauer (EM) Studies on 99Ru Arising from 99Rh in Fe304 ........................

88

Page
2.

Time-Differential y-Ray Perturbed Angular Correlation (TDPAC)
and Emission Mossbauer (EM) Studies on 99Ru Arisingfrom 99Rh in YBa zCu 3 0 7-x .......................................... ..............................

89

3.

57Fe Mossbauer Studies of BiPbSr zFe06 Ca1cinated in N z Gas........................

91

4.

Angular-Momentum Effect in the Fusion Reaction of 141Pr with 4°Ar
Projectiles ................................................................................................

92

5.

Nuclear Reaction Products in the Interaction of Intermediate-Energy
14N, 15N, and 4°Ar Ions ..............................................................................

93

6.

Preparation of Radioactive Multitracer Solutions from Ag Foils
Irradiated with High-Energy Heavy Ions .... · ................................................ ·95

Preparation of Radioactive Multitracer Solutions from Cu Foils
Irradiated with High-Energy Heavy Ions ...................................... ................

96

Separation of Multitracers from Heavy-Ion Irradiated Targets by
Heating under a Reduced Pressure .. .......................................... ................

97

Utilization of a Multitracer for Studies on the Ion Exchange
Behavior of a Strongly Acidic Resin NAFION ...................................... .......

98

Positron Annihilation Study on Defects in Undoped and Si- Doped
LEC-GaAs Irradiated by Charged Particles ...................................... · .... ··......

99

7.

8.
9.
10.

11.

4.

Nitrided Carbon Foils as Long-Lived Charge Strippers ............ ·.................... 101

Radiation Chemistry and Radiation Biology
1.

Irradiation Facility for Biological Experiments· .. · ....... .... .............................. 103

2.

Heavy-Ion Irradiation of NaCl/DNA Films ................................................ 104

3.

Induction of Chromosome Aberrations by Randomly Directed
Accelerated Heavy Ions·· .. ·: .. ··· .. ···· .. ·· .... · .. ····· .. ··· .. ···· .. · .. · .. ·· .. ···· .. ··.............. 105

4.

Heavy-lon-Induced Chromosome Fragmentation Studied by Premature
Chromosome Condensation (PCC) in Syrian Golden
Hamster Embryo Cells . .... . ... . . ... . . .... . .. . . . ... . . . ... . . ... . . .. .. . ... ... . .. . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . . ... . 106

5.

Lethal Effects of Carbon Beams of RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
on Cultured Mammalian Cells ..................................................................... 107

6.

Effect of Carbon Iron Irradiation on the Cell Survival ................................. 108

7.

Sensitivity of XP Cells to Heavy Ions ......................................................... 109

8.

Studies on Induced Mutations by Ion Beam in Plants.................................... 110

9.

Genetic Effects of Heavy Ion Irradiation in Maize and Soybean ..................... 111

10.

Effects of Heavy Ions on the Development of Fish Embryos .. ·.................. ...... 112

11.

Therapeutic Effectiveness of Carbon Ions Against
Experimental Tumors················································................................. 113

12.

High-Density Excitation Effect by the Heavy-Ion Irradiation: Track-Depth
Resolved Dynamics of He Excimers in N-Ion Impinged
N ear-Liquid He . ... . ..... . ... . .... . .... . . ... . .. ... .... . . .... . .... .... . . .. ... . ... . . . ... ... . . . . ... . . ... . 114

Page
13.

5.

6.

A Technique of Emission Decay Measurement of 100 ps Resolution on
Heavy-Ion Excitation: Effects of High-Density Excitation on theAuger-Luminescence of BaF 2 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 115

Instrumentation

1.

A New Gas-Target Technique for Isomer-Search with Use ofa Gas-Filled Recoil Isotope Separator ... ..... ..... ...... .... ..... ....... ... ..... .... ...... .... 116

2.

Refractory Element Production with GARIS/IGISOL ... ..... ...... .... ..... ... ...... .... 117

3.

Collinear Fast Atomic Beam Laser Spectroscopy of Hf ................................. 118

4.

27Z'-PPAC for the Coulomb Excitation Study···· ..... ..... ...... ...... ........ .... ...... .... 119

5.

The Effect of Heavy-Ion Irradiation on a 12- Strip Position-Sensitive
Silicon Detector ........ ............................................................................... 120

6.

Development of a Phoswich Detector for Identificationof Charged Particles and y Ray .. ··· .... ··· .. · .... · .... · ............ ·· .............. · .... ·· .... ·· 121

7.

A Magnetic Spectrometer for Studies of Unstable Nuclei
through Secondary Reactions ..................................................................... 122

8.

Experimental Set-Up for Measuring the Proton Scattering by
Secondary Radioactive Beams·················································.................... 124

9.

Performance of Low-Energy Radioactive Beams in RIPS .. · .. · .. · ...... · .......... · .. · 126

10.

First Focal Plane of SMART and Its Detector System ................................. 128

11.

Development of Detectors for the Second Focal Plane of SMART· ............ ·· .. · 129

12.

Performance Test of SMART Neutron Detectors ...... · .... · .. · .. · .. · .. · .............. · .. · 131

13.

Energy Deposition and Straggling of High Energy Heavy Ionsin Silicon Detectors···················································································· 132

14.

Mass Resolution Measurement of a Cosmic-Ray Heavy Ion Telescope" .......... 134

15.

A Transputer Add-In Board for PC-9801 ...................................................... 136

16.

Low Energy Unstable Nuclear Beam Channel "SLOW" at
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron····························· ....................................... .......... 138

17.

High Resolution Soft X-Ray Spectrometer for Chemical State
Analysis by PIXE .................................................................................... 139

18.

Detection of Liquid Xe Scintillation from Heavy Ions Using
Si Photodiodes and Photomultipliers ...... · ............................................ ·· ...... · 140

19.

Data Acquisition System of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron .......... · ........ · .. ·.......... 142

20.

Data Acquisition System for the Spectrograph SMART .. · ...... · .... · .... · .. · ...... · .. · 144

21.

New Computer System for Data Analysis ................................................... 146

Material Analysis

1.

Theory of L- V X-Ray Emission Spectra of Copper Compounds ..................... 147

2.

Nickel L- V PIXE Spectra of Alloys .............. · .......... · .......... · .. · .... · ........ ·...... 148

3.

Particle Induced Optical Luminescence of Lanthanoid Metals ........................ 150

Page

IV.

4.

Analysis of an Accident during Ozone Experiments by Means of the
Heavy-Ion Rutherford Scattering ........ ..... ................ .................................. 151

5.

Light-Element Impurities in a TiN Film Studied by Heavy-Ion
Rutherford Scattering································ ................................................. 152

6.

N on-Destructive Analysis of Hydrogen Isotopes in the Volcanic
Glass by Linear Accelerator·· .. ·· .... · .. ·· .. ··· .... ·· .... ·· .. ·· .. ··· .... ·· .. ···· .. ··............... 153

NUCLEAR DATA
1.

Status Report of the Nuclear Data Group ................................................... 154

2.

Cross Section Data for 74As Production ........ ..... ......................................... 155

V.

DEVELOPMENT OF ACCELERATOR FACILITIES

1.

Ion Accelerator Development2.

1.

Beam Phase Meter for RIKEN Ring Cyclotron .... · .................... · .................. · 156

2.

Recent Improvement of Micro-Program in a Control
Interface for a Magnet Power Supply ......................................................... 158

3.

Effect of Coating the Plasma Chamber Wall in RIKEN Electron
Cyclotron Resonance Ion Source (ECRIS) on the Beam Intensity of
the Highly Charged Ions ...._....................................................................... 160

4.

The Effect of Electrode in RIKEN Electron Cyclotron ResonanceIon Source (ECRIS) on the Beam Intensity of Highly Charged Ions ............... 161

5.

High Intensity Polarized Ion Source .......... · ...... · .......... · .............................. · 162

6.

Development of an LN A Laser for Polarized 3He Ion Source of the
Injector A VF Cyclotron (II) ..................................................................... 163

7.

Status of ECR Ion Source (Neomafios) for RILAC ....................................... 165

8.

Design of a Second-Harmonic Buncher for RILAC ....................................... 167

9.

Measurement of Surface Resistance of High-Tc
Superconductor (Bi, Pb)zSr zCa zCu 30x at 10.5 GHz ....................................... 169

10.

Possibility of Simultaneous Acceleration ofH- and D- with a Cyclotron····· ... ...... ... ............ ...... ......... ..... ..... ..... .. ........... 171

Synchrotron Radiation Source Development
1.

Status of the SPring-8 Project ..................................................................... 173

2.

Behavior of Lattice Parameters in the Vicinity of the Operation Pointof SPring-8 Storage Ring ........................................................................... 175

3.

Analysis of the Sensitivity Reduction Against the Magnet
Misalignment in Low Emittance Synchrotron Radiation
Sources by Unifying Magnets in Each Straight Section ................................. 177

4.

Calculation of the Resonance Band-Width Induced by Multipole Fields ......... 178

5.

Effects of Multipole Errors on the Dynamic Aperture ofSPring-8 Storage Ring (1) ........................................................................... 180

6.

Effects of Multipole Errors on the Dynamic Aperture ofSPring-8 Storage Ring (II)·· .. · .... ·· .. ··· .. ·· .... · .... ·· ........ · ...... · .. ·· .... · .. ··· .. ·· .... ·· .. ·· 182

Page
7.

Optimization of the Lattice with 4 Long Magnet-Free
Straight Sections for SPring-8 Storage Ring (1).. ... ...... ... ...... ..... .... .... ............ 184

S.

Study on a Free Electron Laser at a SPring-S
Long Straight Section················································································· 186

9.

The Relation between an Undulator Radiation in SPring-S
and a Diffraction Limit Radiation on Spectral Brightness
at the X-Ray Wavelength ........................................................................... 187

10.

Angular Distribution of the Radiation Power froma Bending Magnet in SPring -S" .... . ..... . . ... . ... . . ... . . . ... . ... . . ... . ..... . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . ... . . . 190

11.

Angular Distribution of the Undulator Radiation Power in SPring-8 ............... 192

12.

Effect of Energy Spread on the Multi-Pole Wiggler Radiation Spectrum ........ · 195

13.

Progress in the Magnet System for SPring-8 Storage Ring ........................... 198

14.

A Preliminary Test for Precise Alignment of SPring-8 Sextupole Magnets······ 200

15.

Design of Steering Magnet System for the SPring-S Storage Ring.................. 201

16.

Magnetic Properties of a Pulsed Septum Magnet .......................................... 203

17.

Calculation of Magnetic Field Attenuation by Metallic Coating andCore Material for Pulsed Magnet ............................................................... 205

IS.

Measurement of Ripple Field in the B, Q, Sx Magnets with an
Aluminium Vacuum Chamber for the SPring-S Storage Ring ........................ 207

19.

Design of Magnet Power Supply Control System for
the SPring-S Storage Ring·· .. ·· .. ···· .... · .. ·· .. ··· .. ··· .... · .... · .. ··· .. ····· .. · .. ·······.......... 209

20.

Operation of a 1 MW Klystron for the SPring-S .......................................... 211

21.

Development of a High Power RF Input Coupler for the SPring-S
Storage Ring····························································································· 212

22.

High Power Test of a Five-Cell Cavity for the SPring-S .............................. 214

23.

RF Vacuum System for the SPring-8 Storage Ring .. · .... · .............. ·................ 216

24.

Study on Impedances of the SPring-8 Storage Ring ....................................... 218

25.

Straight Section Chamber .... ··· .... · .... ·· .. · .... ··· .... ··· .. · .. ···· .. · .. · .. ·· .. ··· .. · .. ···· .. ·· .. · 219

26.

Pumping System of the SPring-S

27.

The Design of Absorber for SPring-S Storage Ring ........ · .................. · .... ·...... 223

28.

PBL Absorber for the SPring-S Storage Ring ............................................. 225

29.

Synchrotron Radiation Shield of the Crotch for the SPring-S Storage Ring...... 226

30.

Comparison of Copper and Aluminum as the Chamber Wall Materialof the Photon Absorber·············································································· 227

31.

Synchrotron Radiation Interactions in the Photon Absorber ........................ ·.. 229

32.

Simultaneous Calibration for Two URV Gauge Heads ................................. 231

33.

Spectroscopy of Electron Produced by Synchrotron Radiation........................ 233............................................................... 221

Page

VI.

34.

Magnetic Field Measurements on ]SR Undulator .. ········································ 234

35.

Magnetic Field Measurements on SPring-8 Prototype Undulator .............. .... 236

36.

Effect of Electrode Displacement on the Measurement Accuracy of Beam
Position Monitors for the SPring-8 Storage Ring·········································· 238

37.

The Real Time Operating System of Front-End Processors for the SPring-8 ... 240

RADIATION MONITORING
1.

Residual Radioactivity in the 160 cm Cyclotron and Its
Surrounding Facilities ................. .......... ................................................... 242

2.

Routine Monitoring of the 160 cm Cyclotron, RILAC, and T ANDETRON ...... 244

3.

Exposure Dose Monitoring of RIKEN Accelerator Workers··························· 245

4.

Residual Activities in the Ring Cyclotron Facility ....................................... 246

5.

Leakage Radiation Measurement in the Ring Cyclotron Facility····················· 248

6.

Measurement of Neutrons Produced by 135 MeV/ nucleon Nitrogen Ionsin an Iron Beam-Stopper with the Activation Method .................................... 250..................... ....................................................... .............. 253

VII.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONSVIII.

LIST OF PREPRINTS ................................................................................................... 258

IX.

PAPERS PRESENTED AT MEETINGSX.

LIST OF SEMINARS ................................................................................................... 272

XI.

LIST OF PERSONNEL ................................................................................................ 274

AUTHOR INDEX..................................................................... 260

I. INTRODUCTION
M. Ishihara
This Annual Report covers the activities of the
RIKEN Accelerator Research Facility for theyear of 1991. The major facility available is anintermediate-energy heavy- ion accelerator complex consisting of a central booster accelerator,
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron (RRC) , and two injectors, a heavy- ion linear accelerator (RILAC)
and an A VF cyclotron (A VF). Heavy ions to beaccelerated up to 135 MeV/ nucleon have been
served for a variety of disciplines including
nuclear physics, atomic physics, nuclear andradiation chemistry, condensed matter physics,
and radiation biology. The RILAC has been also
used in a stand-alone mode for atomic physics
and other fields of application. On the other handa separate use of the AVF is yet to start next
year. In addition, a I - MeV Tandetron is in operation.
Users of the facility have ranged over 11
among 50 laboratories in RIKEN. There has
been also a large participation of outside users:
About 240 researchers and 70 graduate students
from domestic institutions have joined in theactivities at the Facility. International collaborations with groups from more than 15 laboratories
were also encouraged and promoted on the basisof institutional agreements or individual initiatives.
The Report also includes R&D works andconstruction status reports of two developing
projects: One is the joint project between RIKEN
and Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute(J AERI) to build an 8- GeV synchrotron radiation source (SPring-8) at the site' of Harima
Science Garden City, Hyogo Prefecture. The
other is an international project between RIKEN
and RAL (U.K.) on muon science. An intense
pulsed muon beam is to be facilitated using the
RAL synchrotron.
The accelerators have worked nicely throughthe year. The beam hours for experiments with
RRC have nearly reached a level of 5000 hours
per year. Installation of an ECR ion source (NEOMAFIOS) at RILAC has significantly improved
beam properties of heavier ions. Ions as heavy as
166Er have been used for an experiment. Meanwhile acceleration of protons has been tested
successfully at different energies. In order togain a broader prospect for hydrogen-beamexperiments a polarized ion source is under con-struction at the AVF to be completed next
spring.
There have been also steady developmentswith the experimental apparatus at RRC beam
channels. In particular construction of a largeacceptance magnetic spectrometer has been completed. This is installed downstream of a projectile-fragment separator, RIPS, to serve for exclusive measurements of secondary reactions withradioactive beams. An on-line mass separator,
GARIS-IGISOL, has improved in transmission
efficiency significantly. Another spectrometer
called SMART, a Tandem-type high- precision
charged-particle analyzer, has started its operation for experiments.
Experimental studies on nuclear physics havebeen made primarily using beams from RRC,
consuming about 70 % of the whole RRC beam
hours. Emphasis has been placed on the studies
on and with unstable nuclei. The fragment
separator RIPS has continuously played the
major role by supplying intense high- energy
beams of radioactive isotopes. Nuclear density
distribution and giant resonances of neutronhalo nuclei have been extensively studied
through inclusive and exclusive measurements.
A study of sub-barrier fusion reactions withextremely-neutron rich nuclei is under progress.
Crqss-sections of astrophysical interests were
measured for several reactions involving unstable nuclei. In particular use of electro-magnetic
dissociation process as an inverse radiative capture reaction was appreciated. A new method to
produce spin -polarized unstable nuclei throughprojectile-fragmentation has been established:
Measurements of g- factors of exotic nuclei weresuccessfully started with such beams. Anotherunique approach to polarize unstable nuclei isunder study, applying a laser optical pumping
method to isotopes implanted in semiconductors.
While RIPS cover relatively light isotopes
heavy isotopes were studied using GARISIGISOL. A challenging program to search forsuper-heavy elements (SHE) has been
continued. A possible new scheme based on aparticular type of reaction process is under investigation to enhance the production and survival
probabilities of SHE. The isotope separator was
also used to study other heavy nuclei such as non--1-

volatile Hf isotopes and tin isotopes close to
A = 100. An interesting attempt to produce
beams of high-spin isomers has yielded a promising result. A fairly intense beam of 144Pm isomers
with spin of about 30 11 was obtained. With improved intensity this would serve to produce
extremely-high- spin states at relatively low excitation energies via secondary compound reactions.
The first experiment with SMART was performed on (d,2He) and (d, d (S = 0, T = 1))
reactions by exploiting the wide momentum
acceptance and easy access to neutron detection.
Spin-isospin response is the issue of primaryconcern.
The activities on theoretical nuclear physics
have been largely enhanced by a recently organized group consisting of three visiting professors
and six post doctoral fellows. The subjects
involve not only heavy-ion physics but also otheraspects such as QCD nuclear phenomena andnuclei with strangeness.
Experiments on atomic physics were performed using RRC, RILAC and also the A VF ECR ion
source by itself. Emission processes of a-rays inhigh energy atomic collisions were investigatedwith RRC. A detailed study of collision mechanism was performed at RILAC by observing
impact parameter dependence of inner- shell ionization. Beam foil spectroscopy continued withRILAC Cr beams. Spectroscopy of doublyexcited states of He-like ions was performed
with ECR. Micro cluster formation at energetic
heavy-ion impact was studied with RILAC. Crystallization of Kr was studied using the Tandetron.
The major effort on muon research has shifted
towards construction of the new beam channel at
RAL. Meanwhile a production scheme of ultra slow J1.- beam has been tested at RRC. Studies on*

muonic molecules are in progress in relation tomuon catalyzed fusion.
Studies of nuclear and radiation chemistry
have continued with various methodologies.
Mossbauer and perturbed angular correlation
techniques were used to study the properties ofmagnetic and high- Tc superconducting materials. Rutherford scattering and PIXE techniques
were applied to the impurity and composition
analysis of high-purity industrial materials andenvironmental and geological samples. Positronannihilation analysis continued to probe dislocation in semi-conductors. A major effort wasplaced on development and application of a"multi - tracer" method in which a large variety
of radioactive isotopes produced in high- energy
heavy- ion reactions are used simultaneously as
tracers. The new method has been proved to bean effective and useful means to study circulation of elements in vegetation and geographicalenvironments.
Studies of radiation biology were performed in
two aspects, space biology and radiotherapy.
Effects of irradiation of high-energy heavy ionswere studied on biological samples such as
spores, beans, and shrimp eggs to simulate theeffects of cosmic rays. Basic studies on heavy ion cancer therapy were carried out by irradiating mice, mammal culture cells and so on at
RRC.
Our scientific activities have involved a large
number of seminars, workshops and symposia
held at or organized by the Facility. In particularwe were happy to promote the 4th international
conference on N ucleus- Nucleus Collision on thebasis of recent developments on heavy-ion
nuclear physics at our facility. It was held successfully in June at Kanazawa with a large
number of participants and lively reports anddiscussions.

-2-

RIKEN Accel. Prog . Rep. 25 (1991)

II. OPERATION OF ACCELERATORS
1. RRC Operation
Y. Yano, A. Goto, M. Kase, T. Kageyama, T. Nakagawa, H. Isshiki, * R. Abe, *S. Otsuka, * H. Akagi, * T. Ishikawa, * R. Ichikawa, * and T. Maie*
Figure 1 summarizes the change in yearly
operation hours of the RRC from 1987 to 1991 (asfor 1991 see the figure caption) . Since 1990 routine machine-time schedule for the year has
almost been established, because there havebeen no interruptions due to construction works.

In Fig. 2 new beams from December 1990
through October 1991 are plotted in the available
region of an energy- mass space together with thebeams accelerated so far. Table 1 lists these newbeams as well.

(hours)8760

200

k-:-:-:-:-:-j
Construction
Shutdowns

8000

c=:J

Scheduled
Shutdowns

Ions Accelerated(April 1987 - October 1991)o

New Beams(December 1990 • October 1991)

150

~

6000

•

Breakdowns

cO

IfWt-'0\:r ~ I

UTuning

:>

Q)

::l
C

Q)

4000

e

Non·nuclear
Research

AVF Injection
100

>

CJ

a:

w

zw

-

2000

II

50

NuclearResearcho

101987 1988 1989 1990 1991·

NN: lcaI

Fig. 1. Statistics of the RRC operation from 1987 to
1991 . Operation hours of 1991 * are the values predicted
as of November 8, 1991, expecting no more break·downs. Experiments of 710 hours as well as machine
tunings of 130 hours remain scheduled.

In these two years extensive improvements havebeen made for the whole parts of the machine;
this work was very effective in Quick starting up, stable operation, and easy maintenance.
Thereby hours for tuning and breakdown havebeen cut back so that total effective hours forusers are likely to reach nearly 5000 hours in
1991. These hours have been dovoted to carryout nuclear (70 % in portion) and non- nuclear(30 % in portion) experiments. The A VF -injected beam time has exceeded the RILAC- injectedbeam time in a ratio of 7 to 3. Regular long-term
overhauls were carried out for 3 weeks in thewinter and 6 weeks in the summer.

111111I

H COMgAr

Cu
I

I

I

I

Zn Kr

Xe

Er

81

I

AtomicMass

Fig. 2. RRC beams during April 1987-0ctober 1991.
Table 1. New RRC beams in December 1990- 0ctober
1991.
RFF
(MHz)

h

Energy(MeV/nucleon)

IntensIty
(pnA)

p

24.6
38.7
42.2

5
5
5

70
210
270

100
30

d

32.0

5

130

10

13

18

11

7

2

8

18

11

7

18

65Cu

8

18

11

7

3

136Xe

23

18

10

8.5

4

33

28

9

26

1.8

32

22.3

9

16

2

Particle

58NI

166Er

* Sumijyu Accelerator Service, Ltd.

-3-

ChargeY. Yano et al.

In late 1990 an ECR ion source, NEOMAFIOS,
was installed on a high voltage terminal of the
RILAC, being substituted for an old PIG ion
source. Thanks to higher charge- statesobtained, the RILAC acceleration performancehas been roughly doubled for heavy ions, andconsequently the RRC beam energies and intensities for heavy ions have been increased. In
addition, when we accelerate ions of mass-tocharge ratio less than 8.1 up to the RRC minimum energy of 7 MeV Inucleon, no charge stripping is preferable owing to the high intensity forthe high charge- states. Here the RRC has the Kvalue of 460 MeV for such a low velocity beam.
We applied this acceleration mode to 7 MeV I
nucleon 58Ni8+ and 65CU 8+ beams, and the intensities obtainable have been significantly increased by a factor of 5 as a result of no beamloss due to the stripping process.
We successfully accelerated 210 MeV and 70
MeV proton beams. In the latter, 70 MeV I nucleon H2 + ions were dissociated by a stripper foil
placed at the object point of the RRC beam line.
Trim- coil power supplies have potentiality tocreate an isochronous field for a 270 MeV protonbeam, while accoding to calculations a verticalbetatron frequency crosses the dangerous

resonace v z = 0.5 at 210 MeV and decreases down
to 0.2 at the final energy. In order to study theresonance- crossing phenomena, we tried toaccelerate protons up to 270 Me V . In this trial,
protons were successfully accelerated up to thefinal energy inside the RRC, but some part of thebeam was lost near the resonance-crossing
radius, where abrupt vertical shift of central
particles was observed. These phenomena will
be investigated in further detail.
In improvement works on the ECR ion sourceof the A VF cyclotron, it was found that applying
a negative voltage to an electrode housed in a
first -stage chamber as well as coating aluminumand magnesium oxide on a second-stage plasmachamber wall enhance the high -charge state
performance. By these means 35 epA of 4°Ar12+
and 6 epA of 84Kr20+ have been obtained, whichallows the RRC to deliver approximately 2pnAof 110 MeV I nuc1eon 4°Ar and 70 MeV I nucleon
84Kr beams, respectively.
A polarized protonl deuteron ion source of an
atomic beam type is being assembled about 8 m
directly above the A VF cyclotron center. Test of
this ion source will be started in late 1991. R&D
work on a polarized 3He ion source is also pursued.

- 4-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

11-2. RILAC Operation
Y. Chiba, M. Hemmi, M. Yanokura, M. Kase, E. Ikezawa, T. Aihara, *T. Ohki, * H. Hasebe, * T. Chiba, and Y. Miyazawa
The RILAC operation entered into a new era
by replacing the PIG ion source used for many
years with a new ECR ion source (N eomafios) .
Installation and test of the new ion source on theinjector high voltage station was completed at
the end of 1990. Beam service for users with the
ECR source was started in Jan. 1991. Tables 1,
2, and 3, show the statistics of operation from
Jan. through Dec. 1991. Highly charged ionsavailable with the ECR source extended theusable energy range of RILAC as shown in Fig.
1. Difficulty in keeping a stable operation of the
ECR source for several metal elements (e. g. Cu,
Zn, and BD was got over in most cases by usingoxide ceramics specimens. The details of the
ECR source are reported in this issue also. 1)
Hard machine troubles we met this year are as
follows. A long bellows of NO. 3 resonator wasmechanically damaged; the bellows was used for
vacuum seal of the driving rod of the shorting

Table 1. Statistics of the operation for Jan.
1-Dec. 31, 1991.

Table 2. Beam time for individual researchgroups.

Day

%

Day

%

177

48.5

Atomic physics

63

35.6

Frequency change

7

1.9

Solid-state physics

17

9.6

Overhaul and improvement

36

9.9

Nuclear chemistry

17

9.6

Periodic inspection and repair

29

7.9

Radiation chemistry9

5.1

Machine trouble

4

1.1

Accelerator research

7

4.0

112

30.7

Beam transportation to RRC

365

100

Beam time

Scheduled shut down
Total

Total

64

36.2

177

100

4
I~
b .....

,1\ /~ ~ 1\

-

~ I~

3

"

L~
e-

\

~!I

.'

...'

o

1\

\~~j

F~
He

~ 1\ I ~.. ...... .....

I

01

-

V

f-

1

/i\

:~
.~

tr
-

.... . . ....

_._-

'

I

Si

Ti

~

I

PI9' I.S.
..........
....... ....
------ ---- ._ ...... r-

I

I~IJJ ~ 1fl~lzn
lNicu de l:ll~~rL JJ L

C Ne'" 1'\..........

..

-I--- t---t------I

ECR I.S. ( N~omafios )I

I

HODyIII
Sm

Nb Rh

Ho

Er

f= 18MHz;"';'
RRC limit

I

I

II IRe 200
HeW

Ta

~u

Ir

Bi

Pb

I

25 a

Ion Spedes

Fig. 1. Ion energies from RILAC with use of the ECR ion
source compared with the previous PIG ion source.

* Sumijyu Accelerator Service, Ltd.

-5-

I

MASS

Y. Chiba et at.

Table 3. List of ions used in this year.
Charge state

Day

Ion

Mass

He

4

C

12

4

1

N

14

2,3

9

N

15

2,3

3

Ne

20

4

2

Si

28

5

15

7

Ar

40

4,6,8

56

Cr

52

7

13

Ni

58

6,8

16

Cu

65

8

5

Kr

84

9

7

Sn

120

13

Xe

129

13

Xe

136

9, 14

Sm

152

12

Ho

165

13

Er

166

13

Hf

180

14

Bi

209

10, 14

device. It took 3 days to repair it with a spareone. Troubles of rf contact silver sheets in theresonator, RILAC'S chronic trouble, took placeagain ' in NO. 6 resonator. In an electrostatic
quadrupole lens installed at the beam exit of the
ECR source, the surface insulation of electrodesupports was deteriorated with sputtered metals;
the shields from sputtering and the supports were
improved. In the microwave source of the ECR
ion source , the 8 GHz low level amplifier and theDC high voltage supply for the klystron had
troubles.
References
1) E. Ikezawa et at.: This Report , p. 165.

26

8

4

-6-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

11-3. AVF Cyclotron Operation
A. Gata, M. Kase, Y. Yana, T. Nakagawa, T. Kageyama, H. Isshiki,*
R. Abe,* S. Otsuka,* H. Akagi,* T. Ishikawa,* R. Ichikawa,* and T. Maie*
We have routinely offered AVF cyclotron
beams to RIKEN Ring Cyclotron (RRC) for thelast one year. Table 1 lists the characteristics ofion beams which were accelerated from December 1990 to October 1991. Among these, new ones
are protons and H 2 ions. We succeeded in getting the designed maximum energies from RRC
for protons (210 MeV) and deuterons (135 MeV /nucleon). We operated the A VF cyclotron for98.5 days for beam services to users during thisperiod.
In the summer-time overhaul, we found that
there were no problems in the components of thecyclotron. The performance of the cyclotron wasalmost the same as in the previous year; thecyclotron has been operated with no serfous
troubles except that some beam losses occurredin the injection beam line and during extraction
and that the beam transmission through thecyclotron was still around 10%.

+

Table 1. A VF beams accelerated in December 1990-0ctober 1991.
Ion

RF
Frequency

Energy +(MHz)(MeV/nucleon)

12.3

4.0 ( 70)p

19.4

9.9 (210)

P

21.1

11.8 (270)

d

12.3

4.0 ( 70)

3

d

16.3

7.0 (135)

5

d

13.8

9.5 (---)t

0.5

16.3

7.0 (135)

13

16.3

7.0 (135)

2.5

18OS+

12.3

4.0 ( 70)

4

18()6+

14.5

5.5 (l00)

12.5

14.5

5.5 (100)

4.5

14.05

5.2 ( 95)

38

Operation++time(days)

3.5

Total

+

98.5

The values in the parentheses show the energies obtained by the coupled
operation with RRC.

++ The time served to experiments.
t

These ions were accelerated only with the A VF cyclotron.

* Sumijyu Accelerator Service, Ltd.

-7-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

11-4. Tandetron Oper.ation
T. Kobayashi, E. Yagi, T. Urai, H. Sakairi, and M. Iwaki
The Tandetron was operated for 152 days in
the period from Oct. 1, 1990 to Oct. 31, 1991,
during which IH, 4He, and llB were accelerated.
The machine was shut down several times for
replacement of a variable transformer of theelectric power supply for an einzel lens, and adiffusin pump for a vacuum system of the RBS
beam line, and for repairs of a high voltage
power supply for a quadrupole doublet lens andan arc power supply in a duoplasmatron ion
source. The acceleration tube was replaced withnew one in September.
The Tandetron was used for the experimental
studies on the following subjects.
(1) Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy
(RBS)

-8-

Behavior of Kr atoms implanted into
aluminum by the channeling method(Metal Physics Lab.)(b) Analysis of the Tb distribution and damage in a Tb- implanted CaF 2 (Semiconductor Lab. and Surface Characterization
Center)(2) Nuclear Reaction Analysis(a) Lattice location of hydrogen in niobium
alloys by the channeling method (Metal
Physics Lab.)(3) Particle induced X -ray emission (PIXE)(a) Application of the PIXE to medical,
environmental, archaeological,and material sciences (Inorganic Chemical Physics
Lab.)
(a)

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

III. RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
1. Nuclear Physics
1. A Resonating-Group-Method Study of 160 - 160 Elastic Scattering
T. Wada[160- 160 elastic scattering, resonating group method, )equivalent local potential, deep potential.

Recently, Stiliaris et alY reported that
"nuclear rainbow" is found in the elastic scattering of the 160 - 160 system at E cm =175 MeV. Thisobservation provides us with the first example ofthe nuclear rainbow in heavy- ion scattering. The
rainbow structure can be reproduced by a deep
real potential with a weak imaginary part, while
the shallow potential failed to reproduce the dataat large angles. This result seems to be contradictory to the fact that the molecular resonancephenomena observed in the light-heavy ion systems have been described almost exclusively
using shallow potentials. It is now widely
accepted that the a-nucleus optical potential has
been determined without ambiguities. We studied
16£1' - 0and a- 40Ca elastic scattering by theresonating group method (RGM) .2) We foundthat the data fitting by the theory is very good ina wide energy range and that the equivalent local
potential (ELP) constructed from the RGM nonlocal one is very similar to the real part of theunique optical potential which is deep. Thus, it isquite important to study the 160 - 16 0 system by
the RGM.
The oscillator parameter 11 for the intrinsic
wave function of 160 is chosen to be 0.16 fm-2.
As for the effective nuclear force, we adopt the
HNY interaction 3 ) which has a parameter in the
3E strength of the medium- range attraction;
Vm (3E) = - 546 + ~MeV. Figure 1 shows theelastic scattering angular distribution calculatedwith the RGM and the datal) at E cm =175 MeV.
The value of ~ adopted here is 90.7 MeV. For
the imaginary part of the 160 - 160 potential, we
adopt the Woods-Saxon form with the radius
Ri = 5.5 fm, the diffuseness ai = 0 . 65 fm, and thestrength Wo = 29 . 7 MeV. A surface-transparent
imaginary potential is necessary to reproduce
the rainbow structure. The fit to the data is very
good. We also calculate the ELP from the nonlocal interaction of the RGM. Figure 2 shows the
ELP (L=50) at the same energy together withthe real part of the phenomenological optical- 9-

0 ,16 0 )160(16

H'N~=90.7 MeV

Fig. 1. Comparison of the 160 - 16 0 elastic scattering angular distribution by the RGM at Ecm= 175 MeV with thedata of Ref. 1.

-50>' -1 00
Q)

~ -150ro~ -200Q)(5a... -250
-300

2

4

6

8

10

r (fm)

Fig. 2. Comparison of the equivalent local potential (solidline) at Ecm= 175 MeV with the phenomenologicalpotential of Ref. 4 (dashed line). Dotted line denotes the
direct potential without antisymmetrization.

potential by Kondo et al. 4 ) One of the quantities
which characterize potentials is the volume integral per nucleon pair; jv= 47C f V ( r) r 2 dr /ApAT, where Ap and AT denote the mass number

T. Wadaof the projectile and that of the target, respectively. The calculated value of jv for the ELP
is 290 MeV -fm 3 , which agrees with that for thephenomenological potential of Ref. 4.
References
1)

E. Stiliaris et at.: Phys. Lett., 223B, 291 (1989).

-10 -2) T. Wada and H. Horiuchi: Phys. Rev. Lett., 58, 2190
(1987); T. Wada and H. Horiuchi: Phys. Rev., C38,
2063 (1988).
3) Y. Yamamoto: Prog. Theor. Phys., 52, 471 (1974).
4) Y. Kondo, F. Michel, and G. Reidemeister: Phys.
Lett., 24~B, 340 (1990).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-2. Multi-Dimensional Langevin Approach to the Dissipative
Dynamics of Nuclear Fission
T. Wada, N. Carjan,* and Y. Abe
Fission, multi-dimensional Langevin equation, J[ transient time, kinetic energy distribution.
Nuclear fission is a multi -dimensional dissipative phenomenon. Various collective degrees
of freedom which describe nuclear shapes suchas elongation, necking, fragment deformation,and mass-asymmetry have to be taken into
account for studying the dynamics of fission. The
success of the transport theories in describing
nuclear dissipation in deep inelastic heavy-ion
collisions revived the old Kramers' picture!) instudying induced fission; slowly varying collective degrees of freedom are viewed as a Brownian particle and fast nucleonic degrees of freedom as a heat bath. The Langevin approach 2 ) is
more suitable for nuclear physics problems thanthe Fokker-Planck approach, because: (1) Langevin equation can be easily applied to multidimensional cases since it is an ordinary differential equation; (2) it can also be generalized totreat non-Markovian processes by introducing a
retarded friction.
A characteristic aspect of the Brownian picture is that the fission rate is time dependent;
there is a transient time before reaching thestationary limit. In fact, anomalously large number of pre-scission neutrons have been observed
and are expected to be an evidence of the transient time. 3 )Nuclear viscosity which originates from thecoupling between the collective degrees of freedom and the rest of the system is a crucial
quantity for the macroscopic description of fission. For example, the fragment kinetic energy
distribution is mainly governed by the dissipative dynamics during the descent from saddle
to scission. On the other hand, the transient time
which is needed for the system to establish stationary flow over the saddle is governed by thedissipative dynamics from the equilibrium shape
to the saddle.
We have applied the multi-dimensional Langevin equation to the study of dissipative
dynamics of fission. Using a liquid drop model
potential and shape-dependent inertia and dissi-

pation tensors, we have succeeded in solving theequation numerically. The potential is calculated
as the sum of a Coulomb energy for a diffused
charge distribution and a generalized surface
energy with a Yukawa-plus-exponential folding
function which takes into account the finite
range of the nuclear force. The inertia tensor is
calculated using the Werner-Wheeler approximation to incompressible irrotational nuclear
flow. For the dissipation tensor we use twodifferent models: the two-body hydro dynamical
viscosity and the one-body wall- and-window
dissipation, which have different strength anddeformation dependence. Results concerning thetime dependence of the fission rate and the distribution of the fragment kinetic energy have been
compared with existing measurements for thesymmetric fission of 213 At.
Both the transient time and the time for thedescent from saddle to scission increase as thedissipation becomes stronger. The fission delay
time obtained with the one-body dissipation isconsistent with that deduced from a recent measurement of pre-scission neutrons, 3) while thedelay time with the two-body dissipation is shorter by an order of magnitude. The temperaturedependence of the calculated mean value and of
the variance of the total kinetic energy agrees
with that of experimental data. 4 ) Multi-dimensional treatment is necessary to reproduce theobserved variance of the fragment kinetic
energy. Validity of the deterministic approachto the mean value of the pre-scission kinetic
energy is also discussed.
By incorporating the coordinate dependence of
the inertia and dissipation tensors as well as thepotential, we have described the inner dynamics(from the equilibrium shape to saddle, e.g., thetransient time) and the outer dynamics (fromsaddle to scission, e.g., the kinetic energy distribution) at the same time. This kind of approachis necessary for the elucidation of the nature andmagnitude of the nuclear viscosity.
This report is a compressed version of Ref. 5 .

• Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires de Bordeaux-Gradignan,33175 Gradignan, France.

-11-

T. Wada et at.

References
1) H.A. Kramers: Physica, 7, 284 (1940).
2) Y. Abe, C. Greg.oire, and H. Delagrange: ]. Physique,47, C4-329 (1986).
3) D.]. Hinde, D. Hilscher, and H. Rossner: Nucl. Phys.,
A502, 497c (1989).

4) F. Plasil, D.S. Burnett, H.C. Britt, and S.G. Thompson: Phys. Rev., 142, 696 (1966); E.N. Gruzintsev, M.
G. Itkis et at.: Sov. J. Nucl. Phys., 39, 844 (1984).
5) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: RIKEN preprint
RIKEN - AF- NP- 114 (1991).

-12-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-3. Langevin Approach to the Pre-Scission Particle Evaporations
T. Wada, N. Carjan,* and Y. Abe
Fissio~, ~angevi~ equation, tr~nsient time, )[ pre-SCISSIOn partIcle evaporatIOn.

An experimental evidence for the slow fission
time scale has come from measurements of thenumbers of evaporated neutrons, charged particles, and giant dipole y-rays emitted before
scission, which are generally in excess of thosepredicted using static phase space arguments.
Pre-scission particle multiplicities are influenced
by the nuclear viscosity in three significant ways.
The first is the Kramers' factorl) which reduces
the Bohr-Wheeler fission width in a preexponential factor. The second is the transient
time needed for the system to establish the stationary flow over the saddle. The third is thetime for the descent from saddle to scission,
which is increased by dissipation. Phenomenologically, the excess neutrons have beeninterpreted in terms of the saddle-to-scission
time and the pre-saddle delay which is related tothe transient time. 2 ) Recently, the possibility oflimiting the pre- saddle delay time using charged
particle multiplicities was reported. 3 ) We havebeen studying the nuclear dissipative dynamics
using the Langevin equation. 4 ) In Ref. 4, we
showed the applicability of the multi-dimensional Langevin equation to the realistic study offission and the importance of the simultaneous
treatment of inner (equilibrium to saddle) andouter (saddle to scission) dynamics.
Here we report the preliminary results of ourrecent study of the dissipative dynamics of fission including particle evaporations using theLangevin equation. For the simplicity of thecalculation, we adopted the one-dimensionalmodel. The one-dimensional path is determinedas the mean path of the two-dimensional Langevin trajectories. The potential is calculated as
the sum of a Coulomb energy and a generalized
surface energy with aYukawa - pius-exponential
folding function. The inertia tensor is obtainedusing the Werner-Wheeler approximation andthe dissipation tensor is calculated with the wall and-window formula. The shape dependence of
the inertia and dissipation tensors is fully taken
into account.

The formalism to study the competition
between particle evaporations and fission decay
is the same as that is adopted in Ref. 5. The
difference is that the authors of Ref. 5 use the
Fokker-Planck equation with the shape-independent mass and friction. In this formalism, thefission width in the quasi-stationary limit is timedependent because the excitation energy of thecompound nucleus decreases owing to the particle evaporations. Figure 1 shows the calculated
fission width at saddle and that at scission for..-.10

>Q)

~ 8
.s=

:0 6
~
c
0

'iii

4

(/)

u::
20

40
Time [sec]80x 10-21

Fig. 1. Time dependence of the fission widths calculated
at saddle (dotted line) and at scission (solid line).
Dashed line denotes the quasi -stationary fission width.

the symmetric fission of 19 2 Pb with the initial
temperature T = 2 MeV and L = 50. The transient time is 6 x 10- 21 s and the saddle-to-scission time is 8 x 10- 21 s. The obtained multiplicities of the pre-scission particles for this spin are
2.30, 0.103, and 0.040 for neutron, proton, andalpha particle, respectively. While if we use thequasi - stationary fission width, they become
2.04, 0.092, and 0.036, respectively. Thus theeffect of the transient time and the saddle - toscission time is about 10 %. The reduction of
the stationary fission width from the Bohr Wheeler's one plays a more decisive role. Further studies are now in progress.
References• Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires de Bordeaux-Gradignan,33175 Gradignan, France.

1) H.A. Kramers: Physica, 7, 284 (1940).
2) D.]. Hinde et at.: Proc. 4th Int. Conf. on Nucleus --13-

T. Wada et at.
Nucleus Collisions, to be published in Nucl. Phys., A.
3) J.P. Lestone et at.: Phys. Rev. Lett., 67, 1078 (1991).
4) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: RIKEN preprint

RIKEN-AF-NP-114 (1991).
5) H. Delagrange, C. Gregoire, F. Scheuter, and Y. Abe:Z. Phys., A323, 437 (1986).

-14-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-4. Stochastic and Deterministic Solutions of the
2-D Boltzmann Equation
M. Tohyama and E. Suraud*
Nuclear reaction theories, Intermediate-energy heavy-ion J( collisions, Numerical simulations.
Numerical simulations based on the nuclear
Boltzmann equation (NBE) have extensively
been done for intermediate-energy heavy-ion
collisions. l ) Whatever numerical approaches areused to simulate NBE, it is desirable to know
their validities and limitations. For this purpose
we compare the results of the Boltzmann-Uehling-Uhlenbeck (BUU) simulation method ofRef. 1 and the weighted particle method (WPM)
of Ref. 2 with those of the "exact" numericalapproach for the collision of two-dimensional
nuclear matter; it is finite in the beam direction(the z direction) and infinite in the other direction (the x direction). NBE for the 2-D system
becomes~f+Pz ~f-~U~f=I

1.2 ....----..---r--...---..--~_

0

0.6

.~

~

0.4
-WPM

0.2

....... BUU
Exact

0.0
-0.2 L----L._-1-_"'------L_-L...._
o
5
10
15

Fig. 1. The ratio of <p/> - <p/> with to that without
nucleon- nucleon collisions.

at m az az apz'
where the collision term I is written asf

1= (2!) 3 d2p2d2p3d2p4 1 v (p - P3) 12
x 0 2(P+P2 -P3 -P4) 0(£ + £2 - £3 - £4)

x (ff2f3f4 -ff2£3£4)'
We obtain the numerical solutions of the abovementioned three methods for the symmetriccollision of a fragment with width of about 4fm
at Ecm/A=lOMeV and calculate the time evolution of distortion in momentum space definedby < pz 2> - <Px 2> where < > means an average value. In Fig.l shown is the ratio of the
distortion with to that without nucleon- nucleon(NN) collisions. The BUU result has rather
large fluctuations which are not seen in the
WPM result, though the number of test particles

used for both BUU and WPM is similar. This isa consequence of the stochastic treatment of NN
collisions in BUU: the momenta of two nucleons
abruptly change after they suffer a collision. The
smooth behavior of the WPM momentum distribution is due to a deterministic treatment of NN
collisions 2) and demonstrates an advantage of
WPM. The agreement of the BUU result with the"exact one" remains rather qualitative.
References
1) G.F. Bertsch and S. Das Gupta: Phys. Rep., 160,
189(1988) .

2) M.Tohyama and E.

• GANIL, B.P. 5027,14021 Cean-Cedex, France.

-15-1518 (1991).

Suraud: Phys.

Rev.,

C43,

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-5. Distribution of Strength for Isoscalar Modes at Finite Temperature
S. Yamaji, H. Hofmann,* and A.S. Jensen**[Large Scale Collective Motion, Linear Response Theory']
We studied the collective response function as
a function of the excitation energy for typicalisoscalar modes.l} We found that the strength
function exhibits the usual low energy and giant
resonance peaks at low temperatures whereas all
the strength is concentrated in a low energy
mode at temperatures higher than a temperatureof around 1. 5 MeV. Thus the vibrational inertia
of slow motion turns into that of irrotational
flow at high temperature.
In this report, we study the physical origins of
the observed shift in the frequency. The effects
found are related to the two features, which are
specific to our approach.
Let us begin by looking at the influence of theresidual interactions. They are taken into
account through the imaginary part of particle
and hole selfenergies. To some extent this effectcan be simulated by a constant width r being
independent of both frequency and temperature.
This allows us to check the importance of thetemperature dependence of the selfenergies. In
Fig. 1 we present by solid curves a calculation
with r = O. 25 MeV for temperatures of 1 and 2
Me V in the case of the isoscalar quadrupolemode in 2osPb. One clearly observes a shift ofstrength towards low frequencies, which is very
similar to the "true" case.l}
Let us discuss the importance of the temperature-dependent coupling constant k of the separable two-body interaction. 2) The constant kchanges sensitively with temperature in ourmodel. To see the influence of the temperaturedependence, we show in Fig. 1 by dashed curves

100

25

80

--- k1 = const. 20

60

15

40

20

(J)

5
(MeV)

Fig. 1. The imaginary part of the response function (inarbitrary unit) as a function of frequency for tempera·
tures 1 and 2 MeV. The solid curves (scale on the left
vertical axis) show the results with constant r = 0.25
MeV. The dashed curves (scale on the right verticalaxis) show the results with the constant coupling k.

a computation of the strength for different temperature T = 1 and 2 MeV, with the same selfenergy as in Ref. 1 but with the constant coupling calculated at T=O MeV. No shift of thestrength is observed, but the peaks become
somewhat broader with increasing temperature.
Thus we conclude that the shift of strength ismainly due to the temperature-dependence of theeffective coupling constant k.
References
1) S. Yamaji, H. Hofmann, and A.S. Jensen: RIKEN
Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 28 (1990) .
2) S. Yamaji, H. Hofmann, and R. Samhammer: Nucl.
Phys., A475, 487 (1988 ) .

* Dep. Physics, Technical University of Munich, Ger·many.
* * Institute of Physics, University of Aarhus, Denmark.

-16-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-6. The "Finite q.1. Correction" for Cou lomb
Dissociation Cross Sections of llLi
K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano
(Coulomb dissociation cross section, neutron-rich nucleus, llLi.J
Interest in structure and reactions of neutronrich radioactive nuclei, especially llLi, has increased rapidly in the past few years. In Ref. 1,
we pointed out the importance of the kinematicallower limit of momentum transfer qm!n in the
Coulomb dissociation of llLi. As shown there, theqm!n is given byqm!n=max[elyv, 2nelyv], where
e =O.25±O.10 MeV is the two-neutron separationenergy of llLi, v is the relative velocity of llLi
and the target nucleus (with charge ZT e),n == 3 ZTe 2 /v is the Sommerfeld parameter, andy==(1-v 2)-1/2 (h=c=l). The cutoff 2nelyv
emerges when we take account of the fact thatthe transverse component of momentum transfer
q.L must be non-vanishing in order that llLi may
be broken up ("finite q.L correction").
With the use of this qm!n, we can calculate
Coulomb dissociation cross sections for the twoneutron removal process llLi +Target~9Li + X
by87Cn2(5 ~9n =dq-3qm!n
q

f

X {

oo

1 - I Seq) 12 } F~Li(q)Ff(q), (1)where FA (q) is the charge form factor of nucleus
A. The S (q) is given in the "HO model" I) by
S (q) = (1-Q2/12) 2 exp (_Q21 4), where
Q== (/2/11) aq with a=3. 77 fm.
In Fig. 1, we plotted (5 ~~)n for 20sPb target as afunction of the incident laboratory energy by thesolid line. In this case, n »1 and thus qm!n = 2ne I

yv. To examine the "finite q.L correction", wealso evaluated (5 ~~~ by using q~!n == e I yv as alower limit of the integral in Eq. (1). The results
are shown by the dotted line. By comparing thesolid and dotted lines, we see that the cutoff
2ne I yv plays an important role in the Coulomb
dissociation of llLi.
Unfortunately, there is not enough data tocompare. The solid square in Fig. 1 is from
Ref. 2, which corresponds to the two-neutron
removal process at E lab = 800 MeV I nucleon. The
open circles are from the recent experiments by
Inabe et a1. 3 ) However, they measured cross sections for llLi +Target~ X (* llLi) + Target' at'E lab = 43 and 75 MeV Inucleon. Since the crosssection for this process contains the contribution
from the dissociation of the 9Li core, the open
circles should be regarded as the upper limit for
(5

~~~.

To see effects of the usual "Rutherford bending correction", we calculated "E1 Coulomb dissociation cross sections" by using the virtualphoton formula of Bertulani and Baur. 4) The
results are shown in Fig. 1 by the dot-dashed anddashed lines (though almost indistinguishable).
These two lines differ in the definition of the"minimum impact parameter" b m1n : the dot- dashed and dashed lines were calculated by setting
b m1n equal to b o and b o + 7Cn/2j1.vy, respectively,
where b o is the sum of nuclear radii of II Li andthe target nucleus, and j1. is their reduced mass.
The dot-dashed line thus contains the Rutherford
bending correction. However, this correction issmall as seen from the figure, which indicatesthat this Rutherford bending correction is essentially different from the "finite q.L correction".
References

200

400

600

800

1000

Elob [MeV/nucleon]

Fig. 1. Coulomb dissociation cross sections forllLi +2osPb_ 9 Li + X.

1) K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano: Proc. 4th Int.
Conf. on Nucleus-Nucleus Collisions, Kanazawa(1991); RIKEN Aeee!. Prog. Rep., 24, 29 (1990).
2) T. Kobayashi et al.: Phys. Lett., 232B, 51 (1989).
3) N. Inabe et at.: Contribution to 4th Int. Conf. on
Nucleus- Nucleus Collisions, Kanazawa (1991).
4) C.A. Bertulani and G. Baur: Nucl. Phys., A480, 615(1988). Note that a factor 1/3 is missing in Eq. (4.3
b).

-17-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-7. Coulomb Breakup of Loosely Bound System
N. Iwasa and T. Motobayashi
dissociation of 8B, angular and virtual photon energy J( dependence, quantum and semiclassical calculation.
Loosely bound nuclei are expected to havelarge Coulomb breakup cross sections. We calculate the cross section with both quantum mechanical and semiclassical methods, taking the reaction 8B+208Pb---+ 7Be+p+208Pb at 50 MeV /u as an
example. This reaction can be related to the
7Be (p, y) 8B reaction, one of the key reaction forthe solar neutrino problem. The virtual photon
number per unit solid angle dnEl/dO is definedfor the breakup reaction c---+a + bas,2
d 0"
1 dnE1 ( +b)(1)dEydO Ey dO 0" C y---+a + ,where d 20"/dE ydO is the double differential
breakup cross section, E y is the energy of avirtual photon absorbed by the projectile c, and0" (c + y---+a + b) is the photo disintegration crosssection. The cross section of the radiative capture process a + b---+c + y is related to the disintegration cross section by the detailed balance
theorem(2)
O"(c+y---+a+b) = wO"(a+b---+c+ y) ,where w is the phase space factor. Figure 1 shows
the results of a quantum mechanical calculation
with the coupled channel code ECIS 1) (solid line)
and a semiclassical calculation 2.3 ). At a forward
angle, a rapid decrease of photon number isobserved especially for small E y. This decrease
corresponds to the adiabatic limit expressed as
Eya/ hv= 1 (a is half the distance of the closet_...--.

approach in a head on collision), where thevirtual photon is not energetic enough to excite
the projectile. The agreement of the above two
calculations is good for small E y, but for large E y
the oscillating behavior is seen only in thequanta I calculation. This may be due to the interference between the waves corresponding to two
different trajectories, pure Coulomb trajectory oflarger impact parameter and the one deflected by
the nuclear attraction at smaller impact parameter, which is not taken into account in the semiclassical calculation. The difference at angles
larger than 6 degree is due to the nuclear a bsorption which is accounted for only in the quantal
calculation.
The total virtual photon number nE1 isobtained by integrating eq. lover the angle. The
results are shown in Fig. 2. In the case of thesemiclassical calculation, a cut- off radius R has
to be introduced to account for the absorption.
The radius R::::;l. 5 (A p 1/3 + AT 1/3 ) fm gives a good
fit to the quanta I calculation over a wide rangeof E y. Note that this cut-off radius is slightly
larger than the strong interaction radius, R::::;
1. 3 (A p 1/ 3 + AT 1/ 3) calculated from the total
absorption cross section derived by the opticalpotential.
Finally we estimated the 8B Coulomb breakup
cross section by putting the (p, y) cross sectionlOS......

8

c:

S 10'
U-!

c:

-0

10'

IOll...!.-_ _......L---'-J...-~-L4L-------:---~

IOO~--~~--~4~--~---~

Ey[MeV]e[deg]

Fig. 1. Virtual photon number per unit solid angle dnEl /dO. Solid curves correspond to the quantum mechanicalcalculation, and dashed ones to the semiclassical one.

-18 -Fig. 2. Total virtual photon number spectrum. Solid line
shows the result of the coupled channel calculation, andthe others show the results of the semiclassical calculation with different cut-off radii.

N. Iwasa et at.

by Filippone et a1. 4 ) into eq. 1 with the help of thedetailed balance theorem (eq. 2). The numericalresults are shown in Table 1. The enormous
enhancement of breakup cross section is due tothe large virtual photon number and also to thebig phase volume factor caused by a small Ey
due to the small binding energy (137 ke V) for

Table 1. 8B Coulomb Breakup cross sections calculated
from the (p,y) cross section by Filippone et a1. 4 )References
1) J. Raynal: Phys. Rev., C23, 2571 (1981).
2) G. Baur, C.A. Bertulani, and H. Rebel: Nucl. Phys.,Ey( p;y) cross section

breakup crosssectionph 'L~e space factor

100 keY

237 keY

1.3 nb2343

1068

13mbIMeY

200 keY

337 keY

22 nb

2318

908

138 mb/MeY- 19 -

8B~7Be+p.

A458, 188 (1986).

3) C.F. Weizacker: Z Phys., 88, 612 (1934); E.J.
Williams: Phys. Rev., 45, 729 (1934).
4) B.W. Filippone, A.J. Elwyn, C.N. Davids, and D.D.
Koetke: ibid. , C28, 2222 (1983).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-8. Relativistic Many Body Theory of Nuclei
Far from the Stability Line
H. Toki, D. Hirata, and I. Tanihata(Relativistic Mean Field Theory, Unstable Nuclei.J
The recent experimental program in the use ofradioactive nuclear beams has opened a new
field to study the properties of nuclei far from thestability line. Many interesting phenomena are
expected for nuclei with the neutron number
largely different from the proton number. In
order to predict such phenomena, we have started to study these unexplored nuclei theoretically.
For this purpose, we chose the relativistic many
body theory, the goodness of which has been
demonstrated by the recent publications for stable nuclei. 1•2 ) We found that the relativistic mean
field theory (RMF) with interaction strengths
fixed by stable nuclei provided also very goodaccount of known observables off the stabilityline. 3•4 ) We summarize here the interesting outcome of the theoretical calculations on nuclei up
to the drip lines;(1) The neutron radii are largely different
from the proton ones for nuclei close to theneutron drip line. This finding should have alarge influence on the neutron rapid process.
(2) The neutron drip line is sensitive to therho meson coupling strength and the reasonable
one provides the drip line be closer to the stableline as compared to the one of the mass formula.
(3) N ear the proton drip line, the neutron andthe proton radii are quite close and the proton
drip line is insensitive to the isovector interaction.

We are now investigating the role of deformation on nuclear properties and also equations ofstate of neutron and nuclear matter at various
temperatures and densities necessary for neutronstar profiles. 5 ) We are planning to calculate all
the existing nuclei and their properties between
the proton and neutron drip lines within RMF. In
addition, we are working on the relativistic
Brueckner- Hartree-Fock (RBHF) theory forvarious nuclei. We have worked out density
dependent Hartree approach, whose strengths
are fixed by the RBHF calculations, for symmetric nuclei as 160 and 4 0 Ca with great success. 2 )The RBHF theory should provide the microscopic foundation of the RMF theory. In fact, we
are working on the modification of the interaction strengths of RMF using the results ofnuclear matter RBHF calculations. These informations will provide important constraints on
the dynamics of supernova and neutron stars.
References
1) Y. K. Gambhir, P. Ring, and A. Thimet: Annals. of
Phys., 198, 132 (1990).
2) H. Toki and R. Brockmann: TMU preprint (1991).
3) H. Toki, Y. Sugahara, D. Hirata, B.V. Carlson, and
I. Tanihata: Nucl. Phys., A524, 633 (1991).
4) D. Hirata, H. Toki, T. Watabe, I. Tanihata, and B.V.
Carlson: Phys. Rev. , e44, 1467 (1991).
5) K. Sumiyoshi, H. Toki, and R. Brockmann: TMU
preprint (1991).

-20-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-9. Neutral Pion Condensation in Quark Matter
Including Vacuum Fluctuation Effects
M. Kato,* W. Bentz,* and K. Tanaka(Vacuum instability, pion condensation, Quark matter.J
One problem in relativistic meson-quark or
meson-nucleon field theories is the occurrence ofunphysical tachyon poles (Landau ghost) in themeson propagators. Due to the Landau ghosts,
the vacuum by itself exhibits an instability, i.e.,
the energy of the non-translational invariant
vacuum in which the background meson fields
have finite momenta can be made arbitrarily low
relative to the translational invariant vacuum byincreasing the momenta of the meson fields.
Therefore, investigations including vacuum fluctuation effects based on a consistent treatment,
like the loop expansion, have been hampered.
Recently, one possible method to eliminate theLandau ghost without introducing ad - hocparameters has been developed l ) for finite density theories. In this paper 2 ) we show that themethod of Ref. 1 is useful to remove the vacuum
instability discussed above and allows a consistent description including vacuum fluctuation
effects. We discuss the neutral pion condensationin Quark matter as a typical example where theLandau ghost problem is unavoidable since themeson field configurations with non- zero
momenta Q should be taken into account. 3) We
use the chiral a--modeI 4 ) as a model for quark
matter. An essential point in the application of
the method of Ref. 1 to the chiral models is thatchiral symmetry should be preserved through theelimination of the Landau ghost. For this purpose, we utilize the axial Ward-Takahashi
identity 4) and guarantee chiral symmetry in theunderlying dynamics.
In Fig. 1 the energy per quark in quark matteris shown as a function of the baryon density.
There are two kinds of continuous phase transitions' one at a low density (PI) from the normal
phase to the pion condensed phase and another at
a higher density (P2) from the pion condensed
phase to the Wigner phase. Both phase transitions emerge as a result of an interplay between
the attractive Fermi sea contribution and the

1250

1225

~
.:!

~
g.
'G"'

~

- - chon eUmlDatecl- - - - chost Included

1200_._._. normal .tate (q-O)

1175

~
G
I::l
G

1150

baryon density p[fm-a:J

Fig. 1. Energy per Quark in Quark matter as a functionof the baryon density in three cases. The full line is theghost eliminated case, the dashed line is the ghost
included one and the dashed- dotted line corresponds tothe normal (no pion condensate) phase. For explana·tion of the three critical densities (PI, P2, /J3), see text.

repulsive mesonic and Dirac sea contributions.
Although the energy for the case where the ghost
is included goes to minus infinity for large valuesof q, it is possible to find a local minimum for thedensity up to P3. For higher densities, however,there does not exist even a local minimum. An
important point to note is that, besides removing
the instability for large momenta, the ghost elimination has the further important effect of rendering a chiral phase transition possible at somevalue of the baryon density.
References
1) K. Tanaka, W. Bentz, A. Arima, and F. Beck: Nucl.
Phys., A528, 676 (1991).
2) M. Kato, W. Bentz, and K. Tanaka: Phys. Rev. , C,submitted for publication.
3) W. Broniowski and M. Kutschera: Phys. Lett., B234,
449 (1990).
4) B. W. Lee: "Chiral Dynamics", Gordon and Breach,
New York (1972).

* Departmant of Physics, University of Tokyo.

-21-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-10. 1/ N Expansion and the Correlation Energy of
Nuclear Matter in the Relativistic (1- (V Model
K. Tanaka and W. Bentz*(I/ N expansion, correlation energy, C1-w model.]Relativistic meson- nucleon field theoriesl)
have been successfully applied to the descriptionof the nuclear matter and finite nuclei, mainly inthe simple Hartree (mean-field) approximation.
One of the simplest and the most popular models
among those is the C1-w model. 1) Recently, however, it was reported 2 ) that the description of
nuclear matter in the C1-w model required drasticchanges of the overall physical picture if one
included the higher order (2-100p) contribution
beyond the Hartree approximation via the loop(h -) expansion, and, therefore, the loop expansion scheme failed.
In this paper,3) we propose a 1/ N expansion
method, where N denotes the number of internal
degrees of freedom of the nucleon and can be
identified with 2 due to the isospin 5U(2), as analternative systematic expansion scheme for the
relativistic meson-nucleon many-body theory.
We derive a general formula for the computationof the effective action in the C1-w model basedon the 1/ N expansion, utilizing the functional
integral method. In this scheme the leading contribution coincides with the familiar Hartree
approximation. The elimination of unphysicaltachyon poles (Landau ghost) from the meson
propagators in the subgraphs, which appears tobe essential for our formulation, is also established following the recently developed method 4 )based on the Kallen-Lehmann representation.
We compute the energy density of nuclear
matter beyond the Hartree approximation including the next-to-Ieading order contributionsin the 1/N expansion. In this order one should
include the ring energy contribution as a correlation energy in addition to the exchange energy( 2 - loop) contribution. We find that we candescribe the nuclear matter saturation properties
by a mechanism which is qualitatively the sameas in the Hartree approximation, and, therefore,in conformity with the meson exchange pictureof the nucleon-nucleon interaction. This is incontrast to the case of the loop expansion, andsuggests that the 1/ N expansion scheme is · an

* Department of Physics, University of Tokyo.

appropriate expansion scheme.
For our successful description of the saturation property of nuclear matter, the correlationenergy contribution plays an essential role. Fig-

.00

~
~

§
.!
0
::s

200

~

1:1

'/

"

'"
llo
II)

I>..

~
II

d

0

til

tIO

~

.a
,Q

-200

0.'

0.8

0.6

W"/M

Fig. 1. The separate contributions to the binding energy
per nucleon in nuclear matter in the 1/ N expansion
scheme as a function of M */ M for the fixed baryon
number density (k F = 1.3fm- 1), where M* and Marethe effective nucleon mass in nuclear matter and its freespace value, respectively. The dashed line shows theHartree contribution, the dotted line shows theexchange energy contribution, the dot-dashed line
shows the ring energy contribution, and the solid line
shows the total binding energy per nucleon.

ure 1 shows the binding energy per nucleon in
nuclear matter as a function of the effective
nucleon mass M * for the fixed baryon number
density. The ground state of nuclear matter canbe determined by minimizing the energy densitywith respect to M*, and, therefore, the minimumof the solid curve represents the ground state. We
see that the exchange energy (2-100p) contribution is "destabilizing" the ground state. This is
the reason why the loop expansion failed. On theother hand, the ring energy is a large repulsive
contribution, guaranteeing the formation of thestable ground state. This "stabilizing" behaviour
is due to the vacuum polarization effects in thering energy and is a general feature of ourscheme, i.e., insensitive to the choice of theparameters in the lagrangian.

-22-

K. Tanaka et al.

References
1) B. D. Serot and]. D. Walecka: "Advances in Nuclear
Physics", eds., J. W. N egele and E. V ogt, Plenum,
New York, 16, 1 (1986).
2) R. ]. Fumstahl, R. ]. Perry, and B. D. Serot: Phys.

Rev., C40, 321 (1989).
3) K. Tanaka and W. Bentz: preprint (1991).
4) K. Tanaka, W. Bentz, A. Arima, and F. Beck: Nucl.
Phys., A528, 676 (1991).

-23-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-11. K-- Nucleus Optical Potential with a Non-Local Term
S. Hirenzaki, T. Harada, H. Toki, and M. Mizoguchi *[Kaonic atoms, non- local optical potential. )We have constructed a K--nucleus opticalpotential with a non-local term and compared
the results with those of a local potential. It was
found that the kaonic atom data were reproduced equally well in both cases, while thecalculated wavefunctions were largely different.
It is very interesting to explore the K--nuc1eus
optical potential since the potential, which was
obtained by fitting the existing data, does not
reproduce the data of kaonic atoms of p and He
at all. 1) In addi ti on, the K - -nucleus potential isnecessary to investigate the formation reactionsof hypernuclei such as 4He(stopped K-, 7t)
theoretically. 2) In this paper, we have studied
the non-local K--nucleus optical potential,
which is written as
2,u V opt (r) = -47t (1 +,u / M) ap (r)+47t(1+,u/M) - lb'\1 p(r)'\1,
where,u is the reduced mass of the K -A system,
M is the mass of the nucleon, p (r) is the nuclear
density distribution. 'a' and 'b' are complex
numbers that determine the strength of the potential. The existence of the non- local (P-wave)
term is indicated by P - wave resonances of A and~. We treat 'a' and 'b' as parameters and consider the two sets, (1) a = (0.34, 0.84), b = (0,0) and (2) a=(-0.15, 0.68), b=(l.l, 0.7) in
fm unit. The set (1) is the generally used local
potential. 3) The sign of the real part is opposite
to the data of a scattering length. As for set (2) ,we fix 'a' by the data of the scattering length 4)
and get 'b' by fitting the atomic data. The
kaonic atom data are reproduced equally well inboth cases. The results are also similar to the KHe case. On the other hand the behavior of the
wave functions are largely different as seen in'" Department of Physics, Tokyo Metropolitan University.

- 24 -[fm- 3/2]

1s wave function of K-He

0.008

0.004

0.000 L=:::::::::::::::4-+~-~-0.004... ..
...
•••••
Real Part-0.008 L.....--..L_....I--_L.-.---'-_ _ _- - - 'o1r [fm]

2

3

Fig. 1. The wave functions of the Is state of the kaonic
helium. The dotted line is the result with parameter set(1) and the solid line is the result with set (2).

Fig. 1; this is because the sign of the real part in
the local term is different in the two cases.
This fact indicates that the formation crosssections of hypernuclei could be affected largelyby the ambiguities of the K--nucleus opticalpotential. We are presently investigating theoptical potential microscopically.
References
1) C .l. Batty: Nucl. Phys. , A508 , 89c (1990).
2) T. Harada and Y. Akaishi: Phys. L ett., B262 , 205(1991) .
3) C.l. Batty: Nucl. Phys. , A372 , 418 (1981) .
4) A. D. Martin: Phys. Lett. , B65, 346 (1976).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-12. (d, 3He) Reactions for the Formation of Deeply
Bound Pionic Atoms
S. Hirenzaki, H. Toki, and T. Yamazaki*((d, 3He) reactions, deeply bound pionic atoms. J
We have investigated (d, 3He) reactions indetail for the formation of deeply bound pionic
atoms, and found that the (d, 3He) reaction ismuch more favorable than the (n, p) reaction forthe search. Deeply bound pionic atoms were
investigated by Toki and Yamazakjl) and werepredicted to have narrow widths due to the repulsive pion-nucleus optical potential that pushes
the pion wave function outwards. 2) These statescannot be observed in standard pionic-atomexperiments that detect pionic X -rays. Hence,
they proposed a use of pion-transfer reactions
such as (n, p) and (d, 2He). Following theirsuggestions, deeply bound pionic states weresearched for by using the (n, p) reaction at Tn=
420 MeV at TRIUMF.3) No positive evidence
was observed in the experiment. To obtain better statistics with better resolution, anotherreaction(d,2He) at Td=lOOO MeV atSATURNE4)
was measured and its analysis is in progress. It
was pointed out that the charge-exchange piontransfer reactions at large momentum transfer
are sensitively affected by initial and final stateinteractions. It is found that the cross sections
are about two orders of magnitudes smaller 3)than the PWBA predictions. 1•2) The same wasalso reported by Nieves and Oset. 5 )The formation of deeply bound pionic atomsby (n, d) reactions was also studied theoretically. 6) It was found that the distortion effects of(n, d) reactions are smaller than that of (n,p)
reactions since the angular momentum matchingcondition is well satisfied in (n, d) reactions. It
was concluded that (n, d) reactions are moresuitable for pionic atom detection 6 ) and an experiment of this reaction at Tn =400 MeV is inprogress at TRIUMF. 7) However, the weakneutron beam makes the experiment extremely
difficult. We, therefore, have studied (d, 3He)
reaction for deeply bound pionic-atom formation
which uses a strong deuteron beam.
We have studied theoretically the possible useof the (d, 3He) reaction for the formation of
deeply bound pionic states. The calculation wasmade at 600 MeV because the cross section isconsidered to be the largest due to the largest
elementary cross section and small momentum
transfer. We find the preferential population ofquasi -substitutional states [(nILz·ejn-1JJ=0 as in
the case of (n, d) reaction. The pionic 2p statewith neutron holes 3Pl/2 and 3P3/2 are preferentially populated for a 20sPb target. We conclude
that (d, 3He) reactions produce pionic atoms ina detectable manner.
References
1) H. Toki and T. Yamazaki: Phys . Lett., B213, 129(1988) .
2) H. Toki, S. Hirenzaki, T. Yamazaki, and R.S.
Hayano: Nucl. Phys., A501, 653 (1989).
3) M. Iwasaki et at.: Phys. Rev., C43, 1099 (1991).
4) T. Yamazaki et at.: SATURNE proposal, No. 214(1988); R. S. Hayano and T. Miyamoto: private
communication.
5) J. Nieves and E. Oset: Nucl. Phys., A518, 617 (1990) .
6) H. Toki, S. Hirenzaki, and T. Yamazaki: ibid.,
A530, 679 (1991).
7) A. Trudel: private communication.

• Institute for Nuclear Study. University of Tokyo.

-25-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-13. Production and Structure of Light ~-Hypernuclei
T. Harada and Y. Akaishi(~-Hypernuclei, Production,

In this note, we introduce a theoretical investigation of the structure of the ~-hypernuclear(unstable) bound state iHe, and consider the
production by 4He(K-, 7l'+) reactions in flightwithin the DWIA framework in order to establish the properties of the nucleus- ~ interaction.
Hayano et al. l ) have reported the observation of
the iHe by 4He(stopped K-, 7l'-) reaction at
KEK. The binding energy and width seem to bein agreement with a theoretical prediction by
Harada et al.,2) although the experimental results
contain ambiguities how to subtract the background from the n- spectra. 3) The knowledge ofthe properties of the nucleus- ~ interaction gives
us progress of ~ - hypernuclear studies. 4)
The nucleus-~ potential derived from themicroscopic four-body calculation 2) is a complex
potential (SAP-I, 2), with considering the total
spin S = 0 case, as
O(R)=UO(R)+UT(R)(Tc·h),(1)where R is the relative distance between the core-

nucleus (3H or 3He) and the ~-hyperon; Tc andh are the respective isospin operators. The firstterm UO is repulsive near the nuclear center,
which alone does not give any bound state. The
second term U T called Lane's potential is sufficiently strong.
Let's consider the ~-hypernuclear production
by the 4He (K-, n+) reaction in flight. S ) We calculate the double-differential cross section in the
DWIA framework by using the Green function
method. 6 ) Figure 1 (a) displays the inclusive spectra at Pk =600MeV Ic, which were obtained in a
recent BNL experiment. A peak appears below
the ~+-emission threshold, which comes from theexistence of the iHe bound state with isospin
The potential is attractive due to a combination of U O- U T • It is noticed that there
appears a central repulsion in the real part. The~-density distribution is largely suppressed at
the center and is pushed outside as a strangeness
halo; the conversion width is reduced by 40%
compared with the case of no repulsion.
On the other hand, we can learn the isospin
dependence of ~-hypernuclear states by comparing the n+ spectra with n- ones, because the4He(K-, n+) reaction populates only
states. The potential for T = %which has a com-

T-==-i.

T=%(K-, n+) Reaction, Bound State.J
30~~~~~~~~~~~~

25(a) 4He(K- ,71"-)20......... 15~::;g 1010o-10BE (MeV)-20

Fig. 1. (a) The inclusive spectra by 4He (K- , n+) inflight at Pk = 600MeV / c; the solid and dashed curves are
the spectra of SAP-l and of SAP-2, respectively.2) (b)The inclusive spectrum by 4He (K-, n+) in flight; thecurve is the spectrum of SAP- I, which is almost thesame as that of SAP- 2.

ibination of U o+ U T , is strongly repulsive in thereal part and very weak in the imaginary part.
There exists no ion bound state. Then the calculated spectrum as shown in Fig. l(b) is very
different from the n- spectra.
In conclusion, the 4He (K- , n+) reactions inflight can provide very valuable data for us todetermine the nucleus- ~ potential and also tocheck the underlying ~N interaction. There is a
iHe bound state with J" =0+,(99%),
where the nucleus- ~ potential has a strong Laneterm and a repulsion near the nuclear center in
its real part; the former makes the system boundand the latter suppresses the ~N~AN conversion.

T"-'iReferences
1) R.S. Hayano et at.: Phys. Lett., B231, 355 (1989) .
2) T. Harada et at.: Nucl. Phys., A507, 715 (1990).
3) R.H. Dalitz, D.H. Davis, and A. Deloff: Phys. Lett.,
B236, 76 (1990).
4) c.B. Dover, D.J. Millener, and A. Gal: Phys. RejJ., 184,
1 (1989).
5) T. Harada and Y. Akaishi: Phys. Lett., B234, 455(1990); Nucl. Phys ., to be published.
6) O. Morimatsu and K. Yazaki: Nucl. Phys., A483, 493(1988) .

-26-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·14. Subthreshold K+ and Hypernucleus Production
in Nuclear Collisions
M. Sano and M. Wakai[hypernucleus, meson, strenge particle.]
The experimental data for proton and K+
meson producion in Ne+ Ne collisions at 2.1
GeV /nucleon are well reproduced by a Glauberplus statistical phase-space model, which
describes heavy-ion reaction as superposition ofelementary processes in nucleon-nucleon collisions.
The primary production of K+ mesons and A
particles at bombarding energies below the freenucleon- mucleon threshold is possible only bytaking into account the internal Fermi motion inprojectile and target nuclei. The production
cross sections decrease abrutly in the far subthreshold region. On the other hand, the secondary
yields of K + mesons and A particles through1C+ N~A + K+ reactions become appreciablewith a decrease in the bombarding energies andbelow 1 GeV /nucleon dominate the primary
direct production. Calculated results well reproduce the experimental data 1) in proton-nucleus
collisions as shown in Fig. 1. Our results arealso consistent with a recent stud y 2) for protonnucleus collisions made by using the VUU transport theory. The result for nucleus-nucleus collisions' however, is contrary to the VUU result,3)
which suggests a minor role of the secondary K+
production.
Cross sections for the hypernucleus production
via the secondary (1CK) reaction in nuclear collisions are of several nb at 1 Ge V /nucleon. The
primary process 4 - S) also gives cross sections ofabout a few nb.

101.----.------r-----~--~(b)

Ne. Pb-K+ +X
_10-1
.!:J

::J..
.......

-

.0

E

+

~

b 10-3oo- . - . - 1st/- - - -- 2nd
--

Ep

0.9
(GeV)

tot

1.0

0.8

-----151- - - - --- 2nd
--101

1.0
1.2
1.4
E (GeV/nucleon)

Fig. 1. The subthreshold K+ production in p+ Pb and Ne+ Pb collisions.
References
1) V. P. Koptev et at.: Sov. Phys. JETP, 67, 2177
(1988) .
2) W. Cassing et at.: UGI - 90-1.
3) G. Batko et at.: UGI -90- 2.
4) H. Bando, M. Sano, J. Zofka, and M. Wakai: Nucl .

Phys ., A501, 900 (1989).
5) F. Asai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Lett. , B145,
19 (1984).
6) M. Wakai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Rev.,
C3B, 748 (1988).

-27-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·15. Formation and Fragmentation of Double·A Compound Nucleus
M. Sano, M. Wakai, and Y. Yamamoto*(hypernucleus, strange particle.]
The existence of double- A hypernuclei is very
interesting because it gives valuable information
on AA interactions and is deeply related to otherS = - 2 systems such as a hypernuclei and the H
particle. Though our knowledge on double-A
hypernuclei was originated from only two eventsin the nuclear emulsion for a long time,I-3) recently new events have been observed at KEK (the E176 experiment) with use of the emulsioncounter hybrid detector system. 4 ) These data
are far more confident than the old ones, since aparticls captured in emulsion were confirmedwith high statistics. It is considered that those
events follow the stopped a- and subsequenta- atom. Another search forformation of
double-A hypernuclei near the (K- , K+) vertex
points is also in progress. S ) In this case a quasifree a- is expected to produce a double- A
hypernucleus. On the other hand, the formationof a hyper nuclei was reported in old articles,6)though their realities are fairly doubtful. A g
Table l.

hypernucleus will decay into a double- A one
with some probability, if it is able to exist. Under
these various situations it has not been investigated systematically how double-A hypernucleus is formed through aN - AA processes.
We propose a scenario of the formation of
double-A hypernuclei. Our basic picture is asfollows: In the first stage a double-A compound
nucleus is formed as a result that two A particles
produced after a g capture stick to a uclear
medium with some energy deposit, where the aparticle is captured from an atomic (nuclear)orbit or a quasi-free scattering state. In thesecond stage the double-A compound nucleus
decays into various fragments and one of them islikely a double-A hypernucleus.
In Table 1 we demonstrate the calculated
probilities of the formation of double- A fragments. The ones from C, Nand 0 targets areaveraged with the weight of the mol ratio in themulsion.

Production probabilities of various double- A fragments in emulsion.

A4A H
A5AH
A6AHe
A7AHe
A7ALi

0.001
0.049
0.093
0.037
O.Oll

A8ALi
A9ALi
A9ABe
l~Li

HBe

0.040
0.018
0.002
0.006
0.086

Conclusions of this work are summarized asfollows:(1) A double-A compound nucleus is considered to be formed from the g - p- AA transition
through the processes of the direct two A sticking and rescattering with nucleons. The former iscaused only by a low momentum g particle in thenormal density region of a nuclear medium.
(2) In the case of a - capture at rest, where ag- particle of almost zero momentum isabsorbed from atomic orbits, the calculated
probability of direct double-A sticking is rather
smaller than the experimental indication in thecase of light nuclei. The rescattering contribution is very important. Our model predicts larger
values of sticking probabilities in the case of

lABe
HB
UB
liB

HC

0.067
0.013
0.082
0.070
0.004

UC
UC
UN
lXN

0.066
0.024
0.006
0.034

heavy nuclei.
(3) The rescattering process plays an essential role in the case of g- capture from a quasi free scattering state, because a high momentum
a - particle produced by the (K-, K +) reaction
passes through the nucleus. The contribution of
direct double- L sticking is negligible in suchcase.
(4) A double-A compound nucleus breaks up
into various fragments, which can be treated in astatistical way There are two identifications ofl~Be or liB for the double-A hypernucleus foundin the KEK (E- 176) experiment. Our calculationshows that the cases of l~Be and nB are of
relatively large and small probabilities, respectively.

* Physics Section, Tsuru University, Yamanashi.

-28-

M. Sano et at.
References
1) M. Danysz et at.: Nucl. Phys., 49, 121 (1963) .
2) D.]. Prowse: Phys. Rev. Lett., 17, 782 (1966).
3) R.H. Dalitz et at.: Proc. Roy. Soc., A426. 1 (1989).

4) S. Aoki et at.: Prog. Theor. Phys., 85,951; 1289 (1991);
c.B. Dover et at.: preprint BNL-46383.
5) K. Imai et at.: KEK experiment E224.
6) c.B. Dover and A. Gal: Ann. Phys., 146, 309 (1983).

- 29-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·16. Energy Dependence of Hypernucleus Productionin High·Energy Nuclear Collisions
M. Sano and M. Wakai(hypernucleus, nuclear collision.]
The basic mechanism of hypernucleus production in nuclear collisions l - 4) involves (1) the
coalescence of strange particles (A, ~, a) with anuclear fragment produced in projectile nuclear
fargmentation, (2) the coalescence of strange
particles and nucleons both produced in theparticipant part, and (3) the secondary processesby 7! and K mesons produced in the primary
nuclear collisions. In high -energy nuclear colli
sions the production of K - and especially of 7!mesons becomes large. (The latter being moreabundant by a factor of""'"" 103). Thus the secondary yields of hypernuclei through (K7!) and(7!K) reactions becomes appreciable.
Figure 1 shows the energy dependence of A4H
hypernucleus production in the 4He + 12C collisionand experimental values of cross sections. 5-7)
The A -particle production cross sections
increase with increasing beam energy. However,a remarkable increase is not seen. On the contrary, the cross sections at 14.5 GeV Inucleon are

10'

I exp
--th

:r

~<

b

Hr'

Fig. 1. Energy dependence of A 4H hypernucleus production cross section in 4He+ 12 C collisions.

about a few times smaller than at 3.7 Ge V I nucleon, in spite of the increase of A -particle production with increasing beam energy. This
comes from the fact that velocities of A particles
shift to the mid- rapidity region, resulting in apoor overlap between velocity distributions of a
A particle and a nuclear fragment. However, thesecondary production of hypernuclei through(7!K) reactions reaches values comparable withthe primary direct process (1) in nuclear collisions at 14.5 Ge V Inucleon.
The production cross section of A3H by themechanism (2) in 12C+ 12C collisions at 3.7 GeV I
nucleon is 0.31 J1 b and is comparable to thatfrom the mechanism (1), that is, 0.22 J1b. For
hypernUclei heavier than A3H, e.g. A4H, the production by the mechanism (2) at 3.7 GeV I nucleon yields a negligible contribution, comparedto that from the mechanism (1). The hypernucleus production by mechanism (2) is effective
only for A3H and increases gradually with theincrease of beam energy.
References
1) F. Asai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Lett. , B145,
19 (1984) .
2) M. Wakai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Rev.,
C38, 748 (1988).
3) H. Bando, M. Sano, J. Zofka, and M. Wakai: Nucl.
Phys. , A501, 900 (1989) .
4) J. Zofka, M. Wakai, M. Sano, and H. Bando: Phys.
Lett., B235, 25 (1990) .
5) S. A vramenko et al.: Sov. Phys. JETP., 48, 477(1988) .
6) J. Lukstins: Proc. 23rd Yamada Conf. on Nucl. Weak
Process and Nucl. Structure, Osaka (1989).
7) S. Khorozov: Proc. 10th Int. Seminar on High Energy
Problem, Dubna (1990).

-30-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·17. Hypernuclear Production in 14.5 GeV/nucleon Si +Au Collisions
M. Sano, M. Wakai, and S. Nagamiya *(hypermucleus, strange particleJ
The production of A hypernuclei in 14.5 GeV /nucleon Si + Au collisions is studied for four
different mechamisms; (1) coalescence of a spectator nuclear fragment and A particles from aparticipant part,I,2) (2) coalescence of A particles
and nucleons both produced in the participantpart,3) (3) conversion of a a- hypernucleus into
single- and double-A hypernucleus,3) and (4) the
secondary process by 1! and K mesons. 4 )Cross sections of particle productions in thecollisions are calculated by a Glauber plus
statisical phase-space model, which describes
heavy-ion reactions as superpositon of elementary processes in nucleon-nucleon collisions, andare compared with the experimental data.
Tables 1 and 2 show a part of values of crosssections of A and a hypernuclei produced by themechanisms 0) and (2), respectively.
Table l. Hypernucleus production cross sections inperipheral collisions.
crCAF) [j..lb]

crCAAF) [pb]crC=:F) [nb]

2H

0.22

0.05

0.92

3H

0.15

0.11

0.58

3He

0.23

0.18

0.92

2.11

1.41

8.13

Nuclear Fra

4He

ent F

Table 2. Hypernucleus production cross sections incentral collisions.
Nuclear Fraoment F

crCAF) [mb]crCAAF) [j..lb]a~F) (Ilb]

2H (pn)

8.71

22.8

33.4

3H (pn 2)

0.34

1.01

1.26

3He (p2n)

0.24

0.71

0.89

4He ( 2n 2)

l.txI0-2

0.03

0.04

A a- particle trapped in a nuclear fragment
has a possibility to be converted to A particles
via an elementary interaction process with protons in the fragment, p+a-~ Al + A2. If both Al
and Az remain in the original nuclear fragment,
the a- hypernucleus sF is converted to a doubleA hypernucleus, AAF. The conversion rates of aa-hypernucleus into single- and double-A hypernuclei are about 30% and 10%, respectively.
References
1) F. Asai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Lett., B145,
19 (1984).
2) M. Wakai, H. Bando, and M. Sano: Phys. Rev.,
C3S, 748 (1988).
3) M. Sano and M. Wakai: RIKEN-AE-NP-94 (1990).
4) H. Bando, M. San~, J. Zofka, and M. Wakai: Nucl.
Phys., A501, 900 (1989).

* Columbia University, Irvingtom, N. Y., U.S.A.

-31-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·18. The Strangeness S= -2 Hypernuclei and
the Predicted H·Par.ticle
M. Sano[strangeness, hypernucleus, H particle.)

Jaffel) predicted the existence of the H particle, which consists of six quarks (uuddss), withspin and isospin zero, and strangeness - 2. The
predicted binding energy of the H particle wasabout BH (AA) (= 2MA - M H) :=:::::80 MeV below theenergy of two lambda particles.
A search for the H particle was carried out inthe reaction p+p~K++ K++ H 2 ) and also recently in (K-, K+) reactions. 3) However, no evidenceof the H - particle production was observed.
Meanwhile, the problem of the existence of the H
particle has been discussed by Kerbikov 4 ) andalso Dalitz et a1. 5 ) in connection with the data on
double A hypernuclei. According to their discussions, if the mass of the H particle is below theAA threshold, the transition AAN ~ HN could
occur in the presence of nucleon, as is the situation in double A hypernuclei. Thus the disintegration of double hypernuclei following theabove process would be possible. These processes are permitted through strong interactions.
An explicit calculation of the transition rate wasdone by Kerbikov 4 ) for the decay process AA 6He~4 He + H, taking into account the coupling tohadronic channels AA, NB and ~~. His calculation gives a transition rate of 10 1S,",-" 10 2 °s- 1 depending on the value of BH (AA). This shows tocompletely dominate the weak decay processes
for hypernuclei which have rates of the order of1010 S-l. It was concluded, therefore, that theexistence of the H particle contradicts the dataon double hypernuclei.
The data on double strangeness (5= -2)
hypernuclei are ones from emulsion measurements in the B- capture at rest. There is noevidence that those data show double A hypernuclei, except for the sequential weak decay.
Rather than rejecting the existence of the H
particle, we propose an alternative interpretation of the data.
Table 1 shows the observed binding energies ofthe strangeness - 2 hypernuclei quoted in Refs.,
Bexp (5= -2), the binding energies of the H particle with core nucleus, Be H, and assumed values ofTable 1.

Binding energies of H hypernuclei.

Bup (S=-2) (MeV)
H('He

Bc H (MeV) BH(M) (MeV)

Refs.

10.9 ± 0.5

0.9

10

6)

17.7 ± 0.4

7.7

10

5 .7)

8.5 ±0.7

-1.5

10

8)

27.1 ± 0.7

17.5

10

9)

H10Be

H13B

the binding energy of the H particle, BH (AA) .
The minus sign of Be Himplies unbound for the H
particle.
A recent event seen by Aoki et al. S ) is assigned
as either AA lOBe or AA 13B. If we take a possibilityof 13B hypernucleus with 5 = - 2 according to thearguments by Dover et al. 9 ) and take into
account results of all identified 5 = - 2 hypernuclei, the binding energy of the H particle satisfies
the inequality(1)
O<B H(AA) <11 MeV.
This value is very small compared with theprediction by Jaffe.l} However, the sequential
weak decay which was directly observed is possible.
The problem is how to explain the H hypernucleus production. One of the possibilities is theformation of a compound hypernucleus with
5= -2 in the B- absorption. The compound
hypernucleus decays into various fragmentswith and without strangeness. Calculated production rates of hypernuclei with 5= -2 areconsistent with the results of the KEK E- 176
experiment. S)
References
1) R. L. Jaffe: Phys. Rev. Lett., 38, 195 (1977).
2) A. S. Carrol et at.: ibid., 41, 777 (1978).
3) S. Aoki et at.: ibid., 65, 1729 (1990).
4) B. O. Kerbikov: Sov. J. Nucl. Phys., 39, 516 (1984) .
5) R.H. Dalitz et at.: Proc. Roy. Soc., A426, 1 (1989).
6) D.l. Prowse: Phys. Rev. Lett., 17,782 (1966).
7) M. Danysz et at.: Nucl. Phys., 49, 121 (1963).
8) S. Aoki et at.: Prog. Theor. Phys., 85, 1287 (1991).
9) C. B. Dover et at.: BNL preprint (1991) .

-32-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·19. Particle Production in the Nuclear Fragmentation Region
in Ultrarelativistic Heavy Ion Collisions

s. Datemult.iple scattering model, event simulator, multiple pro- J[ ducbon.
The WA80 group at CERN have compared 1)
the calculation of the Multi-Chain Fragmentation Model (MCFM) 2) with their results on
pseudo rapidity distributions of charged pions
and baryons, and the pT (transverse momentum)
distribution of protons in the target fragmentation region. The comparison shows that the calculation overestimates the pion yield, underestimates the baryon yield and underestimates the
proton's inverse pT slope parameter. Though
this calculation involves inadequate estimates
for the amount of secondary internuclear interactions, overestimation of the pion yield and underestimation of the proton's inverse slope parameter are common tendencies among event simulators. In an experiment at Brookhaven National
Laboratory (BNL) ,3) small pion yields and large
values of proton's inverse pT slope parameterfor central Si + Au collisions have been reported.
It seems clear that the above mentioned common
tendencies are also seen in the BNL.4)
In my study using a new event simulator basedon the multiple scattering picture, it has beensuggested that the common tendencies in deviations of simulator calculations from experimental data can be understood in terms of the existence of the strong pion absorption. The mechanism of pion absorption by the two nucleon
system is depicted in Fig. 1. We note that theintermediate!:::. state may be highly off-massshell. We expect the following effects of the pion
absorption on particle spectra in nuclear frag-

/

/
1t/

Fig. 1. Mechanism of pion absorption by the two nucleon
system.

-33 -mentation regions: (1) the decrease in the pionyield, (2) the increase in the nucleon yield due tothe additional momentum transfer to nucleons,(3) the increase of average pT of nucleons forthe same reason as in (2) , and (4) the increase of
KI7! ratio due to the decrease of the denominator. The effects (1) and (3) account for thecommon tendencies, at least qualitatively.
The experimentally observed KI7! ratio can be
written asK)
K R h R 1r (no abs)
[ -; exp 1r(no abs) were1r(abs)If'

1l

The ratio Rlr of the pion yield in the absence of
the absorption, 7! (no abs) , to that in the presence of the absorption, 7! (abs) , has a shape as
depicted in Fig. 2. This shape is expected fromthe energy dependence of 7! Nand 7! A crosssections. 5 ) These cross sections have peaks atpion momentum P 1r~250 Me V I c and the peaks
end at Plr~500 MeV Ic. This momentum range ofpions overlaps with that in KI7! measurements.
With a purpose of studying pion absorption

1

500 MeV/c
Fig. 2. A typical behaviour of the ratio Rlr as a functionof pion's momentum P 11'.

effects quantitatively, we are developing a newMonte Carlo simulator based on the nucleon
level multichain model. 6 ) Coding of the simulator
is already finished and it is under debugging. The
existing code runs for about 5 min/O+ Pb eventon a 5 Mips machine. Preliminary results showed
an excellent agreement with global data of
CERN experiments and reasonable fitting topion's pT distributions except for the region of
pT <800 MeV Ic.

S. Date
References
1) R. Albrecht et at.: Z Phys., C45, 529 (1990).
2) J. Ranft: Nucl. Phys., A498, 111c (1989).
3) T. Abbott et at.: Phys. Rev. Lett., 66, 1567 (1991).
4) S. Chapman and M. Gyulassy: Preprint No. LBL30644 (1991).

5) H.J. Weyer: Phys. Rep., 195, 295 (990).
6) A. Capella, U. Sukhatme, C. 1. Tan, and J. Tranh
Thanh Van: Phys. Lett., 81B, 68 (1979); S. Date, M.
Gyulassy, and H. Sumiyoshi: Phys. Rev., D32, 619, (1985) .

-34-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·20. Toward Lattice QCD Simulation on Parallel Computer AP1000
S.OhtaQuantum chromodynamics, lattice field theory, J( parallel super computer.
Quantum chromo dynamics (QCD) is the fundamental theory of strong interactions. Hence it isat the basis of entire nuclear physics. Nuclei aremany body systems made of nucleons andmesons which are in turn made of quarks and'gluons. The QCD describes how quarks andgluons interact.
It is known that the QCD interaction at thenuclear energy scale is too strong to allow analysis by perturbation. We need a theoretical framework which is non-perturbative. Fortunately, avery powerful one is provided by the lattice field
formulation of the theory, called the lattice QCD.
To obtan a quantitative prediction of the lattice QCD, we have to rely on the numericalimportance sampling calculation of relevant
path-integrals. This is where the need of supercomputing arises. Recent research papers in thefield typically require 0 (10 17 ) floating point
operations. At least one thousand times morecomputations would be necessary to obtain realistic predictions. Unfortunately the conventional
supercomputers based on the socalled "vecter
processor" technology cannot provide enoughcomputational speed: their typical speed is at
most a couple of GF's (GF: computational speedof one billion floating point operations per second) and is cleary inadequate. Fortunately, however, a new type on supercomputer based on"parallel computing" technology runs much
faster!): Columbia University's 256-node parallel
supercomputer easily sustains a speed of about
eleven billion floating point operations per second for the lattice QCD. There are plans to build
yet faster parallel supercomputers with 100 GF
and 1TF 0000 GF) capabilities. I)

AP1000 is Fujitsu Laboratory's experimental
parallel supercomputer. It consists of a twodimensional rectilinear array of upto 32 X 32
microcomputer cells. Each cell consists of areduced instruction set cpu, a floating point unit,
local cache and main memories, and a set ofcustom designed communication chips. The cpu
operates at 25 MHz clock. The fpu provides apeak speed of 8.3 MF (MF: computational speedof one million floating point operations per second) . One of the machine's three communication
networks allows, with the help of custom communication chips, data transfer between any pair ofcells, not restricted to the nearest neighbors.
The author is developing a full QCD numericalsimulation code for the machine. 2 ) Two important subprograms have been completed. One ofthem which does not require communications
among the cells achieved a speed of about 3 MF
per cell. The other one requires massive communication and yet achieved about 2 MF per cell.
These numbers should translate into 3 GF and 2
GF speeds respectively for the full scale 32 x
32-cell machine, whose peak speed would be 8.3
GF.
The author would like to thank the Parallel
Computing Research Facility of Fujitsu Laboratory for providing him AP1000 emulator andaccess to one of the 64-cell AP1000 machines.
References
1) N.H. Christ: in "Lattice 90", Nucl. Phys. B (Proc.
Suppl.), 20, 129 (1990), and references cited therein.
2) S. Ohta: in "Lattice 91", ibid., to be published.

-35-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·21. The 8Li(a ,n)118 Reaction Cross Section at Low Energy*
R.N. Boyd, X.X. Bai, D. Hirata, N. Inabe, K. Kimura, T. Kubo, S. Kubono,
T. Nakagawa, S. Shimoura, T. Suzuki, and I. Tanihata(radioactive nuclear beam, nucleosynthesis.J
The 8Li(a ,n) 11 B reaction, which is crucial topredictions of inhomogeneous model of primordial nucleosynthesis, has been measured using
the radioactive beam facility at RIKEN.
Consideration of the quark-hadron phase transition, though to have occurred 10- 5 s after the
Big Bang, has led to the inhomogeneous models(IM) of primordial nucleosynthesis. In the 1M,
the predicted abundances of light nuclides areclose to those observed, but that for 7Li is apparently considerably higher. Unfortunately, theabundances which are fairly easily determinedby astronomers, most notably that of 7Li, aredifficult to interpret and to relate to predictionsof primordial nucleosynthesis, so those of nuclides heavier than 12C may become crucial intesting the 1M. A critical reaction in predicting
abundances of lIB and heavier nuclides is
8Li(a ,n) 11 B, as it apparently is the dominant one
linking nuclides to those heavier than 12C. Thus
we have studied this reaction. The ring cyclotronof RIKEN together with the Riken Projectile
fragment Separator (RIPS) produced the 8Li
beam used. Because of the large energy spread of
the beam, each ion was tagged and its energy
was determined via a channel plate time-offlight (TOF) system. The 8Li ions then passed
into the Multi Samplimg Ionization Chamber, adetector which maps out trajectories of ionspassing through it and measures their energy
losses in 5 cm increment. The detector gas usedin the MUSIC was 4He; it thus served also as thetarget. 8Li( a ,n) 11 B event were identified by thechange in ~E/ ~x which accompanied their

I 'lila,nl"88001-

o 'UCa,nl"8Cg.s.l

600

400

2001-

a

2

4

6

Ecm (MeV)

Fig. 1. Total cross section for the 8Li (a,n) llB reaction(points with error bars) as a function of center of massenergy. The circles (E ) are for a representative sampling of the data for the cross section only to the 11 B
ground state, as inferred from the inverse reaction dataof Paradellis et al. 1)change from 8Li to 11 B, and the energy at which
each event occurred was determined by the point
at which the change was observed.
The determined cross sections are shown in
Fig.I. They are large (200~500 mb) and thus theobservable abundance of heavy elements is
expected.
References
1) T. Paradellis et at.: Zeitsch. Phys., A337, 211 (1990).

• Condensed from RIKEN - AF - NP-112.

-36-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-22. Determination of the Astrophysical 13N(p, 'Y ) 140 Reaction Rateby the Coulomb Breakup of 140 Nuclei in the Field of 208Pb
T. Motobayashi, T. Takei, S. Kox, * C. Perrin, * F. Merchez, *D. Rebreyend,* K. Ieki, H. Murakami, Y. Ando, N. Iwasa, M. Kurokawa,S. Shirato, J. Ruan (Gen) , T. Ichihara, T. Kubo, N. Inabe, A. Goto,
S. Kubono, S. Shimoura, and M. Ishihara
NUCLEAR REACTIONS 2osPb(I 40, 13Np),20SPb, E/A=
87.5 MeV, 2osPb(13N, 12Cp)20SPb, E/A=78.1 MeV; measured coincidence <1 (f)), Coupled channel analysis, deducedr y of 14 0 (1- ; Eex=5.45 MeV), 13N (1/2+; Eex =2.37 MeV).
The Coulomb breakup process in the field of aheavy nucleus can be used as a source of information on the radiative capture process of astrophysical interest.l) We studied the breakup of 14 0
nucleus,2) which is related to the 13N (p, y) 14 0
reaction, a key reaction of the hot CNO cycle ofhydrogen burning in stars. The experiment was
performed at ·RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. The RIPS
facility was used to obtain the radioactive 14 0
beam. Since the secondary beam contained also
13N, the breakup reaction of 13N ~ 12C+p as well
as 140 ~ 13N +p could be studied simultaneously.
The beam energies of 14 0 and I3N were 87.5
A MeV and 78.1A MeV, respectively. The breakup products, proton and 12C or I3N were detectedby a multi -detector system based on the EMRIC
detector.3)
Figure 1 shows the angular distributions forthe reactions 2osPb(140,13Np)2osPb and 2osPb(13N,
I2Cp) 20sPb exciting the 1- state at Eex = 5.17
Me V in 140 and the 1/2+ at Eex = 2. 37 MeV in
l3N, respectively. It is known that the stellar
burning process of the hot CNO cycle is dominated by the El transition to the 0.547 MeV resonance, corresponding to the 14 0 1- state. Therefore the quantity of astrophysical interest can be
determined from the El transition strength or
the radiative width r y of this state. The data arecompared with the result of the coupled channel
calculation by a code ECIS79,4) in which the
Coulomb breakup mechanism is assumed. The
Coulomb deformation parameter f3 c was adjusted so that the calculated angular distribution fits
the data. The best fit was obtained with ry =3.1 ±o.6 eV for 140 and r y = 0.59 ± 0 . 18 eV for 13N.
The contribution from the nuclear breakup process was estimated to be very small. The present• Institut des Sciences Nucleaires, IN2P3-U]F, 38026
Grenoble Cedex, France.

~~

208Pb(140, 14 0M( r)f'8Pb(b/sr)

Ein=87.SMeV/u

0.1

O. 01 '--_"__--'-----'-_.1..--'----'--'

o

2

3

4

5

6
Scm

Fig. 1. Experimental and calculated angular distributions
for the reactions 20SPb (140,13Np) 20sPb (upper part) and
20SPb (13N, 12Cp) 20SPb (lower part) exciting the 1- stateof 14 0 and 1/ 2+ of 13N, respectively. The solid curves
are obtained by the coherent sum of the nuclear andCoulomb excitation amplitudes assuming ry = 3.1 eV
for 14 0 (1-) and r y = 0.59 eV for 13N (1/2+).

result for l3N, 0.59±0.18 eV, agrees well withthe value measured via the (p, y) reaction,o.50 ± 0 . 04 eV, 5) showing the validity of thisCoulomb breakup method.
In Fig. 2, the present value of r y for the 1- statein 14 0 is compared with values obtained by theother experimental and theoretical works. The
recent direct capture measurement with radioactive l3N beam at Louvain la Neuve gives r y =3.8±1.2 eV,6) which agrees with ours within theerrors. The recent recommended value, 1. 9 eV/)is smaller than the present result. Among theresults from alternative measurements, our esti--37-

T. Motobayashi et at.

mated errors are the smallest, which demonstrates the high experimental efficiency of thepresent experiment.

12o Experiment

10

;;-

.e

::I:
l-

0

~

8

•

Present

l:J.

TheoryS
42Referepces

?i

f

/I

O+-.-~r-~--~~-r~~~~~~~.!! ;::

~;::-

1UQ)

::JQ)
OQ)

=(1)

____~

:,~.g=­
~

'i:x

<5

branchingratio

theoryFig. 2. The radiative width r r for the 1- state in 14 0
obtained by experimental and theoretical studies.

1) G. Baur, C.A. Bertulani, and H. Rebel: Nuel. Phys.,A458, 188 (1986).
2) T. Motobayashi et al.: Phys. Lett., B264, 264 (1991);
T. Motobayashi et at.: RIKEN Aeee!. Prog. Rep., 24,
12 (1990).
3) F. Merchez et at.: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A275, 133(1989) .
4) J. Raynal: Coupled channel code ECIS79 (unpublished) .
5) F . Ajzenberg-Selove: Nucl. Phys., A523, 1 (1991) .
6) P. Decrock et at.: Phys. Rev. Lett., 67, 808 (1991).
7) G.R. Caughlan and W.A. Fowler: Atomic Data andNuclear Data Table, 40, 283 (1988).

-38-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·23. Proton Decay Measu rement with RIPS
for Astrophysical Interest
S. Kubono, Y. Funatsu, N. Ikeda, M. H. Tanaka, T. Nomura,
H. Orihara, S. Kato, M. Ohura, T. Kubo, N. Inabe, T. Ichihara,
M. Ishihara, I. Tanihata, H. Okuno, T. Nakamura, S. Shimoura,
H. Toyokawa, C.C. Yun, H. Ohnuma, K. Asahi, A. Chakrabarti, *T. Mukhopadhyay, * and T. Kajino
NUCLEAR STRUCTURE, 2°Na, Radioactive beam of J
( 2°Mg-, Explosive hydrogen burning process.
An explosive hydrogen burning process, whichis called rapid-proton (rp) - process, 1) will begin
by breaking out of the hot-CNO cycle throughthe reaction sequence l - 5 ) ; 150(a, y) 19Ne(p, y)
2°Na (p, y)21Mg. Among this sequence, the most
crucial reaction is considered to be 19N e (p, y)
2°N a. The first excited state above the thresholdin 2°Na was found 3 ) at 2.637 MeV with J7l'=1+;
this suggests an enhancement of the reaction rateof 19N e (p, y) 2°N a roughly by two orders ofmagnitude, and about 50 % reduction for the
onset temperature of the breakout from the hoteNO cycle, 3) However, the absolute onset temperature is not determined yet. For this problem, an experiment to study the decay property
and the total width for the 1+ state was performed by measuring the decay particle and gamma
rays with using the projectile fragment of 2°Mg
from the 24Mg beam at the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron Facility.
A 100-MeV lu 24Mg primary beam of about 10 20 nA was used to produce 2°Mg particles at therate of 10 - 20 particles of 2°Mg per second withusing RIPS. The secondary beam particles wereidentified by energy- loss and time-of-flightmeasurements, and stopped mostly in the thirdsilicon detector of the five-silicon detector
array, which was surrounded by a beta -rayspectrometer made of plastic scintilla tors. There
were no specific gamma-ray observations
related to the 2°Na decay with two sets of Ge
detectors. This could be due to the small beam
intensity used for the experiment. The purity ofthe secondary beam was about 1 %.
There are four strong lines observed at 857,
1740, 2836, and 5892 keVin the energy spectrumwith the silicon detector. The last two lines arefound to be the delayed a-particles via the
7.424- and 10.274- MeV states in 2°N e, The• Bhabha Institute. Calcutta, India.

other low-energy peaks correspond to the proton
decays of the 2°Na states to 19Ne. The half-life
measured by stopping the primary beam for 200
ms just after the 2°Mg detection was about 110
ms, which is consistent with the known value of2°Mg. 6 ) The lowest energy peak of 857 ke V
(Ex=3,056 MeV in 2°Na) is corresponding wellto the previously known state, the 3.046 Me V
(1,2,3) + state 3 ) in energy, This could be thesecond 1+ state above the proton threshold in
2°N a. There was no clear peak observed at 438
ke V for the 2. 637 MeV 1+ state in the spectra.
The upper limit of the branching ratio estimatedfor this state is about 1 %. The experimental
branching ratios obtained are 86, < 1, 9, and 5% for the the states at 1. 057, 2,637, 3.056, and3. 939 MeV, respectively.
By comparing to the beta decay of the mirror
nucleus 2°0, the 3. 045-MeV state is likely theanalogue of the 3. 488-MeV state in 2°F, and the2.637-MeV state is of the 3.175- MeV in 2°F. The
latter state was not fed in the beta decay of 2°0,7)
and there is no I = 0 strength for this state in the
spectroscopic factor of the 19F (d, p) 2°F
reaction. 6) These data clearly suggest that the2.637- MeV state has little component of (sd)4and the state could be an intruder 1+ state of(p) -2 (sd) 6,8)
If one takes ry =9.3 meV for the 2.637-MeV
1+ state from the analogue, the 3 .175-MeV statein 2°F, the 19Ne (p, y) 2°N a reaction rate will be
reduced roughly by a factor of two. Therefore,
the main conclusion in the previous estimate3 ) for
the rate would not change if the assumption fromthe analogue state is correct.
References
1) R. Wallace and S. E. Woosley: Astrophys. J. Suppt ..
45, 389 (1981).
2) K. Langanke et at.: Astrophys. J., 301, 629 (1986).
3) S. Kubono et at.: ibid. , 344, 460 (1989).

-39-

S. Kubono et at.
4) L. O. Lamm et at.: Nue!. Phys., A510,503 (1990) .
5) S. Kubono et at.: Z. Phys., A334, 512 (1989).
6) F. Ajezenberg-Selove: Nue!. Phys., A475, 1 (1987).

7) D. E. Alburger et at .: Phys. Rev. , C35, 1479 (1987) .
8) J. B. McGrory and B. M. Wildenthal: ibid. , C7, 974(1973) .

-40-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-24. g-Factor Measurements of 14 8 and 15 8 Ground States
H. Okuno, K. Asahi, M. Ishihara, T. Nakamura, M. Adachi, J. Kura,
H. Veno, H. Sato, N. Inabe, T. Kubo, A. Yoshida, T. Ichihara,
Y. Ohkubo, T. Shimoda, H. Miyatake, N. Takahashi, D. Morrissey,*
W.-D. Schmidt-Ott,** and D. Beaumel***
NUCLEAR REACTION 93Nb+ 180, EI A=69.5MeV Inu-]
cleon ; measured /3-ray asymmetry of 12B, l4B and 15B ;[deduced g-factors of l4B and 15B ground states.
Recent experiments 1,2) have revealed that
ejectile nuclei in the fragmentation of intermediate-energy heavy-ion projectiles are largely
spin- polarized. In this report we present theapplication of this phenomenon, resulting in thefirst measurements of the ground state nuclear
moments of 14B (T 1/2 = 12.8 ms ) and 15B (T 1/2 =10.3 ms ). The experiments were carried out by
using a radioactive beam line RIPS.3) Short lived
nuclei 12B, l4B and 15B were produced by fragmentation of 180 projectiles at 69.5 MeV Inucleon
on a 93Nb target (200 J.l m in thickness). Those
nuclei emitted at angles around 3 degrees were
isotope-seperated and momentum-selected by
the RIPS and implanted into a Pt stopper placedat the final focus of the RIPS (Fig. 1). The gfactors were deduced from the observation of

14 8 (Jlt= 2+, T112 = 12.8 ms)

1.45

0

f=

1.40

0

1.35

«
ex:

:5
1.30

1.25

15 8 (Jlt= 3/2', T112 = 10.3 ms)

1.6

0

~

«
ex:

1.4

0

:5
Collimeter

Pt stopper

"'-

1.2

____ pole of magnet-sepera~~%[1·j~Fragments U

1260/~=~=,

rfcoilFig. 2. Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of 14B and 15B.
Up/Down ratios of f3-rays emitted from 14B and 15B are
plotted as a function of the rf-frequency.

. - pole of magnet

Energy degrader(Cu)

Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of the 13- NMR system at the
final focus of the RIPS.

NMR detected by the change of /3-ray asymmetry. Examples of NMR spectra are shown in
Fig. 2. The g-factors of 12B, which were alreadyknown to a good accuracy, were used for thecalibration. From the peak position extracted
from Lorentian fits, we obtained preliminarily
the following values;* National Superconducting Cyclotron Laboratory,
Michigan State University, U.S.A.
** II. Physikalisches Institut, Universitat Gottingen,
F.R.G.
*** Institut de Physique Nucleaire, France.

g (I4B) = O. 5923±0. 0047
g(I5B) =l. 771±0.015
No corrections on these values for Knight shifts
are necessary, since the calibration was done by
12B (the same element). A shell model calculation on 14B and 15B is now in progress.
References
1) K. Asahi et at.: Phys. Lett., B251, 488 (1990).
2) H. Okuno et at.: RIKEN Aeee!. Prog. Rep., 24, 14(1990) .
3) T. Kubo et at.: Proc. 1st Int. Conf. on Radioactive
Nuclear Beams, Berkeley, California, 1989, eds. W.D.
Myers, J.M. Nitschke, and E.B. Norman, World
Scientific, Singapore, p. 563 (1990).

-41-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·25. Disappearance of the Giant Dipole Resonancein Hot Nuclei
K. Yoshida, J. Kasagi, H. Hama, * K. Furutaka, K. Ieki, W. Galster, **T. Kubo, M. Ishihara, and A. Galonsky***
NUCLEAR REACTION natNi, 92Mo, 122Sn+40Ar, E(40Ar) =26 MeV/ nucleon: measured GDR decay y rays in coincidence with fusion residues; deduced dM) dE) decay for
E y >5 MeV.
The giant dipole resonance (GDR) y-rayemission from highly excited nuclei has provided aunique tool to study the property of hot nuclei. It
was shown that the GDR y-ray decay is quenched above E x"'"'350 MeV for the 70Ge+ 40Ar fusedsystem.l) Our previous work,2) performed with
the 92Mo+4°Ar reactions at E/A=21 and 26
MeV, suggested that the GDR disappears at Ex"'"'
200 MeV due to excessive broadening of theresonance. It is, thus, very interesting to obtainsystematic information especially on the hightemperature limit of the existence of the GDR.
For this purpose, the GDR decay y - rays fromother fused systems have been measured at the
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron (RRC). High energy yrays were measured in coincidence with fusionlike residues in the 4°Ar + Ni, 92Mo, 122Sn reactions at E/ A=26 MeV. The high energy y-rays
were detected with a BaF 2 27! detector system
consisting of 80 BaF 2 scintillators.
The emitted y-rays from hot nuclei were calculated using the extended version of the code
CASCADE. In order to obtain a limiting temperature for the existence of the GDR, two different
analyses have been performed. The standard
calculation with a fixed GDR width, used toanalyze the data at low excitation energies,
overestimates y - ray yields in the region between
10 and 20 MeV. The only way to explain thesaturation of the yield is to quench the y - ray

emISSIOn above a limiting excitation energy.
Thus, in the analysis using the standard calculation' a limiting excitation energy can be definedas the excitation energy above which the nucleus
does not emit y-rays. The other method employed in Ref. 2 is to incorporate the energy
dependence of the resonance width in the calculation. We applied the same excitation energy
dependence of the width as employed for the
40 Ar + 92Mo system in Ref. 2. The width increases
rapidly as the excitation energy increases, sothat the strength of the energy windows of the
GDR region (12<Ey < 20 MeV) decreases without a reduction in the EWSR strength. The limiting excitation energy in this analysis was definedas the energy above which the width of the GDR
becomes larger than 30 Me V.
The deduced limiting temperature for the existence of the GDR decreases as the mass number
increases, described as T 1'""'-'17A-1/3 MeV where
TI is the limiting temperature and A the mass
number. Since the resonance energy is approximated to be 80A - 1/3 MeV, it can be said that the
GDR disappears at the temperature of about aquarter of the resonance energy.
References
1) J.J. Gaardhoje et al.: Phys. Rev. L ett. , 59,1409 (1987).
2) K. Yoshida et al.: Phys. L ett ., 245B, 7 (1990).

* Institute for Molecular Science.
** Universite Catholique de Louvain.
*** Cyclotron Laboratory, Michigan State University.

-42-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-26. Study of 33Si with Radiation-Detected Optical Pumping in Solids
K. Shimomura, T. Nakamura, H. Okuno, M. Koizumi, S. Hamada, N. Inabe,
I. Ogawa, K. Suzuki, M. Wada, H. Sunaoshi, Y. Fukashiro, T. Murayama,
T. Kohmoto, T. Shinozuka, T. Kuho, K. Asahi, T. Inamura, M. Ishihara,
M. Fujioka, and S. Matsuki*
NUCLEAR REACTION 4°Ar+ 9 Be, E(4°Ar) = 94MeV /nucleon; optical pumping in solids GaAs; measured f3-ray
asymmetry from 33Si; measured life time of 33Si; magnetic
resonance of 33Si.
Recently several experimental and theoreticalinvestigations suggest that the neutron magic
number may not be 20 in light neutron-richregion (N e to Si), thereby some nuclei being
deformed around N = 20. To get more detailed
nuclear-structure information on this region, we
tried as a first step to measure the magnetic
moment of 33Si with a newly developed methodof 13- RADOP in solids.l}
The isotope 33Si was produced as a projectile
fragment in the interaction of an Ar beam with a
Be target at the incident energy of 94 MeV /nucleon. After mass separated with the mass
separator RIPS at RIKEN, the 33Si isotopes were
implanted into a GaAs crystal cooled by contact
to a liquid He bath. The implantation rate of theisotopes was about 8000 S-l. The GaAs crystal
was irradiated with a circularly-polarized laser
light from a Ti -sapphire laser under an external
magnetic field (2. 5kG) . The spin polarization ofelectrons excited from the valence to the conduction bands was then transferred to the nuclear
spin of 33Si via the hyperfine interaction. 2 ) The
degree of nuclear polarization was measured bydetecting the asymmetry of f3 - rays with a pair ofscintillation-counter telescope.
Nuclear polarization was achieved only withthe laser light in a narrow region of wavelengtharound 845nm. A preliminary data of magnetic
resonance by applying a rf magnetic field
together with the laser optical pumping is shownin Fig. 1. Neglecting a possible effect of theKnight shift, the measured magnetic resonancesuggests that the g-factor of 33Si is 0.803 ± 0 . 021.
We also obtained a more precise half-life of 33Si
than previous data from a time spectrum of 13rays (Fig. 2); The deduced half-life is 6.332 ±0.029 sec, which should be compared with previous adopted result of 6.18 ± 0.18 sec. 3)

NMR of 33Si in GaAs

0.6

I

-e-

0.2

0 .0 L-.----L- -----''---15..L- - ' - - - c --::L-=--0- - - - l
OO
16 0
1 40 0RF FREQUENCY (kHz)Fig. 1. Preliminary result of a j3-ray radiation- detectedmagnetic resonance of 33Si as a function of the applied
radio-frequency at 2.5 kGauss.

...enz::>ou

10 1 OL-.---,--_J 0- --,--..1..0- - - ' - - - 60
4z

TIME(sec.)

Fig. 2. A decay spectrum of j3-rays from 33Si.
References
1) K. Shimomura, S. Uemura, T. Kohmoto, Y. Fukuda,
S. Ito, K. Okano, T. Muramoto, T. Hashi, and S.
Matsuki: Phys. Rev., C42, R487 (1989) .
2) Optical Orientation (eds., F. Meier and B. Zakharchenya), N orth- Holland, Amsterdam (1984) .
3) D.R. Goosman, C.N. Davids, and D.E. Alburger: Phys.
Rev., C8, 1324 (1973) .

* Institute for Chemical Research, Kyoto University.

-43-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-27. Density Distribution and El Strength of llLi
N. Inabe, S. Shimoura, T. Nakamura"H. Okuno, H. Okamura,
H. Sakai, T. Kubo, T. Nakagawa, H. Kumagai,
I. Tanihata, and M. IshiharaInteraction cross section, Density distribution, Neutron J
halo, Electromagnetic dissociation, El strength, Soft giant
dipole resonance.
The interaction cross sections (0"1) of 11 Li on C,
AI, eu and Pb at 43 and 75 A MeV were measured by a transmission method using 11Li secondary beams provided by the radioactive beamfacility RIPS 1) at RIKEN Ring Cyclotron.
To study a density distribution, we searched
for the best t fit to the 0"1 on C at 43, 75, 400, 790
A MeV using a Glauber model 2) by changing
parameters of a density profile. The density
profile of 11 Li is supposed to be composed of a
Harmonic oscillator density and a Yukawa
square tail. The best fit reproduces well theenergy dependence of 0"1 as shown by the solidline in Fig. 1. The result shows that 11Li has thedensity distribution with a long tail, which isconsistent with a picture that 11 Li has a neutron
halo. 3 )To study an E1 Strength, we determined electromagnetic dissociation cross sections (O"EMO) on
Pb by subtracting nuclear part (O"nuc) from 0"1'

<!ooo

~

~,..

1750

10- 1
10-<!
10- 3

c

.., 10- 4

1

1500

[S]
0

b

<!

4

6

6

10

r (1m)
1<!50

10.0

5.0

c-

E
"
t.J

1.0

!II

0.5

0.5

Exclt .. lion Energy (Me '/)Fig. 2. Possible region in excitation energy vs. strengthplane. The outer contour crresponds to 1 d error andinner, 0.5 d. Three lines indicate the 2%, 5%, and 10%
fraction of energy weighted sum rule (EWSR) .

Here, we estimated O"nuc by the Glauber typecalculation using the density distribution
mentioned above. From the obtained O"EMO'S, wesearched an excitation energy and a reduced
transition probability of 11Li using a virtualphoton theory,4) assuming that the only one
excited state contributes to O"EMO mainly. The
outer contour in Fig. 2 shows a limit in which theover all fitting is better than 10". The resultshows that llLi has a significantly large strength
in a low excitation energy, which supports theexistence of a soft giant dipole resonance. S )

1000

750
50

100
500
Incldenl !:ncrgy (/deV/nucleon)

1000

Fig. 1. Energy dependence of interaction cross sections ofllLi on carbon target and obtained density distribution(inset) . Solid line shows the model calculation. Dashedline is the results without halo.

References
1) T.Kubo et at.: Proc. 1st. Conf. on Radioactive Nuclear
Beams, p. 563 (1989).
2) P.]. Karol: Phys. Rev., Cll, 1203 (1975).
3) I. Tanihata et at.: Phys. Lett., 206B, 592 (1988).
4) C.A. Bertulani and G. Bauer : Phys. Rep., 163, 299(1988) .
5) K. Ikeda: INS report JHP-7 (1988).

-44-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-28. Momentum Correlation of Halo Neutrons in llLi

Evidence of Di-Neutron Formation
T. Kobayashi, S. Shimoura, I. Tanihata, T. Suzuki, K. Yoshida, K. Matsuta, *T. Minamisono,* K. Sugimoto,* O. Testard,** W. MUller,*** D. Olson,***and H. Wieman***exotic nuclei, neutron halo, nuclear reaction, radioactive J[ nuclear beam.
The transverse momentum (P t ) distribution of
9Li fragment from 800A MeV 11 Li on p, d, and C
targets are measured with high statistics at the
LBL Bevalac. Improvements of the intensity ofprimary 180 beam and the beam optics enabled us
to use about 300 11 Li per pulse. The experimentalllLi + C ._> 9r.i +x at 800 A MeV

1000

750

N/(N+W)=40±4%

c:;:s

8
500

250

-400

-200

o

200

400

1250
llLi +D--> 9r.i+Xat 800 A MeV
1000

_ 750
c

<10= 15± 2 MeV/c

8
500

250

-400

o
200
-200
Transverse Momentum [MeV/c)

system is essentially the same one as alreadyreported in previous publications except the target system for liquid hydrogen and deuterium. 1•2 )The thickness of the target was about 12 cm.
Figure 1 shows thus determined P t distribution.
The widths of 9Li and neutron fragment distribution were used _J9_ deduce the correlation
term < Pl· P 2> between two halo neutrons. It
was found that the correlation term has a large
positive value (300±43 (MeV Ic) 2) and thus suggesting that these neutrons are moving to thesame direction in average. It presents quite acontrast to normal nucleon correlations, in which
the correlation has negative value. Therefore
present data suggest a formation of a cluster ofneutrons moving together "di -neutron". Present
analysis, however, depends on the simple qualitative reaction model. Therefore we need adetailed realistic reaction model to confirm thiscorrelation. Also we need high statistic data of
the neutron distribution at high energies because
they were measured only at a low energy (30 A
MeV) where final state interactions may be
important.
This work is supported by the US Departmentof Energy under the contract No. DE-AC03-76
SF0098, by the LBL- RIKEN collaboration program, and by the Japan-US Cooperative Program from the Japan Society for the Promotionof Science.
References

400

Tanihata, T. Kobayashi, O. Yamakawa, S.
Shimoura, K. Ekuni, K. Sugimoto, N. Takahashi, T.
Shimoda, and H. Sato: Phys. Lett., B206, 593 (1988).
2) T. Kobayashi, O. Yamakawa, K. Ornata, K.
Sugimoto, T. Shimoda, N. Takahashi, and 1. Tanihata: Phys. Rev. Lett., 60, 2599 (1988).
1) 1.

Fig. 1. Transverse momentum distribution of 9Li from 11 Li
reactions. Curves are the best fit by two Gaussian
distributions.

* Osaka University, Toyonaka, Osaka 560, Japan.
** Sac1ay, 91191 Gir Sur Yvette, France.
*** LBL, Berkeley, CA 94720, U.S.A.

-45-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·29. Measu rement of Angu lar Distributions forthe 9,llLi +p Elastic Scattering
C.-B. Moon,* K. Abe, M. Fujimaki, N. Inabe, K. Katori, lC. Kim,** Y.K. Kim,**T. Kobayashi, H. Kumagai, T. Kubo, S. Shimo'u ra, T. Suzuki, and 1. Tanihata
NUCLEAR REACTIONS p(9,11Li,9,llLi)p, E/ A=62 MeV 1[ (llLi) , 60 MeV (9Li) : Measured dO'UI)/dO.
The elastic scattering of 62 MeV/nucleon llLi
and 60 MeV/nucleon 9Li nuclei on a proton target as a reversed kinematics was measured forthe first time at the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron facility. Secondary beams of 9,llLi were produced at
the RIPS using 100 A MeV 180 primary beam on
the 9Be target with the thickness of 7.5 mm. A
disk of CH 2 with the thickness of 95 mg/ cm 2 wasused as a proton target. The experimental set-up
and method are presented in the other pages inthis progress report. Angular distributions
obtained are given in Fig.l in which 6,7Li isotopes
data 1) are also shown for comparison. It is notedthat angular distribution for the 9Li +p system
may include some inelastic scattering due to theexcited states in 9Li. On the other hand, llLi data
include only the elastic scattering because no
particle stable excited states exists in llLi.
One can clearly see two remarkable features in
the 11 Li + p cross section, one is the shift of thefirst minimum to forward angle, 44 comparedwith those of the other isotopes and the other isthe reduction of the cross sections compared withthose of other isotopes. The general trends of the
9Li + p system, whereas, is in fair accordancewith the systematics established for 6,7Li isotopes. The shift of the minimum position in the
11Li +p cross sections to forward angle is qualitatively understood as an influence of the greater
matter extension due to the outer two neutrons.
0

,

a
<>
+
x

20

30

40

50

11 U:presenl work
9U:presenl work
6U:ref.l
7 U :re f.1

60

70

80

eCM(deg)
Fig. 1. Measured angular distributions for the 9.11 Li + P
system as obtained in the present work. For comparison, 6.7Li isotopes data are also shown. The solid lines
from points to points are only for guiding eye.

On the other hand, a considerable reduction ofcross sections in the 11 Li + p system emphasizes
the importance of two-neutron break-up in 11Li.
References
1) M. Tosaki: Ph.D. thesis, Osaka University (1989).

* Supported in part by the Korea Science and Engineering Foundation.
** Department of Physics, Seoul National University,
Korea.

-46-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·30. E 1 Strength Distribution of llLi through Invariant
Mass Spectroscopy
S. Shimoura, K. Abe, N. Inabe, M. Ishihara, T. Kobayashi, T. Kubo,
T. Nakamura, R.H. Siemssen, * I. Tanihata, and Y. Watanabel

NUCLEAR REACTIONS Heavy-ion collision, RadiO-j
active beam, Coulomb dissociation, Pb (l1Li, 9Li +2n) X,
E1 strength, Soft E1 mode.

One of the most interesting subjects of neutron
halo nuclei is the E1 excitation. Large enhancements of interaction cross sections and two neutron removal cross sections of 11 Li observed onhigh Z targets 1•2) suggest a notable E1 strength ina low excitation energy region of 11Li. In order toextract the E1 strength distribution of 11Li, we
have performed a full exclusive measurement of
11Li~9Li +2n process on a lead target.
Unstable 11Li beam provided by the RIPS facility at RIKEN irradiates a lead target at 43 ± 3 A
MeV. The energy and position at the target were
measured by time-of-flight (TOF) of two plastic
scintillators and a tracking of multiwire proportional chambers, respectively. Neutrons were
measured by five layers of plastic scintillator
hodoscopes at 3.5-5. 5m distance from the secondary target, each of which consists of 16 scintillators of 6 em square times 110 em long. To identify a multi - hit by a cross talk caused by ascattering of a single neutron, the hodoscopes
were separated each other by 55 em. 3) Charged
particles (9Li) were measured by l:l.E detectors(a Si SSD and a plastic scintillator) and the firstlayer of the neutron detector for E and TOF.
The l:l.E detectors were set around the grazing
angle (about 5 degree) away from beam direction in order not to be triggered by non- interacted 11 Li beam.
The excitaion energy of 11 Li is deduced byconstructing an invariant mass of all the threeparticles (9Li and 2n) . The energy resolution for
the excitation energy is less than 0.3 Me V, whichis independent of .the resolution of the beam.
Figure 1 shows the relative energy spectra for 9Li
and two neutrons. The excitation energy spectrum is obtained by shifting threshold energy ofllLi to 9Li +2n (300 keV). As shown in the fig-

150

125

100

"ii

I:
I:

"
1111I111111

CI

.a0

75

~
~

I

;I
0

u

50

tf

25

0

1///

tVIl

Illtil'H HBI'tll 1111
t

0

2

3

4

5

Erel (MeV)

Fig. 1. Relative energy spectrum of 9Li and two neutrons. Excitation energy is obtained by adding theseparation energy of two neutrons from 11 Li (300 ke V) .

ure, there is a peak around 600 keV corresponding to 0.9 Me V excitation, which is expected asa soft E1 mode. The excitation energy of thepeak is slightly smaller than that observedin pion double charge exchange reaction 11 B (n-,n+) llLi,4) which may be due to the different
reaction dynamics.
A Monte CaIro calculation for the overall
detection efficiency, including neutron detection
efficiency, is now in progress to deduce the absolute magnitude of the cross section and strength.
The correlation between detected neutrons will
be investigated in a future analysis.
References
1) T . Kobayashi et at.: Phys. Lett., 232B, 51 (1989).
2) R. Anne et at.: ibid., 250B, 1219 (1990).
3) T. Nakamura et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24.
112 (1990) .
4) T. Kobayashi et at.: LAMPF E1191.

* KVI, Groningen, the Netherland.

-47-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-31. High Spin Isomers in 144Pm Observed in the 14N(136Xe ,6n) Reaction
T. Murakami, Y. Gono, A. Ferragut, Y. H. Zhang, M. Nakajima, H. Seki,
M. Ogawa, B. J. Min, M. Oshima, T. Morikawa, H. Kusakari, K. Morita,
A . Yoshida, and H. Kumagai
NUCLEAR REACTIONS 14N (136Xe, 6n) 144Pm, EI A = 6.51
MeV; Gas Filled Recoil Ion Separator; Measured E y , I y ,y-y coin.
The search for high -spin isomers in 144 Pm wascarried out using a gas-filled recoil ion
separator.l} An 8.5 MeV lu 136Xe beam wasdelivered by RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. Nitrogengas of 5 Torr, which also served as a target,
filled the E1C beam course. The recoil products
were separated from the beam and collected on acatcher surrounded by four BGOASC Ge detectors. Transitions originating from isomericstates were exclusively observed in the present
setting.
Many new transitions were found above theknown 9+ state at 841 keV. One of the y-y
coincidence spectra (gated by 538 keV) is shownin Fig. 1. The excitation function was measured 2 )at the Tandem Accelerator Center, University ofTsukuba. The decay scheme shown in Fig. 2

was proposed based on the data, although it wasa very preliminary one.

7352

a:>

I"'l
If)

6814
0

N
~

5604

-----.d-T--- 4129

q:---~--3716
If)

ID

a:>

-,r----.l.~- 2851

2434 --lL--,.-----;-- 2454
2056

538 keV GATE
~

1659
40

~
I'll

1264

.....

2067
---........,;I==-----r~- 1700-=::::::r;::;:::::~~::=-- 1374

n
I"'l
If)

=
g 20
CJ

Fig. 2. Proposed decay scheme above the 9+ state at 841
keY of 14 4 Pm.

o
100

200

300

400

500

600

,),-ray energy(keV)
Fig. 1. Gamma-ray spectrum gated by 538 keY transition.

References
1) Y. Gono et al.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 20(1990) .
2) Y. H. Zhang et at.: This Report, p. 49.

-48-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-32. High-Spin States of 144Pm Studied by 1388a(108,4n)144Pm Reaction
Y.H. Zhang, T. Murakami, Y. Gono, A. Ferragut, K. Furuno,
T. Komatsubara, * and T. Hayakawa *~UCLEA~ REA~TION 138Ba (loB, 4n) 144Pm, y - ray excita- J[ hon functIOn, amsotropy.

In order to determine the location and its
corresponding decay scheme of the new isomericstate in 144Pm,1) we measured the y-ray excitation functions and their anisotropies using
138Ba (loB, 4n) 144Pm reaction at the beam energies
from 42.5 MeV to 55 MeV by 2.5 MeV step. The
lOB beam was provided by the tandem accelerator of University of Tsukuba.
The y rays corresponding to the transitions
both above and below the first isomeric state(9+) at 841 keV, have been identified in the yenergy spectrum and the excitation functions asshown . in Fig. 1. The known transitions areindicated by the initial and final spins on the left

Table 1. Measured y- ray relative intensities and theiranisotropies. Intensities are normalized to that of. 171. 8
keY line.

Ey (keV)1"( reI

232
274
282
285
327
342
355
367
377
386
423
433
451

0.95
0.19
0.94
0.29
0.89
0.61
0.36
0.15
0.34
0.08
0.22
1.17
1.15

6 -- 5

1.0

Q

£

..s

li~

v

.~

-;

§ 0.4
Z
0.2

....., ,:d

~

d

;1,

172

0.0

38

1.18 ± 0.13
1.47 ± 0.16
1.17 ± 0.12
1.30 ± 0.14
0.97 ± 0.10
1.01 ± 0.15
1.31 ± 0.14
1.43 ± 0.15
0.99 ± 0.11
0.96 ± 0.10
0.78 ± 0.08
0.73 ± 0.08
1.27 ± 0.13

of each curve .
The relative intensities and anisotropies of these yrays measured with a 50 Me V beam energy are given
in Table 1. The anisotropies of the new y rayssuggest that they are prompt decays.
The peak at 538 keY, which is the strongest line
among the y rays observed in the decay of the newisomeric state,1) has not been observed in this experiment, that means this isomeric state was not populated in the 138Ba (lOB, 4n) 144Pm reaction. The spin of theisomeric state may be understood as higher than 25li.

9 ~-7-"0 0 .60

W (0 0)6 --; o-~==~~~~
7 =- 6-

7 =- 6-.QO.8<n

W (90°)

43

48

53

58

Beam Energy (MeV)

References
Fig. 1. y-ray excitation functions. Intensities are normalized to that of 171.8 ke V line.

1) T. Murakami et at.: This Report, p. 48.

• Tandem Accelerator Laboratory, University of Tsukuba.

-49-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-33. Coulomb Excitation of Unstable Nucleus Beam
A. Ferragut, T. Murakami, Y. Gono, M. Nakajima, H. Seki, M. Ogawa,
B. ]. Min, M. Oshima, T. Morikawa, H. Kusakari, K. Morita,
A. Yoshida, H. Kumagai, and Y.H. Zhang
Coulomb excitation; Unstable nuclei; Gas Filled Recoil IOn )( Separator; Parallel Plate Avalanche Counter.
Coulomb excitation provides information on
the nuclear structure through the matrix elements of the electromagnetic operator. Thesematrix elements can be deduced from the Coulomb excitation cross section measurement. I)
A Coulomb excitation experiment of the unstable nucleus I52Dy was performed by using the gas
filled recoil ion separator. The nucleus I52Dy wasproduced by the 24Mg (I36Xe, 8n) 152Dy reaction.
The average energy of the recoil nucleus 152Dy, atthe position of the secondary target, was estimated to be 3. 9 MeV/A, which is well below the
Coulomb barrier between the 15 2Dy and the secondary target 2osPb.
Ions scattered by the lead target were detectedby the position sensitive parallel plate avalanche
counter (PPAC) to correct the Doppler shift ofthe y-rays emitted in flight. The Doppler shift of
the 614 ke V y-ray emitted by the 2+ ~ 0+transition in I52Dy and the width of the broadening were respectively about 30 keY and 50 keY,
as indicated in the figure (the second spectrum
from the top) .
After a Doppler correction, the y-ray peak
appears (first sp'ectrum from the top) at theenergy of 613 ke V which is very close to theenergy of the 2+~ 0+ transition of I52Dy (614ke V). The number of counts in the peak (50counts) is also comparable to our estimation
based on the known life-time of the 2+ state of
I52Dy.

.,
C
:l

o

U

0

500

100

., -

C
:l

o

U

°5~0-0------~------~------~8700~--

E(keV)

2 keV/channel

Fig. 1. Prompt gamma ray spectra with backgroundsubtraction. Bottom spectrum is the spectrum without
correction. Top spectrum is corrected for Doppler shift,
event by event.

This result shows that our set- up can be used
for further studies of various unstable nuclei.
The interesting quantity which can be extracted
from this kind of experiment is the quadrupole
moments of excited states by measuring thereorientation effect.
References
1) K. Alder and A. Winther: Coulomb Excitation, Academic Press , 1, 82 (1966).

- 50-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·1·34. Spin Isospin Excitation in the Reaction (d, 2He)
Y. Tajima, K. Hatanaka, S. Hayakawa, * M. Hosaka, T. Ichihara, S. Ishida, M. Ishihara,
S. Kato, T. Niizeki, H. Ohnuma, M. Ohura, H. Okamura, H. Orihara, H. Sakai,
H. Shimizu, H. Toyokawa, Y. Yano, Y. Yashiro, H.Y. Yoshida, and M. Yosoi(NUCLEAR REACTION 6Li, 12C, 13C, 23Na (d, 2He) Ed=260 MeV.]
Spin-isospin excitation modes of nuclei,
Gamow- Teller (GT) transitions in particular,
have been studied extensively by (p, n) reactions.
The observed GT strengths are consistently
below the sum rule limit. This so-called "quenching" of the GT strengths has been the subject ofmany theoretical and experimental studies. It iscurrently thought that there are two major origins of the quenching, RP A correlations in nuclei
and subnucleon degrees of freedom of constituent
nucleons. The GT strengths one measures in (p,n) reactions correspond to those for /3+ decays. It
is necessary, however, to measure GT strengths
in the /3- counterparts to make a rigorous comparison with the sum rule. Intermediate energy(n, p) reactions are being studied at a few institutes in order to obtain the latter information.
Such reactions are not easily done, however.
Although spin-flip components are more strongly excited by intermediate energy (n, p) reactions than non-spin-flip components, spin-flip
probability measurements are required, in principle, to distinguish the two components. Furthermore, neutron beam intensities are limited atpresent, and a long beam-time is needed evenwith thick neutron production targets at thesacrifice of resolution. On the other hand, there
are several advantages of using intermediate
energy (d, 2He) reactions instead. First, thedetection of 2He, two protons in the relative
singlet state, ensures automatically that the reaction goes through spin-flip components. Second,use of the primary beam from an accelerator
makes the running time shorter with a possibilityof higher-resolution measurement. A major disadvantage of (d, 2He) reactions may be thedifficulty in measuring two protons emitted in
the same direction in coincidence. This difficulty
could be overcome by a new detection system
SMART I) at RIKEN ring cyclotron. Anotherdisadvantage lies in the fact that the reaction
mechanism of such reactions is not well understood. This could be circumvented if one could
establish an empirical relation between the (d,* Asikaga Institute of Technology.

2He) cross sections (at small angles, preferably
at 0°) and GT strengths.
We have studied the (d, 2He) reactions on 6Li,
12,13C, and 23Na at Ed =260 MeV to investigate thepossibility of using (d, 2He) reactions as a probe
to nuclear spin-isospin excitations. The /3-decay
log It values are well known for the groundstates of the residual nuclei in these reactions.
The targets were 149 mg/cm 2 thick metallic 6Li,
180 mg/ cm 2 thick natc, 166 mg/ cm 2 thick 13C, and
133 mg/ cm 2 thick metallic 23N a. Two sets ofposition counters,each consisting of four multiwire drift chambers,2) and two scintillator
hodoscopes were placed after the first dipole
magnet of SMART, and used to detect two protons in coincidence. 3) Zero degree measurements
are crucial in comparison with the /3- decay
strengths. This was realized by stopping thedeuteron beam at an insulated carbon block
inside the dipole magnet. The beam stopper wasshielded by lead blocks to reduce background.
Measurements were also made at 4°, T, and 12.5°.
Figure 1 shows a sample 2He energy spectrum
at 0° for 12C. This is remarkably similar to thosefor the 12C (p, n) reactions. The strongest peak inthe spectrum corresponds to the 1+ ground statein 12N. The peaks around 4. 3 MeV and 7 MeV
observed in (p, n) reactions were interpreted as
2- and 1- spin dipole states. These two peaks
become stronger at larger angles.

6000

2

NC

4000

~

::l

o
u

2000

230

240

250

260

Energy [MeV]Fig. 1. Energy spectrum of 2He at 0° for the 12C (d, 2He)
reaction at Ed =260 MeV.

-51-

Y. Tajima et at.

Zero-degree cross sections for the groundstates of all ·the nuclei measured are compared

III
III

4

o

I..

U

with the p- decay strengths B(GT) calculated
from the known log It values (Fig. 2). Cross
sections were calculated using effective solid
angles of the detection system estimated fromMonte Carlo caluclations. 3 ) A proton relativeenergy spectrum is discussed in detail in Ref. 3.
The present data demonstrate the usefulness of
the large solid-angle spectrometer system
SMART in 2He measurement and the applicability of (d, 2He) reactions to the study of spinisospin excitation modes of nuclei.

2

0.5

1

B+(GT)

1.5

2

Fig. 2. A comparison between the (d, 2He) cross sections
at 0° and B (GT). The straight line shows a leastsquares fit to the data.

References
1) H. Ohnuma et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 21, 164(1987); 22, 148 (1988).
2) Y. Yashiro et at.: ibid., 23, 92(1989).
3) H. Okamura et at.: This Report, p. 128.

-52-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-35. The lH(d,2p)n Reaction as an Analyzer for the DeuteronTensor Polarimeter at Intermediate Energies
T. Motobayashi, S. KOX,*1 C. Perrin,*1 J. Arvieux,*2 J.P. Bocquet,*1
B. Bonin, *3 A. Boudard, *3 J. Carbonell, *1 G. Gaillard, *4 M. Gan;;on, *3
L. Ghedira,*1 G. Guillaume,*5 J. Guillot,*6 F. Merchez,*1 Nguyen Van Sen,*1
D. Rebreyend, *1 C. Wilkin, *7 and J. Yonnet*2
NUCLEAR REACTION IH(d,2p)n, E=200, 350 MeV;
measured ($(8), Ay(8), Axx(8), Ayy(8), PWIA analysis,
deduced figure of merit factor for deuteron tensor polarimeter.
A new analyzer reaction for the deuteron tensor polarimeter at intermediate energies should
be found, because a polarimeter based on the
3He (d, p) 4He reaction is feasible only below Ed~
40 MeV. The AHEAD polarimeter,I) using theelastic deuteron-proton scattering, successfullymeasured tensor polarizations up to Ed = 200
MeV. However this polarimeter quickly loses theefficiency at higher energies. The charge
exchange reaction IH (d, 2p)n is a candidate of
the analyzer reaction at these higher deuteronenergies, because an impulse approximation
model predicts large tensor analyzing powers
1;0, T22 (or A xx, Ayy) at the low excitationenergy Ex. for the final two proton system. 2)
To confirm the above prediction and to checkthe feasibility of a tensor polarimeter based on
the IH (d, 2p) n reaction, the cross section anddeuteron tensor analyzing powers Axx, Ayy havebeen measured at Ed =200 3) and 350MeV.4) The
experiment was performed with polarized
deuteron beams delivered by the Laboratoire
National Saturne synchrotron.
From the cross sections and tensor analyzing
powers obtained, we deduced figures of merit forthe polarimeter defined by integrating the squareof the analyzing powers times the corresponding
cross section,u Institut des Sciences Nucleaires, IN2P3- U]F, F- 38026

Grenoble Cedex, France.
*2 Laboratoire National Saturne, F-91191 Gif-sur- Yvette,
France.
*3 SEPN-Saclay, F-91191 Gif-sur-Yvette, France.
*. DPNC, Universite de Geneve, CH - 1211 Geneve 4, Swit·zerland.
*sCentre de Recherches Nucleaires, F-67037 Strasbourg,
France.
*6 Institut de Physique Nucleaires, F-91406, Orsay Cedex.
France.
*7 University College London, Gower St., London WC1E 6
BT, U.K.

Table 1. Figures of merit, in units of 1O- 2b 1l2 , defined byeq. (1) and determined at E d =200 and 350MeV.

o ~ E. ~ 1 MeV o ~ E. ~ 4 MeV o ~ E. ~ 8 MeV
F 20

1.0

1.4

-

F22

0.7

0.9

-

F 20

0.6

0.9

1.0

F22

0.7

1.1

1.2

200
MeV

350
MeV

(F ap)2 =f dq2 dEx. (T ap) d~2:Ex..
2(1)

Deduced values for 200 and 350 MeV incident
energies are given in Table 1. These are a little
smaller than the values F 20 =1.8x10- 2 b l / 2 andF22 = 1.6 X 10- 2 b l / 2 obtained for elastic d-p scattering at 170 MeV, which decreases rather quickly with energy. I) These results demonstrate thatthe 1 H (d, 2p) n reaction can be used to develop a
new deuteron tensor polarimeter in the energy
range 200-400 MeV. A new device for a realpolarimeter is currently under construction. 5)
Another favourable aspect of the (d,2p) reaction as an analyzer is that reliable interpolation
to different energies is possible with the help of
theory. The energy dependence of the tensor
analyzing power for low Ex. at 0° is displayed inFig. 1 in a wide energy range from Ed = 50 MeV to
2 GeV. The data at 56 and 70 MeV are taken from
Ref. 6 and the one at 2 GeV from Ref 7. Note thatat 0°, T Z2 =0 and Axx=Ayy= - ./I72T20 . The
transverse spin transfer coefficients K ~ of the2H (p, n) 2p reactionS) are converted to the Ayy of
the IH (d, 2p) n reaction with the help of therelation,2)
2Ayy+3K~= -1(2)

As seen in the figure, the prediction of the-53-

T. Motobayashi et at.

several low energy (p, n) reaction data. One
possible explanation for this discrepancy is thatthese data were measured with poor energy resolution and hence with a possible admixture of the
P-wave for the final two proton state, whereas
the relation (2) is only valid for the singlet final
state.

Ayy ro",",--.--~~~r-~~~0.6
0.4

References

-0.6
100

E(MeV)

Fig. 1. Tensor analyzing power Ayy at 0°. Open circles
represent the results of the I H (d, 2p) n reaction andclosed ones the values converted from the K ~ values ofthe 2H (p, n) 2p reaction (see in the text). Solid curve
represents the prediction with the impulse approximation prediction.

impulse approximation model reproduces well
the data for the entire energy range except for1) J.M. Cameron et at.: submitted to Nucl. Instrum.
Methods.
2) D.V. Bugg and C. Wilkin: Phys. Lett., B152, 37 (1985);
D.V. Bugg and C. Wilkin: Nucl. Phys., A467, 575(1987) .
3) T. Motobayashi et at.: Phys. Lett., B233, 69 (1989); T.
Motobayashi et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24,13(1990) .
4) S. Kox et al.: Phys. Lett., B266, 264 (1991).
5) S. Kox et at.: Mise au point d'un polarimetre tensoriel
a deuytons dans Ie domaine d'energie Ed = 200 a 400
MeV, L.N.S. proposal 235 (1990), unpublished.
6) T. Motobayashi et al.: Nucl. Phys., A481, 207 (1988).
7) C. Ellegaard et al.: Phys. Rev. Lett., 59, 974 (1987).
8) see references in Ref. 6.

-54-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-36. Pion Absorption at 1 GeV Ie

I. Nomura, I. Arai,*1 T. Fukuda, H. Kitayama,*1 P. Kitching,*2
T. Kobayashi, K. Maeda, H. Matsuyama, *3 T. N agae, *4 Y. N agasaka, *1
M. A. Prokhvatilov, *5 V. I. Rasin, *5 D. Rowntree, *6 M. Sekimoto, *4
T. Suda, K. Tomizawa, *1 S. Veno, *1 and K. Waki *1
NUCLEAR REACTION 4He, 12C(1l'+ ,pp) , (1l'+ ,pn),[ Pit = 1 GeV Ie, pion absorption.
The first experiments concerning the pion
absorption in the GeV region have been performed. Both the (1l'+, pp) and (1l'+, pn) modes
were measured at 1 GeV Ic on 4He and 12C, andthe isospin dependence of the two-nucleon
absorption cross sections was obtained.
The experiments have been done with the 12
GeV Proton Synchrotron at National Laboratory for High Energy Physics (KEK) . According
to the kinematical condition of the two-bodyabsorption, a magnetic spectrometer was set in
the forward angles (5'"'-'40°) to detect the highermomentum protons, and TOF walls were set in
the backward angles (80'"'-'175°) to detect lowermomentum protons or neutrons. The forward
protons were identified from the momentum and
TOF in the spectrometer (Fig .1), and twonucleon absorption events which satisfy the1kinematical condition were clearly observed(Fig.2). Figure 3 shows preliminary results of
the angular dependence of (1l'+, pp) cross sections for 4He and 12C targets, with reference tothe deuteron data. 1) Tentative values of theangle-integrated cross sections for (1l'+, pp) on
4He and 12C give (6. 8± l. 2) x 10 2JL band (l. 3±0.3) X 10 3JL b, respectively, while for deuteron itis 79 JLb.

0 .2 _

0 .0 L - --'---_ - ' - - _ . . . L - _ . . . . L . . . - _ - ' - _ - ' - - - '
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6

Momentum (GeV/c)

Fig. 2. Scatter plot of the momentum of forward protons
vs. the velocity of backward particles. {)forward = 15-18°.

I:'

..0

. p ...
12

16

20

24

10 1

~

-5
26

C

32

.8
.....,

Bending Angle (deg.)

100

o Q

00

Q
Q

Q

Q

0

~

u
.1 Institute of Physics, University of Tsukuba.
.2 Nuclear Research Center, University of Alberta,
TRIUMF and Institute for Nuclear Study, Universityof Tokyo (INS) .
• 3 Laboratory of Nuclear Science, Tohoku University.
uINS.
.sInstitute for Nuclear Research, Academy of Science(INR) and INS .
• 6Department of Physics and laboratory for Nuclear
Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) .

~

Cl>

rn
rn
rn

10-1

].....,

lII:

C

Cl>
~

~

12C ·

4He
D

)(

Q

u

Fig. 1. Scatter plot of the bending angle vs. the TOF forforward - moving particles.

0

0

2
g

i

X

II •

I

1(}2

<+-<

~

1(}3
-1.0

0.8

0.9

0.7

cos Slab

Fig. 3. Angular dependence of the (7C+, pp) events on 4 He
and 12C targets.

-55-

I. Nomura et al.

The yield of (7r+, pp) is presented with theabsorption cross section on the pair with theinitial isospin of T and Tz, as below, 2)(1 (7r+, pp) = <1110 111>2 N 1,o (11+ < 1100 1 11 > 2 N 0,0 (10where N jj and (11 denote the number of nucleon
pair in nuclei with isospin T = i (i = 1,0) andT z = j (j = - 1,0), and the absorption cross section on that pair, respectively. Using thisexpression the ratio of the cross section for 4He
to that for deuteron leads to the isospin ratio (11to (10.

0"1/0"0=2R-6: R=O"( 4He(7l'+, pp)) /0"(D(7l'+,pp))A preliminary ratio (11/ (10 is about 11. This result
suggests a relatively large contribution of the
T=1 p'a ir absorption ((11) to that of T=O ((10) in
the GeV region.
References
1) M. Akemoto et al.: Phys. Lett., 149B, 321 (1984).
2) . D. Ashery and J . P. Schiffer: Ann. Rev. Nucl. Sci. ,-56-

36, 207 (1986); H.J. Weyer: Phys. Rep., 195, 295(1990) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-1-37. Surface Muon Production in Reactions of 14N at 13SA MeV
and of 4°Ar at 9SA MeV with Various Target Nuclei
K. Ishida, T. Matsuzaki, R. Kadono, A. Matsushita, and K. Nagamine
N;;CL~AR_REACTION, Be,C,CF2,~t\J,Ti,Cu,Ag,Ta,W~;4N,
7C ),E( N) -135A MeV, Be,C,AI,TI,Cu,Mo,Ag,Ta,W( Ar,[
7C+),E(4°Ar) =95A MeV, Measured Surface Muon Yield.

Surface muons are produced when pions
produced in nuclear reactions are stopped near
the surface skin of a production target. The
probability that a produced pion is converted
into a surface muon was calculated by a MonteCarlo method and the result is shown in Fig. 1
as a function of the pion energy. It is shown thatthe surface muon yield is very sensitive to thelow-energy part of the pion energy spectrum.
o.~

>-

u
Z

W

0.3

U
~
c..
w

Z

0 .2

0

Vi

0::
W

:>

z

0.1

1

might become sufficiently large if all the reaction
fragments are included in the calculation, since
the fragments might not be so far away at thetime of pion emission. These models might beselected if the size of the projectile nucleus ischanged, for example, from N to Ar, since thehot spot size would be much larger for Ar projectiles, while the total charge is less dependent on
the projectile size.
Thus we have carried out an experiment tomeasure the surfa~e muon production rate for
4°Ar beams at 95A MeV from RRC. Preliminary
analyzed data as well as the data for 14N are
shown in Fig. 2, which indicates that the target
dependence of the low-energy pion yields isalmost the same for the two incident nuclei andseems to favor the latter model. Detailed analysis
is now in progress.

0

u
0 .0

-~
30

40

:0-

30

z

20

.3

Fig. 1. Efficiency for the pions to be converted to surface
muons as a function of the pion energy in a graphitetarget of 225 mg/ cm 2 thickness. Pion emission angle
was assumed to be isotropic.

0tw"N 13SA MeV

III

III
III

0

a::
u

Z

10

/M95~190
70

We have already reported the measurement of
the surface muon yields for 14N at 135A MeV andwith various target elements. 1) The result has
indicated a strong suppression of low- energy
pion yields for heavy target nuclei. The suppression was attributed either to the final pionenergy shift by the Coulomb interaction or to thepion reabsorption. In that report, the Coulomb
shift calculated was not strong enough to explain
the observed suppression since only the hot spotof the fire-ball model was taken into acount as a
Coulomb source. However, the Coulomb effect

n:
Cl

w

:x:
u
W
~

2

5

10

50

100

TARGET MASS NUMBER

Fig. 2. Pion production cross section weighed by theenergy-dependent factor (see Fig. 1) obtained from themeasured surface muon yield.
References
1) K. Ishida et at.: RIKEN Acce!. Prog. Rep., 24, 16(1990) .

-57-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2. Atomic and Solid-State Physics
1. Higher Differential Cross Sections for Ionization of
Heliu m by Proton Impact
H. Fukuda, 1. Shimamura, L. Vegb, * and T. Watanabe* *The p- He collision is a prototype suitable fordetailed studies of dynamics of ionization bycomparing experiments with theories. Thus, thissystem is the subject of some recent papers on
new aspects of differential ionization cross sections. We have applied to this system an eikonal
distorted-wave approximation (EDWA) that
accounts for the distortion of the proton motion
from the plane wave due to the interaction with
He; the eikonal approximation is used for the
distorted waves in the distorted-wave Born
approximation. The following summarizes thework published elsewhere. I •2l
The deflection angle (8p ) of the protons (witha mass rYlp) in high-energy (E) large-distancecollisions is determined by the net effect of theperturbation interactions with the He nucleus
and the electrons. The 8p in intermediate- distance collisions is determined mainly by thebinary collisions with the electrons (with a massrYle). The largest possible angle of deflection of a
proton by a stationary free electron is rYle/ rYlp =0.545 mrad in the laboratory frame. At this angle
the 8p distributions measured for the p- He collisions show a shoulder at high E. This has beeninterpreted to be due to efficient binary collisions
between the protons and the quasi -free electrons
in He for 8p < 0.545 mrad, and to the absence of

these collisions above 0.545 mrad.
The 8p distributions, calculated in the EDWA
for energies above 300 keY, agree well withexperimental results; the agreement is substantially better than in the case of the plane- wave
Born approximation (PWBA) especially for 8p >0.545 mrad. After confirmation of this fact,
higher differential cross sections with respect toboth the scattered protons and the ejected electrons are calculated in detail. This clarifies, inparticular, the momentum distributions of electrons contributing to the shoulder in the 8p distributions. The momentum and angular distributions of the recoil He+ ions at fixed values of 8p
are also compared with recent coincidence measurements. For extremely small 8p for which the
PWBA and the EDW A are known to be reliableand produce results in agreement with eachother, these approximations lead to average
momenta of He+ significantly lower than themeasured values. The reason is still unknown at
this stage.
References
1) H. Fukuda, I. Shimamura, L. Vegh, and T. Watanabe:
Phys_ Rev., A44, 1565 (1991).
2) H. Fukuda, T. Watanabe, I. Shimamura, and L. Vegh:
Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B53, 410 (1991).

* ATOMKI, Debrecen, Hungary.
** Department of Physics, International Christian University.

-58-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-2. Photoionization of Two Electrons in Helium
T. Ishihara,* K. Hino, and J. McGuire**Photoionization of two electrons in helium is
one of the simplest processes in atomic collisions
in which the electron-electron interaction is reqiured. Without the electron-electron interaction
the photon would have to interact with bothtarget electrons for the double ionization to
occur, and this is unlikely. When the photon
energy, E y, is much larger than the target ionization potential, at least one of the outgoing electrons leaves the target region relatively fast.
Thus the effects of the electron- electron interaction in the final state are expected to be weak. In
this report,l) we present the results of calculations for such a system by using the many-body
perturbation theory (MBPT) in lowest- order.
The details of the MBPT method employed aredescribed elsewhere. 2 ) Furthermore, we compare
the results with a recent measurement by Levinet at. 3) They have observed the ratio, R y = (5++ /(5+, of the double to single ionization cross section atE y = 2 . 8ke V using the syncrotron radiation to obtain the result of 1.6±O.3%.
Amplitudes included in our calculation of the
double ionization consist of the ground-statecorrelation (GSC), shake-off (SO), and two-step
1 (TS1) contributions. The TS1 amplitude corresponds to absorption of a photon by one electron which then hits the other electron on theway out of the target. Ratios of double to single
ionization cross sections are shown in Fig .1 asfunctions of the photon energy. The destructive
interefrence between the TS1 and GSC in our
results is evident. Our results lie below the experimental data by Carlson,4) Schmidt et at.,5) andHollard et at. 6 ) at lower photon energies becauseof the lack of higher-order correlations. At E y =2.8keV, our value is in agreement with the recent
observation of R y =1.6±O.3% by Levin et at. 3)
To conclude, the effect of electron-electroninteraction both before and after the photon
absorption (i. e. GSC and TS1 amplitudes) is substaintial even in the high energy photon region.
This fact suggests the essential roles of the electron-electron interaction in the double continuum state of helium as well as in the groundstate. Furthermore, although Ry is approximate* Institute of Applied Physics, University of Tsukuba.
** Department of Physics, Tulane University, New

T

Q

"-

+
+

Q

II
toQ::

10°

10

2

10

Photon3

Energy

10

E1

4

(eV)

Fig. 1. Ratios, R,¥, of single to double ionization crosssections versus photon energy, E y. Results of other
MBPT calculations of Carter and Kelly are taken from
Reference 2. The arrows on the right side give the non-relativistic high energy dipole limits obtained by
Byron and Joachain (BJ),1) Aberg (A), 8) and Dalgarno
et al (D) ,9) who all omit the TSI contribution; andAmusia et al. (ADGK) .10)
ly independent of E y at a large photon energy in
our MBPT calculations, no single mechanism
dominates Ry. Then the concept of simple SO, forexample, is not valid. At least the three amplitudes contribute to the double ionization crosssection.
References
1) T. Ishihara, K. Hino, and l McGuire: Phys. Rev., A44,
R6980 (1991).
2) S.L. Carter and H.P. Kelly: ibid., A24, 170 (1981).
3) J.C. Levin, D.W. Lindle, N. Keller, R.D. Miller, Y.
Azuma, N. Berrah Mansour, H.G. Berry, and LA.
Sellin: Phys. Rev. Lett., 67, 968 (1991).
4) T.A. Carlson: Phys. Rev., 156, 142 (1967).
5) V.A. Schmidt, N. Sander, H. Kuntzemuller, P. Dhez,
F. Wuilleumier, and E. Kallne: ibid., A13, 1748 (1976).
6) D.M.P. Hollard, K. Codling, lB. West, and G.V.
Marr: ]. Phys., B12, 2465 (1979).
7) F.W. Byron and C.l Joachain: Phys. Rev., 164, 1(1967) .
8) T.Aberg: ibid., A2, 1726 (1970).
9) A. Dalgarno and R.W. Ewart: Proc. Phys. Soc., 80,
616 (1962).
10) M. Ya Amusia, E.G. Drukarev, V.G. Gorshkov, and
M. Kazachkov:]. Phys., B8, 1248 (1975).

Orleans, U.S.A.
-59-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·2·3. Systematic Theoretical Study of the Thomas Double Scatterings
N. Toshima
The mechanism of the Thomas double-scattering process 1 ) has been one of the long-standing
subjects in the physics of ion-atom collisions.
Following the pioneering study of Drisko, 2)
many theoretical methods based on the perturbation theory have been proposed and applied tothe analysis of this process. Though a precise
calculation of the second-order terms has
become practically possible owing to the progress of high -speed computers, the success of themeasurements of the Thomas peak for protonhelium 3 ) and for proton - hydrogen 4 ) collisions
have urged the necessity of more elaborate theoretical investigations. Non -perturba ti ve theoretical studies of the Thomas process have beenrealized recently by the coupled - channel
method 5 ) and by the classical-trajectory Monte
Carlo (CTMC) method. 6) In this report, we
present brief results of advanced calculations ofthese two approaches and of exact calculationsof the second Born approximation.
The coupled-channel method is a quantum
mechanical approach in which all the electronic
wave functions including very-high-Iying continuum states are expanded by the Gauss-type
orbitals. In the first report, 5) only s-orbitals (l =0) were used for the expansion. Though satisfactory agreement with experimental data wasachieved, the contribution of higher - angularmomentum states as intermediate states has
been still unsettled. In the present calculations,
we have added p (l = 1) and d (l = 2) orbitals tothe expansion. It is confirmed that the contribution of the higher partial waves is not significant
though the agreement with the experiments is
improved further.
In the classical treatment, 6) only two-dimensional collisions were studied. The probabilityof the Thomas process is extremely small and weneed a huge number of trajectories for the statistical convergence. Even in this restricted case,only 82 events lead to the charge exchange out of
total 109 million trajectories. While this calculation is useful for studying how the trajectories
are deformed from the idealized picture of theThomas process in close encounters, the two-

dimensional treatment does not give any information concerning the interesting quantities suchas differential cross sections. We have analyzed
the trajectories that lead to the charge exchange
from the two-dimensional calculations andlearned that the charge exchange occurs undersome restricted conditions when the projectile
energy is high. Utilizing this knowledge we havesucceeded in reducing the number of trajectories
for solving equations of motion to make thecalculations practically feasible . The obtained
differential cross section for a proton-hydrogencollision at 5 MeV does not show a peak at thecritical angle 0.47 mrad at variance with theexperimental data and the quantal calculations.
This unexpected result is caused by the peculiarity of classical bound states that have no minimum binding energy.
The other approach is the exact calculation of
the second Born cross sections. Although there
have been published a great deal of perturbative
studies, most of them have recourse to further
approximations for the evaluation of the matrix
elements. These secondary approximations
bring about errors that are difficult to assess.
Occasionally an easy usage of a peaking approximation changes even the intrinsic character of
the theory completely. We have evaluated thesecond Born amplitudes for the charge exchange
rigorously for proton-hydrogen collisions at 1,
2.8 and 5 MeV and for proton-helium collisions
at 2.82, 5.42, and 7.4 MeV for the first time.
Extensive comparison and detailed analysis ofthese calculations are now in progress.
References
1) L. H. Thomas: Proc. Roy. Soc. London, 114, 561(1927) .
2) R. M. Drisko: thesis, Carnegie Institute of Technology (1955) .
3) E. Horsdal-Pedersen, C.L. Cocke, and M. Stockli:
Phys. Rev. Lett., 50, 1919 (1983).
4) H. Vogt, R. Schuch, E. Justiniano, M. Schultz,
and W. Schwab: ibid., 57, 2256 (1986).
5) N. Toshima and J. Eichler: ibid., 66, 1050 (1991).
6) N. Toshima: Phys. Rev., A42, 5739 (1990).

-60-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·2·4. Muon Transfer Reaction t+dJl(ls)-+tJl (Is) +d
H. Fukuda and I. Shimamura
Introduction of muons into the D2/T 2 mixture
is the first step in the muon-catalyzed d-t fusion.
After slowing down, the muons are captured bya deuteron d or a triton t and form d,u or t,u in
excited states. These hydrogenlike atoms cascade down to lower levels, and eventually to theground state. They penetrate through the electron cloud of D2 or T 2 and collide with another dor t. Then the muon bound to d may be transferred to t. This process affects considerably the
number ratio of the d,u atoms to the t,u atoms,
and hence, the d-t fusion cycle catalyzed bymuons.
Several different theoretical methods havebeen applied to the transfer of muons from the
Is state of d,u to the Is state of t,u, the latter statelying below the former by 48 e V. These methods
yield results in fair agreement with each other.
Recently, possible importance of the muontransfer from d to t in excited states, because of
its huge cross section, has been pointed out. 1) We
intend to calculate these excited- state transfer
processes. Since these processes are much harder to treat by fully quantum- mechanicalmethods than the Is-state transfer processes, wehave developed new methods that are accurate
and convenient for applications. We haveapplied these methods to the easier Is- statetransfer processes to examine their validity.
Our first method is basically the two-state
molecular-orbital (MO) expansion method inwhich the 1sO"g and 2pO"u MOs are coupled. In theordinary MO expansion method, however, theMOs approach incorrect separated-atom limits.
Our remedy is to reconstruct the basis by taking
linear combinations of the two MOs with appropriate choices of the reduced masses for reproducing the correct separated-atom limits.
Although the asymptotic energies are corrected, this method has its own drawback. A methodthat is completely correct in the asymptotic
region is to make an atomic- orbital (AO) expansion using the Jacobi coordinates. Since thisexpansion is inefficient at short distances, we
switch from the AO method to the MO method atsome point. This is referred to as the AO- MO
switching method.
At a collision energy of 0.01 eV, the crosssection for the vanishing total angular momentum is determined to be 1.24 x 10- 20 cm 2 by either
method employed. For similar processes of p-tod and p-to-t transfer, the cross sections are
2.43 X 10- 18 cm 2 and 1.19 x 10- 18 cm 2. These values are in good agreement with published data
calculated by different theoretical methods. 2,3)
References
1) L. I. Menshikov and L. I. Ponomarev: Z. Phys., D2,
1 (1986).
2) K. Kobayashi, T . Ishihara, and N. Toshima: Muon
Catalyzed Fusion, 2, 191 (1988).
3) M. Kamimura: ibid., 3, 335 (1988).

-61-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-5. Energy Shift in the Molecule [(dtp )+-d+]e-e- Due tothe Finite Size of the Muonic Molecular Ion (dtp)+
M. R. Harston, I. Shimamura, and M. Kamimura
A key step in the muon-catalyzed fusion in D2/
T 2 mixtures is the formation of the system[(dt,u)+-d+Je-e- , which may be viewed as a D2
molecule with one of the d+ nuclei replaced by asmall subsystem, i . e. , a muonic molecule(dt,u) +. This subsystem is formed mostly in an
excited state (dt,u) +11 with a unit total angularmomentum and a unit vibrational quantum. The
calculated formation rate is sensitive to themolecular binding energy; an accuracy higher
than 1 me V is needed. The nonrelativistic energyof the isolated (dt,u) +11 was calculated accurately to be 660.2 me V . 1,2) It was corrected for
relativistic, hyperfine, finite-nuclear-size, vacuum-polarization, and other effects.
Since dt,u is embedded in a D2 -like molecule, itis perturbed by two electrons and a deuteron.
Recently the present 3 ) and other authors 4) havecalculated the energy shift in (dt,u) +11 due to ein [(dt,u) +l1Je-. It has been customary to estimate the shift in [ (dt,u) +ll - d+ J e-e- by scaling
the result for [(dt,u)+l1Je- by the ratio of theelectron density at d+ in D2 to that at d+ in D.
The result ranges from 0 . 3 to 0.6 me V. Here we
report energy shifts in [ (dt,u) +11-d+ J e-e- calculated to first order in the perturbation. 5) The aimof this work is to analyze the differences between
the energy shifts in [ (dt,u) +11-d+ J e-e- and[ (dt,u) +11J e-, and thereby to examine the validity of the scaling procedure.
We choose a zeroth-order system that consistsof the isolated (dt,u) + and a D2 - like moleculewith a nucleus whose mass is the sum of themasses of d, t, and ,u. The first - order perturb a tion energy ~E has two parts, namely, one due tothe- interaction V (2e-dt,u) of the two electrons
with the extended dt,u charge distribution, andthe other due to the interaction V (d-dt,u) of thesecond d with this charge distribution. The
monopole part of V (2e-dt,u) leads to l:J.E of
25.79 meV, which is close to the monopole shift
in [(dt,u) \lJe- scaled by the electron-density
ratio as in previous work. 3,4) The monopole partof V (d-dt,u) leads to l:J.E of 0.016 me V and is
negligible. The dipole parts contribute nothing
due to the symmetry. The quadrupole parts,
however, yield energy shifts of the order of me V .
They partly cancel each other, but give a net
value still as large as 1 to 2 meV, depending on
the angular-momentum state. These quadrupole
l:J.E are absent in [ (dt,u) +11 ] e- and do not scale
in proportion to the electron density in the regionof (dt,u)+l1'
References
1) S. A. Alexander and H. J. Monkhorst: Phys. Rev.,
A38, 26 (1988).
2) M. Kamimura: ibid., p. 621.
3) M. R. Harston, I. Shimamura, and M. Kamimura:Zeit. Phys., in press.
4) A. Scrinzi and K. Szalewicz: Phys. Rev., A39, 4983
(1989) .
5) M. R. Harston, I. Shimamura, and M. Kamimura:ibid., in press.

-62-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-6. Auger-Electron Due to the de-Excitation of [edt Jl. )11dee]
S. HaraWhen muons (JL) are injected into a mixture of
T 2 and D2 molecules, the loosely bound (dtJL) 11
molecular ion with the total angular momentum
J = 1 and vibrational quantum number v = 1 isformed as a part of the [(dt,u) dee] molecule. The
metastable state [(dtJL) 11 dee] decays in several
ways. The molecular ion (dtJL) 11 may be de- excited by an Auger auto-ionization process
where the excitation energy is partly carriedaway by an auto- ionized molecular electron.
This brings about the change of the (dtJL) ion
into the 0, v) = (0, 1) and (0, 0) states.
[(dtJL)l1dee]~[(dtJL)oIde]++e(1)This process is important since the fusion of dand t in the (dtJL) ion occurs mainly in the J = 0
states because there is no centrifugal potential
between the two nuclei.
Several calculations I- 4 ) have been carried out
on the transition rate of the process (1). The rate
A. can be written as follows;
A= 27C In ~ 1 <<t> 11 1 V" 1 <I> 0 1 > 1 2X

1 <'1'1 1 Ve 1 'l'f> 12

Here, a calculation is performed to evaluatereliable value for the molecular matrix element<'1'1 Ve 'l'f> ,taking account of the molecularproperty of the whole system. That is, the CI
wave functionS) of D2 which includes 91% ofcorrelation energy is adopted for the initial electronic state and the final electronic state is
obtained by the two- centre static exchange
approximation. S) The rotational and vibrational
structure of the whole system is properly taken
into account in the frame of adiabatic nuclei
approximation. The present results are compared with those of previous calculations in Table l.
1

Table 1. Contributions to transition rate (in lOll/sec)
from various symmetries of the system.
Eu
nu
Eu+nu

(2)

where <I> and 'I' are the wave functions for dtJL
and the molecule "D/', respectively, and V" andV e, the dipole-type operators for dtJL and molecular electrons, respectively. The abovementioned calculations have been made by using
various wave functions including very accurate
one 3 ) to evaluate the transition matrix elements
between the (dtJL) 11 and (dtJL) 01 states. Nevertheless, the initial molecular wave function '1'1 for"D2 " and the final molecular wave function 'l'ffor "D2 ++e" have been represented by fairly
poor approximations, e.g., by the ground statehydrogen wave function for '1'1 and by the Coulomb wave function for 'l'f.

1

present
1.04

Ref. 1)

Ref. 2)

11.4

6.44

Ref. 3)

Ref. 4)

3.72
4.77

Eg
ng

4.40

Total

9.93

6.00

0.76
10.20

The author is grateful to Dr. E. Armour of
Nottingham University for useful discussions.
References
1) L.N. Bogdanova et al.: Sov. Phys. JETP, 56, 931(1982) .
2) A.K. Bhatia and R. .J. Drachman: Phys. Rev. A, 38,
3400 (1988).
3) A. Scrinzi and K. Szalewicz: ibid., 39, 2855 (1989).
4) E. G. Armour and D. M. Lewis: ]. Phys. B: Atom.
Molec. Phys., 23, L25 (1990).
5) S Hara et al.: ibid., 19,1177 (1986).

-63-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-7.

Metastable States of Antiprotonic and Mesic Helium Atoms
1. Shimamura

When massive, negatively charged particles,
such as antiprotons (p), kaons (K- ), pions (n- - ),and muons (j.l-), impinge on matter, they slow
down as they excite and ionize the atoms or
molecules in the matter, and are eventually
captured into bound states of exotic atoms. The
negatively charged particles, say X-, are generally considered to occupy, immediately after thecapture, Rydberg orbitals having a high principal quantum number and spanning roughly thesame spatial extent as the valence electrons. I)
The correlation between X- and the valence
electrons must be strong, and therefore an
atomic description of this exotic atom would
require configuration mixing and would afford
no simple independent-particle picture. If, however, it is regarded as a polar molecule with two
nuclei, the vibrational motion, or the X- motion,is separable from the electronic motion in a good
approximation. This idea has been applied to
exotic helium in this work.
The exotic helium consists of X-, an electron,
and an alpha particle. The Born- Oppenheimer
separation reduces the three- body problem toseparate, solvable one-dimensional equations
for the electronic and rotational-vibrationalmotions, from which unified, transparent physi-

cal pictures of these states for different particles X- are extracted. For example, an inspection of the molecular potential energy curves asfunctions of the alpha- X- distance gives an ideaof the X- motion, and tells why the decay by theemission of an Auger electron has a low probability. The isotope effect may be discussed also
on the basis of the potential energy curves. An
estimation of the radiative transition intensity isprovided by the inspection of the molecular
dipole- moment function and the vibrational
wave functions, just like the infrared absorption
by the usual molecules; detailed calculations
reveal that the radiative lifetimes are long, i.e.,of the order of j.lsec for antiprotonic helium, forexample. This is consistent with the recent
experiments in which metastable antiprotonic
helium has been observed in liquid- and gasphase helium. 2)
References
1) G. Backenstoss: Progress in Atomic Spectroscopy,
eds. W. Hanle and H. Kleinpoppen, Plenum, New
York, Part B, p.1385 (979).
2) M. Iwasaki et at.: Phys. Rev. L ett., 67, 1246 (1991); T.
Yamazaki: Private communication.

-64-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-8. Rotational Excitation in Positron Scatteringby the H2 Molecu Ie
I. Shimamura, E.A.G. Armour, * and M. Plummer*
The developments in the low-energy e+sources in these years and the consequential
advances in the measurements on e+-scattering
processes have stimulated detailed calculationsof the cross sections for e+-atom and e+-molecule collisions. 1) The integral cross sections forelastic scattering of e+ by the H2 molecules haverecently been calculated by using the generalized
Kohn method with trial functions involving thespheroidal coordinates. 2) The present work is anextension of this previous work to rotational
excitation of H2 and to differential cross sections.
The calculations have been carried out below
the positronium formation threshold in the fixednuclei approximation. The symmetries ~~, ~~,II u , and IIg of the total scattering system havebeen included; the mixing of the two lowest
spheroidal partial waves has been considered forthe first three symmetries, but only the lowest
spheroidal partial wave has been considered forthe last symmetry. The trial functions include
Hylleraas- type correlated functions containing
the e+-e- distances and functions appropriate foraccounting for the long-range polarization of H 2,
as well as separable correlation functions.
Methods of calculations of rotational and differ-ential cross sections from the asymptotic formsof the wave functions expressed in the spheroidal
coordinates are well-documented in theIi tera ture. 3)
The calculated cross sections show a smoothbehavior as a function of the e+ energy. The
rotational cross section for e+-H2 collisions isfound to be smaller than that for e-- H2 collisions
by more than an order of magnitude in most of
the energy region covered in the present calculations. This trend is already seen in the total crosssection for low energies, and may be ascribed
crudely to the cancellation between the effects ofthe electrostatic and polarization interactions of
e+ with H 2; the former interaction changes thesign according to the sign of the charge of theincoming particle, and the latter interaction is
independent of the sign of the charge at large
distances.

• Department of Mathematics, University of Nottingh·am, U.K.

-65 -References
1) E.A.G. Armour and lW. Humberston: Phys. Rept.,
204, 165 (1991).
2) E.A.G. Armour, D.l Baker, and M. Plummer:]. Phys.,B23, 3057 (1990).
3) For example, S. Hara: ]. Phys. Soc. lPn., 27, 1592
(1969) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-9. Scaling of the Cross Sections for Vibrational Transitions
I. Shimamura
Collisional vibrational (v~ v') and rotational

U ~ j') transitions of molecules are of crucial
importance in such fields as radiation physics
and chemistry and the physics of the earth's andplanetary atmospheres and of gaseous discharges. Since the molecules often occupy many(v,]) -levels, a comprehensive set of cross sections for many pairs (vI, v'j') are necessary for aquantitative analysis of the moderation of charged particlesY Thus an accurate, independent
determination of every necessary cross section
seems almost impossible. In fact, a scaling lawthat relates any differential cross sections q U ~j') to q (O~ j") greatly simplifies the analysis of
the rotational transitions. 2 ,3) Sum rules for thesetransitions also exist. 3 ,4) The present work generalizes this previous work for vibrational transitions.
Regard a diatomic molecule as a harmonic
oscillator. For a transition v~ v' in a sudden
collision, the adiabatic-vibration approximation
is valid; the scattering amplitude is first definedwith the internuclear distance R fixed, and thenit is averaged over the initial and final wave
functions. Expand the fixed-nuclei amplitude ina Taylor series around the equilibrium R. Retain

only the first four terms In (n = 0 - 3). Then q (v~v') take forms

110+ (2v+1)j; 2 ,q(v~v±l) =cv > I h +3v >h 2 ,q(v~v) =1

1

q(v~v±2) =cv > (v > -1)
j; 2 ,
q(v~v±3) = cv > (v > -1) (v > -2)
1

1

1

A 2,
1

other transitions hardly occurring. Here, c is theratio of the final to initial channel wave number
and v > is max (v, v'). Among eight real quantities
tha t determine the four unknowns In, only the six
quantities lin I, Re(fo*j;) , and Re(h*A), whereRe(z) is the real part of z, are enough for obtaining all q (v~v').
Similar scaling laws hold for the integral crosssections. Sum rules are also proved for the crosssections summed over v', with or without multiplication by the transition energies.
References
1) M. Inokuti: "Molecular Processes in Space", eds.
T. Watanabe, 1. Shimamura, M. Shimizu, and Y.
Itikawa, Plenum, New York, p.65 (1990).
2) 1. Shimamura: "Electron-Molecule Collisions", eds. I.
Shimamura and K. Takayanagi, Plenum, New York,
Chap.2 (1984).
3) 1. Shimamura: Phys. Rev., A42, 1318 (1990).
4) 1. Shimamura: ibid., A23, 3350 (1981).

-66-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-10. Solid-Gas Effect in K-Yacancy Productionin 41 MeY Ar-Ca and Ar-Cu Collisions
T. Kambara, R. Schuch,* Y. Awaya, T. Mizogawa, H. Kumagai,
Y. Kanai, H. Shibata, and K. Shima
We have measured the impact parameter
dependence of K -vacancy production probabilities and total cross section for 40.6 Me V Ar ionson Ca and Cu targets. We have also measured thetarget thickness dependence of the probability
for the Ca target in order to study the effectof multiple collisions in solid targets on the Kvacancy processes.
An Ar beam from RILAC was collimated to adivergence of 0.02° and passed through a target
of Ca or Cu. The thickness of Ca ranged from 2
to 30 ,ug/cm2 and that of Cu was about 20 ,ug/
cm 2 • We measured K-vacancy probabilities as afunction of the scattering angle between 0.13°
and 1.4° by means of a K X -ray-particle coincidence. The scattering angle corresponds to an
impact parameter between 510 and 5100 fm for
the Ar-Ca and between 740 to 6700 fm for the ArCu system. At the same time, the total crosssection of K -vacancy production was obtained
directly by normalizing the K X -ray yield with
Ar4• +.~ 1.0

(a) 0

x

o

o

~

B

0

U

N

'§ 0.5

§

•

~ 1.0

(b)

·x
o

o

~

B

•

••

Q.I

Ca

030~g/cm2• t. ~g/cm2

••
00
•

respect to the number of scattered ions at 25°.
A broad peak appears in the impact parameter
dependence of K -vacancy probabilities of boththe projectile and target in the Ar- Ca collisions.
The present data and the results obtained withmolecular and atomic gas targets!) are comparedin Fig. 1 using a scaling of 2p7l'-2per rotational
coupling 2 ) which gives a reduced impact parameter b' . The peak in the K -vacancy probability
P (b ' ) for the thicker Ca targets is positioned atsmaller b' than those obtained with the gas targets and the rotational coupling calculations, andit moves with decreasing target thickness
towards those for the gas targets. Integration of
the measured K -vacancy probability over the
impact parameter gives a cross section which issignificantly lower than the directly measured
total cross section of K -vacancy production.
From these obser:vations a multiple collision Lvacancy process prior to 2 P7l' -2 per rotational
coupling is concluded.

uQ.I

o

o

o

Z

~

o

N

0

'§ 0.5

0

• •

o

o

§

o

•

o

Z

:0

-a..

a..

o

1

o

2

Reduced Impact Parameter b'

1

2

Reduced Impact Parameter b'

Fig. 1. Impact parameter dependence of the K - shell vacancy production probabilities in the scaling of a rotationalcoupling model. The collision system is (a) Ar on Ca with open circles for the 30,ug/cm 2 thick target and closed circles
for the 4,ug/cm 2 thick target, and (b) Cion Ar. Solid lines show the results from the calculation. Each set ofexperimental and theoretical values is normalized with respect to its maximum.

In order to study the effect of the Iser-2perradial coupling on the K -shell vacancy production process, the ratio of the K -vacancy probability of the target to that of the projectile is calculated from the data. Slight target thickness
dependence is also seen in the ratio. Otherwise it
is in good quantitative agreement with a simple

model of K -vacancy sharing for both the Ca andCu targets.
References
1) K. Taulbjerg, J. Briggs, and J. Vaaben: ]. Phys. B, 9,1351 (1976).
2) R. Schuch, M. Schulz, E. Justiniano, R. Hoffmann,
and J. Konrad: (unpublished results) (1982) .

. . Manne-Siegbahn Institute of Physics, Stockholm,
Sweden.

-67-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-11. Impact Parameter Dependence of K X-Ray Emission Probability andCharge State Distribution in 31 and 58 MeV Sill++Ar Collisions
T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, Y. Kanai, M. Ohura, J. Euler,
M. Terasawa, and T. Sekioka
K -vacancy production processes in near-symmetric heavy ion-atom collisions have been studied systematically by measurements of the
impact parameter dependence of K - X ray emission probability,l) and they have been found to
take place at only a small internuclear distancein a region of the K -shell radius. On the other
hand, it is expected that outer-shell electron
processes like single and multi -electron transfers
are active over a much larger range of the internuclear distance. Not many experimental works
have been reported about the impact parameter
dependence of outer-shell electron processes.
We have investigated the K -vacancy production and electron transfer processes for a Si l1 +Ar collision system at collision energies of 31 and
58 Me V through the measurements of the impact
parameter dependence of charge state distribution and K - X ray production probability. The
experimental setup was described elsewhere. 2 ) A
Li-like Si l l + beam from RILAC passed throughan Ar-gas target under a single-collision condition. The scattered Si -ions were charge-state
selected by a dipole magnet and counted by aposition sensitive counter. Thus the angular
distribution of scattered ions was measured up to
4 X 10- 3 rad for each charge state from 7 to 13 at
31 MeV and from 8 to 14 at 58 MeV. From themeasurements, the charge state distribution of
the scattered ions was obtained as a function of
the scattering angle which was converted to an
impact parameter. At the same time, the K - X

rays from the Si and Ar were measured with a
Si (Li) detector in coinicdence with the scatteredions. The K - X ray emission probability was
obtained from the measurements for each charge
state of the scattered ions.
At impact parameters (b) larger than the Kshell radius, the fractions of Si q + with q ~ 11,which correspond to the single and multi electron
capture, have relatively flat b-dependence andthe charge state distribution can be fitted by abinomial formula (h) Pc n (1 - Pc) (t-n) where n is thenumber of captured electrons. At small b, thefraction of SF+ increases rapidly, which implies a
new capture mechanism at a small internuclear
distance. The fractions of Si q+ with q> 11, whichcorrespond to the electron loss, decrease rapidly
at b larger than the K -shell radius.
The K - X ray emission probabilities have similar b-dependence in shape, independent of thecharge state of the scattered ions. With theseobservations we conclude that in electron capture processes at a large internuclear distanceregion, the electrons are captured independently
each other, and the electron capture processes
are independent of the K -electron processes.
References
1) R. Schuch et at.:]. Phys. A - Atoms and Nuclei, 316,
5 (1984) .
2) T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, Y. Kanai, T. Mizogawa, M.
Terasawa, H. Schmidt-Backing, R. Dorner, and H.
Vogt: Nucl. Instntm. Methods, B53, 426 (1991).

-68-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-12. Target Element Dependence of the Intensity Ratio of Ka
Hypersatellites to Satellites for 50-95 MeV Ar Projectile
Y. Zou, T. Kambara, Y. Kanai, Y. Awaya, K. Ando,
M. Ohura, A. Hitachi, and S. Kravis
The K -shell vacancy production process ofprojectile Ar-ion was previously studied bymeasuring Ar Ka- X rays as a function of target
atomic number Z2 for the incident energy of 33
MeV (0.83 MeV /nuc1eon).l) In that work theintensity ratio of the Ar Ka hypersatellites to
Ka satellites, I (Kh) II (K), showed oscillatory
dependence on Z2' The obtained phase of oscillation was different from the results obtained for
64 MeV (2 MeV Inudeon) S ions 2 ) but similar tothat obtained for 30 MeV (0.87 MeV Inudeon) CI
ions. 3 ) The vacancy production mechanism has
been discussed by considering the incident
energy, that is, in the case of faster collisions
with S ions K -shell vacancies are mainly causedby the direct Coulomb interaction, whereas in thecase of slower collisions with CI and Ar ions theelectron promotion process by rotational coupling plays an important role, and different process causes different oscillation of I (K h ) II (K)with Z2'
In order to confirm this explanation and tosystematically study the K -shell vacancy production process of Ar projectile when it collides witha solid target at different energies, the ICKh) II(K) VS,Z2 has been measured at incident energies
of 52, 80.3, and 95 MeV (with Z2=6-74).
This work was done at RILAC, and the experimental set-up was just as same as that in theprevious work. l ) The results are shown in Fig. 1.
As is seen in the figure, the target element dependence is different in the case of 52 MeV from thatin the case of 80.3 and 95 MeV. At 80.3 and 95
MeV, ICKh) lICK) vs. Z2 curves show similar
oscillations to that for 64 MeV S ions. It meansthat the direct Coulomb ionization is dominant inthese two cases. Whereas at 52 MeV, the oscillation phase is more similar to that for 33 MeV Ar
ions. It seems that, electron promotion process isstill important for 52 MeV Ar ion colliding withtarget atoms. Further experiments will be done

at projectile energies between 52 MeV and 80
MeV. More analysis and discussions are in progress.

0.25

0.20

~

i\\

0.15

~;'\ \
\
j'
hI.

0.10

0

0.05

o

20

60

80

Fig. 1. The target element dependence of the intensity
ratio of Ka hypersatellites to satellites for'" 52 MeV,
A. 80.3 Me V, and • 95 MeV Ar ions (present work) ,and for 6. 33 MeV Ar ions,l) 0 30 MeV Cl ions,3) and 0
64 Me V S ions. 2 ) The curves are to guide the eye.
References
1) Y. Awaya, T. Kambara, M. Kase, H. Shibata, H.
Kumagai, K. Fujima, ]. Urakawa, T. Matsuo, and].
Takahashi: Nuc!. Instrum. Methods, BI0, 53 (1985) .
2) R. L. Watson, J. R. White, A. Langenberg, R. A.
Kenefick, and C.C. Bahr: Phys. Rev., A22, 582 (1980) .
3) W. Woods, F. Hopkins, R. L. Kauffman, D.O. Elliott,
K.A. Jamison, and P. Richard: Phys. Rev. Lett., 31, 1-69-(1973) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-13. Low Energy Ka Li nes in Ar from Two-Electron
Rearrangement Transitions
M. Ohura, T. Kambara, Y. Kanai, S.D. Kravis, Y. Zou,

J. Palinkas, and Y. Awaya
In heavy ion-atom collisions, the multiple
inner-shell ionization process is enhanced, sothat KL n satellite lines are observed in X -rayspectra, where KLn denotes a initial configuration with a single K vacancy and n L vacancies.
Energies of these satellite lines are higher thanKa1,2 X rays. On the other hand, some peaks withlower energies than Ka1,2 line have been observed in the X -ray spectra from target atoms, andthey have been attributed to the radiative Auger
effect (RAE) 1) and the radiative electron rearrangement (RER) .2) These processes are schematically shown in Fig. 1. The studies of
KLn-RER satellites in ion-atom collisions havebeen made for various target atoms, but there
have been no experiments to measure KLn- RER
satellites emitted from projectile ions.

l~hV
Is--O--RAE process~
250000I

x60

200000

.S

~
III

§

1500000u100000

50000

o

2.8

2.9

3

3.1

X-ray energy (keV)/e2p -----41.~-2s ---1.
__- - -

K X-ray from Ar projectile

Fig. 2. X -ray energy spectrum emitted from Ar S + projectile ions. KLn-RER energies were calculated by the
MCHF method.

2p---o-2s·1~hv

RER x rays
Is--O--RER process

Fig. 1. Schematical diagram of the RAE and RER
process. In the RAE process, the photon energy is notdiscrete. In the RER process, the photon energy isdiscrete and can be roughly estimated for a given KLn
initial vacancy configuration as E (KLn- RER) ~E(KLn) -2ilE 2S - 2p •Thus we have measured X rays emitted fromprojectile ions passing through a thin foil target.
In the experiment, 33 Me V Ar 8 + ions fromRILAC impinged on a C or an AI- foil. Ar K Xrays were measured with a broad-range crystal
spectrometer3 ) with a flat Ge (111) crystal. The
projectile Ar K X -ray energy spectrum obtained
for an Al target is shown in Fig. 2. A small peakwith a lower energy than Ar Ka1,2 line (2.957
ke V) is observed around 2.9 keVin Fig. 2. The
KL n_ RER process has been well described by theconfiguration mixing of the atomic states, andthe branching ratios reflect the mixing
coefficient. 2) Energies for KL L RER, KL L RER
and KL L RER are estimated to be 2.855, 2.890
and 2.928 keY, respectively, by means of themulticonfiguration Hartree- Fock (MCHF)
calculation. 4 ) By taking account of the Doppler
effect, we conclude that the observed small peakaround 2.9 keY is attributed to the KLLRER
transition.
This is the first observation of RER satellites
emitted from projectile ions. A rigorous analysis
is in progress.
References
1) T. Aberg and J. Utriainen: Phys. Rev. Lett., 22,1346(1969); T. Aberg: Phys. Rev., A4, 1735 (1971).
2) K.A. Jamison et at.: ibid., A14, 937 (1976); T. A berg
et at.: ibid., A15, 172 (1977).
3) A. Hitachi, H. Kumagai, and Y. Awaya: Nucl. In·
strum. Methods, 195, 631 (1982).
4) C. Froese Fischer: Comput. Phys. Commun., 4, 107(1972) .

-70-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-14. Angu lar Distributions of United-Atomic Bremsstrahlu ng
K. Ishii, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, M. Takami, M. Uda, and S. Morita *We have previously reportedl) a scaling law on
the cross sections of continuous X rays produced
by 1. 435 MeV / amu SP+- ion bombardments.
This scaling law is expressed by
ds/dli. ev =f(evao/ {vp (Zp + ZT) }J,
where ev is the frequency of X rays, ao is the Bohrradius, Vp is the projectile velocity and Zp (ZT) isthe atomic number of projectile (target). This
formula just coincides with that of atomic bremsstralung (AB) except for the parameter of (Zp +ZT) .2) We consider therefore that the continuous
X rays are the atomic bremsstrahlung from theunited - atom formed by projectile and target
atom; we call this bremsstrahlung a unitedatomic bremsstrahlung (VAB).
In symmetric collisions, the process of MO Xray emission is predominant,3) however the crosssection of VAB should be almost zero because ofa dipole transition process. Our previous results 4 }of measurements of continuous X rays for thetargets of ZT = 6-29, have confirmed this fact,that is, a maximum intensity of continuous X
rays was obtained at symmetric collisions for thebombardment of 20 MeV Si3+- ions ,while it was
minimum for 40 MeV.
MO X rays are mainly produced by two- collision process in thick targets and the angular
distributions are to be isotropic. On the other
hand, the intensity of atomic bremsstrahlung
depends on the X- ray emission angle withrespect to the beam direction and it becomesmaximum at 90°. We have measured the angular
distributions of continuous X rays produced fromthe targets of C, Si, and Ti bombarded by SP+ions of 14. 9 MeV and 43. 7 Me V from RILAC.

_______________ ~ 14.9 MeV
~

1.0
0/

, __
/~

... /

... 0'".
0.5

-

.-.-.
10

-",,'

43.7 MeV

..

./'

20

30

Fig. 1. Ratios of cross sections (5 (150°) / (5 (90°)
for UJao /{ vp(Zp+ZT) }=1.73.

Figure 1 shows the ratios of X -ray intensity at
150° to that at 90°, for evao/ (vp(Zp+ZT) ) =1. 73.
In this figure, we can see anisotropies for thebombardments of 43. 7 MeV ,but almost an
isotropy for the Gase of Si target bombarded with
14.9 MeV SP+- ions.
This result on UAB and MO X rays is consistent with the previous one for energy dependence. The existence of U AB is now considered
to be conclusive.
References
1) K. Ishii et at.: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep. , 23, 47 (1989) .
2) K. Ishii and S. Morita: Nucl. Instrum. and Methods.,
B22, 68 (1987); M.e. Pacher and lE. Miraglia: Phys.
R ev., A41, 2574 (1990).
3) R. Anholt: Z. Phys. A, 289, 41 (1978).
4) K. Ishii et at.: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24, 49 (1990).

• Laboratory for Materials Science and Technology,
Waseda University.

-71-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-15. Multiple Ionization of He and Ne Atoms in Collision
with Relativistic Heavy I.ons
Y. Yamazaki, H. Watanabe, T. Azuma, K. Komaki, N. Kakutani,
H. Tada, K. Kawatsura, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, and Y. Awaya
The multiple ionizations of helium atoms(He+, He 2+) and neon atoms (Ne+, Ne 2+, Ne 3+)
by 95 MeV Inucleon Ar l 7+ ions have been investigated.
Some groups have intensively studied the double ionization of He atoms with relatively lightcharged particles l ) including antiprotons 2) andpositrons,3) where the interference between the
shake-off and the two-step processes plays anessential role. In this case, multiple-electrontransitions need theoretical treatments beyond
the independent-electron model by taking into
account the electron-electron correlation, which
is a challenging subject in ion-atom collisions.
Here we present new data of the ratio of the
double to the single ionization cross sections(R= <12+1 <1+) of He atoms bombarded by 95
MeV Inucleon Ar l7+ ions, the velocity of which isabout one half of the light velocity. We measured
the ratio at projectile charge Z p and velocity Vphigher than other groups, where higher ordercorrections of Z p may be important.
The experiment was performed at RIKEN
Ring Cyclotron with a recoil ion time-of-flight600------~--~~~~--~

~400

z

:::J

o

u 200

(TOF) spectrometer. A Ceratron (Murata Co.)was used as a recoil ion detector, because of its
low sensitivity to high-energy contaminant particles and y-rays. Projectiles were detected by aparallel-plate avalanche counter at about 5 m
downstream from the target, and delivered startpulses to a time-to - amplitude converter (TAC).
Figure 1 shows an example of the T AC spectrum. It is found that the ratio R is about 1. 07 x
10- 2. As we are in a high- velocity regime, ascaling formula proposed by Knudsen et al. l ) may
be applicable, i.e.,
R = 2.20x10- 3+
4.55 X 10- 3Z p2 I [E pIn (13 .12E p1/2) J, (1)where E p is the projectile energy in MeV I nucleon. This scaling formula is based on the general arguments on the double ionization; 1) a
shake-off (proportional to Z p 2) and 2) a twostep successive collision (proportional to Z p4) .
The observed ratio is larger than the predictionof this scaling formula by a factor of two, indicating that even higher order terms of Z p, suchas a two-step process with polarization (proportional to Z p6), may contribute to the ratio in thepresent experiment. However, if we employ
another scaling formula by Andersen et al.,2) the
prediction agrees with our experimental findings.
The multiple ionization of Ne atoms has also
been studied. It is found that <1+:<12+:<13+=1 : 0.24:
o.04. As <1+:<12+ is ~ 1 : 0.05 for proton impacts 2)
having the same E pi Z p2, it is clear that the Z p2
scaling like Eq. (1) does not hold even qualitatively.
References

200

300
TO F (ns)400

Fig. 1. TOF spectrum of recoil He ions by 95
MeV / nuc1eon Ar l 7+ bombardment.

1) H. Knudsen et at.:]. Phys. B: At. Mol. Phys., 17,3545(1984) .
2) L.H. Andersen et at.: Phys. Rev., A36, 3612 (1987).
3) M. Charlton et at.:]. Phys. B: At. Mot. Opt. Phys., 21,
L545 (1988).

-72-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·2·16. Secondary Ions Produced in Frozen H 20 Molecules
under Energetic Heavy Ion Impact
T. Matsuo, T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, H. Shibata, and H. Tawara
We have measured positive ions produced
from frozen H 2 0 as well as gas phase targets
under impact of a few picoampere 1. 25 MeV /nucleon Ar q + (q = 4,12,13) ion beam provided
from RILAC. The target gases are frozen (at theliq. N 2 temperature) on an Al foil which is thinenough to pass the projectiles. The foil is inclined
45° with respect to the incident ion beam, meanwhile the secondary ions are extracted normal to
the foil surface and their mass/charge is analyzed through a double-focusing sector magnet.

A typical mass/charge spectrum of positive
ions from the frozen H 2 0 target is shown in
Fig. 1 (A) together with that from the gas target
in Fig. 1 (B). Significant differences in spectra inboth target phases are clearly noticed. Multiply
charged Oi+ (i = 1 - 6) ions are clearly seen in the
spectrum from the gas target. On the other hand,the production of multiply charged ions arestrongly suppressed in the frozen target.
The heavy ion bombardment on frozen targets also produces cluster ions with formula10',-----------,

8

A

Fig. 1. Mass/ charge spectra of positive ions from the frozen H 2 0 target (A) and thosefrom the gas target (B).

[H 3 0 (H 2 0) nJ +, n varying from 0 to more than25, as well as Hm +(m = 1,2,3) ions. The main
cluster ions might have a structure with the coreof H 3 0 but not H because H 3 0+ ions are far more
intense compared with H 2 0+ ions which are thedominant products in the gas phase targets. It
should be noted that the cluster ions with theoxygen core are almost absent.
These features of cluster ion production in thefrozen target are significantly different fromthose observed in the expanded nozzle beams,!>
the reason of which is probably related to thedensity of the target and the collisions followedin the target. To clarify the mechanisms of thesecondary ion production, a series of experiments for various frozen targets are under way.
References
1) O. Echt, D. Kreisle, M. Knapp, and E. Recknagel:-73-

Chem. Phys. Lett., 108, 401 (1984).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-17. Negatively Charged Cluster Ions Produced from Frozen C2 H 2
Molecu les under the Energetic, Heavy Ion Impact
T.Tonuma, H.Kumagai, T.Matsuo, H.Shibata, and H.Tawara
Figure 1 shows a typical mass/charge spectrum of negatively charged atomic, molecularand cluster ions produced in collisions of 1.25
MeV /amu Ar12+ projectile ions with frozen C2H 2targets. It can be seen from the figure that relative yields of CHm - (m = 0 and 1) ions are muchless than those of C2H m- (m = 0 and 1) ions.
Relative yields of [CHm (C 2) oJ - and [C 2H m
(C 2)oJ- (m=O and 1) cluster ions seem to clearlyreflect the production cross sections of CHm - andC2H m- ions, respectively. The observed 0- andOH- ions are understood to be due to the dissociative electron attachment of residual H 20
molecules.
10'.------r----.-----.----.--....---~---.--__,.=0r--_-;-----;..._'l-3---T--4-'f--s-l---+7-'r8 -9r-[C(C,).r10'1l'-----If---r-+--+---t---1t-t-t--+--[CH(C,l.r
7 t--'8H---[c.(CJ.rr---i--t-t-+-t-i3j-t--'4;--t---:SH-T6-t+
1r-~-t--+-4-HI---Mf-H-++-H-H--[C,H(c,).r

10' H"
....l
W
Z
Z

«
:r:

~
en

~0

_ C,K'

o Ci

10'

CM'

c-I

H'

10'

u

10'

A.s already discussed in a previous experimentof collisions between energetic heavy ions andfrozen CO 2 targets, 1) it seems that the cluster
ions, [CH mCC 2)oJ- and [C 2H mCC 2)oJ-, observedin the present measurement are clearly based
upon different atomic as well as molecular ion·cores namely, singly charged ions such as CHm and C2H m-, which are formed in previous collisions under the energetic ion impact. These coreions produced under the energetic ion impact
could have the initial kinetic energies due to therecoil or dissociation by Coulomb explosion 2)
and, thus, reach the outer-most layers of thefrozen surface where they collide with neutral
molecules. The cluster ions formed through ionmolecule reactions finally leave the surface into
vacuum. The main elementary unit of clustering
particles in the present target seems to be C2
molecules which are formed via the dissociationof the parent C2H 2 molecules, but not the parent
molecules C2H 2 themselves.
Positively charged cluster ions such as [CHmCC 2)oJ+ and [C 2H m CC 2)oJ+ Cm=O,1,2 and 3)
have been also observed and seem to be based
upon different atomic or molecular ion cores of
CHm + and C2H m+ Cm=O, 1,2 and 3).
I

10'

10·
00

1024
CHANNEL NUMBER

Fig. 1. Mass/charge spectrum of negative cluster ionsfrom the frozen C2 H2 target under 1.25 Me V / amu
Ar 12 + ion impact.

References
1) H. Tawara, T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, T. Matsuo,
and H. Shibata: J. Chem. Phys .. 94. 2730 (1991).
2) H. Tawara, T. Tonuma, K. Baba, T. Matsuo, M.
Kase, T. Kambara. H. Kumagai. and I. Kohno:
Nucl. Instrum. Methods in Phys. Res., B23. 203(1987) .

-74-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-18. Measurements of Field Ionized Electrons
from High Charge State Rydberg Ions
Y. Kanai, B. D. DePaola, P. Richard, * H. Schone, * and J. Giese*
We started a study of high charge state
Rydberg ions by using a Rydberg analyzer system. The beat structure in the spectra of field
ionized electrons from high charge Rydberg ions
was reported by some groups.l,2) But, they havenot measured the beat structure as a function ofn (principal quantum number of the Rydberg
electron) under the same collision conditions(the same collision system and the same collisionenergy). By using our system, we can measure
the beat structure as a function of n. So we canget more information about the Rydberg states.
Our analyzer system consists of three parts: (1) aset of deflector plates, (2) the Rydberg analyzer,and (3) the tandem electron spectrometer, as
shown in Fig. 1. 3 ,4) The Rydberg ions are produced
in a carbon target foil and pass through theperpendicular electric field between the deflector
plates. Electrons produced before the deflector
are deflected by the deflector and can not enter
the Rydberg analyzer. Finally, the Rydberg electrons are ionized in the electric field of the
Rydberg analyzer. These electrons are detectedby the tandem electron spectrometer. Details of
this system are in Refs. 3 and 4.

At the last layer of the target, the Rydberg state
was produced by collisions. 1) Considering themean charge, + 5.6, of the 24-MeV carbon ionsafter the carbon target,5) we say that almost all
Rydberg ions are H - like ions. We measured theintensity of the field ionized electron in the
Rydberg analyzer as a function of the fieldstrength (Ep) between the deflector plates. A
typical result is shown in Fig. 2. In this case, theintensi ty of the electrons ionized from the H -like
Rydberg ions (n = 154) was measured as a function of Ep. Beat structure is clearly seen in it.
This structure due to the population of the
Rydberg state (n = 154) ions was changed as afunction of Ep. The period of this structure waschanged with different n. A precise analysis is inprogress.
HOO-- - -- - -- -- --

----,

..

.....c::J:1 )00 -

.0

.,
,.
>,

~

1700

~
H

1100 .

· - · - .-.- -r- ~· - ·

.10

...

~ -, - . -.. 0- ....,-.
.
sn- . --.-.--.
, ~~

60

F.t.I';C1'Il1C .'11':1,1> 51'lmNr;,'II( ilrh .

Fig. 2.

10"nil .. )Intensity of the field ionized electrons from thecs+ (n= 154) Rydberg ions as a function of the fieldstrength (Ep) .

Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of the experimental set up.
A: the target. B: a set of deflector plates. C: the Rydberg
analyzer. D: the tandem electron spectrometer.

The experiments were performed at J.
Mcdonald Laboratory of Kansas State University. A beam of 24- MeV C4+ ions extracted fromthe tandem accelerator was analyzed by a bending magnet and focused into the scattering chamber. Targets were 10 and 20 J1.g/cm 2 carbon foils.

References
1) D. Schneider, W. Zeitz, R. Kowallik, G. Schiwietz, T.
Schneider, N. Stolterfoht, and U. Wille: Phys. Rev.,
A34, 169 (1986) .
2) P. Engar, M. Breing, R. DeSerio, C.E. Gonzalez- Lepera, and LA. Sellin: ibid., A33, 2096 (1986) .
3) B.D. DePaola, W.J. Axmann, R. Parameswaran, D.H.
Lee, T.J.M. Zouros, and P. Richard: Nucl. Instrum.
Methods, B40/ 41, 187(1989).
4) D.H. Lee, T.J.M. Zouros, J.M. Sanders, J.L.
Shinpaugh, T.N. Tipping, S.L. Varghese, B.D. DePaola, and P. Richard: ibid., p. 1229.
5) K. Shima, N. Kuno, M. Yamanouchi, and H. Tawara:
NIFS- DATA-10 (1991).

* Department of Physics, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas, U.S.A.

-75-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-19. Z2-dependence of Energy Spectra of Electrons Excitedby Grazing Angle Incident Fast Heavy Ions
H. Ishikawa,* A. Misu,* A. Koyama, T. Iitaka,** M. Uda, and Y. Ohtsuki**
Recently a new and prominent peak of electrons induced by fast multi - charged projectiles
incident at a grazing angle on a target withnearly free valence electrons has been observedat energies higher than that of electrons isotachic to projectiles, E I, and at emission angles
lower than 10° or 15° with respect to the surface.
This peak has been interpreted in terms of the
convoy electron (CE) acceleration by a dynamic
image potential (DIP) of a surface wake, whichis due to projectileinduced polarization of target
surface electrons. 1,2)
In this report, energy spectra of electrons from
AI, Si, Cu, Ag and Au have been measured atvarious emission angles for the impact of 1 MeV /amu Ar12+ ions incident at an angle of r withrespect to the target surface. Target meterials
are in-situ evaporated on Si single crystal substrates of 10mm wide and 20mm long in a vacuum
lower than 10- 8 Torr.
Figure 1 shows the target dependence of electrons emitted at 10° with respect to the incident
beam direction. The most probable energies, Em,
are higher than EI = 530 e V, and 625 e V for AI,
634 e V for Si, 624 e V for Cu, 652 e V for Ag, and665 eV for Au. Therefore it is concluded that tha
acceleration of a CE by a DIP occurs also fornoble metals.
It is considered from the theory on nearly freeelectron metals that the acceleration of a CE isprominent for a large valence electron density, n,because a DIP is high for a large n. Actually, Em
for Si is larger than that for AI, as seen in Fig. l.
On the other hand, for noble metals a DIP is notnecessarily high for a material with a large n; n
for Cu is the highest and Em for Cu is lower thanthose for Ag and Au. This point is open to further investigation.

.......
CI)

=
:::s

sao

1000

ELECTRON

1500

2000

ENERGY (eV)Fig. 1. Target dependence of accelerated convoy electrons induced by Ar 1 2 +ions (1 MeV / amu) incident at anangle of 1· with respect to the surface. Detection angle
is 10· with respect to the incident beam direction.

References
1) A. Koyama, Y. Sasa, H. Ishikawa, A. Misu, K. Ishii,

T. litaka, Y.H. Ohtsuki, and M. Uda: Phys. Rev. Lett.,
65, 3156 (1990).
2) T. litaka, Y.H. Ohtsuki, A. Koyama, and H. Ishikawa: ibid., p. 3160.

* Science University of Tokyo.
Waseda University.

**

- 76-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (991)111-2-20. Ejected Electron Spectra from 0 4 + (15 2 3131') Produced
by Double Electron Capture
T. Nabeshima, N. Nakamura, S. Ohtani, T. Takayanagi, K. Wakiya,
H. Suzuki, A. Danjo, M. Yoshino, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara,
and Y. Awaya
We carried out the high-resolution measurement of the electrons ejected by the following
double electron transfer collisions at 60 keV;
0 6 + (ls2) + He (ls2)~
04+ (ls2n1n'1') + He 2+
1~05+ Os 2n"1") +e0)
6
0 +OS2) +0 2(27!u 427!/)~04+ (ls2nln'1') +0/+ (27!u 4)
1~05+ Os2n"1") +e.
(2)
60 keV 160 6 + (ls2) projectile ions were producedby the ECRIS ( Electron Cyclotron Resonance Ion
Source) constructed as an ion source for the
RIKEN A VF cyclotron. Ejected electrons were
measured by the zero-degree electron spectroscopy method. 1)
If the collision has not changed an electron
spin,z) only the singlet states of the doubly
excited configurations can be produced by process 0). On the other hand, O2 molecules have
two electrons in its outer electron orbit (27!g) n
and their electron spins are of the same direction.
We expected that the triplet states of the doubly
excited configurations can be produced by proc0 6 ' + He

GOkeV

20

25

30

35

20

25

30

35

40

ELECTRON ENERGY ( eV )Fig. 2. High-resolution spectrum of ejected electronfrom the doubly excited 04+ Os2 3131') ions produced in
04+ + O2 collisions. Solid and broken vertical lines represent the theoretical energy for the transitions to the
0 5 + (ls2 2p) and 0 5 + (ls 2 2s), respectively.

ess (2) .
Ejected electron spectra from the doubly
excited 04+ Os 23131') ions are shown in Figs. 1
and 2. The vertical lines in the figures represent
the theoretical values,3) which include a post
collision interaction (PCI) effect calculated fromthe lifetime. 4) Solid and broken lines correspondto the transitions to the 0 5+ ( 1 s22 p) and0 5+(ls 22s) , respectively. Only the peaks from thesinglet state configurations are observed in Fig.
1. In Fig. 2, the peaks not only from the singlet
state configurations but also from the triplet
ones are observed. Precise analysis is in progress.
References

40

ELECTRON ENERGY ( eV )Fig. 1. High- resolution spectrum of ejected electronfrom the doubly excited 04+ (ls 23131') ions produced in
04+ + He Collisions. Solid and broken vertical lines
represent the theoretical energy for the transitions to
the 0 5 + (ls 22p) and 0 5 + Os22s) , respectively.

1) H.A. Sakaue, Y. Kanai, K. Ohta, M. Kushima,
T.Inaba, S. Ohtani, K. Wakiya, H. Suzuki, T.
Takayanagi, T. Kambara, A. Danjo, M. Yoshino, andY. Awaya: ]. Phys., B23, L401 (1990).
2) M. Mack: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B23, 74 (1987).
3) Z. Chen and CD. Lin: ]. Phys., B22, 2875 (989).
4) N. Veck and J.E. Hansen: ibid., p. 3137.

-77-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-21. High-Resolution L-Auger Spectroscopy of Mg-Like Scandium
Produced in 89-MeV Sc8 ++He Collisions
M. Sataka,*l K. Kawatsura, H. Naramoto,*l Y. Nakai,*l Y.Yamazaki,
K. Komaki, K. Kuroki, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y. Awaya,lE. Hansen, *2 I. Kadar, *3 and N. Stolterfoht*4
We measured scandium L-Auger electrons
produced in 89-MeV Sc 8 ++ He collisions using
the method of zero-degree Auger Spectroscopy.
A light target atom He was used to ionize selectively the 2p electron of the scandium projectile.
The experiments were performed at the tandem
accelerator facility at the Japan Atomic Energy
Research Institute of Tokai. A beam of 89-MeV
Sc 8 +extracted from the tandem accelerator was
analyzed by a bending magnet and focused into
the scattering chamber. After collimation of thebeam to a diameter of about 2 mm, a current of
about 100 nA was directed through the target gas
cell and collected in a Faraday cup. The target
gas pressure in the cell was a few m T orr and thetarget length was about 5 cm. During operationof the cell the pressure in the scattering chamber
was about 10- 5 Torr. The resulting target thickness was sufficiently thin to guarantee single
collision conditions.
Figure 1 shows an example of the L- auger
spectrum produced in 89-MeV Sc 8 ++ He colli-

89-MeV 45S el+ 12p 6 3s 2 3p) + He,-l-, ~

4000

::;.,

co.

::;

.:;'

-.,

3000

c

:>

co.

~

I
co.

CL

N

I

s;'
co.

~
N

N

N

2000

.:;'

N

a.

0

U

co.

I

sions. The spectrum exhibits a pair of peaks at
143.5 eV and 147.8 eV which are attributed tothe transitions from the 2p 3/2 - 2p 1/2 doublet formed by the initial configuration 1s22s 22p 5 3s2 in
the Sc lO + ion to the final state 1s22s22p 6. The
production of this doublet shows that in somecollisions the 3p electron has been removed inaddition to the ionization of the 2p electron. The
intensity of the spectrum due to the 2P3/2-2P1/2
doublet is only 7 % of the total intensity, whichshows that, if the Auger decay is isotropic, there
is a relatively small deviation from the assumption of selective 2p ionization.
The remainder of the spectral intensity is dueto the initial configuration 1 s22 s22 p 5 3 s 23 p Mglike Sc 9 + which is produced by ionization of asingle 2p electron in the ground state configuration 1s22s22p6 3s 23p of Sc 8 +. The three peak groups
with centroid energies near 125 eV, 157 eV, and181 e V are associated with transitions to thefinal state configurations 1s22s 22p 6 3d, 1s22s22p 6 3p,
and 1s22s22p6 3s, respectively. The structure ineach feature is produced primarily by the level
splitting in the initial state due to the interactionof the 2p hole with the 3p electron.
The transition to 1s22s 22p 6 3d from 1s22s22p5 3s 23p involves three electrons. The branching ratios
for that transition must be calculated with taking into account of the electron correlation.
Calculated branching ratios are in good agreement with our observations. 1,2),----A-....

References
130

140

150
160
170
EJectron EnergyleVI

180

190

Fig. 1. Scandium L- Auger spectrum produced in collisions of 89- MeV Sc 8 + ions on He. The observation
angle is 0°. The electron energy refers to the projectile
frame.

1) K. Kawatsura, M. Sataka, H. Naramoto, M. Imai,
K. Komaki, Y. Yamazaki, K. Kuroki, Y. Kanai, T.
Kambara, Y. Awaya, ].E. Hansen, I. Kadar, and N.
Stolterfoht: Nucl. Instmm. Methods, B53, 421 (1991).
2) M. Sataka, K. Kawatsura, H. Naramoto, Y. Nakai,
Y. Yamazaki, K. Kuroki, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y.
Awaya, ].E. Hansen, I. Kadar, and N. Stolterfoht:
Phys. Rev. A, in press.

Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute, Tokai,
Ibaraki.
*2 Zeeman Laboratorium, Universiteit van Amsterdam,
Amsterdam, Nether lands.
*3 Institute of Nuclear Research, Debrecen, Hungary.
*4 Hahn-Meitner Institut, Berlin, F.R.G.
*1

-78-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-22. Lifetime Measurements of the 2p 5 3p
and 2p 5 3d Levels in Cr XV
K. Ando, Y. Zou, T. Kambara, M. Ohura, Y. Awaya,
T. Tonuma, andS. Tsurubuchi
Though the experiment on cromium is not yet
finished, the results of the ANDC analysis andthe multiexponential fitting are displayed inTable 1 with the theoretical calculation. 2)
The decay curves of the 3d 3D2 level include ashort lived cascade of lifetime of 6.4 ps. The
level of 3p 3D 2 is repopulated by long lived 3d
cascades. The lifetimes of 3d levels obtained by
the multiexponential fitting should be reliable,
since all direct cascades to 3d levels are very fast.

Last year, we finished the measurements oflifetimes of neonlike Ti ion. Following Ti, we
extended the isoelectronic sequence of lifetimesof neonlike ions to cromium. The experimental
arrangement was the same as before.
Decay curves measured were analyzed by themultiexponential fitting using program
DISCRETE. I) For the decays of 3p IP 1 and 3p
3D 2 , cascading from upper states was correctedby means of the ANDC (Arbitrary Normalized
Decay Curve) analysis using program CANDY. I)

Table 1. Lifetimes (ns) of levels in Cr XV.
Upper
level

Wavelength

3d 3 F3308. 895

3

3d 3°2318.439

3 P1 _30

3p 3°2416.59Experiment

TheoryO. 132±0. 003 (0.972) a

O. 138 cTransition
02

_3

F3

O. 142±0. 016 (0.635.

2(3/2. 1/2) 2- 3 °2

O. 118 c

0.0064)aO. 218±0. 065 b

O. 255 c[0. 282±0. 021 (1. 17) I a
3p 3 P1

390. 959

O. 224±0. 0022 b(1/2.1/2)0_3 P1

O. 187 c[0. 239±0. 027 (0. 119) I aa)Results
cascadingofthe multiexponential
lifetimes are

fitting.
Thegiven.

In

valuesbrackets are shown for comparing with the ANOCb)

Results of the ANDC analysis.

c)Results of Pokleba and Safronova. 2 )References
1) L. Engstrom: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 202,369 (1982).

parentheses
insidearesults.

2) A. K. Pokleba and U. I. Safronova: Opt. Spectrosc.,
U.S.S.R., 53, 7(1982).

-79-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-23. Direct Capture of Externally Produced Ions in an RF Ion Trap for
Laser Spectroscopy of Atoms with Stable and Unstable Nuclei
Y. Matsuo, H. Maeda, * and M. Takami
Recent development of ion trap and laser cooling technique to reduce the kinetic energy ofgaseous atoms well below ambient temperature
has shown the feasibility of ultra-high resolution
spectroscopy.l) Laser spectroscopy in an ion trap
will be one of the important techniques to determine the physical quantites of unstable nuclei bymeasuring their isotope shifts and hyperfine
structures.
For the purpose of developing widely applicable spectroscopic scheme of atoms we haveconstructed a radio - frequency ion trap that
directly captures the ions produced by laser
ablation. The laser ablation method is expected
to be suitable specifically for generating multiply
charged ions and revaporizing implanted atoms
containing unstable nuclei.
The ion trap system consists of trap electrodes(hyperbolic or cylindrical type), a vacuum
chamber pumped with a turbo molecular pump,
and a Nd:YAG laser that vaporizes and ionizes asample metal placed near trap electrodes. The
confinement of ions is confirmed with two
methods. One is the detection of ions with aquadrupole mass spectrometer (QMS) . Trappedions are driven out of the trap by a pulsed voltage applied to one of the trap electrodes after acertain storage time and detected with a QMS.
This allows mass- selective detection of any
kinds of ions. The other is the observation oflaser-induced-fluorescence (LIF) from trapped
ions. A pulsed dye laser irradiates the central
part of the trap. The emission from the trappedions is focused on a photo- multiplier and thephoto- electron signals are accumulated with agated integrator synchronized with the dye laser
pulse. This method is limited to the detection of

those ions with optical transitions from theground states, but has an advantage that it is nondestructive observation.
The QMS detection method has proven the
successful confinement of Ca +, Ba +, La +, N d +,Tm+, Lu+, Hf+, and Ta+ ions in both the hyperbolic and cylindrical traps for the time range ofseveral minutes to 20 minutes in the presence ofHe buffer gas. Storage of BaH for several seconds has also been confirmed with the QMS
method. LIF from trapped Ba+ and Lu+ (Fig. 1)
is observed. Some ions such as Lu+ are found tobe highly reactive with background gaseous
molecules.

p,... _ 3x Hi' torr
Vac- 420V
Vdc - 2.5V

o - O.56MHz
ro - 22.6mm

350.65350.75wave length (nm)Fig. 1. LIF spectra from trapped Lu+. Lu+ ions are
excited from the ground 'So state to the 3P 1 state. The
emission from 3p I to 3D,,2 metastable states is observed.
Triplet lines correspond to the nuclear quadrupole
hyperfine splitting in 3P , level.

References
1) D.]. Wineland, W. M. Itano, and R. S. Van Dyck, Jr.:
Adv. At. Mol. Phys ., 19, 135 (1983).

* Department of Nuclear Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Tokyo.

- 80-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-24. Ultra-Slow Monoenergetic (3HeJl-)+ Beam andNovel Futu re Applications
K. Nagamine
So far, several proposals have been made forthe possible slow fl- sources. Recently, realization of slow fl- beam has been pointed out by
utilizing the fl - liberation phenomena in muon
catalyzed (dtfl - ) fusion,I.2) where a successive(above 100 times) liberation of slow (around 10
keY) fl- at the fusion reaction in (dtfl) molecule
is used to produce slow fl - from the surface of athin D2/T 2 layer.
In the recent experiments conducted by the UTMSL and RIKEN group at UT-MSL/KEK, thefollowing remarkable observations have beenachieved for the fl - transfer phenomena in liquid
D2 with 3He and 4He impurities; 3) (1) When the
fl - is injected into a high density (liquid or solid)
D2 with a low concentration (up to 500 ppm) He
impurities, all the fl - form muonic (dfl-) andreach the ground state of (dfl - ); (2) Then, thetransfer reaction of the fl-, (dfl-) + He ~(Hefl) +d, takes place through the formation ofthe (dHefl) muon molecule at the level of(dHefl) 2pc7 state; (3) Thus formed (dHefl) 2pc7 has
the following processes as a possible decay
mode: (a) radiative transition to the unboundground state, (dHefl)2pc7~y(6.8keV) + (Hefl) IS+d, (b) energetic emission of (Hefl) IS particles. It
was found that the (d4Hefl) 2pc7 decays mainly(more than 60%) through the radiative transition, while the (d3Hefl) 2pc7 decays mainly (morethan 80%) through the particle emission (process(b» .
As for the particle emission decay of (d3Hefl) ,it can be expected that the ionic particle of(3Hefl) + is emitted at the unique energy of 3.2
keY. Once the (d3Hefl) molecule is formed,
almost all the fl- is emitted in the form of(3 Hefl) +.

Thus, the following scheme can be considered
as for the method of production of slow (3Hefl) +particle beams. Suppose a solid layer of H2 with
1, 000 ppm D2 is formed on the cold plate (~3K)
with a thickness of 1 mm. Then, 1 flm thickness
layer-coating of 3He is formed on the surface ofsolid H2 (D 2). The injected fl- of Me V energy isalmost fully stopped in the thick solid H2 (D 2)layer. There, because of the celebrated Ramsauer resonance effect, the (dfl) of 3 eV is
produced with a long diffusion length (up to 1mm) without any scattering from H. 4.5) Thus, ahalf of (dfl) reaches the layer of 3He. Then,almost all the (dfl) form (d3Hefl) molecules andsubsequently the 3.2 ke V (3Hefl) is emitted (seeFig. 1) .

3 eV (d\.!)q...".....

'-.... 3 keV 3 Hep -MeV Jl-

"':"~
COLD
PLATE

1 mm
H2

1 }Lm
3
He Layer

WITH
1,000 ppm

O2
Fig. 1. Schematic picture for the target arrangement forsloweHe,u - ) production from 3He coated H2 / D2 target.

The proposed method of slow beam production
might be the easiest and the most efficient way
for the fl- associated particles, adjacent to pure
fl- and neutral muonic hydrogen.
The possible applications as well as future
extensions of the slow monoenergetic (3Hefl)
beam are listed in the followings. 0) fl- transfer
to heavier atoms on the surfaces and element
analysis of material surfaces. (2) Studies of thehigh energy resonance states in (d 3He) molecules and a possible application to the new muon
catalyzed fusion phenomena. (3) Production of
the highly polarized (3Hefl - ) state with polarized 3He by the repolarization method and apossible application to the new flSR experiments.
(4) Detachment of j1- from (3Hefl-) could be
realized by an interaction of accelerated (3Hefl-)
upto 10 to 20 ke V with e.g. a thin foil.
References
1) K. Nagamine: Proc. Japan Academy, 65, 225 (1989).
2) K. Nagamine et al.: Muon Catalyzed Fusion, 5/ 6, 371(1991) .

3) K. Nagamine et al.: preprint (1991); K. Nagamine: inProc. 3rd Int. Conf. on Particle Nucl. Phys. Intersections (1991). in press.
4) G.M. Marshall et al.: Hypeifine Interactions, 65, 1007
(1991) .

5) M. Bubak et al.: JINR E4-87- 464, Dubna (1987).

- 81-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-25. Search for Negatively Charged Isotopes Emitted
from Solid Surfaces in Heavy Ion Reactions
R. Kadono, T. Matsuzaki, K. Ishida, A. Matsushita, and K. Nagamine
Unstable isotope beams with ultra-low
emittance have potentially many applications to
the investigation of solid surfaces. In particular,
those isotopes which have shorter lifetime would
provide an opportunity to study the dynamical
property of the solid surface for which our current knowledge is still in a very preliminary
stage. Unfortunately, so far conventional ISOL
techniques are not successful to realize the low
emittance beam « 10- 10 m· rad) for isotopes
with short lifetime « 10- 4 s). Thus, we are
motivated to search for the channels of isotope
ion emission with thermal energy directly fromthe in-beam isotope production target: such achannel would reduce the time for the isotope
extraction and post- ionization in the conventional system. Moreover, the investigation ofsuch processes would certainly be helpful by
itself to understand the dynamical property ofthe surface in which we are intrested.
It is established in the ion source techniquesthat negative ion sources have many advantages
for the beam quality including the lower emittance over positive ion sources. For example, byusing the metal surface where the transfer ofelectrons to atoms is greatly facilitated, one canobtain wide range of elements as negative ions.
In order to examine the possibility to get a shortlived low emittance isotope beam in this negativeion channel we have investigated the thermal
emission of the negatively charged isotopes
produced near the surface of the in- beam metaltarget.
The present experiment was conducted at the
SLOW beam channel in RIKEN Ring Cyclotron(RRC) facility. Direct emission of various stableand unstable isotope ions with thermal energy

was investigated for the solid surfaces exposedto heavy ion (HI) beams provided by RRC (e. g.
135 MeV lu 14N beam). These isotope ions werecollected by an electrostatic lens and then separated on-line by the double-focusing mass
spectrometer for the detection by using a multichannel plate (MCP). The specification of the
SLOW beam channel is reported elsewhere. 1)
It turned out that the vacuum level of thetarget chamber was deteriorated from 10- 9 to
10- 7 torr when the primary HI beam was present,
which is probably due to the gas impurities
dissociated from the inner walls of the system by
the beam irradiation. Because of this problem thesurface condition of the target was not in control
for the present experiment, thereby the result
should be regarded as very preliminary without
any optimization of the target surface condition.
We have searched AI, Be, and W targets atseveral temperatures (300'"'-'400 K for Al and Be,
900'"'-' 1900K for W) with 14N beam irradiation tofind that there is no negative ion yield below thetarget mass with an upper limit of 5 x 10- 2 ions/
sl nA (N7+) as determined by the backgroud. We
tentatively attribute this negative result to thecontaminated target surface due to the deteriorated vacuum level, which might be improved by
the further treatment (annealing) of the target
chamber.
References
1) T. Matsuzaki, R. Kadono, K. Ishida, A. Matsushita,
and K. Nagamine: Proc. 12th Int. Conf. on Electromagnetic Isotope Separators and Techniques Related
to Their Applications, (EMIS- 12 , Sept. 2-6 , 1991 ,Sendai, Japan), to be published.

-82-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·2·26. 57Fe Mossbauer Studies of Single Crystal YBa2Cu3-xFex07-y
T. Okada, K. Asai, Y. Kobayashi, R.N. Shelton,* and T. Matsumoto**
The effect of Fe substitution for Cu in YBa2
CU3-XFex07-Y is interesting because the material
is superconducting. In spite of a great number of
57Fe Mossbauer studies on the superconductors
YBa2Cu3-xFex07-Y using polycrystals,l) the fundamental problems regarding the interpretationof the Mossbauer spectra, i.e., assignment of thesite of Fe ions, still remain to be solved. In thepresent study, Mossbauer measurements using
single crystals were made, which allows us todetermine the directions of the principal axes
and the asymmetry parameter 17 of the electricfield gradient (EFG) tensor in addition to its
magnitude.
Single crystals of doped YBa2Cu3-X 57Fex 07_Y
were grown from nonstoichiometric melts of yBa-Cu-Fe-O mixtures. The specimens with theconcentrations of x = 0.21 and 0.13 were subjected to 57Fe Mossbauer measurements at room
temperature. The Mossbauer y- rays were transmitted in the a-c plane with different angles ()yfrom the c-axis. In this paper, the a - , b- , andc-axes refer to the crystalline axes with thec-axis perpendicular to the Cu plane, and the x - ,y-, and z-axes denote the principal axes of the
EFG following the usual definition; I V zz I 2:
I V YY I 2: I V xx I. The obtained Mossbauer
spectra of the specimen with x=0.13 were
almost the same as those with x = 0 . 21 .
The Mossbauer spectra of the single crystal
with x=0.21 are shown in Fig. 1. The relative
intensities of the absorption lines change systematically depending on the angle ()y. All the spectra can be well analyzed with four asymmetricdoublets, named A, B, C, and D. Their quadrupole splittings are 2.0, 1.6, 1.3, and 0.5mm/s, respectively. The intensity ratio of thesefour doublets is much different from that forpolycrystalline samples, i.e., the intensity of A ismarkedly larger compared to the previous one inpolycrystals. 1)

-2

0

2

VELOCITY (mmls)

Fig. 1. 5 7Fe Mossbauer spectra for single crystalline
YBa2Cu3 -x Fex07 -Y with x = 0.21. The y-rays are transmitted in the a - c plane with different angle By from thec- axis.

The intensity ratios of the two resonanceabsorptions for the individual doublets are proportional to the function of (3 cos2()y-l) /2. Analysis of the observed angular dependences of theratios for the doublets A, B, and C, showed thatthe principal axis with the largest field gradientis the c-axis (V zz < 0), and the values of 17 arenearly 1, but the magnitude of the field gradientalong the a -, or b-axis is comparable for threesites. On the other hand, for D the EFG is almost
symmetric around the c- axis with the positive
sign of V ZZ •The present results suggest that the majority
of Fe ions occupy the Cu (1) sites in a YBa2Cu3-X
Fe X0 7- y system.
References
1) T. Okada et at.: Hyp. Int., 42, 1231 (1988).

• Department of Physics, University of California-Davis,
Davis, U.S.A .
•• National Research Institute of Metals, Tokyo, Japan.

-83-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-27. Epitaxial Regrowth of Kr-Bubbles in the Kr-Implanted andAnnealed Aluminum
I. Hashimoto,* H. Yamaguchi,* E. Yagi, and M. Iwaki
Kr atoms were implanted at room temperature
up to a dose of 1 X 10 16 Kr+ ions/ cm 2 at 50 ke V
into aluminum thin foils suitable for the transmission electron microscopy. It is known that at
this dose a large portion of the Kr atoms precipitate into a solid phase. These precipitates arecalled solid Kr bubbles. With an electron microscope we examined, first, the diameter and thedensity of Kr- bubbles in the as-implanted specimens and also in the specimens which had beenannealed at 673 K for 10 min after implantation.
Furthermore, the temperature dependence of thelattice parameters of AI - and Kr- crystals in the
as-implanted and the annealed specimens wasinvestigated between 140 and 300 K by coolingthem with a cooling stage equipped in the electron microscope.
The size distributions of Kr- bubbles are shownin Fig. 1. The distributions obtained from thebright field and the dark field images for the asimplanted specimens are nearly the same (Fig.

eO. 5B~-------------,.s... 0.57.....,.,.,~ 0.56

a..

~ 0.55J •.....,..J

0.5too150

200
Te mperature

250

300
(KJ

Fig. 2. A change in a lattice parameter of the Kr- crystals
during cooling. Solid circles represent the parameter in
the as-implanted specimens and open circles represent
that in the annealed ones. The lines were drawn only to
guide the eye.

(b)

(e)

1 (a)). This result indicates that in the as- implanted specimens almost all Kr atoms are in asolid phase at room temperature. In the annealed
specimens (Fig. 1 (b)), the bright field image
gives a fairly wide range distribution of Kr bubbles around 4.3 nm, while the dark field
image gives a narrow one having approximately
the same mean diameter of 2. 7 nm as in the asimplanted specimens. This result indicates thata portion of the solid Kr-bubbles dissolve into aliquid phase on annealing.

x

~ 3
.0
.0

~2

2

4

6

80

2

4

B

Bubble Diameter

Fig. 1. Size distributions of Kr-bubbles. The bar graphswith the opened and the hatched areas represent the
distributions obtained from the bright field and thedark field images, respectively, and the cross hatchedarea is the overlapping part in the distributions
obtained from the both images. (a ) ; in the as- implanted
state, (b ) ; after annealing at 673 K for 10 min.

A lattice parameter change during cooling isshown in Fig. 2. In the as-implanted specimen
the lattice parameter is' constant at 0.551 nm,
while in the annealed one it changes from 0.560
to 0.571 nm during cooling from 300 to 190 K andbecomes nearly constant below 190 K. Fromthese results it can be said that in the as- implanted specimen almost all Kr-bubbles are in a solid
phase, while in the annealed one the bubbles
which dissolved into a liquid phase on annealing
recrystallize epitaxially with decreasing temperature. More detailed experiments at temperatures lower than 140 K are now in progress.

* Faculty of Science, Science University of Tokyo.

- 84-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-28. Annealing Behavior of Kr Atoms Implanted into Aluminum
E. Vagi
It has been demonstrated that heavy inert gas
atoms (Ar, Kr,and Xe) implanted into metals atambient temperature precipitate into a solid
phase (solid inert gas bubbles) at high implantation doses, and that they have an epitaxial face centered cubic (fcc) structure in fcc matrices. 1 - 3 )The growth of such bubbles has been extensively
studied mainly by the transmission electron
microscopy and by an X -ray diffraction method.
Since these methods are sensitive to bubbles
greater than a certain minimum size, they are
more effective to the study on bubble growthrather than that on nucleation. On the other
hand, a channeling method is useful to study
phenomena such as nucleation, because it provides direct information on the lattice location of
implanted atoms.
In previous studies on Kr-implanted aluminum
we observed that at implantation doses lower
than 2 x 10 15 Kr/cm 2 the Kr atoms are distributed
over random (R), substitutional (S), tetrahedral(T) and octahedral (0) sites. 4 - 7 ) The R-site
occupancy was ascribed to the Kr atoms in the
Kr precipitates. The T- and 0 - site occupancies
were interpreted to result from the fact that the
Kr atoms were displaced to T - and a-sites bytrapping 4 and 6 vacancies, respectively, and thatthese Kr-vacancy complexes acted as nucleation
centers for the precipitation of Kr atoms.
In the present study, the annealing behavior ofsuch complexes was investigated on the 1 x 10 15
Kr / cmLimplanted specimen by the channelingmethod using a 1 MeV He+ beam as in theprevious experiments. 4 - 7 )Figure 1 shows the change of the fraction f <hkl >for an <hkl> channel on annealing;

f

<hkl>

1 - XO Kr<hkl >I-xmin AI <hkl > ,(1)where Xmln AI <hkl> and Xo Kr<hkl > represent the yields of
He+ ions backscattered by Al and Kr atoms,
respectively, for the parallel incidence to the<hkl> channel. The value of f <hkl > often used as themeasure of the fraction of Kr atoms shadowed by
the <hkl> Al atomic rows. From the channelingangular profiles the fractions of various site
occupancies of Kr atoms after annealing at 371 K
were estimated to be 62-63 % at R, 13-14 % at S,
3-4 % at T and 20-22 % at a -sites. If the Kr
atoms are distributed over only R-, S-, T- and 0-

(Ge)

o

100

200

300

400

500

0.5

o

300

400

500

600

700

800

TA(K)

Fig. 1. The change of the fraction f <hk l> (eq. (1)) with theannealing temperature.

sites, fshould be greater than fUponannealing at temperatures higher than 423 K thisrelation reversed, indicating the change in configurations of Kr-vacancy complexes. After annealing at 593 K each of the <100>, <110> and<Ill> Kr-profiles exhibited a simple dip with thesame f <hkl > value of 0.2. This result indicates that
80 % of Kr atoms are located at R- and 20 % at
S-sites. This fraction of the S-site occupancy islarger than that in the 371 K -annealed specimen.
From these results it is concluded that the Tand a-configurations become unstable at temperatures between 380 and 470 K to change tocomplexes of different configurations, and on
annealing at 593 K they are decomposed completely to isolated Kr atoms (S-sites) andvacancies, the latter of which are annealed out. S)(111)(1 10 ) .

References
1) A. vom Felde, J. Fink, Th. Milller- Heinzerling, J.
Pli.iger, B. Scheerer, G. Linker, and D. Kaletta: Phys.
Rev. Lett., 53, 922 (1984).
2) C. Templier, C. ]aouen, J. - Po Riviere, J. Delafond,and J. Grilhe: C. R. A cad. Sci. Pans, 299, 613 (1984) .
3) J. H. Evans and D. J. Mazey:]. Phys., F15, L1 (1985) .
4) E. Yagi: Phys. Stat. Solidi, AI04, K13 (1987).
5) E. Yagi, M. Iwaki, K. Tanaka, 1. Hashimoto, and H.
Yamaguchi: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B33, 724 (1988).
6) E. Yagi: ibid., B39, 68 (1989).
7) E. Yagi, 1. Hashimoto, and H. Yamaguchi: ]. Nucl.
Mater., 169, 158 (1989).
.
8) E. Yagi: Fundamental Aspects of Inert Gases in
Solids, ed. S. E. Donnelly and J. H. Evans, Plenum
Press, New York and London (1991) (in press) .

-85-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-29. Implantation-Temperature Dependence of the Lattice Disorder
Produced by the Tb+-Implantation in CaF 2
K. Aono, M. Iwaki, and Y. Aoyagi
We have carried out a study of irradiation andimpurity doping effects on CaF 2 in the ion implantation for various kinds of impurities. 1) The
striking feature of the Eu-implantation was thatthe high degree of substitutionality ('"'-'50%) of
the Eu atoms was achieved even for a dose of 1 x
10 16 Eu/ cm 2 during the implantation at room
temperature, without any post-implantation annealing. The channeling experiments on the specimen which was kept at room temperature forone year or three years after implantation indicated that some of the implanted-atoms in theregion deeper than the depth of the maximum
concentration had moved from random sites tosubstitutional sites during keeping at room temperature. This result was considered to suggest
the epitaxial regrowth of the damaged region
from the interior towords the surface. ll
In the present study, the behavior of thedamaged layers created by the implantation of
Tb ions, which belong to the same rare earth
group as Eu, in CaF 2 was investigated by the
Rutherford backscattering/ channeling techniqueand by the measurements of luminessence during
implantation.
The Tb-implantation was performed with adose of 10 16 ions/ cm 2 at 100 keVin the random
direction at a low (liq.N 2 ) or room temperature. 2) Channeling experiments were carried out
at room temperature with a 1. 5MeV He+ beam.
Figure 1 shows random and <Ill> aligned
spectra obtained with CaF 2 implanted at low (a)and room (b) temperatures. The random spectrum of CaF 2 obtaind from as-implanted specimen has almost the same shape as from unimplanted specimens. The Tb+- implantation at a
low temperature created a highly damaged layer
at a dose of 1 x 10 16 Tb/ cm 2 as shown in Fig.
1 (a). In the case of the room temperature implantation, the spectrum shows recovery of thehighly damaged layer as shown in Fig. 1 (b).

5000

(a)

....C1J
s::
:::s
o

()

O+---~-------.~~~~-n--(b)

F(0.70)

.

1. 00

1.30

Ca( 1. 03)

Tb(i. 37)

ENERGY (MeV)
Fig. 1. Random and <111> aligned spectra obtained for
CaF 2 implanted with 1 x 10 16 Tb ions/ cm 2 at (a) low
liq. N 2 and (b) room temperatures.

When the implantation temperature is higher, theTb depth profile becomes broader and is shiftedto a higher energy, i. e., towards the surface, as
shown in Fig.l. These results suggest that the
Tb atoms implanted in CaF 2 migrate to thesurface, i. e., out-diffusion, during the ion-implantation at room temperature, and that theepitaxial growth from the interior towards thesurface takes place.
References
1) K. Aono, M. Iwaki, and S. Namba: Nuc!. Instrum.
Methods, B46, 220 (1990) .
2) K. Aono, M. Iwaki, and S. Namba: RIKEN Accel.
Prog. Rep., 23, 67 (1989) .

-86-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-2-30. Development of Nuclear Track Microfilters
N. Nakanishi and S. Nakajima
In order to develope nuclear track microfiltersof polycarbonate and polyimid, the most suitableconditions for the beam irradiation and chemical
etching have been investigated.l) These polymer films of the thickness of less than 20 .urn .
were irradiated with Ar, Kr and Xe beams ofenergies around 1 MeV lu . After irradiation, thefilms are etched chemically to make latent
tracks visible with a scanning electron microscope. Pore size is very sensitive to the etchingconditions such as etching time, temperature of
etchants and chemical composition. We concentrate to establish the relation between the etching time and pore size and its reproducibility
because it is difficult to keep the chemical composition and temperature constant precisely. The
effect of supersonic wave in the etching process
was also examined.
Figure 1 shows the relation between the poresize and etching time under a condition of acertain temperature and chemical composition ofan etchant. A very simple relation was observed.
This relation was reproducible. It may be easy tocontrol the etching time in order to specify thepore size. However, the etching time required
was too long for the pore diameter larger than
0.5.um, and was too short for that smaller thano.1.um. It will be necessary, therefore, to estab·lish different conditions for temperature andchemical composition in order to treat polymers
in the moderate etching time irrespective of thepore size.
The effect of supersonic wave in the etchingprocess was investigated on the pore size, whichis shown in Fig. 2 as a function of the etchingtime. We can see from the figure that the poresize grows quadratically with the etching time.

0.16

~

Ix

-::.
'(J

0.12

g

v

~

6

e0

g;

0.08

0..

n

y

0.04

0

1.2 , - - - , - - - . - - - - ; - - - - - - ,..:::.
(J

/

0.00
0.0

0.9 ) - - - - + - - - - + - - - - - ; ! . - - - j

g
;;

i:5

e

/

/

Vx

I

I

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

Etching Time [min]0.6 ) - - - - + - - - - H - - - - j - - - j

Fig. 2. Pore diameter vs. etching time. The effect ofsupersonic wave in the etching process is observed. X
and 0 show measured points with and without supersonic wave, respectively. The solid line is a quadratic
curve representing the case in the presence of supersonic wave.

ci:0.3 ) - - - - - - . , r . , - - - + - - - - + - - - - j

0.0 L---'-_.l-----'-_.l------'-_.l-----I...-----l
o
2
4
6
8
Etching Time [min]Fig. 1. Pore diameter vs. etching time. Polycabonate
was etched in the absence of supersonic wave.

References
1) N. Nakanishi et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24,
63 (1990).

-87-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3. Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
1. Time-Differential Perturbed Angular Correlation (TDPAC) andEmission Mossbauer (EM) Studies on 99Ru Arisingfrom 99Rh in Fe 304
Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, K. Asai, T. Okada, and F. AmbeIn this period, we finished analyzing TDPAC
and EM spectra of 99Ru in Fe 3 0 4 ,1) which is ferrimagnetic below T c = 858 K. This oxide is aninverse spinel, in which one Fe3+ ion in the chemical formula occupies the tetrahedral interstice(the A site) of cubically close packed oxygens,while remaining nominal Fe3+ and Fe 2+ ionsoccupy the octahedral interstices (the B site).
In order to evaluate the mean value of theLamor frequency, WL, more precisely, we first
determined the value of the quadrupole frequency, WQ, by least-squares fitting the TDPAC
A 22 G22 (t) data measured at 885 K, namely above
the Curie temperature, with the expression:
A 22 G22 (t) =A22 (1 +4cos6wQt) / 5. The determinedvalue of WQ at 885 K was 6.6 x I05 rad/ s. Then,
we analyzed the other A 22 G22 (t) data assumingthat WQ is independent of temperature, WL has anapparent Gaussian distribution around WLO witha width of 5%, and the angle between the Hhf andthe principal axis of the electric field gradient is7[/2. Figure 1 shows the temperature dependenceof H hf , calculated from the fitted parameter, WLO,
and the known magnetic moment of 99Ru (3/ 2 + ,tl/2 = 20. 5ns) , -0. 284nm. 2) This tempera turedependence is roughly characteristic of that of
the magnetization.
The isomer shift obtained from the EM spectrum indicates that Ru exists either as Ru2+ or
Ru 3 +. All the Ru 2+ and Ru3+ compounds so far
reported are of low-spin type. 3 ) Therefore, when
Ru is divalent, it is considered to be diamagnetic.
When Ru is trivalent, it has an unpaired electron.
The magnetic moment of this unpaired d -electron produces the magnetic field at the nucleus,
antiparallel to the magnetic moment, provided
that this unpaired electron is localized. As described in Ref. 1, Ru is located at the B site andthus feels the HSTHF due to the magnetic momentsof Fe3+ at the A sites. Figure 1 also shows thetemperature dependence of the A site
magnetization 4 ,5) (solid line) scaled to the measured Hhf at 740 K. We assume that the temperature dependence of the HSTHF due to the A -0 - B

150

~...

•

100

50
"" ...

-------, -'-

500
T

1 aaa

(K)

Fig. 1. Temperature dependence of H h f • The solid points
are the observed mean values of Hhf at each tempera·
ture. The solid line is the scaled A site magnetization
curve (Refs. 4 and 5) and the dashed line the difference
between the observed Hhf and the scaled A site magnet·
ization .

supertransfer mechanism is the same as that ofthis A site magnetization. There is a clear difference between the measured Hhf and the scaled A
site magnetization. This difference (dashed line
in Fig. 1) may be ascribed to the magnetic
moment of Ru3+ itself. If this speculation is correct, Fe 3 04 (99Ru) is the first example where
Ru3+ exhibits magnetism in its oxides.
References
1) y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi , K. Asai, T. Okada, and F .
Ambe: RIKEN Acce!. Prog. Rep., 24, 68 (1990 ) .
2) E. Browne, J.M. Dairiki, R.E. Doebler, A.A. ShihabEldin, L. J. Jardine, J. K. Tuli, and A. B. Buyrn:
Table of Isotopes, 7th ed., edited by C.M. Lederer
and V.S. Shirley, Wiley, New York (1978).
3) F . A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson: Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry, 3rd ed., Wiley, New York (1972 ) .
4) T . Riste and L . Tenzer:]. Phys. Chem. Solids, 19,
117 (1961 ) .
5) T. Mizoguchi and M. Inoue:]. Phys. Soc. lPn., 21,1310 (1966) .

-88-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991 )

111-3-2. Time-Differential y-Ray Perturbed Angular Correlation(TDPAC) and Emission Mossbauer (EM) Studies on
99Ru Arisi ng from 99Rh in YBa 2 Cu 3 07-X
Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, K. Harasawa, S. Ambe, T. Okada, F. Ambe,
S. Shibata, and K. AsaiThis year we measured TDP AC and EM
spectra for the 99Ru 3/ 2 + level (t l / 2= 20.5 ns) inan YBa 2Cu 3 07-X sample with x:SO. 2 (YBC07)
and TDP AC spectra for one with x ~ 1(YBC06), using 99Rh (t l / 2= 15 days) as thesource nuclide. Since its ionic radius is close tothat of Cu2+, 99Rh 3 + is expected to occupy the
Cu- l or Cu-2 site of the matrices.
About 97% enriched 99Ru was irradiated with
13- MeV protons available from the INS- SF
cyclotron. A carrier- free solution containing
99Rh3+ was obtained from the irradiated Ru target by radiochemical separation. I) CuO powder
was added to the solution in order to adsorb
99Rh 3 +. Stoichiometric amounts of dried high purity powders of Y 20 3 , BaC0 3 , and CuO with
99Rh were milled and heated in flowing oxygen to
obtain YBC07: 99Ru. A part of the prepared sample was heated in vacuum to obtain YBC06: 99 Rh.
YRC07 was superconducting at and below liquid
nitrogen temperature, while YBC06 was insulating. We used the same PAC spectrometer as
described in a previous report. 2)
Measurements of TDP AC spectra were madein the temperature range from 10 to 1173 K for
YBC07: 99 Ru and at 10 K, 80 K, and 293 K for
YBC06: 99 Ru. An EM spectrum of YBC07: 99 Ru
was taken at 5 K. The value of the isomer shift
obtained from the EM spectrum indicates that
99Ru exists as Ru4+ in YBC07. Figure 1 shows apart of the measured TDP AC (left) and their
Fourier transformed (FT) spectra (right) of
YBC07: 99 Ru, and Fig. 2 all of the measured
TDP AC (left) and their FT spectra (right) of
YBC06: 99 Ru. The temperature dependences ofthe frequency distributions show that the major
hyperfine fields at 99Ru are electric field gradients (EFGs). The TDPAC pattern of YBC06:
99Ru at 10 K is rather smeared so that the frequency distribution is widespread. This is considered to be so because there is a hyperfine magnetic field at 99Ru in addition to EFG. Alternatively, it is because of aftereffects of the EC
decay, which are expected to be much more
pronounced in the insulating YBC06 than in the
superconducting YBC07. Figures 1 and 2 also

10 K

~

,o.J

-

.~

,o.J

(\)
,o.J

N
N

H

f/l

c::
c::

t!l

(1)

N
N
~

293 K

:>

.~

,o.J

III

~

(\)

r::t::

0.1~~5'-'0'-"-'---'-I.....
OO~~1.....
50......:.J

Time (ns)"Q (MHz)

Fig. 1. TDPAC spectra of 99Ru (3/ 2 +) in YBa2Cu307-X( x~ O. 2) measured at 10. 80 . 293 . and 873 K (left) andtheir frequency distributions (right).

-89 -

10 K

>-

,o.J

0.1

.~

f/l
80

......

J(

c::

80 K

(\)

,o.J

,o.J

c::
H

N
N

(\)

t!l

:>

N
N

.~

,o.J

<

til

~

(\)

c:::

0.1

293 K

oL----...,..sO.,----."..lO~O-.....S...".o.-lTime (ns)

"Q

(MHz)

Fig. 2. TDPAC spectra of 99Ru (3/ 2 +) in YBa 2Cu 307-X(x ~1) measured at 10. 80. and 293 K (left) and theirfrequency distributions (right) .

Y. Ohkubo et al.

show that there are two chemical states of Ru in
YBC07, but dominantly only one state of Ru in
YBC06.
References- 90 -

1) D.F.C. Morris and M.A. Khan: Radiochim. Acta, 6, 110(1966) .
2) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi , K. Asai, Y. Yanagida, M.
Iwamoto, and F. Ambe: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24,
67 (1990).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·3·3. 57Fe Mossbauer Studies of BiPbSr 2 Fe06
Ca lei nated in N2 Gas
Y. Kobayashi, T. Okada, F. Ambe, and K. Asai
Bi-based oxides, Bi2Sr2Can-ICunOy with n=l, 2,
and 3 are well known high- Tc superconductors.
Many studies on these compounds in which Cu
ions are substituted by other transition metal
ions have been performed in order to gain an
insight into the mechanism of the superconductivity in the cuprates. The magnetic properties of these compounds are of great interest
from the viewpoint of magnetic interactions insuperconductivity. In a previous report,I) 57Fe
Mossbauer and magnetic measurements of
BiPbSr 2Fe06 calcinated in air (sample 1), being
isostructural with the superconductor Bi 2Sr2
CuOs, were made. It was found that the sample I
was a weak - ferromagnet with TN = 240 K. A
large effect of the magnetic field cooling on themagnetization was observed. Fe ions were in thetrivalent state and 57Fe nuclei felt a hyperfine
magnetic field of 50 T at low temperatures.
In this paper, the magnetic properties of
BiPbSr 2FeO s calcinated at 815°C in N2 gas (sample II) were studied with the 57Fe Mossbauer
spectroscopy and magnetization measurement.
The X -ray powder analysis showed that the
sample II was orthorhombic with the lattice
parameters of 5.42, 5.51, and 23.20 A The static
magnetization of BiPbSr 2FeOs was measured
between 4.2 and 325 K using a vibrating sample
magnetometer and a SQUID susceptometer. The
Mossbauer measurements of 57Fe were carriedout at various temperatures between 5 and 372 K.
The magnetization of the sample II increased
monotonously with decreasing temperature. The
Neel point was expected to be around 300 K fromthe results of the Mosbauer measurement, however no cusp in the magnetization could be observed at 300 K.
The Mossbauer spectra for the sample II atvarious temperatures are shown in Fig. 1. Alarge hyperfine magnetic filed (H hf ) is observedin addition to an electric field gradient at low

Heat-tn:ated in N2 gas
-'

-10

0
+10
VELOCITY (mml s )Fig. 1. 57Fe Mosbauer spectra of BiPbSr2Fe06 calcinatedin N2 gas (sample II) at various temperatures.

temperatures. The values of IS (0.28 mmls
relative to an Fe foil) and Hhf (50. OT) are typical for the Fe 3 + high-spin state. Hhf decreases
with increasing temperature, and disappears at
about 300 K. It is shown that sample II ismagnetically ordered below 300 K and is a weakferromagnet like the sample 1. The magnetic
property of the sample II has some distinct differences from that of the sample I on the following
points:1) The Neel temperature is considerably higher(TN = 300 K).
2) No effect of magnetic field cooling appears.
3) The value of the magnetization was down to
one-third of that of the sample 1.
References
1) T. Okada et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 60-91-(1990) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-4. Angular-Momentum Effect in the Fusion Reactionof 141Pr with 4°Ar Projectiles
H. Kusawake, K. Takesako, T. Saito, A. Yokoyama, M. Kiriu,
N. Takahashi, H. Baba, Y. Ohkubo, and A. Shinohara
Heavy-ion-induced nuclear reactions are ofmuch interest because of a large angular momentum brought in the reaction system. According
to the Bass model,l) cross sections for the fusionof heavy nuclei are predicted to be reciprocally
proportional to the center-of-mass energy in theenergy region higher than a specific value. This
is interpreted as the appearance of a limiting
angular momentum for the fusion. Fused
medium-weight nuclei decay through either of
the two competing channels, fission or evaporation-residue formation. Fission also follows nonfusion channels such as deep inelastic scatteringand a few nucleon transfer. On the contrary,evaporation residues are definitely distinguishable from those formed in non-fusion reactions.
It is thus expected that cross sections for theevaporation- residue formation will show theabove relation with respect to energy more clearly than those for the fusion. This has not yet
been established for reaction systems lighter
than gold. In order to confirm the prediction, we
measured the cross sections both for the evaporation-residue formation and fission by a nuclearchemical method.
The reaction of a monoisotopic 141 Pr target
with 4°Ar projectiles was studied at beamenergies of 10, 25, and 95 MeV/ nucleon. The
target sandwiched by Al catchers was irradiatedat the falling-ball irradiation facility2) installedat the E3b course of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron.
An Al degrader with an appropriate thickness
was inserted upstream of the target to adjust the
projectile energy. Induced radioactivities were
measured by non - destructive gamma-ray
spectrometry with Ge detectors. Cross sections
for the formation of gamma-emitting products
were obtained, and mass- chain yields were thendeduced on the basis of appropriate charge distributions. A reaction mechanism for the production of the nuclei concerned was considered fromthe recoil ranges measured with the aid of thecatchers. Cross sections for the evaporationresidue formation and fission were obtained byintegration of mass-chain yields with respect tothe relevant mass region.
It was found that the reaction products
obtained at low energies consisted of three com-t5r-----------------~

/\

I./ \

VI
,,'

1.0

\
\
\
\

\

\.

\
\

\
\

\
\
\

0.5

\

\\

\

\

6

8

l/Ean (10-JM~V-I)

Fig. 1. Cross sections as a function of the reciprocal ofcenter- of-mass energy. Triangles indicate those forthe fusion, squares for the fission, and circles for theevaporation- residue formation. Solid marks are thoseobtained by Zank et al. 3) A solid curve shows that
calculated by the Bass model. A dashed curve is calcu·
lated using a proximity potential.

ponents: evaporation residues, fission products,
and non-fusion products. Although a similarfeature was observed at medium energies, fusion
and non-fusion components could not be clearly
separated with each other. At the highest energy
no evaporation residues were found and hence
only an upper limit of the fusion cross section
was obtained. The obtained cross sections forthe fusion are plotted as a function of the reciprocal of center-of-mass energy together with thosefor the fission and evaporation-residue formation in Fig. 1. It is seen that the excitation
function for the fusion has linear dependence on
the reciprocal of energy as the Bass model predicts. The evaporation- residue formation shows
the same dependence, which has already beenfound in the reaction of 197 Au with 12C or 160
ions. 4) We have further carried out an experiment at a 38-MeV /nucleon bombarding energy.
References
1) R. Bass: Nuclear Reactions with Heavy Ions, Sprin·ger- Verlag, Berlin, p. 283 (1980).
2) S. Ambe et al.: Chem. Lett., 1991, 149.
3) W.P. Zank et al.: Phys. Rev. C, 33, 519 (1986).
4) S. Baba et al.: Z. Phys., A331, 53 (1988).

-92-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-5. Nuclear Reaction Products in the Interaction ofIntermediate-Energy 14N, 15N, and 4°Ar Ions
M. Furukawa, A. Shinohara, E. Taniguchi, S. Kojima, T. Saito, K. Takesako,
Y. Ohkubo, F. Ambe, and S. Shibata
The nuclear reactions induced by intermediateenergy heavy ions have been extensively studied. Further studies, however, are still required
to elucidate the reaction mechanism in detail.
Radiochemical technique is helpful to the studies
of a wide variety of reaction systems. We havemeasured formation cross sections of radionuclides and mean recoil ranges in the interactionsof V, Cu, Nb, and I with 4°Ar (59, 95 MeV /nucleon), 15N (70 MeV/nucleon), and 14N (135
MeV /nucleon) ions.
The targets were irradiated in the E3b courseof RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. The targets were metal
foils (10"'-'30,um thick) and KI discs covered withcatcher foils like mylar or aluminum to capture
the recoil products. The irradiation conditions
are shown in Table 1. y - ray emitters in thetargets were measured for three months after thebombardment. Mass distribution is obtained
from the measured cross sections with the aid ofa charge dispersion curve. The mean recoil
Table 1. Irradiation conditions .
BeamTargetE 1 ab(Hev /nucl eon)

40Art3+

9 5

V

eu
Nb
t 5

N 7+

7 0

V

eu
Nb (S)Nb (L)

t 4

N7 +

1 3 5

I

( S)

I

( L )

V ( S)V ( L)eu ( S )eu ( L )Nb
Nb
I
I
4°Art3+

5 9

( S )
( L )

(S)
( L)

V

eu
Nb
I
I

(S)
( L)

Duration( hour)Charge( nC)

0.936
1 . 500
1.439

31605
99640
79128

0.942
1.008
0.113
1. 6240.169
1.554

30145941653654159
97321
144742
94658

0.137
1.536
0.078
1. 7310 . 049
1.664
0 . 107
2.580

61646
16192240716
23901821268
173312
20023
150188

1.147
1.680
1.113
0.175
1.003

79208
110223
89984
24254
78519

(5) and (L) indicate the short and the long bombardments,
res pecti ve Iy .

ranges can be converted to the recoil energy byusing the range-energy relationship.

102~----------------~
--

J§ -

-

~O

--e

c90

.CJ

'-'"

"'0
~

10

>

I--

cP

rti§b0
CJP

-

~

1

40

60

I

I

80
A

100

120

Fig. 1. Mass distribution in the interaction of 1271 with
14N (135 MeV/ nucleon). The data for the mass number
less than 40 were rejected, because a KI disc was usedas the target. The data for the mass number near thetarget are also excluded from the figure, since total
yield of the given mass number cannot be determinedaccurately in that region. The different symbols indicate the fraction of measured yields. (6, >40%; 0, ~
40%)

-

10 -

-

~

0<9

o
o

1

I

60

I

I

I

80

I

100

I

I

120

A
Fig. 2. The velocity distribution of the products in theinteraction of 1271 with 14N (135 MeV/nucleon).

-93-

M. Furukawa et al.

As an example of the mass-yield curve, theresult of 1271 + 14N (135 MeV /nuc1eon) reaction isshown in Fig. 1, which can be compared with theresults of high - energy proton or photon induced reactions. The velocity distribution of the

products for the same reaction system obtained
from the mean recoil ranges is shown in Fig. 2.
Measurements of lOBe and 26Al in copper targets
by the accelerator mass spectrometry (AMS)
are in progress.

-94-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-6. Preparation of Radioactive Mu Ititracer Solutions fromAg Foils Irradiated with High-Energy Heavy Ions
S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M. Iwamoto,
M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe
We have studied a convenient and reliable
radiochemical procedure by which radioactive
multitracer solutions free from both carriers andsalts are prepared from Au, Ag, and Cu targets
irradiated with a 12C, 14N, or 16 0 beam. The
preparative method of the multitracer solution
from the Au target has been reported. 1- 3 ) Here,
we describe a separation procedure of a radioactive multi tracer solution from the Ag target. 3 )Three foils (24 mme/> x 100 ,urn) of Ag mounted
in a 40 mmq, aluminum ball with a 20 mme/>
piercing hole were irradiated with a 135 MeV /nucleon 12C beam in the falling ball irradiation
system installed in a beam course of RIKEN
Ring Cyclotron. The beam intensity was about
100 nA and the irradiation time was several
hours. The beam profile was roughly 10 X 10 mm.
The irradiated Ag foils 0.5g) were dissolvedin 19 cm 3 of conc. HN0 3 . After dilution with anequal volume of distilled water, 2 cm 3 of conc.
HCI was added to the solution. After removal of
AgCI by filtration, the filtrate was evaporated ina rotary vacuum evaporator. The residue wasdissolved in dil. HCI to yield a multitracer solution. When AgCI formed again, it was filteredout.
The y-ray spectra of the multitracer solution,
precipitated AgCI, and solutions collected intraps of the evaporator were measured using
pure Ge detectors. The spectra were analyzed
with the BOB code 4) on a FACOM M780 computer at the Institute.
Figure 1 shows a y-ray spectrum of themulti tracer solution separated from the Ag target irradiated with 12C. The measurement wasdone 3 days after irradiation. The dominantpeaks in the figure are ascribed to radioactive
nuclides of the elements, Sc, Ga, As, Sr, Y, Zr,
Nb, Mo, Tc, Ru, Rh, and Pd. No y-rays due tothe radioactive nuclides of the target element,
Ag*, were detected in the solution. The y-ray
spectrum of the AgCI precipitate showed that it
contains Br* along with Ag*. Minute fractionsof Pd *, Zr*, and Rh * were also found in the

Energy (keV)

Fig. 1. The y-ray spectrum of the multi tracer solution
measured 3 days after irradiation of the Ag target witha 135 MeV/nucleon 12C beam.

AgCI precipitate, although most of themremained in the solution. A part of Tc* wasfound in the solution condensed in the trap of theevaporator. This is considered to show that apart of Tc* was distilled as TC207 from the nitricacid solution.
In conclusion, the target element is selectively
removed from the high-energy ion-irradiated Agby precipitation as AgCI, yielding solutions
containing a number of radioactive nuclides
useful as multitracer solutions. It is to be notedthat multitracer solutions containing neither
carriers nor salts are obtained by the present
radiochemical procedures. This is a great advantage in applying them to a variety of scientificstudies.
References
1) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.

Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: RIKEN Accel.
Prog. Rep., 24, 73 (1990).
2) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: Chem. Lett.,
1991, 149.

3) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: Anal. Sci., (inpress) .
4) H. Baba, H. Okashita, S. Baba, T. Suzuki, H. Umezawa, and H. Natsume: ]. Nucl. Sci. Technol., 8, 1227

-95-

(1972) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-7. Preparation of Radioactive Mu Ititracer Solutions fromCu Foils Irradiated with High-Energy Heavy Ions
S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M. Iwamoto,
M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe
The nuclear reactions of Cu with high-energy
heavy ions result in production of useful radioactive nuclides lighter than those produced in Au
and Ag targets. We report here a convenient andreliable radiochemical procedure by which radioactive multitracer solutions free from both carriers and salts are prepared by using Cu targets
irradiated with a 14N beam. I)
Three foils (24 mm</> x 100 j1.m) of Cu mounted
in a 40 mm</> aluminum ball with a 20mm</>piercing hole were irradiated with a 135 MeV /nucleon I4N beam in the falling ball irradiation
system installed in a beam course of RIKEN
Ring Cyclotron. The beam intensity was about 70
nA and the irradiation time was a few hours.
The beam profile was roughly 10 X 10 mm.
The irradiated Cu foils (lg) were dissolved in
15 cm3 of conc. HN0 3. After neutralization withammonia, S02 gas was introduced into the solution to reduce Cu 2+ to Cu+. Subsequently, l. 9g of
NH 4SCN in 10 cm 3 of distilled water was added
slowly to the solution. CuSCN precipitating
immediately was filtered out. In order to remove
NH 4N0 3 and NH 4SCN, the filtrate was heated ina rotary vacuum evaporator. After complete
evaporation of water, NH 4N0 3 and NH 4SCN
were sublimated at about 300°C. The residue wasdissolved in 6 mol dm- 3 HCI.
The y-ray spectra of the multitracer solution
and precipitated CuSCN were measured using
pure Ge detectors. The spectra were analyzed
with the BOB code 2) on a FACOM M780 computer at the Institute.
Figure 1 shows a y- ray spectrum of themulti tracer solution separated from the Cu target irradiated with a 14N beam. It was recorded
0.5 day after irradiation. The elements of radioactive nuclides found in the solution are Be, Mg,
N a, Cl, K, Sc, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, and Zn. No y - rays
due to the radionuclides of the target element,
Cu·, were detected in the spectrum of the solution. This means that Cu2+ ions were completely

106~~~~~~~==~~==~~~~~~~

..

l'"

.. '"

SOO

1000
Energy

1S00

2000

(keV)

Fig. 1. The y-ray spectrum of the multitracer solution
measured 0.5 day after irradiation of the Cu target witha 135 MeV/nucleon 14N beam.

eliminated from the multi tracer solution. No
radioactive nuclides, other than Cu*, were foundin the precipitate, suggesting that no metal ionscoprecipitated with CuSCN.
By the present procedure, the target element isselectively removed from high-energy ionirradiated Cu by precipitation as CuSCN, yielding a solution containing a number of radioactive
nuclides of the elements of low atomic number.
The solutions separated from the AU,l,3,4) Ag,l,5)and CUI) targets contain radioactive nuclides
comprising over 50 elements.
References
1) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: Anal. Sci., (inpress) .
2) H. Baba, H. Okashita, S. Baba, T. Suzuki, H. Dme
zawa, and H. Natsume: ]. Nucl. Sci. Teenal., 8, 1227
(1972) .
3) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: RIKEN Acee!.
Prag. Rep., 24, 73 (1990).
4) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: Chem. Lett.,
1991, 149.
5) S. Ambe, S. Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: This Report,
p.95.

-96-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-8. Separation of Multitracers from Heavy-Ion Irradiated Targets by
Heati ng under a Reduced Pressu re
M. Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, S. Ambe,
M. Yanokura, A.N. Garg, and F. Ambe
We continued in this period a series of experiments on the separation of multi tracers fromtargets irradiated with heavy ions accelerated
with RIKEN Ring Cyclotron by heating under areduced pressure. 1,2) Target foils of Au, Ag andCu were irradiated with 135 MeV/nucleon 12C,
14N, and 160 ion beams by using the falling-ball
irradiation system of RRC. 3,4) Thickness of thetargets was 100 ,urn. The irradiation time wasseveral hours and the beam intensity was 20- 60
nA. The target foil was melted for 1 hour at atemperature slightly above the melting point;
1100 °C for Au and Cu, and 1000 °C for Ag, (m.p.
of Au, 1064°C; Ag, 960°C; Cu, 1083°C), in a quartz

tube equipped with a charcoal trap under areduced pressure of about several Pa. After cooling, the cold finger and the inside wall of the
tube were washed with hot water (70°C) and adilute HCI solution successively to dissolve theradioactive nuclides evaporated from the foil
and deposited. The y- ray spectra of radioactive
nuclides in the target before and after melting
and those in the solutions were measured with apure Ge-detector. The spectra were analyzed
with the computer program BOB developed byBaba et al. 5) on the F ACOM M780 computer ofthe institute. The results are summarized inTable 1.

Table 1. Elements for which radioactive nuclides were identifided in the Cu, Ag and Au
targets and in the dilute HCl solutions of the deposits.
Target

Before heating

Dil.HCl soln.
of the deposit

CuNa,Mg,K,Sc,V,Cr,
Mn,Co,Ni,Cu,Zn.

V,Mn,Co,Cu,Zn

Ag

Sc,V,Mn,Cu,Ga,As,
Se,Br,Sr,Y,Zr,Tc,Ru,
Rh,Pd,Ag

Sc,V,Mn,Cu,Ga,As,
Se,Sr,Y,Zr,Tc,Ru.

Br

Au

Y,Zr,In,Te,Xe,Cs,Eu,
Gd,Hf,Os,Ir,Pt,Au

Y,Cs,Eu.Gd,Hf,Pt

Xe

References
1) M. Iwamoto, S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y.
Kobayashi, and F. Ambe: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep.,
24, 72 (1990).
2) M. Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, S.
Ambe, M. Yanokura, A.N. Garg, and F. Ambe: Anal.
Sci., (in press).
3) M. Yanokura, Y. Ohkubo, S. Ambe, M. Iwamoto, andCharcoal trap

F. Ambe: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 22, 150 (1988).
4) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, M. Yanokura, and F. Ambe: Chem. Lett.,
1991, 149.
5) H. Baba, H. Okashita, S. Baba, T. Suzuki, H.
Umezawa, and H. Natsume: J Nucl. Sci. Technol., 8,1227 (1972).

-97-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·3·9. Utilization of a Mu Ititracer for Studies on the Ion Exchange
Behavior of a Strongly Acidic Resin NAFION

J. Kawarada, T. Yaita, Y. Saito,* K. Kimura, S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen,
Y. Ohkubo, M. Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, and F. Ambe
A radioactive multitracer solution,1) in a carrier- and salt-free condition, prepared from agold foil irradiated with 135 MeV / nucleon
14N ions was used for the titled studies in a
NAFION - HCI system. The NAFION-501 resin,manufactured by DuPont, is a perfluorinatedpolymer containing '""'5 mmol g-l sulfonic acidgroup as shown below. Because of the strong
acidi ty of the resin, a comparison of theexchange behavior with . a common cationexchange resin attracts much attention.
- [(CF 2 -CF 2 ) m-CF-CF 2 JnI

o
I

CF 2

I
I

CF-CF 3

o
I

CF 2
I

CF 2
I

S03 H
The resin, commercially available as a cylindrical shape of ca. 1mmcP Xl ------3 mm L, was used
as received. One milliliter of the multi tracer
solution and 3 g of the resin were taken into asmall polyethylene bottle and the acidity of thesystem was adjusted to a certain molarity withhydrochloric acid by making the volume of thesolution to 10mI. The contents of the bottle wereshaken vigorously for 3 days at 25°C with an
8-shape mode shaker. Independent experiments
for Co and Y showed that more than 90% of
equilibrium was attained by the 3-days equilibration. After filtration, y-ray spectrometry was
carried out for both phases. The y-ray spectra
were analyzed on a FACOM M780 computer.
The distribution ratios (D) of Sc, V, Fe, Co, As,
Rb, Y, Zr, Mo, Sb, Te, Ba, Eu, Gd, Tb, Tm, Yb,
Lu, Hf, Ir, and Pt were so far obtaind in 0.02, 3,
and 9M hydrochloric acid solutions. Log- log
plottings of D versus the acidity show that the Dvalues for alkaline earth and rare earth elements
decrease smoothly with slopes of -2 and -3,
respectively, with increasing acidity. Increase in
D values at higher acidities, as commonly foundfor Dowex-50X4, 2) has not appeared up to a 9M
hydrochloric acid solution.
References
1) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, M.
Iwamoto, and F. Ambe: RIKEN Acee!. Prog. Rep., 24,
73 (1990) .
2) F. Nelson, T. Murase, and K.A. Kraus:]. Chromatog.,* Aoyama Gakuin University.

-98-

13, 503 (1964) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-10. Positron Annihilation Study on Defects in Undoped and SiDoped LEC-GaAs Irradiated by Charged Particles
Y. Itoh, H. Murakami, T. Suzuki,* H. Yoshinaga, and R. Iwata**
To characterize the defects in a liquid encapsulated Czochralski (LEC) -GaAs, the defects
were introduced into undoped and Si -doped crystals by the electron or proton irradiation. Their
recovery by isochronal annealing from room
temperature to 980 K was studied by the positron
lifetime spectroscopy. Temperature dependenceof the lifetime in these samples was also studied
in a temperature range from 13 to 307 K.
An undoped (UD, carrier density at 300 K Cd ==2.03 X 107cm- 3 ) or a Si- doped (SD, Cd = l. 3 X 10 18
cm- 3 ) n-type GaAs wafer of 20 X 20 x O. 6mm3
was mounted on a water-cooled target-holder,
and was irradiated with 3 MeV electrons up to adose of 5 X 10 17cm- 2 in air (UDE- and SDEsamples) or with 15 MeV protons up to a dose of
10 15 cm- 2 in helium gas (UDP- and SDP- sampIes). As a positron source, 48V produced by thereaction of 48Ti (p,n) 48V was used. The lifetimes
were measured using a fast coincidence systemwith time resolution of 210 ps at the experimental positron window settings. As a total counts,
1 X 106 counts were accumulated in each time
spectrum. The lifetime spectra were analyzed
using the computer program POSITRONFIT.l)
In each spectrum, a component shorter than 100
ps, which is probably a result of the coincidenceof two cascade gamma -rays from 48V, waseliminated. The standard deviation of fit was ±Ips. Some samples were annealed isochronally inan argon atmosphere at temperatures from room
temperature to 980 K at an interval of 50 K for 30
min. Positron annihilation measurements were
performed at room temperature.
The lifetime 'i in UD was independent of annealing temperature at 224±1 ps as shown in Fig.
1. The lifetime in SD, 243 ps, which is longer
than that in UD, also showed no variation withannealing temperature. The longer lifetime in SD
probably means that there exist stable defects in______ SD, for example, Si and Ga-vacancy (V Ga) pair
SiV Ga as pointed out by Lee et al. 2) Figure 1 also
shows the lifetime variations upon the isochronalannealing of ' the samples after proton irradiation. The lifetimes varied significantly between
224 and 255 ps. The lifetimes in UD and SD• National Laboratory for High Energy Physics.
•• Tohoku University.

260r----------------..,
LEe GaAs(100)250~ -0- -

Q. -0 ------"0

600

800

230

o
220
200

400

1000

T (K)

Fig. 1. Isochronal annealing of the positron lifetime inproton- irradiated GaAs; (.) undoped and (.) Sidoped samples. The results obtained before irradiationon undoped (D) and Si -doped (0) samples are also
included.
270
(a)

260

•

•
•

CJ)

Cl.

• •

•

250 _.

~

SI

240 r-

--

1

I

I

I

t

1

230

270 ~-------------------------~
(b)

260
CJ)

Cl.

250 ...

•

•

•

•

•

•

I,->

()

240 -(:
-0

o

o

o

o

230 '--__"'--1_ _.1.-1_ _.1.I-..I.I-.....I.I---"""'-~

o

100

200

300

T(K)

Fig. 2. Temperature dependence of positron lifetimes in
undoped (a) and Si-doped (b) GaAs irradiated with
protons ( • ,.) or electrons ( lSI , () ). The results obtained
before irradiation on undoped (D) and Si-doped ( 0 )samples are also included .

-99 -Y. Itoh et al.

samples increased to 250-255 ps by the protonirradiation (UDP and SDP) and decreased by 10
ps in the temperature range from 50 OK to 700 K.
The lifetime in SDP recovered the value asobtained before irradiation, 243 ps, after annealing at 700 K, while the lifetime in UDP further
decreased and also recovered the value in UD,
224 ps, on annealing above 800 K. The proton
irradiation effects on both UD and SD were thesame at least from the point of view of theirannealing stage, and the defects introduced inboth samples were annealed out at 800 K. Figures
2 (a) and (b) show the temperature dependence(13-307 K) of lifetime values in UD (0), UDE( c::J ), and UDP ( .) and in SD ( 0 ), SDE ( () ), and
SDP (.), respectively. Different samples wereused in Figs. 1 and 2 but irradiation conditions
were almost the same. The lifetimes in thesesamples, except UD, decreased with decreasing
temperature. This temperature dependence of T
is in contrast to that of T in silicon,3) and may be
explained by the lattice relaxation aroundvacancies as suggested by Dlubek et al. 4) The
detailed configuration of the defects is underinvestigation.
References
1) P. Kirkegaard and M. Eldrup: Computer Physics
Communi., 7, 401 (1974).
2) ]. Lee, L. Wei, S. Tanigawa, and M. Kawabe:]. Appl.
Phys., 68, 5571 (1990).
3) S. Makinen, H. Rajainmaki, and S. Linderoth: Phys.
Rev. B, 42, 166 (1990).
4) G. Dlubek, A. Dlubek, R. Krause, O. Brummer, K.
Friedland, and R. Rentzsch: Phys. Stat. Sol. (A), 106,419 (1988).

-100-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-3-11. Nitrided Carbon Foi Is as Long-Lived Charge Strippers
I. Sugai, M. Oyaizu, * M. Aratani, and M. Yanokura
We have developed various methods suited toprepare long-lived carbon stripper foils and improved them to give high reproducibility andcreditability.1-4) We reported last yearS) that theheavy ion beam sputtering (HIBS) could be used
to prepare carbon stripper foils with long lifetimes. For this purpose, we used krypton andxenon ions. In that work the foil's lifetimes werestrongly affected by
preparation conditions, which also affected theamount of contaminants such as H, Nand 0 in
the foils.
The dependence of the foil lifetime upon theamount of contaminants introduced by thereactive ion beam sputtering of carbon using thegases H 2 , O 2 or N 2, was investigated by comparing their lifetimes with those of foils made by the
HIBS. With the use of ion beam sputtering ofreactive nitrogen (IBSRN), an extraordinarily
long lifetime was obtained.
The sputtering system is nearly identical tothat described in Ref.I. The reactive gases weredried hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen. In particular, when nitrogen was used, it was purified to
99.9999% with impurities less than O. 2ppm ofoxygen and carbon monoxide, and less than 1
ppm carbon dioxide.
All foils used have surface densities of approximately 15,ug/cm2 , as measured by an electronic
microbalance. The production method, however,is capable of producing foils in the range of5,ug/cm2 to 40,ug/cm 2 •The measurement of lifetimes of carbon foils
was done by using the Van de Graaff accelerator
at the Tokyo Institute of Technology. Typicalbeams consisted of singly charged 3.2MeV Ne ata flux of 3-4 ,u A, and had a diameter of 3. 5mm.
The pressure in the chamber was kept at about
1 X lO-4Pa. The relative lifetime of a foil was
taken as the total charge (integrated current)
incident upon the foil that was neccessary tocause its rupture. Rupture was indicated by asudden decrease in the current to a Faraday cup
located downstreem from the foil.
In Fig. 1 are shown the results for foils
produced by sputtering in pure gases and forcommercially available carbon (eM) foils as areference. Figure 1 shows clearly that the foils• Institute for Nuclear Study, University of Tokyo.

80~------------------~

14

N(l4)
70

6C

u

.§. 50(0).....c

~
::J

U

40

E

o

<1>

CD

30

:§,
~

l)

10

l

Y(2) 1~(3)Various Reactive Gases

Fig. 1. Comparison of relative lifetimes of ion-sputteredfoils when subjected to ion bombardment. Foil surface
density was approximately 15,ug/ cm2;foils were madeby sputtering carbon with pure gases (hydrogen, nitrogen, or oxygen). The average incident charge until
rupture is plotted with the number of samples averaged
given in parentheses beside each point.

120
110

-E

N(l4)

100

U

90

..... eo
c

OJ

~ 70
::J

U 60

E

050
(l)

CD

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

Atomic Number of Various Sputtering Goses

Fig. 2. Average relative lifetimes of carbon produced byion-beam sputtering methods vs. atomic mass of the ionused for sputtering. The average incidence charge until
rupture is plotted with the number of sample averaged
given in parentheses beside each point.

-101 -

I. Sugai et at.

made by the ion beam sputtering with reactive
nitrogen (IBSRN) are superior to all of the otherfoils tested.
The lifetime of the best foil was 150mC which
was about 60 times longer than that of the conventional carbon foils. Foils sputtered in the purehydrogen or pure oxygen had shorter lifetimes
than those of conventional carbon foils. It seems
likely that admixtures of oxygen in carbon foils
always cause reduction of the lifetime.
A comparison of the relative foil lifetimes
obtained with the different sputtering ions isshown in Fig. 2, showing data for both reactive
sputtering in this work (including the special
case of IBSRN, sputtering with nitrogen) and the
RIBS (the Krypton and Xenon data)' Not only
the lifetimes of the foils by the IBSRN are lon-ger, but the manufacturing costs are less than the
RIBS, since the expensive krypton and xenon
gases are not used. Reliability and reproducibility of the IBSRN method appear to begreater than those of the CADAD3) (Controlled
Ac and DcArc Discharge) and RIBS methods. 4 )In addition, the shrinkage rates of the IBSRN
foils are the lowest among those examined.
References- 102 -

1) I. Sugai and T. Hattori et at.: Nucl. Instrum. Methods
Phys. Res., A265, 376 (1988) .
2) I. Sugai and T. Hattori et at.: ibid., A236, 576 (1985).
3) I. Sugai and T. Hattori et at.: ibid., A282, 164 (1989).
4) I. Sugai and M. Aratani et at.: ibid., to be submitted.
5) I. Sugai, M. Oyaizu, M. Aratani, and M. Yanokura:
RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24, 80 (1990).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·4. Radiation Chemistry and Radiation Biology
1. Irradiation Facility for Biological Experiments
T. Kanai, S. Minohara, M. Sudou, T. Kohno, E. Takada,
F. Soga, K. Kawachi, and F. Yatagai
A new heavy ion irradiation course wasdesigned and constructed for biological experiments at a Ring Cyclotron facility of RIKEN.
Biological responses of culture cells, blood cells,
mice or small animals for heavy ion irradiations
are going to be examined by using this irradiation course. In these experiments, uniform irradiation fields over several em in diameter are
required. As shown in the Fig. 1, wobbler magnets and scatterer are used for the beam flattening. Uniform irradiation fields over 10cm indiameter was realized at the irradiation site incase of a Carbon 135MeV /nucleon beam. The
range shifter in Fig. 1 is used for degrading theincident energy of the heavy ions so as to choose
appropriate LET of the irradiation. The range
modulator is used for spreading the sharp Bragg
peak in the depth dose distribution to 2 or 3 cm
width. A transmission parallel plate ionizationchamber is used as the dose monitor.
Figure 2 shows a depth dose distribution in a
Lucite absorber for a carbon 135 MeV/nucleon
beam, which is measured by a small parallel
plate ionization chamber. The absolute doses tothe biological species are determined as follows.
(1) The relative depth dose distribution is measured as in Fig. 2. (2) A particle fluence permonitor output is measured by a plastic scintillator for no absorber condition. (3) The heavy
ion energy is estimated from the depth dose
distribution. (4) Then the stopping power of theinjected heavy ion is calculated from the estimated energy. (5) Then the dose per monitor
output at the entrance position of the depth dose
distribution is obtained by multiplying the stopping power by the measured number of the heavy
ions.
Many biological experiments are now in progress with this irradiation course using Carbon
135MeV /nucleon or Ar 95MeV /nucleon beams.

o
o

o
o

Fig. 1. Illustrative layout of the irradiation beam course
for biological experiments.

V

6

til

o

&:l

v

b4
«I

Q)
~

o~~~~~~~~~~~~~

o

1

2

3

Deplh in Lucile (g/ cm2)

Fig. 2. Depth dose distribution of a 135 MeV/nucleon
Carbon beam in a Lucite absorber.

-103-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-2. Heavy-Ion Irradiation of NaCI/DNA Films
K. F. Baverstock, S. McIntyre, M. Suzuki, K. Nakano, F. Yatagai,
T. Kanai,1. Kaneko, and T. Takahashi
The influence of radiation quality on strand
breakage in DNA that has been directly excitedis an important issue in understanding the effectsof ionizing radiation on living systems. Radiation quality can be characterized by a number ofparameters but most commonly linear energy
transfer (LET) is used. As far a strand breakage in DNA is concerned the current understanding is that as LET increases the probability of
double strand breakage increases at the expenseof that for single strand breakage. Earlyexperiments using heavy ions in the range of up to 10
MeV per amu by Neary et all) seemed to indicatethat this was not the case and that single anddouble strand breaks both increased withincreasing LET keeping a constant ratio of
about 20. The ratio observed at low LET is 10.
The current program aims to extend the experiments performed by Neary to faster ions. Using
Carbon, Nitrogen and Argon ions a range of
LETs from about 20 ke V per micron to morethan 1000 ke V per micron can be covered using
the RRC.
In these experiments the DNA is irradiated ina dry salt (NaCI) /DNA target film formed on a
glass substrate. The DNA is maintained in astate of almost full hydration by maintaining a
relative humidity of 75 % during storage andirradiation. The DNA is in the form of a supercoiled plasmid and break yields are assessedusing electrophoresis.
In the current reporting period two experiments (involving two machine sessions of twohours each) have been performed, one with
Carbon ions, the other with Nitrogen ions. This

was the first experience of using this beam andthe results were disappointing. LET was varied
using absorbers made of Lucite and three qualities were explored, namely 22, 50 and 100 ke V
per micron. Only the 50 keY / micron experimentgave reproducible results.
The second experiment with Nitrogen ion
failed due to the lack of solubility of the samples
after irradiation. This was the second experiment with this ion which has failed in a similarmanner. The reasons for this are not clear.
Heavy ions present particular technical problems with the salt/DNA target used for theseexperiments. Before useful and reliable results
can be obtained a number of technical problems
must be resolved. The salt/ DNA target has
proved particularly valuable in other applications. For low LET radiations strand breakyields in DNA in this target form are closely
similar to those measured in DNA in a cellularenvironment, indicating that the DNA strand
breakage in cells is probably due to the direct
excitation. 2 ) More recently experiments using 1125 incorporated into the salt phase of the target have demonstrated the existence of an energy
delocalization process, probably multiplasmon
formation. This phenomenon may well be
responsible for the observations of Neary et al. 1)

References-104 -

V.l. Horgan, D.A. Bance, and A.
Stretch: Int. J. Radiat. Bio!., 22, 525 (1972) .
2) K.F. Baverstock and S. Will: ibid., 55, 563 (1989).
1) G.]. Neary,

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-3. Induction of Chromosome Aberrations by Randomly Directed
Accelerated Heavy Ions
T. Takatsuji, Y. Okumura, * T. Takahashi, F. Yatagai,
K. Nakano, M. S. Sasaki, * * K. Komatsu, * and M. Yoshida *An exchange type chromosome aberration is amain source of radiation cell killing and mutation. Therefore, the mechanism of aberration isa main question in radiation biology. One unknown and important point in this question iswhether the aberration arises from the interaction of two radiation damages (interaction
model) or from only one radiation damage.
Kellerer and Rossi developed the idea of theinteraction model. They succeeded in explaining
the dose- effect relationship of cell killing andchromosome aberration, and the LET dependence of these effects. 1,2) But Goodhead supported the idea that one radiation damage is sufficient to make lethal damages or mutation withan experimental result that very short range low
energy photoelectrons of ultrasoft X -rays had
relatively high efficieny. 3) But Zaider and Brenner clarified that the experimental result did notcontradict the theory of Kellerer and Rossi. 4)
The two models are very different, but both haveno fatal contradiction to experimental results.
If the chromosome aberration induction
depends on the spatial distribution of radiation
damages, the interaction mechaism operates
between the radiation damages to make chromosome aberrations. The distribution of the radiation damages when cells were exposed to randomly directed heavy ions (random irradiation)is very different from the one when exposed touniformly directed ions (parallel irradiation) .
We have prepared a sample holder that canrotate sample dishes of 30 mm diameter with anaxis tilted against the beam axis. Living cells ina dish fixed on the rotated sample holder can be
irradiated from random directions. We irradiated human peripheral blood lymphocytes with 135
MeV /nucleon 12 C ion beams using this sample

1.4
1.2

I·

::j
~

u 1.0
J.o

Q)

Pc

~ 0.8
1-1

~

Z

~

u
1-1

0.6

~

0.4
0.2
0

T

~
~

f

2
1
C-12 DOSE (Gy)Fig .1. Frequency of Dicentrics plotted against dose. Bar
indicates the standard error of the mean. Closed circles:rotated samples. Open circles:stationary samples.

holder at RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. Rotatedsamles show higher frequency of dicentric chromosomes than stationary samples (Fig .1). The
result shows that the interaction mechaism operates between radiation damages to induce
dicentric chromosomes.
References
1) A. M. Kellerer and H. H. Rossi: Current Topics inRadiat. Res. Quarterly, 8, 85 (1972) .
2) A. M. Kellerer and H. H. Rossi: Radiat. Res., 75,
471 (1978).
3) D. T. Godhead: Int. ]. Radiat. Bioi., 32, 43 (1977).
4) M.Zaider and D.J.Brenner: Radiat. Res., 100,213(1984) .

* Atomic Disease Research Institute, Nagasaki University .
•• Radiation Biology Center, Kyoto University.

-105-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-4. Heavy-lon-Induced Chromosome Fragmentation Studied
by Premature Chromosome Condensation (PCC)in Syrian Golden Hamster Embryo Cells
M. Watanabe, M. Suzuki, * K. Suzuki, *K. Nakano, and F. Yatagai
The technique of premature chromosome condensation (PCC) is very useful in detecting bothradiation- and chemical-induced damages since
the cell cycle delay after irradiation needs not tobe considered. It may be a powerful method tocompare effects of high and low linear energy
transfer (LET) radiations which may produce
difference in the cell cycle progression after irradiation. X -ray-induced damages have been
investigated using the PCC technique by several
investigators and their data suggested that the
PCC technique is a very sensitive method for
detecting chromatin damages in interphase cells.
Limited reports, however, have been publishedconcerning chromatin damages induced by highLET radiations. Bedford an Goodheadl) reported
the dose-response relationship of the chromatin
break formation induced by alpha particles.
They showed that the chromatin breaks increased linearly with absorbed dose in the caseof both alpha particles and X -rays. However,
the relative biological effectiveness (RBE) ,compared to 60CO gamma ray, for alpha particles
was 2.3 times larger than that for X -rays.
Goodwin et al. 2) studied biological effects of N eions (LET= 182 keY / fJ,m) and X -rays, and foundthat the amount of chromatin breaks by Ne ionswas 1.5 times more than that by X -rays. In
addition, although 90 % of the chromatin breaks
induced by X -rays were rejoined within 8 hours
after irradiation, only 50% of the chromatin
breaks induced by Ne ions were rejoined. These
data suggest that high LET radiations are morebiologically effective in producing chromatin
damages than low LET radiation. We previously
reported that 14N and 4He ions were more effective in both cell killing and neoplastic cell transformation than gamma ray in SHE cells. 3)

In this study, we detected chromosome aberrations as chromatin breaks in G1/ GO interphasecells using the PCC technique. We assessed theRBE of the induction of chromatin breaks induced by heavy ions and examined the repair
kinetics to qualitatively determine the difference
in radiation damages between high and low LET
radiation. SHE cells were irradiated with 14N
ions (95Me V) and 4He ions (22Me V) generated
by the cyclotron at the Institute of Physical andChemical Research in Japan. Irradiated SHE
cells were fused with mitotic Chinese hamster
ovary cells by the polyethylene glycol mediatedcell fusion to induce PCC.
The incidence of chromatin breaks was highest
in cells irradiated with 14N ions when it wascompared at the same absorbed dose level. The
RBE, compared to 13 7 CS gamma ray, was 2.4 for
14N ions (LET=530 keV / fJ,m), l.8 for 4He ionswith a 100fJ,m Al absorber (LET = 77keV / fJ,m),and l. 4 for 4He ions without the absorber(LET=36keV / fJ,m), respectively. The PCC fragments induced by gamma ray were rejoined
within 8 hours of the post-irradiation incubation.
In the case of heavy ions, however, only 35 - 45%of the fragments were rejoined. These results
suggest that there is a qualitative difference inthe chromatin damage caused by high LET radiations and low LET radiations.
References
1) ].S. Bedford and D.T. Goodhead: Int. J. Radail. BioI.,
55, 211 (1989).
2) E. Goodwin, E. Blakely, G. Ivery, and C. Tobias: Adv.
Space Res., 9, 83, (1989).
3) M. Suzuki, M. Watanabe, K. Suzuki, K. Nakano, and
1. Kaneko: Radial. Res., 120, 468 (1989).

* Division of Radiation Biology, School of Medicine,

Yokohama City University.

-106-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-5. Lethal Effects of Carbon Beams of RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
on Cultured Mammalian Cells
H. Ohara, T. Kanai, K. Ando, K. Kasai, and K. Kawachi
In this study, we aimed to clarify the characteristics of the carbon beams available in RIKEN
Ring Cyclotron for physics and biology. A mainquestion is apparently concerned with the correlation between LET (linear energy transfer) as
radiation quality and RBE (relative biologicaleffectiveness) as its dependent biological effects
for survivals of cultured mammaliancells. At
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron, a carbon beam (135
MeV In), of which range in water was 40 mm, has
become available for the irradiation of biologicalmaterials with a uniform field of 10cm~. Different values of dose average LET were producedby changing the thickness of absorbers in the
beam path. This range shifting system was able
to provide 64 different LET values between 20
and 300 keY l.um. In this study we have tested
several dose responses of Chinese hamster V -79
cells against the carbon beams with following
LET values, namely 22.6, 74.2, 106.7, 125.5,
177.0, and 304 ke V l .um, and in addition at the
tail portion of unmodulated beams. The V - 79
cells were cultured in an FlO medium with 10 %of fetal calf serum and antibiotics. Experimental
cells were irradiated in flasks and assayed forcellular survivals in order to establish each survival curve for the estimation of RBE. For reference we have used helium ion beams of the NIRS
cyclotron with LET of 18.6 ke V l.um, of whichbiological effect was identified as the same asthat of X -rays.
The experimental results indicated that theLET dependent change of survival curves wasapparently pronounced as the LET of carbon
beams was increased. The experimental curves
showed the presence of a broader shoulder witha dull slope in a low LET (22.6 ke V I.u m) andtail regions, but they showed no shoulder withsteep slopes in a high LET region. The minimums of slopes and shoulders were found in the

DOSE (Gy)

z

o

~a:
...
CI

Z

:;

:;
a:

::>

III

Fig. 1. The survival curves of Chinese hamster V - 79 cultured cells irradiated by carbon beams (135 MeV In)
with different LET.

LET of 125 keY l.um, while the curves for higher
LET values (177 and 304 keY l.um) showed arestoration of decreased slope but no restorationof shoulder. Such a change of the survival
response may suggest a local existence of a
maximum peak of biological effect vs. linearly
increasing LET. Existence of a local peak of thecellular lethality has been known by otherstudies in LBL.1) Present results are generally inagreement with those of previous reports. One of
the features of the present study was the varietyof cell survival responses vs. carbon beams. The
cellular RBE was varied from 1.3 - 4.0 depending
upon different LET.
References
1) E. A. Blakely, F. Q. Ngo, S. T. Curtis, and C. A.
Tobias: Adv. Rad. Biol., 11, 295 (1984).

- 107-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-6. Effect of Carbon Iron Irradiaiton on the Cell Survival
H. Ito, S. Yamashita, S. Hashimoto, F. Yatagai, and T. Kanai
The effect of the heavy particle irradiation on
the cell survival is different from that of the Xray irradiation. In Japan, heavy particles will beapplied to cancer patients in the near future.
This study was performed to determine the effectof the carbon particle irradiation on cells in
vitro.
A RUMG cell line which was established froma human serous ovarian cancer, was irradiatedeither with carbon particles from the RIKEN
Ring Cyclotron or with 200KVp X -rays. The
cells were maintained in an FlO medium with
10% fetal bovine serum in a 5% CO 2 incubator.
The cells in a proliferative phase were irradiatedwith carbon particles of various linear energy
transfers (LET). The irradiated cells weretrypsinized and survival curves were eterminedby the colony assay. The recovery between two
equal split doses (6 hour interval) was also
determined.
Figure 1 shows the survival curves at various
LETs of carbon particles. The survival curve forthe 200KV p X -ray irradiation was also shown.
The Do values were increased and a shoulder
appeared on the survival curve with the reduction of LETs. The relative biological effectiveness (RBE) at a 0.01 survivals were 1.7 at 20
keV/,um, 2.3 at 40 keV/,urn and 2.8 at 80 keV/
Jim. When two eqaul doses were irradiated at a
6 hour interval with 200KVp -rays, recovery(recovery rate at 0.01 survivals: 1.8) was observed. In the case of the split irradiation using 40
keY / Jim carbon particles, however, there was norecovery (Fig. 2). This result suggests that radiation damages made by 40keV / Jim carbon particles are different from those by 200KV p X -rays
and cannot be repaired.

to

1.0-1
c:
.Q

ti

~

Ol

.s:c:
.s:

5 1.0-2

C/)

1.0-3

o

6

4

2

8

Irradiation Dose (Gy)Fig. 1. Dose response curves of RMUG cells.
1.0

C - Particle

RMUG Cell

c:
.Q

1.0-1

ti

~
01

.5

>
.:;

5 1.0-2

C/)

1.0-3

o

2

0"

single dose....

spYt doses between 6 hr.

4

6

8

Irradiation Dose (Gy)Fig. 2. Recovery at the 6 hour interval of two equal doses.

-108-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-7. Sensitivity of XP Cells to Heavy Ions
F. Yatagai, K. Nakano, T. Takahashi, T. Kanai, and F. Hanaoka
Recent studies have revealed that Xeroderma
pigmentosum (XP) cells are deficient in the
repair processes of UV damages, probably nucleotide-excision pathway. Our interest in thisresearch project is to make clear the possibility
that DNA damages, reparable by the same process as that for UV lesions, are also produced by
the heavy-ion irradiation. The XP cells involvedin two different complementary groups, C and D,
were selected for this study. The cells were
exposed to carbon ions accelerated by the cyclotron to compare their sensitivity with that ofnormal human fibloblast cells (NB-1). Linear

energy transfer (LET) of carbon ions was fixed
to be 22.5 ke V /,um at the position of cells
attached on the inside surface of flask. As an
average over two separate determinations (Fig.
1), XP-C showed a little higher sensitivity
compared with the NB-1 case. In contrast, XP-D
didn't show any significant difference from NB1. Here, we have already confirmed no difference in the sensitivity for y-rays among thesecell lines (Fig. 2).
We plan further experiments to examine
whether the observed difference is statisticallysignificant or not.

100
100

~

10

~' "

~
....

o

NB-1

•

6

xp-c

t:.

0

XP-D

o

, 0

NB-1

xp-c
xp-o

~

(/)

o
>
>
....

::I

en

0.1

0.010L-~--J---L-~--~--~~--~8

2

345

6

3

7

Dose(Gy)

4

5

678

Dose(Gy)

Fig. 1. Sensitivity for carbon ions (LET = 22.5 keY I.um).

-109-

Fig. 2. Sensitivity for Cobalt-60 y - rays.

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-8. Studies on Induced Mutations by Ion Beam in Plants
H. Nakai, H. Watanabe, A. Tanaka, T. Asai, * and S. Kitayama
Knowledge about the Relative Biological
Effectiveness (RBE) of various radiations is helpful for analyzing radiobiological effects inplants. The RBE of ion beams (14N+) for MI (thefirst generation after mutagen treatment) damages in the root length and seedling height relative to y-rays was compared with that of thermal neutrons in this experiments using rice.
Dry seeds of rice, Oryza sativa L., a variety of
Koshihikari, were exposed to an ion beam of 14N(135 MeV In) from the Ring Cyclotron with adose of 0-300 Gy and were exposed to thermal
neutrons for 0,1,2,3,4 and 6 hr in the heavy
water facility of the Kyoto University Reactor
operating at 5000KW. The flux of thermal neutrons was about 2.5xI09 Nth/cm 2/sec. For comparison, the seeds were irradiated by 60Co y rays
with doses of 0,2,5,10,15.20,30,40,50 and 60
krad. Irradiated seeds were sown to be germinated in petri-dishes at room temperature. Two
weeks later, the root length and seedling height
were measured; the results were presented in Fig.
1. The RBE of thermal neutrons and ion beam forthe root length and seedling height were calculated by the formula, D50 of relevant radiation/
D50 of y rays, where the D50 means a dose which
reduces the root length or seedling height to 50%
of control. As shown in the figure, the RBE ofthermal neutrons was 11.5 and 10.7, respectively, for the root length and seedling height.This
result supports the data previously obtained. I,2}
The RBE of 14N+ was found to be 2.2 and 1. 8,
respectively, for the root length and seedlingheight. It is noted that the RBE of ion beam
(14N+) was significantly lower than that of thermal neutrons for the both traits. Analysis of(" )Root length+ Tray• Thermal neutron:
RBE!;I!. 5
o Ion beam ( 14 N+):
RBE!;2. 2

100
90

c;

80

!; 70
c

o 60
u
... 50
0

+> 40

c
~ 30

"

+

:. 20
10
230Gy
0
50

0

(" )
100

100

150

200

250

300 (Gy)

Seed I i ng he I ght+ Tray• Thermal neutron:
RBE!;10.1
Jon beam:
RBE!; J. 8

+

90

o

_ 80
0

!; 70
c

~ 60

~ 50

..

~ 40

~ 30

:. 20
10
1 180GY

30Gy
0

5 0

10 0

I 5 0

2 0 0

320Gy
2 5 0

3 0 0 (Gy)

Absorbed dose

Fig. 1. RBE (Relative Biological Effectiveness) of ion
bean (14N+) and thermal neutrons for the M1 root
length and seedling height in rice.

mutations on the M2 (second generation after
mutagen treatment) will be conducted next year.
References
1) H. Nakai, M. Saito, and H. Yamagata: Environmen·

tal and Experimental Bot., 20, 191(1980).
2) H. Nakai and M. Saito: ibid., 25, 385(1985) .

• Faculty of Agriculture, Shizuoka University.

-110-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-9. Genetic Effects of Heavy Ion Irradiationin Maize and Soybean
O. Yatou, E. Amano, * and T. Takahashi
Genetic effects of the heavy ion irradiation
were investigated with maize and soybean
strains. This experiment was carried out as apreliminary experiment 1) to examine the potential of the heavy ion irradiation as mutagen, and2) to evaluate the genetic effects of the exposureof organs to heavy ions in a space ship outside
the earth.
In maize seeds heterozygous at Yg2 locus(Yg2/yg2) and soybean seeds heterozygous at
Yll locus (Yll/yll), mutagenic treatments
induce visible mutant sectors on their leaves.
The number of these sectors reflects the genetic
effects of the treatments.
Maize seeds were irradiated with N (160MeV In), Fe (555 or 825MeV In) and U (919MeV In)
ions by the accelerator of Lawrence Berkeley
Laboratory, Univ. of California. Dose responseof the mutation frequencies in the Fe ion irradiation was detected at the dosage of higher than 10 3ionsl cm 2 (Fig. 1). The lowest dosage to detect
genetic effects of the ion irradiation is supposed
to be 102 to 10 3 ions/cm 2 • Both the irradiation
with Fe and U ions had an identical effect. The
irradiation dosage of N ions was too low in thisexperiment for analysis.
Soybean seeds were irradiated with N (133
MeV In) ion by RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. The
dosage was monitored by the reading of PP AC.
The irradiation of 2.2 X 10 7 ionsl cm 2 corresponeds to 1 Gy. Linear dosage responce inmutation frequencies was obtained (Fig. 2). The
genetic effect of the irradiation was detected at
the dosage as low as 10 5 ionsl cm 2 •t...

___ Fe: first experiment...... Fe : Second experiment- . - Fe : Third experiment

II)

10- 1

~

....

N

I':

o

....II!

::s
E 10- 2

.....

o

...OJ

.0

5

z

10

10 2

10]

Exposure(ions/cm 2 )10 4

Fig. 1. Frequencies of mutant sectors on third leaves
induced by the heavy ion irradiation in maize seeds( Yg2/yg2).

10

....

•

~
.....

...
2U

•

VI

~

•

1.0

•

....

•

•

c

;3
::s
E

....
0
...
OJ

.0
E

"

0.1

Z

10 5

10 6

10 7

Exposure (ions/cm 2 )Fig. 2. Frequencies of mutant sectors on simple leaves
induced by the N ion irradiation in soybean seeds(Yll /yll) .

* F AO/IAEA, Vienna, Austria.

-111-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·4·10. Effects of Heavy Ions on the Development of Fish Embryos
K. Ijiri, K. Tao, K. Nakano, M. Suzuki,
and T. Takahashi
As one of the Space Shuttle experiments on thesecond mission of International Microgravity
Laboratory (IML-2) scheduled in 1994, a projectusing the fish 'medaka' has been selected. The
project aims to study whether the fish, medaka(Oryzias tatipes) , can carry out the mating behavior and lay eggs in space. When eggs are laid, we
further intend to see the early development, i.e.,
all the processes from fertilization to hatching
can take place normally or not under the microgravity. In such space biology experiments, radiation is probably one of the major environmental
factors we have to always be aware of, in orderto evaluate the microgravity effects justly.I)
Since cosmic radiations characteristically contain high-energy heavy ions (HZE) , their effects
should correctly be assessed. The present experiment was carried out to see the effects of heavy
ions on the fish development.
The materials used in this study were embryosof the teleost fish, medaka. Fertilized eggs werecollected after natural spawning between the
1-year-old adult fish, and were incubated at
25°C for further development. Matui's normal
table 2) of this species was employed for the identification of the stages of their development.
Embryos were irradiated with the beams fromRIKEN Ring Cyclotron. So far, N ions (135
MeV Inucleon) and Ar ions (about 88 MeV I nucleon) were employed. The beam dosimetry was
carried out using an ionizing chamber. Then, theflux of the beam was calculated using the ratio of
the count of a parallel-plate avalanche counter(PPAC) to that of the ionizing chamber. Twenty
to forty embryos, each embryo with a diameterof about · 1 mm, were put together in a small
plastic dish filled with 3 mm depth of water

~ ion

Arion

':fL=
o0

'IL
o

DoS(" (G.. )10

20

Do ... tC .• )Fig. 1. Hatching rates of medaka (Oryzias tatipes) em·
bryos as a function of the dose of N ions (left panels)and Ar ions (right panels). The developmental stage ofembryos at the time of irradiation is given in eachpanel.

along the beam axis. After irradiation, they wereplaced in glass vessels with stored tap water todevelop at 25 °C.
Figure 1 shows the hatching rate of embryos asa function of the doses of Nand Ar ions. The~embryos were irradiated at stage 19 (optic bud
formation) and stage 26 (start of pigmentationof eyes). When these preliminary data werecompared with the hatching rate after the y - rayirradiation, the relative biological effectiveness(RBE) relative to 137Cs y rays was obtained to
be about 2 for N ions (LET=28, 5 ke V I j.lm), and5 to 6 for Ar ions (LET=250 ke VI j.lm).
References
1) K. Ijiri: Proc. 1st NASA-Japan Space Biology Work·shop, p. 107 (1987).
2) T. Yamamoto: "Medaka (Killifish), Biology andStrains", Keigaku, Tokyo, p. 30 (1975).

-112-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-11. Therapeutic Effectiveness of Carbon Ions Against
Experimental Tumors
K. Ando, S. Koike, T. Kanai, M. Kimoto, K. Kawachi, H. Ohara, and F. Yatagai
Accelerated carbons could penetrate humanbody and produce a Bragg- Peak at a given
depth. For clinical use, the peak should bebroadened to achieve the homogeneous distribution of dose within sizable tumors. Here we
investigated and reported the therapeutic effectiveness of carbon-12 against a radioresistantfibrosarcoma growing in syngeneic mice. (Materials and Methods] Animals used here were C3
HIHe male mice of 12 week-old. NFSa fibrosarcoma was transplanted into hind legs. Tumor
was sized 7 . 5 ± 0 . 5 mm in diameter at the time ofirradiation. Carbon- 12 ions with kinetic energyof 135 MeV I nuclean were accelerated and provided by RIKEN Cyclotron. The maximum depthof beam penetration was approximately 4 cm inwater. The Bragg-Peak was spread out by aridge filter (Fig. 1) . The design of the filter was
based on biological data such as survivals of invitro cultured V79 cells. Tumor-bearing micereceived pentobarbital anesthesia and immobilized on an acrylic plate by a masking tape. Legs
with tumors were placed in a doughnut-shaped
radiation field of a 2.5 cm width. Five mice wereused for each radiation dose and a total of 165
mice served in experiments including the radiation of Cs-137 y rays. Tumor sizes were measured by calipers every other day for up to 2
months. Calculated tumor volumes were plottedon a logarithmic scale, which provided thegrowth delay time. In some experiments, tumor

control probabilities were employed as anotherendpoint where 10 mice were used for each radiation dose. Tumor recurrence was checked bypalpation once a week for up to 120 days after
irradiation. A tumor control rate for each dose
was obtained and used to calculate the 50%
tumor control radiation dose, i.e., TCD so •(Results] Tumors were positioned at either 3
different places of the same spread-out carbon
beams or unmodulated plateau. The tumor
growth delay time at each position was plotted
as a function of the absorbed dose. The relative
biological effectiveness of carbon-beams (i.e.,
RBE) was calculated by comparing doublingdoses between carbon beams and y rays. RBE of
the unmodulated plateau was 1.4 and similar tothat of RBE of the entrance position (ep) , i.e.,
1.5. The Spread- Out- Bragg-Peak showed larger RBEs than other positions; 1. 8 for the proximal peak (pp) and 2.5 for the middle peak(mp). When tumor control probabilities were
measured instead of the growth delay, both proximal and middle peaks showed identical RBEs,i.e., 2.2 (Fig. 2).

100ogamm ray•carbon.12/

~
>-

:0
co

u..------------------,'2.4k.V/pm

~

I

U

0

74'.V/pm

~

I
1.0

0

J

•

60
70

J RBE=2.2!

60

.",

Q:

42.2'.V/pm

•••

90

.D
0

LET

Oatl-prox.p20
up.26·1.·2.·2·2

NFSalC3H

t-

50
40

0

/

30

•

20

L

----/

10

pp

.I
o

0.'

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

60

90

100

DOSE(GY)

10

20

30

40

Depth in Water (mm)Fig. 1. Positions of tumors within the Spread-Out-BraggPeak. Leg-tumors in C3H mice were positioned at theentrance plateau (ep) , proximal peak (pp) and middle
peak (mp). A representative LET for each position wasshown by an arrow.

Fig. 2. Tumor control probabilities after the Carbon- 12
and y ray irradiation. The NFSa fibrosarcomas growing in the right hind legs were irradiated by' single dosesof Carbon-12 (135MeV jamu, proximal peak in the
Spread-Out-Bragg- Peak) and Cs- 137 y rays. Tumor
control probabilities were determined 120 days ,after
irradiation. Each dose point consists of 10 mice. RBE
was obtained by comparing 50% tumor control doses,i.e., TCD so , between Carbon-12 and y rays.

-113-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-12. High-Density Excitation Effect by the Heavy-Ion Irradiation:
Track-Depth Resolved Dynamics of He Excimers in N-Ion
Impinged Near-Liquid He
K. Kimura
A track scope which is composed of an imaging fiber-bundle, a cryostat, and a position sensitive photon-counter was developed to measure
the depth-resolved luminescence spectra and its
dynamics along the path of ion tracks. 1 - 3 ) Results
inform us dynamical behavior of excited states,
namely, the information of the primary processes
induced by ions with regard to various parameters such as the track-depth, ionic energy, velocity, stopping power, excitation density, and soon. These measurements may be regarded as themeasurements of detailed dynamical Braggcurves for condensed matter and heavy ions.
Previously, we reported some new findings fora system of helium sample and a and N -ions: thesecond Bragg peak in the luminescence efficiency being ascribable to the charge exchange
and direct forbidden transition; limiting of theexcimer luminescences observed; enhancementof luminescence efficiency at the track
termination. 1 - 3 ) At present, we report the
dynamics for the formation and quenching ofhelium excimers in the environment of an
extremely high-density excitation. Figure 1
implies that the formation process should be
ascribed to only one process. Based on previous
results, this process can be ascribed to reaction(1) which produces radiative excimers by reactions of nonradiative triplet excimers, a.
a+a+H~d, D, ], H, A+3He(1)
d,----+ b + photon(an origin of luminescence) (2)Depth-resolved specific luminescence, dL/ dx,
has a peak dependent on helium density but thepeak position is fixed at a given excitation density (See Fig. 2). The increasing part in dL/ dx
with increasing excitation density could be explained by reaction (1). To explain the decreasing part, a following incomplete three- body reaction caused by an extremely high density excitation was proposed based on the kinetics.
a+a+a----+dissociative(3)
Quenching of d by any reactions with a or otherintermediates, which one may consider at first,
was ruled out by kinetics. 4 )

(a)

5Ma

~oao

WAIJCLENGTHfA

(b)

c
o

~ sao
T

s

Fig. 1. Track-depth and density dependent luminescence
spectra of N -ion irradiated helium illustrated in equal
heights for d -b. a: at helium density of 0.02552 g/ cm 3 ;b, track depths from 0.8 to 5. 3mm. Intensities atwavelengths larger than 6500A are 10times enlarged.
GRCCM stands for the helium density.

Fig. 2. dL/dx vs. excitation density induced by N-ions andits helium density dependence.

References
1) K. Kimura:]. Chem. Phys., 84, 2002 (1986).
2) K. Kimura: ibid., p. 2010.
3) K. Kimura: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B53, 301 (1991).
4) K. Kimura:]. Chem. Phys. (to be published).

-114-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-4-13. A Technique of Emission Decay Measurement of 100 ps Resolution
on Heavy-Ion Excitation: Effects of High-Density Excitation on theAuger-Luminescence of BaF 2
K. Kimura and H. Kumagai
A principal radiation effect of the heavy- ion
irradiation is the high-density excitation. In
order to study the dynamics of excited states
formed in the track, we have developed a technique for fast luminescence measurements, and asingle-ion hitting and single-photon counting
technique ( SIPC). Since ion-pulses of ps widths
are too difficult to be realized at present, asingle-ion hitting is very powerful in a view of its
negligibly short pulse-width. Figure I shows
F ASD (a fast secondary electron detector)
which is a part of an equipment and can give afast timing pulse of the ion penetration. An
ensemble of the equipment composed of F ASD,
MCP- photomultiplier, CFD, T AC, ADC, and acomputer is essentially the same as previously
reported. I) A resolution was about lOOps at present, without a deconvolution.

Fig. 1. FASD ( a fast secondary electron detector).

Recently, photo- or electron irradiated BaF 2
has been found to show two luminescence peaks
at 2200A and 3100A and the former peak was
assigned to the Auger- free luminescence due tothe transition from a 2P electron of F to an innershell vacancy of Ba, 5P, which was reviewed inRef. 2. Decay measurements on the Auger-freeluminescence with various ion irradiations werereported by ust). In this report, we show one of
the recent results obtained by the decay analysis.
The decay curve of the Auger-free luminescence can be decomposed into double exponents,
as shown in the following Table l.
This shows that decay times are shortenedwith increasing LET, although the shortening issettled down with ions heavier than N - ions. The

Table 1. Decay times of Auger-free luminescences.
N-, Ar-, and Xe-ionsphoton 3 )
fast
slow

800ps

450ps
1100

250ps
820

All the ionic energies were 1. 4Me V / amu.

decay times reported with the electron irradiation were from 600 to 800 ps, but these values are
between those of photon and a-particle. Also,
luminescence yields for the ion irradiation weremuch lower than that for photon. We propose thefollowing model, tentatively. The exponential
decay indicates that the decay cannot be explained by second order decay processes such asrecombinations of the 5P vacancy with excitedor ionic states. Since the high-density excitation
produces free (or quasi - free) electrons at highdensity around the Ba 5P vacancy, the Aurgerfree luminescence should compete with transitions from the free electrons. This model is expressed by following equations.
Ba (5P) 5+ eF _ k_1 -Ba (5P) 6+ photon(1)
Ba (5P) 5+eCb~Ba (5P) 6........ ·nonradiat. (2)where eF and eCb stand for electrons in F -2P
orbitals and in conduction bands ( perhaps highRydberg states), respectively. The time - dependent luminescence can be expressed as,
I (t) = k i [ (5P) 5Jexp{ - (k 1 + k2 [ecbJ)t}/ (k i + k2 [ecbJ)
At an early stage where [ecbJ is high, the luminescence decays exponentially with a rate constant of (k i + k2 [ecb J). After annihilation of alarge number of eCb through recombinations with
F atoms of a high concentration, the rate constant turns to be ki which is that of the Augerfree luminescence.
References
1) K. Kimura, T. Matsuyama, and H. Kumagai: Radiat.

Phys. Chem., 34, 575 (1989).
2) M. Itoh, S. Kubata, J. Ruan, and S. Hashimoto: Rev.
Solid State Sci. , 4, 337 (1990).
3) M. Itoh, S. Hashimoto, S. Sakuragi, and S. Kubota:
Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A289, 253 (1990).

-115-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5. Instrumentation
1. A New Gas-Target Technique for Isomer-Search with Use ofa Gas-Filled Recoil Isotope Separator
K. Morita, Y. Gono, T. Murakami, A. Yoshida, A. Ferragut, and Y. Zhang
A new gas-target technique has been succesfully applied to the search for new isomers with useof a gas-filled recoil isotope separator.
A gas-filled type recoil separator, in general,
has been used to collect isotopes, which areproduced by nuclear reactions, with large efficiency and with short separation time for the
spectroscopic study of unstable nuclei. Taking
an advantage of the short separation time of theseparator (typically a few 100 ns) we constructed a gas-filled recoil isotope separator at E1
experimental hall of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
Facility, and performed delayed y ray measurements at the focal point of the separator tosearch for new isomersl) using inverse-kinematic
fusion reactions.
In the experiment searching for isomers with asolid target (24Mg) and beam (136Xe) combination we found as a byproduct that a buffer gas ofthe separator, nitrogen gas, works as a target for

CHANNEL
Fig. 1. Energy Spectrum of the delayed y rays measured
at the focal point of the gas-filled recoil isotope separator. Marked peaks correspond to decays of the isomers
produced through a 136Xe(14N,6n) 144Pm reaction.
Energies are also indicated in the figure in keY.

the nuclear reaction. A reasonable amount of
144Pm-isomer, which was produced by the reaction
136Xe(14N,6n) 144Pm, was collected at the focal
plane of the separator simultaneously with the
152Dy-isomer produced by the reaction 136Xe (24Mg,8n) 152Dy. Figure 1 shows an example of delayed
y ray energy spectra obtained at the focal pointof the separator for the 136Xe(Ei=7MeV l u) induced reaction with a 24Mg target and withnitrogen buffer gas. Marked peaks in the figure
are those from 144Pm-isomer and the others aremainly from 152Dy- isomers.
In the gas - target case, the target region is
ranging widely and is not well defined as in thecase of a solid target. The flight time distributes
widely depending on the place where the isomers
are produced. However a foil is placed at 1 m
upstream of a catcher foil to limit the gas region
so that only y-ray from isomers can be detected
at the catcher position. Therefore, this method isapplicable to the search for isomers of shorter
lifetimes (less than 50 ns) with large efficiency
comparing with the solid target's case.
This new gas-target thechnique enables us to
use unique and a variety of beam-target combinations which are difficult to realize by using
solid targets. For example, it is not easy to finda proper solid-target and stable beam combination to form a compound nucleus 176Hf, while it iseasy to find a 40 Ar + 136Xe reaction if a gas-target
is available.
References-116 -

1) T. Murakami, Y. Gono, M. Oshima, H. Kusakari, K.

Morita, A. Yoshida, and H. Kumagai: ]. Phys. Soc.
]pn., 60, 1424 (1990).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·2. Refractory Element Production with GARIS/IGISOL
M. Koizumi, T. Horiguchi, A. Iivonen, T. Inamura,
T. Ishizuka, H. Katsuragawa, S. Matsuki, K. Morita,
T. Murayama, I. Nakamura, M. Nakaoka, K. Shimomura,T. Shinozuka, I. Sugai, M. Takami, Y. Tagishi, K. Valli,
M. Wakasugi, and A. Yoshida
We have constructed a fast atomic-beam collinear laser spectroscopy system coupled with anon-line isotope separator GARIS/IGISOL at
RIKEN to study nuclear properties of radioactive refractory elements. I} Hf isotopes, which
are of a typical refractory element, were chosen
for the first on-line experiment with this system.
To produce radioactive Hf isotopes, use wasmade of an inverse kinematics of fusion reaction,
9 Be (166Er,xn) 175-XHj, and 169Hf was successfully
extracted from the GARIS/IGISOL.
In a previous paper,2) it was pointed out thatthe transmission efficiency of GARIS depends
strongly on the angular distribution of the recoil
products. For recoil products having lower
momentum, the efficiency of GARIS is further
reduced by an energy loss and straggling causedby the multiple scattering with gas in the GARIS.
Therefore, the inverse kinematics of a fusion
reaction is useful to produce radioactive isotopes
because the recoil products have narrower angular distribution, larger momentum, and narrower
momentum spread.
An incident energy of the 166Er beam was 16.3
MeV /nucleon and the beam current was a few
pnA. A 9Be target of 50- J1 m thickness was placedat the target position. The GARIS was filled witha nitrogen gas of 10 mbar. The produced Hf
isotopes were transported to and focused at theion-guide chamber that was filled with a heliumgas of 600 mbar. Singly-charged ions extracted
from the ion-guide chamber were accelerated to
30 keV. The accelerated ion beams of the Hfisotopes were stopped with an aluminum foil andaccumulated on its surface. After about 10-minutes accumulation, y rays from the decay of Hf
isotopes were measured, and the 492.9-ke V yTable 1. An expected yield of radioactive Hf isotopes forthe on-line experiment with GARIS/IGISOL.
Reaction
Beam current
Cross section
Effective target thickness
GARIS efficiency
IGISOL window
IGISOL efficiency

9Bee 66 Er, xn)175-z H f

1 pna
1 b (x = 4 "" 9)3mg/cm 2'" 100 %40 % 2)
1 % 2)

Yield of Hf isotopes

rays from the decay of 169Hf ('(1/2 = 3.26 m) wereclearly identified. The observed yield of 169Hf
was about 100 pis for an 169Er beam current of 1
pnA.
An expected yield of radioactive Hf isotopes
with the GARIS/IGISOL is presented in Table 1.
The observed yield was considerably smaller
than the estimated one. There are several reasons for that: mainly, (1) the He-gas pressure(600 mbar) in the gas cell was too low to stop thewhole 169Hf ions; and (2) the optimization of the
GARIS/IGISOL was not made completely. We
expect that the yield will be, at least, several
times more by increasing the He-gas pressure.
And the problems on the optimization will besolved in due course.
References
M. Koizumi et at.: 3rd Workshop on Ion Guide Based
Isotope Separation, Blankenberg, Belgium (1990).
2) K. Morita et at.: Proc. 1st Specialist Research Meetingon the Electromagnetic Isotope Separators andTheir Applications, Res. Reactor Inst., Kyoto Univ.,
Kumatori, p. 32 (1991).
1)

-117-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·3. Collinear Fast Atomic Beam Laser Spectroscopy of Hf
M. Wakasugi, M. Koizumi, M. N akaoka, T. Inamura, I. Nakamura,
T. Ishizuka, M. Takami, T. Murayama, K. Morita, and Y. Tagishi
We constructed a collinear laser spectroscopy
system connected with an on-line isotope separator GARIS/IGISOL to study nuclear propertiesof refractory elements. An extracted ion beamfrom the IGISOL is accelerated to 30 keY, massseparated with an analysing magnet and transported to the laser spectroscopy system. The
ion beam is neutralized with a charge exchange
cell. The neutralized fast atomic beam crosses
collinearly with a laser beam and is detected bymeans of the resonance fluorescence method.
With this system, we carried out collinear laser
spectroscopy of stable Hf isotopes. Laser ablation technique with a high power Nd:Y AG laser
was used to produce the Hf ion.
First, the neutralization efficiency of thecharge exchange cell was measured. The central
region of the charge exchange cell which contains high purity metallic sodium was heatedwith a tangsten filament and the both ends of thecell were cooled by circulating water to preventthe escape of sodium vapor. The incident Hf ion
beam was neutralized by collision with sodium
atoms. The neutralized Hf atoms were detectedby means of a laser-induced fluorescence method
using a transition from the ground state
5d 2 6s 2 (3F 2) to the 5d 26s6p (3D 2 ) state. The relative
yield of the produced Hf atoms was measured asa function of the temperature of the cell. The
result is shown in Fig. l. The relative yield of
neutral Hf atoms gradually increased from 250°C
and saturated above 380°C. A similar measure1.2
1.0
-0

Q)

:;:
Q)

.~
t.s

0.8
0.6
0.4

Q)

p::

0.2
0.0
200

300

400

Temperature (·e)

Fig. 1. The temperature dependence of relative yields ofHf (closed circles) and Ar+ (open circles). These
values are normalized at 380°C for Hf and at 200°C forAr+.

ment for an Ar-ion beam was done using a transition from the 3d' (2G7/2) state to the 4p' (2F 7/2)
state in Ar+. The relative yield of the remaining
Ar ions was measured and the result was consistent with that for Hf. It has been confirmed that
our charge exchange cell is working well for thecollinear laser spectroscopy.
8000~----------------------~

6000
FWHM ,.1.5GHz

(I)

+0»

~
:s 4000

0u

2000
O~~~~~~~~~~~~~

o

2

4

6

8

10

12

Frequency (GHz)
Fig. 2. The laser induced fluorescence spectrum of Hf.

Figure 2 shows a laser-induced fluorescence
spectrum of 18°Hf where the temperature of thecell was 380°C. A small peak at the lower frequency side consists of fluorescence peaks of
unseparated 179Hf and 178Hf isotopes. The full
width at the half maximum (FWHM) of thepeak is 1.5 GHz, which is too large to resolve thehyperfine structure or isotope shift. A momentum transfer in the charge exchange reaction
with sodium atoms is negligibly small. 1) It seems
that mainly the momentum spread of the ion
beam due to the laser ablation has broadened theFWHM. The momentum spread could be
reduced by placing a laser ablation ion source ina gas cell of the IGISOL.
In this experiment, collinear fast atomic beamlaser spectroscopy for stable Hf isotopes was
successfully done and we have confirmed that
this system will have good performance for thelaser spectroscopy of refractory elements.
Improvement to achieve high resolution is underway.
References
1) R. Neugart: Hyper/ine Interact., 24, 159 (1985).

-118-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-4. 2 1C -PPAC for the Cou lomb Excitation Study
H. Kumagai and Y. Gono
A 27l'- parallel plate avalanche counter( PP AC ) was constructed for the Coulomb excitation experiment of the unstable nucleus
beam. This PP AC has a pyramid shape covering
27l' solid angle for the scattered particles. The
other type of PP AC which was used for the
Coulomb excitation experiment of the stable
nuclei was reported previously. 1)
A photo of the PP ACs is shown in Fig. 1. Thisdetector consists of four independent two dimensional position sensitive PPAC. The sensitive
area of each plane is an equilateral triangle witha 173mm base and a 122mm height. The electrodes were composed from two cathodes determining the position of x- and y-direction and an
anode. They were placed 3 mm . apart from one. another in sequence of the y-cathode, the anodeand the x-cathode from the inside to the outside.
The y-cathode was made of a 2. 5,um polyester
foil on which 33 gold stripes were deposited to 80,ug/cm2 in thickness. The anode was a 2.5,um
thick polyester foil, on both sides of which 40,ug/
cm 2 gold was deposited. The x-cathode wasmade of a printed circuit which had 25 gold
stripes. The width of stripes was 4. 5mm with a
0.5mm inter-stripe spacing. All the contiguous
stripes in the cathodes were connected each otherwith lk!l chip resistors. The position detection
was accomplished by the charge division technique for the charges induced on the cathodestripes by avalanche. Isobutane of about 7 Torr
was used as a counter gas. The applied anodevoltage was about 500 V.

Fig. 1. Photograph of the 2n- PP AC.

The window of the PP AC was placed in the
beam line to minimize the dead space of thesensitive area. The secondary target for the
Coulomb excitation was set in the PP AC.
Timing signals from four anodes wereobtained through fast amplifiers (gain of about300) and constant fraction discriminators. Sixteen position signals from eight cathodes wereobtained through charge sensitive pre-amplifiers
and shaping amplifiers with a time constant of 2
,u s . These signals were analysed by CAMAC
ADCs to construct the position spectra in thecomputer.
A position spectrum of the y-direction is
60000
50000
..c:

40000

--

30000

(J

( J)

C

:l

0
()

20000
10000
0
0

200

400

600

800

1000

Position-Y ( ch )Fig. 2. Position spectrum of the y-direction of the
PP AC. The peak indicates exact locations of the centerof strips.

shown in Fig. 2. This spectrum was taken without a collimator by placing a.n a source of 241 Am
at the secondary target position. The 33 peaks
corresponding to the 33 stripes of the y-cathodewere well separated. Though FWHM of peaks
were O. 8mm, the. upper limit of the position
resolution is 5mm as the stripes of cathodes wereplaced every 5mm with 4.5mm width.
This PP AC was successfully used in the Coulomb excitation experiment of the unstable
nucleus beam at RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. 2)
References
1) H. Kumagai, M. Fuse, E. Gotoh, M. Ohsima, A.
Hasizume, and T. Inamura : RIKEN Aceel. Prog.
Rep., 20, 126 (1986).
2) A. Ferragut et al.: This Report, p. 50.

-119-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-5. The Effect of Heavy-Ion Irradiation on a 12-Strip
Position-Sensitive Silicon Detector
M. Kurokawa, T. Motobayashi, T. Nomura, K. Morita, and A. Yoshida
Radiation damage of a silicon position-sensitive detector (PSD) was studied for the purposeto estimate the practical life time of the PSD inadvance to the experiment. The characteristicsof the PSD are shown in Table 1. The PSD is
separated into 12 strips and is designed to detect
the a particle from a superheavy nucleus. The
surface p-type layer has resistivity and both endsof each strip are connected to pins for signal
outputs. The charge generated by the depositionof an ion is separated into two ends through theresisitive surface layer. The output charge is
proprtional to the inverse of the distance
between a deposited point and an end of the strip.
Thus the information on position along thelength of one strip is determined by the ratio of
the two charge signals, therefore the whole detector with 12 strips can be used as the twodementional PSD. The energy is given by thesum of these two signals.
Table 1. Characteristics of the position-sensitive detector.
Effective area
Thickness of wafer
Dark current

60x60 mm 2
400 IJ.m
0.1 IJ.A (V r-70 V)

Reverse voltage (totally depleted) 70 V
Thickness of dead layer
0.71J.mResisitivity of p-type Iyer
3 kn

C 10' 3 !"

~

::J

0
CI)

10. 4 !"

~

CI)

>
CI)

a:

10

2

10

3

4

10

Dose (Gy)Fig. 1. Relation between the reverse current and the dosefor each strip (open circles) and PIN photodiodes(closed circle) .1) The PSD and PIN photodiodes were
irradiated by heavy-ions and protons respectively.

the effect of radiation damage. As seen in figure,the effect is determined linealy by the fluence (ina unit of Gy). The reverse current is greater forheavy ions than for protons when compared at
the same dose.
In Fig. 2 the energy resolution for 5. 5Me Va
particles is plotted versus the reverse current. A
linear relation is obtained when the current isplotted by its square root. This relation gives apractical estimate of the effect of the damage
during an experiment.
I

I

A 370MeV 58Ni beam provided by RIKEN Ring
Cyclotron bombarded a 58Ni-target. The PSD
was irradiated by elastically scattered 58Ni andfusion fragment llOXe. The total flux injected
into one strip depends on the stri p due to thespacial destribution of the incident ions. Afterthe irradiation, the reverse current and theenergy resolution were measured for each strip.
Figure 1 shows the relation between thereverse current per unit volume of the detector
and the fluence of irradiation. The open circles
represent our data, and the closed ones the dataobtained by 65Me V protons. 1) The reverse current increases with the fluence, showing clearlyco-

5 40fo-

~...
a:

>CI

Gic
w

-

20 f0-

O~----~------~------~I----~

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

Square Root 01 Reveree Current (~)

Fig. 2. The energy resolution plotted versus the squareroot of the reverse current.
References
1) T. Ohsugi et at.: Preprint, Hiroshima Univ., HUPD9017 (1990).

-120-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·6. Development of a Phoswich Detector for Identification ofCharged Particles and y Ray
Y. Futami, Y. Honjo, T. Mizota, Y.H. Pu, S. Tomita, K. Yuasa-Nakagawa,H. Toyokawa, K. Furutaka, A. Yajima, T. Murakami, J. Kasagi,
T. Nakagawa, and S.M. Lee
We have developed a phoswich detectorl}
which applies to the 47l' detector system to study
the property of hot nuclei. Here we report thedetector response for charged particles that are
expected to play an important role in such heavy
ion collisions of intermediate energies.
Particle identification in a BaF 2 scintillator
can be achieved by the pulse shape discrimination technique 2) since a signal from the BaF 2
scintillator has two components: a fast component superimposed on a slow one. In ourphoswich detector,1) a fast plastic scintillator(NE102A) is attached in front of the BaF 2 crystal to measure the energy-loss of a charged
particle passing through it. The data of the
response of the phoswich detector for charged
particles were obtained at UTTAC ( Universityof Tsukuba, Tandem Accelerator Center ).
Charged particles of 1H (22. OMe V), 2D (22.0
MeV), lIB (3l.7, 39.5, 54.5, 65.3MeV), 12C (34.7,
39.7, 54.6, 65.5, 76.4, 80MeV), 160 (39.6, 53.5,
62.4, 69.3, 98Me V), 28Si (7l. 3, 79.6, 88.5, 118.9
MeV) and 35CI (97,106.7,117.3,122.2MeV) wereused. These ions were obtained from the elastic
scattering on a gold target. The data of the
response of the BaF 2 stand alone detector forheavy charged particles were also taken andcompared with those of the response of thephoswich detector.
In Fig. 1 we plot the relations between the fastcomponent, L fast , and the total output (= fastcomponent + slow one ), L total , of a signals forthe elastically scattered ions 3), where the lettersrepresent the position of the elastic peak. It isseen that the heavy ions cannot be separated by
the BaF 2 detector stand alone. The phoswich
detector, however, clearly identifies heavy charged particles. This improvement is considered tobe due to an additional contribution to the L fastby the plastic scintillator. We identified theatomic number of charged particles (Z) up to 8
using the phoswich detector which consists of theplastic scintillator (50JLm) and BaF 2.
Figure 2 shows the relations between L fast and

.

b) 14

a) 10

at-

l)

-

~~

'"

~

C

12

160

10

!

u

§
Q.

o llB
• 12C
A 160

r

c

,

~

§

~! 2 llB

§u

8

~

6 r

~

.

• 28Si~Clc 3SCI
2 ...............................~-L...o.-'--'-'

o
o

2

4

6

8

10

total output

o

123

4

5

6

total output

Fig. 1. Relations between the fast component (L fast ) andthe total output (L totat ) of elastic peak positions in thetwo dimensional plots : a) BaF2 detector and b)
phoswich detector with a 50,um plastic scintillator.
Relative gains of the two light outputs are arbitrary.
Error bars on L fast of the phoswich detector represent
the full width at the half- maximum in the elastic peak
distribution.
50-==

proton40(200~m)

~

(:)

Q.

13
(:)

(,J

30
20

( I)

~

10
0

0

5

'Y -ray area

total output

1 0

Fig. 2. Similar plots to those in Fig. 1 for various typesof phoswich detectors. Values in parentheses represent
the thickness of plastic scintilla tors .

L total for light charged particles. In the case of
100JLm, 1H and 2D lines overlap the y-ray area.
In the case of 200JLm and 500JLm, we could distin-

guish between yray and light charged particles.
References
1) Y. Futami et al.: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24, 120(1990) .
2) T. Murakami et al.: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A253,
163 (1986).
3) Y.Futami et al.: UTTAC Annual Report, 57, 8(1990) .

-121-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-7. A Magnetic Spectrometer for Studies of Unstable Nuclei
through Secondary Reactions
T. Nakamura, S. Shimoura, T. Kobayashi, T. Kubo, N. Inabe, Y. Watanabe,
K. Abe, I. Tanihata, and M. Ishihara
We have constructed and completed a magnetic spectrometer which is installed downstream of the radioactive beam line RIPS.l.2) The
cross sectional view of the magnet is schematically shown in Fig. 1. The magnet forms one of
the components of the spectrometer and detector
system,3) as shown in Fig. 2, which aims atstudies of structures of unstable nuclei throughsecondary reactions such as electromagnetic
dissociation (EMD) , P (HI, HI') n reactions and d(HI, HI') P reactions. For example, the soft giant
dipole mode of llLi can be studied by reconstructing the invariant mass of llLi which is excitedand is broken into 9Li and two neutrons by END
process. The magnet with a tracking counter
gives us the momentum of 9Li and the neutronTOF counters which are the other main components of the system gives us the momentum of
two neutrons, so that we can get the invariant
mass of the excited states. The roles of themagnet are not only to analyze the charged
reaction products, but also to sweep beams offfrom the neutron- TOF counters and to separate
emitted charged particles from beams.
To get enough resolutions and separation for
the experiments mentioned above, we determined the designed value of bending power BeL
for the magnet to be l.3 Tern, which enables

80-A-MeV 9Li (magnetic rigidity of 3.94 Tem)to bend 20 degrees. The simulation tells us that
we can get the resolution of invariant mass to beless than 200 Ke V FWHM for the 80-A-Me V lOLi
with the relative energy of 1 MeV decaying into
9Li and a neutron. Here, to make the simulationeasier, we used the 2-body dacay eOLi~9Li + n)instead of the 3-body decay (llLi~9Li + n+ n)
and neglected the effect of the multiple scattering and the energy loss in the target. As for the
separation of charged reaction products, we estimated that the bending angle of 20 degrees isnecessary.
The maximum field of the magnet was determined to be 1.5 Tesla and the size of the poleI

+ni"T" SF2io1m

1740mm
2m

3m

4m

5m

6m

Fig. 1. Cross sectional view of the analyzing magnet in
the vertical direction.

Fig. 2. Detector system for secondary nuclear reaction
experiments. SF2, Scintillator at F2; SBTI and SBT2,
Scintillators before a target; WCl, MWPC's before atarget; WC2, MWPC's after a target; SAT, Scintillator
after a target; DC, a drift chamber; HAT, hodoscopes
for charged particles; Neut, hodoscopes for neutrons.

-122-

T. Nakamura et at.

was determined to be 85cm in length and 70cm inwidth to satisfy the required bending power. To
accept forward emitted neutrons sufficiently, theshape of the magnet was determined to be of a Ctype and the gap height to be 25cm. The size ofthe gap allows us to get the vertical acceptanceof 200 mrad which is larger than the acceptanceof 190 mrad limited by the neutron counters when
they are positiond 5 meters downstream from thetarget. For emitted charged particles, the acceptance is limited by the size of the drift chamber
to 140 mrad which is also less than the above
value.

The measurement of magnetic fields is now inprogress. The maximum field was measured tobe 1.59 T by the NMR probe, which satisfies thedesigned value.
References
1) T. Kubo and M. Ishihara: Proc. 2nd IN2P3-RIKEN
Symp. on Heavy-Ion Collisions, World Scientific,
Singapore, p.40 (1990).
2) T. Kubo et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 96(1990) .
3) T. Nakamura et at.: ibid., p.112.

-123-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-8. Experimental Set-Up for Measuring the Proton Scatteringby Secondary Radioactive Beams
C.-B. Moon,* M. Fujimaki, J. C. Kim,** Y. K. Kim,** T. Kobayashi, H. Kumagai,
T. Suzuki, and 1. Tanihata
High intensity secondary beams in the RIPS
provides a possibility of spectroscopic study of
unstable nuclear reactions. Here we present a
method for scattering measurement of a reaction
between a radioactive nucleus and proton with areversed kinematics.
Figure 1 illustrates the detector arrangement.

Telescope B

Plastic
Scintillator

1~*-~*_1

MWPC 1

:::::

MWPC2

Vacuum Chamber

CH2 Target(95mg/cm 2 ),'* Sident angle of the particle. The telescope L consisted of two fully depleted silicon detectors withactive area of 45 X 45 mm and thickness of 3 mm,
one MWPC, two plastic scintillators with 100 X
100 mm area and 10 mm thick, and also twoplastic scintillators with the same area but 25.4mm in thickness. Incident 11 Li and 9Li beams are
stopped in the third and the second scintillators,
respectively. The MWPC in this telescope measured the angles of scattered particles arisingfrom the nuclear reactions as well as incident
beam. The telescope P, which was for detecting
recoil protons on the elastic scattering
kinematics, consisted of a silicon strip detector,
three Si detectors, and two plastic scintillators.
The silicon strip detector was to measure thescattering angle of recoil protons. Although it
was 48 strips of 1mm interval, two adjacentstrips were connected for read out. The position
resolution was therefore 2mm. The recoil angles
between 55° and 80° were covered by this telescope. Figure 2 shows angular distribution spectrum corresponding to each strip detecting recoil
protons by 11 Li nucleus. Kinematics for the
9,llLi +p system in which the projectile is heavier

Telescope T
- 45
MWPC3

-50

Plastic Sclntillators

!
II.)

~
c:

-55
-60

: ..

0

'0

'.

u
~

-70

II.)

- 75

....0

ei)

c:

«

The telescope B located upstream of the target
provided information about beam profiles and it
was composed of one plastic scintillator and two
MWPCs. Both X and Y coordinates in two
MWPCs provided not only the position of a beam
particle at the target, but also provided the inci* Supported in part by the Korea Science and Engineering Foundation.
** Department of Physics, Seoul National University,
Korea.

.:

80. -65

Fig. 1. Schematic representation of the experimental
set-up for measuring scattering cross sections of the
9,llLi +p system.

-80

-8 5

~

'"

l

I .'

r
i i :'~~

I
I

I
I
I
II
~

~,

'. '.

~

i IJ
I.
~:

- 90
0

12

16

20

24

Strip No.

Fig. 2. Angular distribution spectrum for the 11 Li + p
system detected by the separate read out of 24 strips. A
wide range of angle in each strip is attributed to spread·ing out of incident beam. Density of dots corresponds tothe angular cross section.

-124-

c. -B. Moon et al.
than the target shows that the energy of recoil
protons varies significantly with recoil angles.
Protons stop by turn in the telescope P detector
stacks according to their recoil energy. Futher
information on other reaction channels, such as
those of break-up and transfer, was acquired by

the telescope T, which was composed of one strip
and two silicon detectors. The telescope T covered the scattering angles between 15° and 25°.
The read-out of this strip detector, contrary tothat in telescope P, was a resistive charge division.

- 125 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-9. Performance of Low-Energy Radioactive
Beams in RIPS
A. Yoshida, T. Fukuda, T. Kubo, T. Nakamura, H. Okuno, S. Shimoura,
T. Shinozuka, K. Kimura, K. Asahi, J. Kura, H. J. Kim, H. Kumagai,
I. Nomura, T. Nomura, S. Kubono, and M. Ishihara
We are planning to measure the sub-barrier
fusion cross section for the unstable neutron-rich
Al isotopes (A=27'"'-'33) plus 197Au system~) We
pay special attention to a role of excess neutrons,
which may be dynamically polarized againstcore nucleus in the collision, be transferred easily
to the target nucleus, playa role as glue between
colliding nuclei and then facilitate a fusion. This
experiment will be done by using the RIPS facility in Nov. '91. Al isotopes are produced by bombarding "-' 95 Me V / u Ar beams on a Be production target, mass separated and introduced tothe second focus point (F2). Their energy is,however, about 50 MeV /u which is too high for a
sub-barrier fusion reaction. So we need to maketheir energy about ten times smaller. In thatcase, the effects of energy straggling and multiple scattering will become large, so that we had
to know the emmittance of the low-energy Al
secondary beam at the experimental target position (F3) beforehand.
This time, we measured the purity and theemmitance of 33 Al beam which is the severest
case of neutron-rich Al isotopes. The primarybeam 40 Ar + 17 (E (Ar) = 94 MeV / u) was bombarded to the production target Be, 3mm in thickness,and 33 Al were produced, separated andintroduced to the F2 position. The center valueof its energy was 53 MeV /u. And its yield was
280 cps/pnA with F1 momentum slit L1 pip =1.1%, F2 slit =±10mm. We installed twoenergy degraders just after the F2 position. One
was a rotatable Al plate whose effective thickness is 1.8 mm. And the other was a plastic
scintillator whose thickness is 1mm, and this wasused as a start counter for the TOF measurement
between F2 and F3 to determine precisely thedecelera ted Al isotope energy. In the experimental target region F3, two position sensitive PP AC(parallel plate avalanche counter) were installed
in order to measure the emittance of the beam.
About the mixing of the other isotopes, 73.5%
was 33 AI, 23.9% was 36p and the remainder was
34Si. But these isotopes were easily separated byusing the TOF measurement between the cyclotron RF and F2 plastic transit signal. The transport efficiency from F2 to F3 was 45%. Theenergy distribution of 33 Al was 5.4 ± 1. 2 Me V /u(fwhm) which is shown in Fig. 1. The energy
dependence of the beam spot size and the angular
SSD-E

7 ~1

t
8.0

[MeV/u]Fig. 1. The energy distribution of the decelerated 33 Al
beams at F3. There was a little mixing of isotope 36P .

6.5 - 7.5.5

2.5 . 3.5

1--...Ifh'-+---h-£...t--1r--+ <: 3.5
> 7.5
10

20

Beam spot radius

30

R [mm]

Fig. 2. The energy dependence of the 33 Al beam spot size
at F3.

e,¢ fwh m [mrad]

E(33Al) [MeV luI

Fig. 3. The energy dependence of the 33 Al beam divergence at F3. This measurement was done by using apair of PP ACs which were installed at intervals of 460
cm.

- 126-

A. Yoshida et at.

distribution at F3 is shown in Figs. 2 and 3.
Concerning the 5 ± 0.5 Me V / u energy region,
which corresponds to the sub- barrier fusion excitation energy region of the Al + Au system, thebeam spot size was X = 20mm, Y = 16mm and theangular distribution was () = 8 mrad, ifJ = 26 mrad
(fwhm values) .
In the main experiment, we are expecting touse a stack of Au thin multi targets (25 foils)
whose thickness is 150 ug/ cm 2 with Mylor 50 ug/

cm 2 backing of 22 x 28 mm in size. From thisresult, about 10% of Al isotopes which is passed
through the F2 slit will be used on the first Au
target.
References
1) T . Fukuda and A. Yoshida: Post Conference of the
4th Int. Conf. on Nucleus- Nucleus Collisions,
Niigata, Jun. (1991).

-127-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·10. First Focal Plane of SMART and Its Detector System
H. Okamura, K. Hatanaka, T. Ichihara, S. Ishida, S. Kato, T. Niizeki,
H. Ohnuma, H. Sakai, H. Shimizu, Y. Tajima, H. Toyokawa, and M. Y osoi
The first focal plane (FP-1) of the SMART
spectrograph 1) has a characteristic of large angular and momentum acceptance (.60 = 20msr and.6p/p= ±17%)with a medium energy resolution(p / op = 3000) . The detector system for the FP-1
is required to be able to reconstruct trajectories
with a high precision since the focal plane isinclined by 70 with respect to the central orbit
while the arrangement of detectors is restrictedby the size of a detector box. The present system
consists of two sets of multi-wire drift chambers(MWDC) and a plastic-scintillator hodoscope.
Each MWDC has a structure of X - X'- Y - Y' toresolve left-right ambiguities. The hodoscope issegmented by 14 in horizontal direction and by
7 (later increased to 14 for the 2He measurement)
in vertical direction. All detectors have a sensitive area of 84 H X 42 Vcm2 and thus the momentum
acceptance is currently limited to ± 12% .
A diagnostic study has been made by usingelastically scattered deuterons from a gold target at Ed= 140MeV. Some empirical propertiesof the FP-1 were obtained and were comparedwith calculations based on the magnetic fielddata. 2) It was found that the angular acceptance
was slightly reduced for high momentum particles. Little information was obtained on verticalangles due to poor resolution. In the present
setup, the multiple scattering by the entrance
window of the detector box and by the air
restricts the energy and angular resolution
dominantly.
A problem of the detector system was theunstable operating condition of MWDCs. It was
greatly improved by changing the preamplifierand discriminator from the KEK - VENUS system to LeCroy 2735DC. But the weak electricfield caused by the large drift space (l3mm) still
deteriorated the detection efficiency and theposition resolution. By changing the thickness ofanode wires from 20jlm to 30jlm, by optimizing
the operating gas n1ixture and by applying negative high voltages to the field shaping wires, thedrift-time-to-distance relation and, consequently, the position resolution were remarkably improved. The efficiency, however, was kept at an
unsatisfactory level.
0

A major subject using the FP-1 is the measurement of the (d,2He) reaction .3) The large angular and momentum acceptance, combined withthe medium energy deuteron beam provided by
the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron, greatly enhances thedetection efficiency of the 2He, two protons coupled to the lSO states. The detector system,
however, causes some inefficiency in resolving
trajectories of two protons. The efficiency has
been estimated by the newly developed Monte
Carlo code, which can fully take account of theproperties of the FP-1 and the detector system,
various types of reaction dynamics and the threebody relativistic kinematics. The code also provides other information valuable for diagnostic
studies, as well as continuum spectra arisingfrom quasifree knockout reactions or from accidental coincidences by the inclusive breakup.
Figure 1 shows an experimental p-p relative
energy spectrum as an example compared with
the Monte Carlo calculation based on the MigdalWatson formalism.

12C( d,2He )12B gnd
2000

Ed.

>

~

::-g 1500

~

o

'-..

2 1000~I=260 MeV, 8 =0°
1ab.... _........,.,....
.

. Experiment._- zHe in 20msr- - Limited by lIO"""",-

limited by Jeteetor.

~.'-.....--~.-_..... ____ I

~

o

u

500

012
345
p-p relative energy (~IeV)

Fig.

1. A p-p relative energy spectrum for theC(d, 2He) 12Bgnd reaction at f) = 0 with Ed=Z60 MeV.

120

References
1) H. Ohnuma et al.: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24,
108 (1990) and references therein.
2) Y. Tajima et al.: ibid., 24, 109 (1990).
3) Y. Tajima et al.: This Report, p. 51.

-128-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·11. Development of Detectors for the Second Focal Plane of SMART
Y. Fuchi, M.H. Tanaka, S. Kubono, H. Kawashima, K. Takaku, T. Ichihara,
and SMART Construction Group
Focal- plane detectors are being developed
which are to be used for the LRsecond focal
plane of SMART. Requirements for the detectors
are as follows. RNThe detection region is 50 cm
in the x direction (the momentum dispersion
NQdirection) and 10 cm in the y direction (theangle direction). The position QNresolutions
should be better than O. 5mm FWHM in both x
and y directions. The counting rate should be 10
k cps, and the particle identification should bemade up to N e.
The detector system consists of two drift
counters and two plastic scintillators. They are
all arranged perpendicularly to the beam. The
two sets of gas detectors are placed with adistance of 55 cm. Between the two proportionalcounters there is the second focal plane which isinclined by an angle of 70 degrees with respect tothe beam- axis. The two plastic scintilla tors, put
together, are placed a little behind the second
counter. Two plastic scintillators are needed toreduce the back grounds.
The position information in the x direction
was obtained by the two IGways discussed laterwith the proportional counters. The position
GOinformation in the y direction is given by thedrift time measurement with O=the proportionalcounters and the plastic scintillators.
The two kinds of drift counters were developed to meet experimental KLdemands on thesecond focal plane of SMART. One is a single
wire drift counter (SWDC), and the other is acathode read-out single wire drift KOcounter(CRDC). The x position resolution with the 50
cm SWDC is expected to be about 0.5 mm
FWHM, and the one with the CRDC to be abouto.3 mm FWHM. R Since the SWDC has beenused extensively,t) the SWDC was fabricatedfirst and used for testing the large drift distance.
Figure 1 shows a cross-sectional view of the
SWDC for the second focal plane of SMART. It
has a hybrid structure of two proportionalcounters and a common drift space. The proportional counters consist of a resistive wire to readout position information in the x direction, and atungsten wire to read out .6.E information. The
resistive wire made of 15 KO nichrome is 17.5
,urn in diameter and 55 cm in length. The gold
gilded tungsten wire is 12.5 ,urn diameter and 55

PosItIon wire

6E wireGrid
Field wire

a

u
CS)

.....

Drift plate

Fig. 1. Cross section of the SWDC.

cm in length. The field wires are placed at intervals of 1 cm on both sides of drift space. A
uniform parallel electric field in the drift space isformed by providing certain voltages to eachfield wire.
The position information in the x direction is
obtained by using a HNcharge division technique. The position information in the y direction
is given by measuring the drift time of electrons
from the incident point to the .6.E wire. Start andstop signals are obtained with the plastic scintillators and the .6.E wire, respectively.
The voltages applied to the nichrome wire, thetungsten wire, the drift-plate and the grid are1900 V, 1700 V, -3000 V, and 0 V, respectively.
The counter gas is a mixture of 70% Ar and 30%
CH 4 at atmospheric pressure. The electric field is
300 V / cm. Under this condition, the drift velocity
is relatively constant as a function of voltage.
The test of the y position resolution was performed with the SWDC. The SWDC was set on
the focal plane of the QDD magnetic spectrograph and tested PNwith a faint proton beam of
30 MeV from the SF-cyclotron at the Institutefor Nuclear Study (INS) , University of Tokyo.
The two identical slit plates were prepared to geta small beam width. Each plate has slits of 0.2
mm and 0.5 mm width with a distance of 5 mm.
The two slit plates were placed just before andbehind the detector. The obtained y-position
resolutions were O. 4mm FWHM. It is goodenough to use for the second focal plane of
SMART.
The SWDCs have been extensively used on thesecond focal plane of SMART for tuning thespectrograph and also testing the study ofheavy-ion induced charge exchange reactions.

-129-

Y. Fuchi et al.

..,r a '. II

Pre-amplIfIers
Cathode strips
Anode wire
Grid
Field wIre

tit"

~au

..... It
~

:

1'11"

' •••• 00

e

u

CSI
.....

Drift plate

Fig. 2. Cross section of the CRDD.

All the spectra on the second focal plane of the
SMART were obtained with these detectors sofar.
The second detector, a CRDC has been developed so as to provide a higher position resolution
in the x direction and a higher counting ratecapability, and to detect possibly multi - particle
events. Figure 2 shows a cross sectional view ofthe detector. It has also a hybrid structure of adrift space and a proportional counter. The wireof the proportional counter, which is a gold
gilded tungsten wire, is 12.5 mm in diameter and55 cm in length. The detector has 60 cathodestrips with the area of 20 x 7. 5mm2 along the
proportional- wire in the proportional counter.
The distance between the strips is 0.5 mm. Each
strip is followed by an independent charge-sensitive pre-amplifier, which is enclosed in the detector box to reduce the noise level.
The wire in the proportional counter provides
not only ~E information but also x-position
information by inducing charges to the cathodestrips. The position in the x direction is obtainedby determining the center of gravity of charges
induced on each strip. The method of determin-

Fig. 3. A x-position spectrum of protons obtains with the
CRDC. The two peaks a separated by a distance of 5.7mm.

ing y-position is the same as that of SWDC.
The beam test was performed with a faintproton beam of 30 MeV from the SF-cyclotron at
INS, since the beam spot on the second focal
plane of SMART is not small enough to test theposition resolution of the CRDC. The CRDC wasplaced on the focal plane of the QDD spectrograph, where a smaller size CRDC was used to fit
in the focal plane of tqe QDD spectrograph. The
counter gas used is a mixture of Ar 70% and CH 4
30% at atmospheric pressure. The drift-plate
voltage is - 3000 V, the same as the SWDC, andthe voltage for the anode wire is 1980 V. The
obtained x-position resolution was o. 22mm
FWHM, which is shown in Fig. 3.
The deterioration in x - resolution is not tested
as a function of drift distance and also of counting rate. These tests are under way.
References
1) M. H. Tanaka, S. Kubono, and S. Kato: Nucl.
Instrum. Methods, 195, 509 (1982).

-130-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-12. Performance Test of SMART Neutron Detectors
H. Orihara, K. Hatanaka, M. Hosaka, T. Ichihara, M. Ishihara, S. Kato,
T. Niizeki, H. Ohnuma, M. Ohura, H. Okamura, H. Sakai, H. Shimizu,
Y.Tajima, H. Toyokawa, Y. Yano, H.Y. Yoshida, and M. Yosoi
The SMART systeml) is equipped with neutron
detectors for neutron time-of-flight measurements. These detectors, 20cm in diameter and 5
cm in thickness, have been tested with a 210MeV
proton beam in the course of performance testsof the SMART system during the fall run in 1991.
Figure 1 shows an energy spectrum of
monochoromatic neutrons emitted from the
7Li (p,n) 7Be reaction at 0 degree over a flightpath of 10 m. Energy per bin was 1MeV. The
neutron threshold is estimated to be 25 MeVee.
The overall time resolusion was 500ps.

ABOVE 25.0MeV

50

ABOVE 25.0MeV

100

150

200

NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV)

Fig. 2. Neutron spectrum obtained by a thick aluminumtarget.

~
~

a:
c.l

10 2

0..
(f)

f-

:z
::>

o

,::)

u

-'

(zl

>=

10 1

111

:>

e:
j

(zl

a:
50

100
150
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV)

10 0

200

Fig. 1. Neutron energy spectrum for the 7Li (p,n) 7Be reaction at Ep = 210Me V measured at 0 degrees over a flightpath of 10m. The peak corresponds to neutron groups
leading to the ground state and the O. 429Me V excitedstate in 7Be.

The thickness of the NE213 liquid scintillator
is much smaller than the range of recoil protons
produced in the detector. Thus, it is important tomeasure the response functions of the detector toneutrons in the energy region of interest. White
neutrons were produced for this purpose bybombarding a thick aluminum block by 210MeV
protons. Energy spectrum for neutrons emitted
from the 27 Al (p,xn) reaction is presented in Fig.
2. The response functions for monochromatic
neutrons were obtained by applying the TOF
gates on light-output spectrum. Representative

20

40

60

LIGHT OUTPUT (}.leVee)

Fig. 3. Sample response functions of the neutron detector
for monochromatic neutrons with En =65±5 and 175±
5MeV obtained by selecting appropriate regions of thecontinuous neutron spectrum of Fig. 2.

response functions thus obtained are illustrated
in Fig. 3 for neutrons in the energy ranges En =60 -70Me V and 170 -180MeV. The thickness ofthe present detector did not affect reliable detections of energetic neutrons.
References
1) H. Ohnuma et at.: RIKEN Aeee!. Prog. Rep., 21, 164-131-(1987); 22, 148 (1988).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·13. Energy Deposition and Straggling of High Energy Heavy Ionsin Silicon Detectors
K. Nagata, T. Doke, N. Hasebe, N. Itsumi,* T. Kashiwagi,
J. Kikuchi, T. Kohno, H. Moriya, ** H. Murakami, A. Nakamoto,T. Shino, * and T. Yanagimachi
Deposition energy and its straggling ofheavy-ions in Si detectors of 50, 100, 200, 500,
1000, 2000, and 3000 JLm in thickness are measured by using ion beams of 95MeV lu 4°Ar, 135
MeV lu 12C, 135 MeV lu 14N, and 100MeV lu 180
from the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. The ex peri mental results are compared with the theoreticalenergy losses and the theoretical Bohr's widths.
An example of a silicon detector stack used tomeasure the energy loss straggling of heavy ionsis shown in Fig. 1. The stack consists of several
silicon detectors. Experimental results of theenergies deposited in Si detectors and their fluctuations are summarized in Table 1. Only dataobtained from the first detector in each stack areshown in the table in comparison with theoreti-

Fig. 1. Photograph of a stack of four Si (Li) detectors.
Each detector has a sensitive area of 62 x 62mm x mm,
and 2mm in thickness.

Table 1. Comparison of the theoretical and experimental energy losses and FWHMs for 4°Ar,
6C, 14N, and 180 ions in silicon detectors.
FWHM(MeV)
Exp.
Exp. Theor.

ParticleandEnergyThick.
Cum)

Incident

Vavilov

Angle)(

Energy Loss(MeV)Exp.
Exp. Theor.

4°Ar
95MeV/u

51.5
101.8

0°
0°

6.8
13.5

22.37
47.33

22.73
45.55

0.984
1.039

1.64
1.85

1.28
1.81

1.28
1.09

100.7

0°

13.5

46.40

45.55

1.019

1. 98

l.81

l. 02

20l.3

0°

27.0

89.19

91.50

0.975

3.05

2.55

l.20

202.9

0°

27.0

89.37

9l.50

0.977

2.92

2.55

l.15

958.
2068.
2016.

0°
0°
0°

8.6
17.1
17.1

37.58
79.55
77.03

39.83
80.38
80.38

0.944
0.990
0.958

2.08
3.54
3.58

l.90
2.69
2.69

1.09
l.32
l.33

135MeV lu

498.9
498.9
3089.

5°
0°
5°

5.8 24.08
5.8 24.11
35.0 155.5

27.12
27.01
167.0

0.888
0.893
0.931

l.61
l.84
4.l3

l.57
l.57
3.85

l.03
l.17
l.07

180

3130.

0

71.6 271.5

276.2

0.983

5.51

4.39

1.25

12

C

135MeV/u
14N

0/Theor.

/Theor.

100MeVlu

cal values, since preceding materials might produce some effects on the energy deposition in thefollowing detectors. The values of the energy• Waseda University.
•• Ehime University.

deposition in the Si detectors are in good agreement with theoretical ones l ) within the uncertainty of about 10%. On the other hand, theagreement between the distribution widths andthe theoretical ones is not so good. To make thecorrection of thickness nonuniformity in detec--132-

K. Nagata et at.

tor, the spatial distribution of thickness in eachdetector was measured by the aide of a 2-dimensional position sensitive detector. The resultshows that the thickness variation for a 50,um or
100,um thick detector is ± 1,um and for a 3000,um
thick detector ±5""'-'10,um. Even if the correction
for such a thickness variation is made, the ratiosof the distribution widths experimentallyobtained for the 0° incidence to the theoreticalone are ranging from l. 0 to l. 33. This is causedby the fact that ions incident at small angles ( <0.2°) to the crystal axis or plane of a Si crystal
exhibit an anomalous energy loss rate andenergy loss width, and for ions incident to theperipheral region (0.2°< f) < 1. 5°) only theenergy loss width is deteriorated. If the incident
angle of ions is different from such axis andplanes, the distribution width should not show

the variation as in the case of the normal incidence. As expected, the distribution widths
measured by the ion beams with an incident
angle of 5° showed a good agreement with the
Bohr's theoretical values within an error of 7%.
Therefore, it is necessary to select the data freefrom a channeling effect of ions in a Si crystal,
when we compare the observed values of theenergy loss straggling with those redicted by thetheory. 2)
References
1) H. Bichsel: AlP Handbook, 3rd ed., p. 8 (1972); W.
H. Barkas and M. J. Berger: NSS Report, No. 39,
p. 103 (1964) .
2) K. Nagata et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24,
115 (1990) .

- 133-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-14. Mass Resolution Measurement of a Cosmic-Ray
Heavy Ion Telescope
T. Kohno, C. Kato, T. Imai, A. Y oneda, and K. Munakata
A cosmic-ray heavy ion telescope having avery large geometric factor is going to be put
into a geosynchronous orbit on board the Engineering Test Satellite (ETS-VI) in 1993.1) The
observation of elemental and isotopic abundanceof galactic cosmic rays (GCR) and solar energetic particles (SEP) from Li to Fe nuclides is
our final purpose . We use a ~E X E method forthe particle identification.
We already have repeated many tests of individual detectors such as energy detectors andtwo-dimensional position sensitive detectors
using heavy ion beams from RIKEN Ring Cyclotron so far. 2 - 5) The flight model of the telescopeis already manufactured and in test phase now.
In addition to obtain the chracteristics of eachdetector, it is also very important to check thebasic ability of the overall telescope itself.
Therefore we tried to measure the mass resolution of the flight model telescope using the Ring
Cyclotron.
The cross sectional view of the t~lescope isshown in Fig. 1. The total thickness of Si for thevertical incidence amounts to 28.2 mm except thelast veto detector. The beam used was 16 0 withan energy of 135 MeV/nucleon whose range in Si
is about 17 mm. Therefore the beam stopped in the
fourth Si (Li) detector. We set a thin (200j.l)
mylar film at the end of the vacuum tube andguided the beam from vacuum to the atmospherethrough the film. The block diagram of thetelescope system is shown in the reference. 5) The
data acquisition system of the real observation in
space allows only one particle input per 4 seconds because the counting rate in space is very
low except the case of huge solar flare events.
Hence we added a special circuit to process
quickly the digital data coming from the ADC
independent of the clock of the satellite telemetersystem. The digital data after the ADC weretransmitted through an optical fiber of 50m
length wired from the beam site to the measurement room.
We analyzed thus obtained list mode data by
the method based on a ~E x E method (see Ref.
6 for detail). In Fig. 2 we show one example ofthe mass resolution for 16 0 with energy of 135
MeV /nucleon. This histogram was obtained byusing the detectors from the first PIN to the

20 Ill1I

Fig. 1. Cross sectional view of the cosmic- ray heavy
ion telescope. An aluminum window of 0.2 mm in thickness is used for a light shield. Three PSDs can decide
the particle incident angle. The following twelve thindetectors are ion-implanted PIN - type detectors with 85
mm qJ effective area and 0.5 mm in thickness. The lastgroup of eight thick detectors are lithium- drifted type
(Si (Li)) . with effective area of 110 mm qJ and thicknessof 3 mm.

160

0,F\VHM= 0.6 amu

til

5>
<U

"0

' 1
I 1

5000

I "

.....

I

I1.l

..0

E
;:I

Z

II
1

!

I
l

J

)
/

'I

o~----~~---~----~----~----~

14

16

18

20

Mass(amu)

Fig. 2. One example of obtained results of mass resolution for 160 with an energy of 135 MeV/ nucleon.

second Si (Li) for the ~E detection and those
detectors from the third to the fourth Si (Li) for
the residual E detection. The resultant mass
resolution for this measurement was 0.6 amu in
FWHM. This value is about 20% larger than thevalue obtained by the numerical simulation. The
main reason of this broadening is due to thelarger energy straggling in the detector than that
expected from the Bohr's equation used in the-134-

T. Kohno et al.

simulation.?} The value of 0.6 amu, however, istolerable for our current purpose in the spaceobservation.
References
1) T. Kohno: Space Sci. Rev., 51, 185 (1989).
2) T. Kohno et al.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 21, 152(1987) .
3) K. Munakata et al.: ibid., 22, 168 (1988).
4) T. Imai et al.: ibid., 23, 91 (1989).
5) C. Kato et al.: ibid., 24, 116 (1990) .
6) K. Munakata et al .: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A276,
306 (1989).
7) T. Kohno et al .: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn., 60, 3967 (1991) .

-135-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-15. A Transputer Add-In Board for PC-9S01

J. Fujita
It is frequently encountered in the experimentand control of the accelerator that events areneeded to be processed concurrently. A transputer is a microprocessor which was developed
as a parallel- processor by INMOS, and executes
programs written in a parallel process language
or OCCAM. The transputers T414 and T425
have a 32 bits multiplexed data and address bus,
2 to 4 Kbytes on-chip static RAM for the highspeed processsing, a configurable memory interface to allow the use of a variety of external
memory types, and four pairs of serial communication links. T800 has a 64 bits floating point unit
in addition to the above-mentioned functions andis pin-compatible with T414 and T425.
A block diagram of the transputer board isshown in Fig. 1. There is no ROM for monitoring the board, but a 4 MB RAM (4 x 1MB
dynamic RAM module THM81000AS) for downloading a system program from a host computer
PC-980l. Since a refresh circuit for the dynamic
RAM is built in the transputer, 20 bits addesses
are separated into the row and column addresses
and selected with each appropriate timing.
Address bit-2 to 10 and bit-20 are selected by thehigh level of MS2 (Memory Strobe signal 2) andlatched as 10 bits row address of the dynamic
RAM with the falling edge of MSI. Address bit11 to 19 and bit-21 are latched with the fallingedge of MSO and passed to the RAM as 10 bits

column address during the low level of MS2.
MWBO to 3 (four byte- addressing write strobes)
write each byte of the single data word (32 bits)
into the four dynamic RAM modules.
The four bi- directional serial links provide
synchronized communication between processors and with the outside circuits. Each linkcomprises an input channel and output channel.
The link 0 of the transputer is connected to thechannel of a link adapter C012 which converts bidirectional serial link data into parallel databus. The transputer is not directly addressed by
the PC- 980l. The lower data byte DO-D7 on theexternal bus of the PC-9801 is fed to the bus of
the link adapter through a transceiver 74LS245.
5MHz clock is supplied on the Clockln inputsof the transputer and the link adapter by aquartz oscillator SG53l. Both chips operate at
the high frequency internal clock 20MHz derived
from this Clockln.
The circuit test is performed by running
TDS2 (Transputer Development System II)
which was developed by INMOS. The TDS2
comprises an integrated editor,file manager,compiler and debugging system which enables transputer to be programmed in OCCAM or inanother industry standard language such as alanguage C. The transputer can be bootstrapped
either from a link or from external ROM. As the
BootFromRom input of the transputer is con-

1'C·9801
Exl.llus

4 I TIIMSIOOOAS

T42S ur 1'800
MWB) I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " ' l w
MwII21------------------,

Bo.
Tr.lIlccivef

MWllJ

1--------------,

MWBO 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - ,Tr>f15I>ulCr
M5)

COl2

LinkOuIJ)().1)1f---",,!UuldnO
Adapt«

I"7':""':"· ":-In- - I LinkOolO
Link

(CAS)

(RAS)
MSI
M521----------.
CAS
RAS

Msol------,

00-7
1 MIS
G

I----~ Clockl ..

2 I FS7J.---L--,505)1

3 I 1'257

Address".lIchAL>II·19.21

Fig. 1. Block diagram of a transputer board.

-136-

L>ynamic.----L--,

10biIS

A9
I

AU

00-7

J. Fujita

nected low, the transputer is booted from thechannels of the linkO after Reset is taken low,
and TDS2 is loaded on . the RAM of the transputer board. When TDS2 runs on the board, thetransputer becomes a master, and the PC-9801 aslave. The basic I/O operations of the transputerare performed by a server program running on
the PC-980l. It is found that the transputer on

the board works well as a single transputer.
Since TDS2 supports a transputer network, amultiple transputer system can be constructed byaddition of new modules of a small size which
consists of only a transputer, static RAM andsome logic rcs. Ability of the transputer will befound in view of parallel processor by this system.

-137-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-16. Low Energy Unstable Nuclear Beam Channel "SLOW" at
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
T. Matsuzaki, R. Kadono, K. Ishida, A. Matsushita, and K. Nagamine
A low-energy radioactive isotope (RI) beam
channel "SLOW" has been constructed at
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron Facility (RRC) , intended
not only to study the emission mechanisms ofvarious stable and unstable isotope ions with
low-energy from a characterized surface of the
primary target, but also to generate useful secondary RI beams for surface physics. 1)
The layout of the new beam channel is illustrated in Fig. 1. The thermal energy ions directly
emitted from the target are extracted by anelectrostatic lens and then separated on-line by adouble-focussing mass spectrometer consistingof an electrostatic toroidal bender and a magnetic dipole bender. The whole electrostatic components are contained in ultra-high vacuum vessels to control the surface condition of the primary target.

M~s s Scec t:r um

10'

!O6
..J
1&1

Z
%

5

10

<

==
U

4

10

c::

3

1&1

"" 10
<Il
~

%

:>
0

u

let
1

10

100
0

250

500

750

1000

0

250

500

750

1000

6

10

5

10
..1

1&1

~ 104

<

:c
u
c:: 103

1&1

""
<Il
~

z

let

:>
0

u

1

10

100
CHANNEL NUMBER

Fig. 2. Typical mass spectra of the emitted ions from the
hot tungsten target during (a) the beam irradiation
period (8 scans; 2hr) and (b) the beam· off period (3scans; 50min).
Fig. 1. Layout of the SLOW beam channel.

In the commissioning experiment the mass
spectrum of the emitted ions from a hot tungsten
target was observed both during and after theirradiation of the target by 4°Ar beam of 95MeV /A from RRC. The magnetic field was scanned at
a rate of 16min per whole mass range. Typicalmass spectra are shown in Fig. 2, where thetarget temperature was 2040K and the acceleration voltage for the ion extraction was lkV. The
spectrum taken in the beam-on period (Fig. 2a)shows several broad peaks possibly corresponding to alkaline ions (N a, K, Rb), alkali-earth
ions (Mg, Ca), rare-earth ions (Sm, Eu, Tm) andother metal ions (Ga, In, Tc). Some additional
peaks (Cs, Ba, Ta/ W) are present in the spectrum (Fig. 2b) taken just after the termination of
the primary beam. Note that the observed peaks
may include those corresponding to the longlived isotopes slowly accumulated in the target
to diffuse out of the surface. The background
spectrum (without primary beam) was measured
at 1, 920K and only two peaks were observed
near the mass numbers of 23 and 39. The detailed
analysis is still in progress.
References
1) T. Matsuzaki, K. Ishida, and K. N agamine: RIKEN-138-

Accel. Prog. Rep., 23, 90 (1989).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-~ 7. High Resolution Soft X-Ray Spectrometer

for Chemical State Analysis by PIXE
K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, and M. Uda
Soft X-ray emission spectroscopy is one of thepowerful tools to investigate chemical bonding
states of matters. Chemical effects are greatly
enhanced on structures of X-ray satellites arisingfrom multiply ionized states when high energy
heavy ions are used for excitation. We havedeveloped a high-resolution soft X-ray spectrometer suitable for the particle (ion) induced
X-ray emission (PIXE) method. We report hereon the design and evaluation of a prototype of
this spectrometer. 1)
Target materials were bombarded with He+ or
N 2+ ions produced by RILAC. X-rays emitted
from the target were diffracted with a plane
single crystal and detected by a windowless
position-sensitive detector. Figure 1 shows aschematic construction of the detector. The
photodiode array was a row of 1024 silicon

opticalfiber- " t-+rr-+r!.--l'f',"""""""7T'-T'n'-r''rt-i
photodiode---+ ~========~--...JI

array

readout circuit

1
multichannel analyzer

Fig. 1. Schematic construction of the detector.
KL3

.

1.0
~

.~

:'

E

.'

Cii

o

:.
! ~ 0:".s 0.5

.-~~

KLO

ao: :

/. f .
.: :,.ialJ: :....:\.

:"i

2:!c
_

.j

\
!

0.0

1520

.i

"..y-J

~!

\

I

;

:

a'
i\
~~

I \I

'Vv(

1500

photodiode sensor elements. Center-to-center
spacing and height of the elements were 25JLm
and 2. 5mm, respectively. To reduce dark signals
caused from thermal noise, the array was cooledwith a Peltier thermoelectric device which was inthermal contact with a cold finger. Dark signals,
which were around 700 cps/ channel at 24°C, werereduced to 3. 5 cps/ channel at -18°C.
Figure 2 shows an Al Ka spectrum, for a 0.3
mm thick Al metal, induced by the 15MeV N2+
impact and analyzed with an ADP crystal after
subtraction of the background dark signals. The
diagram line of Ka and its satellites emitted
from multiply ionized states were well resolved.
Moreover, fine structures in the satellites, e.g. as
and a6 , were easily distinguished. FWHM (fullwidth at half maximum) for the Al Kal.2 peak at
1487 eV estimated from this spectrum was 1. 5eV; a reasonable value considering geometricalfactors such as X-ray source width and spatial
resolution of the detector. Reproducibility of themeasurement was assured to be less than O. 1 e V
for peak energies, and less than 6% for peakintensities relative to the strongest peak.
By using an RAP analyzing crystal, thespectrometer was also tested for X-rays ofenergies less than 1 keY by measuring Fe L
X-ray spectra induced by the 5 MeV He+ and 15
MeV N2+ impacts. FWHM of FeLal.2 for metallic
Fe was 4.2 eV for both He+ and N2+ induced
spectra. The observed intensity ratio of Fe Lf3/
FeLal.2 was much higher for Fe 203 than for
metallic Fe. The satellites arising from multiply
ionized states appeared prominently when heavyions, i.e. N ions in the present study, were servedfor excitation. Intensities of the satellites weregreatly enhanced in the spectrum for Fe 20 3compared to metallic Fe. This type ofspectrometer is potentially useful for the chemical state analysis by PIXE.

1480

Ene rgy (eV)Fig. 2. Al Ka spectrum for an Al metal induced by 15Me V
N2+ ions. The spectrum was accumulated for 1000 sec
with a beam current of 100 nA.

References
1) K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, and M. Uda: Int . ]. PIXE, inpress.

-139-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-18. Detection of Liquid Xe Scintillation from Heavy Ions Using
Si Photodiodes and Photomultipliers
T. Doke, E. Aprile, A. Hitachi, M. Ichige, N. Ishida, M. Kase,
T. Kashiwagi, ]. Kikuchi, K. Kuwahara, K. Masuda, T. Matsuda,
Y. Qu, K. Sumorok, * M. Suzuki, and T. Takahashi
Liquid xenon (LXe) is a good scintillator forthe radiation detection and will be possibly usedin nuclear and particle physics in near future.
The critical factors for detection of LXe scintillation photons are the reflection of the scintillation light (170nm) on walls and the light attenuation in the liquid. To investigate these factors,
we have measured the light intensity as a function of the distance between the incident positionof heavy ions and the photodiode (PD) as aphoton detector. Also the decay times of thescintillation from the LXe excited by heavy ionshave been preliminarily measured with a single
photon counting method.
The apparatus is a double vacuum chambershown in Fig. 1, the inner is a container of LXeand the outer is for thermal insulation. The
effective length of the chamber is 65cm. The
chamber has seven beam windows which areseparated by 10cm from the neighbors along its
length. Four trapezoidal flat mirrors for vacuum
ultraviolet photons are installed in the innerchamber and form a tapered reflector cell. The
areas of the cross section are 3.7 X 3. 7cm 2 and2.4 x 2. 4cm 2 at the respective end. Two PDs areplaced at the both ends of the cell. The incident
ions entered and stopped in LXe after passing
through a Mylar or Ti window of the beam line,

about 10cm air, and then the chamber windows(a 40microns Havar foil and a 200microns SUSfoil). A thin (lOOmicrons) plastic scintillator was
sometimes used to obtain a beam trigger. The
ions used were 135MeV In C and N, 100MeV In 0
and Mg, and 95Me V In Ar from RIKEN Ring
Cyclotron.
Xe gas was purified by passing through an
Oxisorb purifier and molecular sieves (4A) witha flow rate of 5 l/min and then liquefied in thechamber. The LXe temperature was kept at- 75°C with dry ice. Surface-barrier type Si PDs
made at Waseda University were used as photon
detectors. A mesh-type gold electrode is used toensure a good transparency of the surface for 170
nm photons. Charge signals from the PD were
processed with preamplifiers, shaping amplifiers(peaking time of 1 microsec), and ADCs. The
decay time measurement was carried out by asingle photon counting methodl) with photomultiplier using a mall test chamber.
From the dependence of the light intensity on
the distance between the incident position ofheavy ions and the PD, the effective attenuation
length of about 10cm was obtained for the scintillation in LXe. This value includes the geometricfactor (solid angle), the reflectivity of the mirrors, the light attenuation length of the LXet To PUIiP or Gas s~siellDr~

ice/Ethanol

Ref I ector ce II

To pump---

PD-l

L-~~~========~===o====o==~==~dL
Beall II i ndolls

Fig. 1. Liquid Xe scintillation chamber for heavy ions.
* Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

- 140 -To amp__Jl~~"--

T. Doke et al.

itself. The mirrors used .were essentiallydesigned for vacuum ultraviolet photons in vacuum. However, the refractive index of LXe ismuch larger than unity (about 1.7) and the optics
is considerably different from that in vacuum.
Therefore, the obtained small effective attenuation length may be due to the low reflectivity ofthe mirrors.
The decay time was measured for 100 MeV In
o ions. From the preliminary analysis, two decay

components were found, the decay times ofwhich are 17nsec and 95nsec. The former decay
time may correspond to the triplet state of
excited Xe molecules and the latter to the slow
recombination of ions and electrons produced byincident heavy ions.
References
1) A. Hitachi et at.: Phys. Rev. , B27, 5279 (1983).

-141-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-19. Data Acquisition System of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
T. Ichihara, A. Yoshida, Y. Watanabe, T. Inamura, and M. Ishihara
A general description of the data acquisition
system at the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron is given
elsewhere. 1,2) In this report, we will describe therecent modification of the system. Figure 1
shows the overview.

CCP: Communication control Processor
BMC: Blcxk MW.tipleur (3MB/s)
so.: Scri ... 0>anncJ Link
DACU: [)evn AD:aduncnl Control UN''-.,.--""""'" Ace: Awtiliuy Crate ControUct (1\ I CPU)(MAX' ...... )10U·ToI<yo:~64 kbps

9600 bps(IP/DECn.1) (DECnel)
10 RIKEN lSukuba

6-Ik bps(IP/DECn,,)

B2F/""------------ ... "10 Mbps Ethernet
I

\

/
I
I
I
I

\
I
I
I
I

!
,

I
I
I

l

I
I

E·mal Address

1

HEPNET : RtKEN c-USCRID (.,9'0 ::userid)I, ..mel:I\

USER'O@~ . ri<en.go . jp

, oa '99'

AadiolOoo l..aIl (Room 253,:
Ua~ Research BuIr;:jng/.... -------------~.,'

Fig. 1. Overview of the data acquisition system at the
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron.
(1) On-line data acquisition system
Currently, seven Micro VAX's are used for theon-line experiments of the Ring Cyclotron. The
node names and locations are:RIKMV1: Micro VAX II (IF)RIKMV2: Micro VAX II (IF)RIKMV3: Micro VAX II (Linac)
RIKMV 4: Micro VAX II (B2F RIPS)
SMART: V AX Station 3520 (B2F SMART)SMARTF: V AX Server 3300 (B2F SMART)TKYVS8: VAX Station 3200 (B2F RIPS)
We can perform independent measurements
and counter tests without interference. The current version of the data-taking program supports
the multi-crate parallel-readout using multi-J11 's(Starbursts). The throughput of the data taking
is increased by using these parallel readout features. The problem in the DMA transfer of VAX
Station 3520,resulting from the incompleteness of
Q22 bus of the V AX-Stations 3520, has been fixed
by installing the V AX Server 3300 as a front-end
VAX.
(2) Off-line data processing system-1 (V AX/
VMS)
The following V AX's are available for the
off-line data analysis and for general purposes.
RIKEN: (virtual node name of the cluster)RIKV AX: V AX -6510 ( LA VC Server)RIKVSO: VAX STATION 3100/ M38
RIK835: VAX Station II/ GPXRIKVS2: VAX Station 3100/ M38
RIKL VI: VAX Station 3100/ M78 (Linac)
RIKL V2: VAX Station 3100/ M78 (Linac )RIKSNA: DECnet/ SNA Gateway
Theses computers are connected by LAVC
(Local Area VAX Clusters) using Ethernet.
They are also connected to HEPNET (DECnet)and TISN (DECnet/ IP) Internet and reachable
from all over the word. (see Session 6 for detail)Since the recent load of the V AX - 8350
(RIK835:) was too heavy, we have replaced the
V AX -8350 by a V AX -6510. The new V AX wasinstalled in the end of November 1991. By thisreplacement, the overall performance has been
increased to about a factor of five (from 2.3
VUPS to 13 VUPS). We have also a plan to
upgrade the VAX -6510 (13 VUPS) to a VAX 6610 (32 VUPS) early in 1992.
(3) Off-line data processing system- 2(FACOM MSP)
Following FACOM MSP Main Frames areavailable at the RIKEN AcceleratorFacility.
FACOM M-380 (RIKEN Accelerator Research
Facility)F ACOM M -780/ 20 (RIKEN Computational
Center)
These two FACOM's are connected by the NJE
and DSLINK via the Ethernet. These two
F ACOM's are also connected to the DECnet/
SNA Gateway, and therefore 3270 full-screen
terminal emulations and file transfer using RJE(Remote Job Entry) are available from theV AX. The FACOM M-780/ 20 is scheduled to be
replaced by a FACOM M -1800in December, 1991.
(4) RISC-based work stations-142-

T. Ichihara et at.

Some recent RISC-based Unix workstations(HP 9000/730 [21MFLOPS, '76MIPS], Sparc Station, Next Station) have been installed for thedevelopment of the UNIX based data processing
system. The performance of the numerical calculation of HP 9000/730 is almost equal to that of
the Main Frame Computer FACOM M -780. We
are now planning to use these recent RISC workstations to process the experimental data.
(5) Wide area network
The RIKEN Accelerator facility is connectedto the world-wide network of HEPNET (High
Energy Physics NETwork) / SP AN (Space
Physics Analysis Network) as Area 40, which isa part of the DECnet Internet, and the TISN
internet (Todai International Science Network)
which is a part of "The Internet" (NSFnet,
ESnet, NSI, DDN etc.).
In order to support these wide area network
connections, we are now supporting following 6
leased lines at the accelerator facility.
64 kbps (DECnet/ IP) to the University ofTokyo, Faculty of Science19.2 kbps (DECnet) to RIKEN Komagome site
(SOR group)
9.6 kbps (DECnet) to KEK (National HighEnergy Physics Laboratory)
9.6 kbps (DECnet/ IP) to RIKEN Life Science
Tsukuba Center9.6 kbps (DECnet) to Tokyo Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science
9.6 kbps (DDX -80) to NTT DDX. (Dial infrom the telephone).
The leased line between RIKEN -W ako and
RIKEN -Tsukuba will be upgraded from 9. 6kbps
to 64kbps in February 1992. Also the leased line
between RIKEN -Wako and University of Tokyo
will be replaced from 64kbps to 512kbps in June
1992.
The address of the electric mail of the generalusers of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron V AX is asfollows.
(HEPnet/ SP AN)RIKVAX:USERID(or 41316:USERID)(Internet/ BITnet)
USERID@ RIKV AX.RIKEN .GO.JP
References-143 -

1) T. Ichihara: This Report, p.144.
2) T. Ichihara et at.: IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. , 36, 1628
(1989) .

RIKEN Acce!. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·5·20. Data Acqu isition System for the Spectrograph SMART
T. Ichihara
A new data acquisition system of the spectrograph SMART has been developed. I)
Figure 1 shows a block diagram of the system.
This system consists of two VAXes, V AX Server
3300 and V AX Station 3520. These two V AXes
are configured as a Local Aria V AX Cluster(LA VC). The boot node is VAX Station 3520
and the Satellite node is V AX server 3300. Dataacquisition is carried out on the VAX Server
3300 with a CAMAC crate and the data arerecorded on a standard 2400 feet 6250 BPS
Magnetic Tape or 2GB Digital Audio Tape
(DA T). VAX Station 3520 is mainly used todisplay the spectrum during the experiment andalso for the man-machine interface.

I'Data Acquisition task'"

I BuIf e r-1. I Bulfer-2./

Inter.rupt
Service

Starburst,Routine

J11----------------!---\--------------------\VAX Server 3300\\

f.:'\ 6250 BPI

I ' - - - - - r - -.......
"'" \
Data
Transfer
Task

Bulfer-1
Bulfer-2~rio=17)

~ ~
~\

~

Bulfer-n./ ~}/'1001 ~~~

\

\\

\

\

\
\
\
\

~,

\

\
\

,,
,,

125 IPS

\

\

\
\

\
\

\ \

'"

\ \

"" \ \,,' \,, \ - - - - . . . .
\\\

',,'

'- - -_ r:::::----~---"',l:..................

/~-! VAX Station 3520
Fig. 2. Task and data flow of the data acquisition system.

6250 bps
2400 188t

2GB
OAT

Fig. 1. Data acquisition system for the spectrograph
SMART.

We have installed a Starburst auxiliary crate
controller (CES 2180 ACC) on the CAMAC
crate. For each event, a J11 micro processor in
the Starburst ACC is interrupted by the trigger
signal and reads the data form the CAMAC
modules. The peak rate of CAMAC access fromthe Starburst ACC is 800kB/s (2. 5,u sec./16bitmode) for a block read operation. The averagerate including the overhead is about 100-200kB/
s. Data are doubly buffered and when the current
buffer is filled, Starburst changes the buffer
immediately and generates a LAM signal to thehost computer to start a DMA. The data transfer
rate in the DMA depends on the length of thecable between the CAMAC crate controller andthe interface in the V AX. The transfer rate isabout 1MB/s for a short cable (5m) and about

310kB/ s for a long cable (90m). The data acquisition of event by event and DMA transfer can be
carried out simultaneously. The priority of the
CAMAC bus access between the CC and ACe isdetermined by the cable connection of therequest-grant chain. Usually ACC has the higher
priority.
Figure 2 shows the tasks and the data flow of
this data acquisition system. On-line monitor
programs are running in the V AX -Server 3300 tofetch the new data buffer, analyze the data, andincrement the histogram of spectra. The user cancreate any kind of the spectra by a simple fortranlanguage. If the data rate is low, all the data are
analyzed on line. But if the data rate is very high,only a portion of the data are analyzed on line.
For the typical experiment of the spectrograph
SMART, we can create a momentum spectrumof a particle gated by the particle identifications
on line.
In 1989, we installed the VAX Station 3520 forthe data acquisition system of the spectrograph
SMART. But we encountered a serious problem
in the VAX Station 3520. The Q22 bus featuresof V AX Station 3520 were not complete and it-144-

T . Ichihara

did not support the burst . mode DMA which isnecessary to operate the Kinetic 2922 Crate
Controller Interface. To fix this problem, we
have installed a VAX Server 3300 as a front-end
V AX. The kinetic 3922 Crete controller interface
and the Victor Magnetic tape (2400 feet) controller have been migrated from the V AX Station
3520 to the VAX Server 3300. The Q22 Bus of the
VAX Server 3300 satisfies the complete Q22
standard and the problem of the burst mode
DMA of the Kinetic 2922 Crate contrbller interfaces has been solved.

We have also installed the Digital Audio Tape
(DAT) to record raw data. We can record about
2GB per one cartridge of the DAT. The error
rate of the DA T is extremely low (10- 15 ) andreliability is better than an 8mm tape. This DA T
will be the standard media to record raw data in
the facility.
References
1) T . Ichihara et at.: IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci., 36, 1628
(1989) .

-145-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-5-21. New Computer System for Data Analysis
Y. Watanabe, T. Ichihara, and A. Yoshida
We report here about three new workstations
that were introduced in our laboratory. These
workstations have a common ability that distinguishes them from the computer we have used. It
is a UNIX operating system that is recently
spreading in many fields from computer science
to business application.
For contemporary physics, computer is one of
the important apparatus. Particularly in ourfield, recent research is going more precise andrequiring a larger quantity of data. So, we havebeen using the mainframe (FACOM M380) for
theoretical calculations and data analysis,
because of the computing power.
Recently, computer technology expands drastically, especially some workstations based on the
RISC· technology (so called RISC-workstation)
get comparable power as the mainframe (Table
1). Since they are much cheeper than the mainframes, we can get much computing power witha small expense. In fact, these workstations are
spreading quickly in many fields. We may
replace the mainframe by such workstations.
However there are some problems that must be
overcome. UNIX that is only available operating system on such RISC-workstations does nothave all functions we need, such as realtime
capability and flexible handler for magnetic tapedevices.

In such situation, we introduced three newworkstaions in our laboratory to investigate thepossibility of the RISC-workstation and UNIX
operating system for our purpose. The main
component is HP9000/ 730 that was selected forthe high computing power. It has also a DA T
tapedrive (2GB/ tape) and a Magnet- Optical disk
(660MB/disk) that must be needed to store ourexperimental raw data (Typical data size isseveral G B in one experiment) .
We connected closely this HP with SUN and
NeXT in our laboratory (Fig. 1). Multi venderconnectability is also important because no single system gives us all of the feature we want.
These three workstations have peculiar characteristics each other. HP has high computing
power as we mentioned above. SUN (SPARCstation 1) is the most popular workstation in theworld. The population is very important forsoftware availability. NeXT that takes newest
software technologies, has most elegant environment for the software development . We hopethese machines work in complementary and give
us powerful and elegant computer environment.
We have already succeeded to introduce in ourHP the CERNLIB that is developed for data
analysis and ported to many computers by
CERN. The performance investigation is inprogress.

Table 1. Relative performance of some computers.

C1

C2

C3

C4

Avr

92
101
9

101
135
6

621
149
41

202
66
18

185
122
15

(RISCUNIX)
H.P9000n30

PowerStation530
SparcStation 1(VAXNMS)
VAX6510MicroVAXII(MainFrame)
FACOMM380

25
1

20
1

69
4

45
3

35
2

100

100

100

100

100

CI-C4 are floating point calculations that are preparedby T. Ichihara for a benchmark test.
Cl,2: simple calc. with single and double precision
C3: matrix
C4: many nestings and conditional branches-

NeXTstation color
15MIPS
Memory: 16MB
HardDisk : 400MB

Elegant environment forsoftware development
o2.8MB Floppy Disk

1-

HP9000n30
76MIPS
MemoryHardDisk

High computing power
especially for floating pointoMagnetOptical DiskoDAT tape drive1-

SparcStation 1
12.5MIPS
Memory: 24MB
HardDisk : 1.5GB: 32MB: 1GB

Most popular workstation in
UNIX world

To other com p uters V AX. •FACO M ... ) and printers with networks

Fig. 1. Diagram of workstaions in Radiation Laboratory.

* Reduced Instraction Set Computer.

-146-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·6. Material Analysis
1. Theory of L- V X-Ray Emission Spectra of Copper Compou nds

J. Kawai and K. Maeda
It is believed that the copper La (L 3 - M 4 ,5 or L 3 X-ray fluorescence spectra (XRF) are
related to the local (Cu atom) and partial (3d)densities of states (DOS) of the compounds.
Figure 1 compares the measured L3 - V X-ray
emission spectruml) of a copper oxide with that
calculated by the local and partial DOS.2) Since
the DOS calculation by Redinger et al. 2 ) is quite
reliable, the disagreement between the theory
and the experiment in Fig.I is mostly due to thefact that the L 3 - V X-ray emission is not directly
related to the local and partial DOS. Therefore
we have proposed a theory 3) to interpret the Cu
L 3 - V line shape of various copper compounds
based on the theory of X-ray photoelectron spectra (XPS) of van der Laan et al. 4 ) as follows.
The Cu 2P3!2 X-ray photoelectron spectra(XPS) of divalent copper compounds (nominally
3d 9 electron configuration) have generally one
main peak (at 933. 6e V) and one higher binding
energy satellite (at 943eV, so-called 'shake-up'
satellite, since this satellite was believed to originate from electron shake-up). After the study ofvan der Laan et al.,4) it has been revealed that themain peak is, in fact, a charge-transfer satellite.
That is to say, an electron is transferred fromone of the ligands to the central Cu2+ ion at the
moment « IO- l4 see) of the 2p electron photoionization. On the other hand, the so-called 'shakeup satellite' is, in fact, the main line, i.e., one of
the 2p electrons is photoionized and the rest of
the electrons in the vicinity of the photoionizedCu ion remains still. The final states of the 2P3/2
V)

S'1.0
CD
.!:!
Ii
E

Experiment
TheoryCu L3-V

1.0

J

0.8

Iii

E

f

0.6

.2:-

.~ 0.4.£0.2
0.0 --------

920

925

930

935

940

945

X·Ray energy reV)

Fig. 2. Comparison of the spectrum measured by
Bonnelle 5 ) (solid line with dotted points) with that
calculated by the present theory (dashed line).

XPS are the initial states of the L 3 - V X-ray
emission, thus we must include this charge-transfer effect in the line shape analysis of Cu L 3 - V
spectra. The relation between the 2 p XPS
and L 3 - V XRF we have proposed in the previous
paper 3 ) is that the L 3 - V main line (930eV) of
XRF corresponds to the main line of 2P3/2 XPS
and that the high energy shoulder (932-935eV) of
XRF corresponds to the so-called 'shake-up' satellite of 2P3!2 XPS.
To check the above theory, we have calculated
the L 3 - V spectrum of CuO, as shown in Fig. 2.
The transition energy was calculated fromSlater-Condon parameters determined by theatomic Hartree-Fock-Slater calculations. The
relative intensities of the components of the
X-ray lines were determined by the LS coupling.
Comparing the calculated spectrum with themeasured spectrum by Bonnelle,5) it is concluded
that the agreement between our theory and theexperiment is satisfactory.

oReferences.:. 0.5

1) V. Barnole, ]. - M. Mariot, C. F. Hague, C. Michel,?:and B. Raveau: Phys. Rev., B41, 4262 (1990).
2) J. Redinger, ]. Yu, A. J. Freeman, and P. Weinberger:
Phys. Lett., A124, 463 (1987).
3) ]. Kawai and K. Maeda: Spectrochim. Acta, 46B, 1243
(1991) .
4) G. van der Laan, C. Westra, C. Haas, and G.A.
Sawatzky: Phys. Rev., B23, 4369 (1981).
.
5) C. Bonnelle: Ann. Phys., 1, 439 (1966);]. de Phys.
(Paris): Colloq., 28, C3- 65 (1967).

'iii
c
CD

C

- 0.0 +---==-.....------,----------;

920

930

940

X-ray energy leV)Fig. 1. Comparison of the experimental L 3 - V line shapeof La 2 Cu0 4 (Barnole et at.l)) with the theoretical one
which has been calculated from the local and partial
DOS (Redinger et at. 2 »).

-147-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-6-2. Nickel L- V PIXE Spectra of Alloys
J. Kawai, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, M. Takami, T. Urai,
T. Hanada, and M. Uda
The L 2,3- V or L 2 ,3- M 4 ,5 (Siegbahn notation Lj3,a) X -ray emission spectra measured by an elec-tron probe X -ray micro analyzer (EPMA) or Xray fluorescence (XRF) spectrometer have beenused to characterize the transition-metal compounds such as oxide superconductors. This ismainly because the L- V X -ray transition
involves the valence orbital (V) of the analyte. 1)
Therefore the L- V spectra contain informationon the partial and local densities of states (DOS)of the analyte. However a group of satellite lines
are usually observed on the high energy shoulderof the L - V main lines. These satellite lines are
believed to be emitted either by multiple ionizedstates or by poorly screened states. However thecontribution from these two origins are not wellclarified till now. Therefore it is required toclarify the contribution from the two origins to
use the profile changes of EPMA spectra for thecharacterization of transition-metal compounds.
A comparison between electron and ion (particle) induced X - ray emission (PIXE) spectrawith high energy resolution measurements clarifies the degree of contribution from the above
two origins.
We have measured the L - V X - ray spectraof nickel metal and alloys (J.L -metal and nickelcromium alloy) by 2.6 keV electron beam and
1.5 MeV/nucleon (21.03 MeV) N2+ heavy ion
beam at RILAC. The analyzing crystal was RAP(100) (2d = 26 ,12 A). The sample (target) current was 20 J.LA for the electron excitation and'""'-' 100 nA for the N2+ ion excitation. The spectra
were stored till the integrated ion current
became more than 2 mC. A position sensitive
detector composed of a microchannel plate and aphotodiode array was used for the X - ray detection. A Perkin-Elmer <1>04-015 grazing- incidence
electron gun, which was set on the same PIXE
chamber as shown in Fig.1 to use the same X ray optics for comparison of the difference in thetwo excitation methods, was used for the electron excitation. The pressure of the sample
chamber was kept lower than 10- 5 Torr during
the measurements.
The measured spectra of a nickel metal are
shown in Fig.2. Though the spectra excited byelectrons are significantly different from those
excited by N2+ ions, no significant difference was.

~/

Vacuum

I ~ ' S"(~~~" \~----'-.--f~1 l ___I."

lo_n.beamSampleFig. 1. Setup of the electron gun.

1.0

:c
Cl)

~
cu

E
~

0

.s 0.5Z-'e;;c:".,...............

Q)

E
0.0
0

40

80
120
Channel{f- Energy}

160

Fig. 2. Measured Ni L - V X - ray spectra of a nickel
metal excited by 2.6 ke V electron (solid line) and by
21.03 MeV NZ+ ion (dotted). Sl and S2 indicate themultiple ionized satellites.

detected among the measured metal and alloys if
the excitation method was the same. Two strong
satellites were found in the N2+ excited X -rayspectra of nickel metal and alloys (denoted by Sl
and S2 in Fig. 2).
Though theoretical calculations are required
to assign the X - ray transitions of the two satellites, it is concluded that the comparison between-148-

J. Kawai et al.

the PIXE and electron excitation X -ray emission
spectra reveals the presence of multiple ionizedsatellites which are usually hidden in the spectraof EPMA and fluorescent X -ray spectra. It has
also been clarified that the contribution from themultiple ionization is negligible compared withthat from a poorly screened state as the origin of
the high energy shoulder of L - V X - ray lines

measured by EPMA or XRF spectrometers.
References
1) J. Kawai: "Advances in X- Ray Analysis", Edited by
C. S. Barrett, J. V. Gilfrich, I. C. Noyan, T. C. Huang,-149-

and P. K. Predecki, Plenum Press, New York, 34, 91(1991).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111·6·3. Particle Induced Optical Luminescence of Lanthanoid Metals

J. Kawai, K. Ando, T. Kambara, and K. Maeda
Though the detection of electron or X -ray
induced optical luminescence of lanthanoid
metals in insulators is one of the most powerful
methods of trace elemental analysis/ ,2) it is notwidely used in analytical chemistry. This ismainly because the intensity of X - ray induced
optical luminescence depends on the sample preparation method as well as the concentration in
the sample. It is not detected for either metallic
samples nor insulators of perfect crystals. Therefore it is interesting to study whether such metallic samples which are not luminescent by the Xirradiation emit optical luminescence when they
are bombarded by high energy heavy ions.
We measured the optical luminescence of several rare earth compounds at RIKEN Linear
Accelerator (RILAC). The samples measured
were a Sm metal deposited on an Al foil (2,um)
and EuF 3 (49.5,ug/ cm 2) on Mylar (2.5,um) for
the 4.03- MeV He+ excitation, and Sm metal,
EU 203 , N d 20 3 on Al foils (2 ,urn) for the
52. 0- MeV Ar 8 + ion beam. The sample wasirradiated by the ion beam in vacuum « 10- 6Torr). The emitted optical signal going througha quartz view port of the vacuum chamber wasthen analyzed by a Nikon G- 250 Czerny- Turnertype grating spectrometer and detected by aquartz window photomultiplier. Typical measured spectra are shown in Figs. 1 and 2.
Whereas the emission lines from argon ionswere observed (488, 435, and 410 nm peaks in
Fig. 2) in the Ar 8 +-induced spectra for all thesamples measured in the present study, the He+induced spectra (Fig. 1) were significantly different each other and also were different fromthose excited by the Ar 8 + ion. Since the basic
research in this area has not well been performed, the profile changes of the measured spectra

40000

4 MeV He+
EuF3

!!!

'c
::l

Sm

30000

.e

~

20000

~

'iii
c:
Q)

~

10000

o.
2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

Wavelength (A)Fig. 1. He+- induced optical emission spectra of EuF 3 and
Sm.

2000

52 MeV Ar 8+

Sm
Eu203

1000

..--

o------~~--~~--~~---3000
4000
5000
6000

2000

Wavelength (A)7000

Fig. 2. Ar 8L induced optical emission spectra of Sm andEU 2 0 3'

have not been interpreted. However it is concluded that the optical signal can be detected for very
low amounts of samples, thus this method has apotential to be a powerful tool of trace elemental
analysis.
References
1) A. P. D'Silva, E. L. DeKalb, and V. A. Fassel: Anal.
Chem., 42, 1846 (1970) .
2) E, L. DeKalb and V. A. Fassel: ibid. , 47, 2354 (1975).

-150-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-6-4. Analysis of an Accident during Ozone Experiments by
Means of the Heavy-Ion Rutherford Scattering
M. Aratani and M. Yanokura
An accident happened during ozone distillationin an inorganic synthesis experiment at a certain
National Institute in the Capital Region. A spiralstainless steel pipe used as the ozone distillator
exploded into fragments, which flew over andsticked to human body near by. Observation on
the exploded pipe showed that the explosion siteof the pipe was situated at the bottom of the
distillator and at the end point of the spiral part,from which the pipe went up vertically to thenext part of the apparatus. Two substances
loomed up as possible suspects through discussions; carbonaceous contaminant gas and ozone
gas itself. The very gaseous substances for sampling, however, had been lost in the explosion.
Thus, the heavy-ion Rutherford scattering was
suggested for the inside surface characterizationof the fragments so as to make clear the cause of
the accident.
Three kinds of samples were provided; one
was a fragment from the explosion site, anotherwas a portion of the pipe at a distance of 30 cm
from the explosion site, and the other was an

Fig. 1. Comparison of the three spectra shows that athick oxide film but not a carbon film was formed on
the inside surface of the pipe at the exploded site.
1 : Spectrum of the exploded site.
2 : Spectrum of SiO z as the oxygen standard sample.
3 : Spectrum of a diamond- like carbon(DLC) film
as the carbon standard sample.

unused stainless steel pipe of the same kind. The
samples were cut into 19 mm in length, opened
and made flat, and the inside surfaces of thesamples were examined by use of a 50 Me V 40 Ar
ion beam. The details of the HIRS method waspreviously reported in RIKEN Accel. Progr. Rep.
and elsewhere. 1)
Simultaneous measurements for light andheavy elements were performed with the samples. Some of the spectra were shown in Fig.l. A
large quantity of oxygen atoms were found forthe sample from the explosion site. For the sample 30 cm distant from there, oxygen atoms also
observed but in a much less quantity. Oxygen
atoms were scarcely found for the unused-pipe
sample. Carbon atoms were not observed for any
samples. The presence of a small quantity oftungsten atoms was suggested for the samples
from the explosion site. A series of measurements led us to the conclusion that ozone was
responsible for the explosion due to decomposition into oxygen to make a thick oxide layer on
the inside surface.
According to our suggestion of the presence oftungsten atoms by HIRS, a destructive chemical
analysis was performed at their Institute. Originof the tungsten atoms was also examined by thedestructive chemical analysis of all the materials
used in the apparatus. The results showed theelectrodes of an ozone generator prior to theozone distillator were made of tungsten. It may
be supposed that fine particles of tungsten oxide
which were formed by the discharge in the ozone
generator, transported to the bottom of the ozone
distillator by ozone stream and accumulated
there, would have played a role in the explosive
decomposition of ozone.
References
1) H. Nagai, S. Hayasi, M. Aratani, T. Nozaki, M.
Yanokura, I. Kohno, O. Kuboi, and Y. Yatsurugi:
Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B28, 59 (1987).

- 151-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-6-5. Light-Element Impurities in a TiN Film Studied by
Heavy-Ion Rutherford ·Scatteri ng
H. Akiyama, K. Onoe, * M. Yanokura, and M. Aratani
A thin film of titanium nitride (TiN) is employed for coating cutting tools because of its
hardness and for coloring decorative art works
because of its beautiful color. Contamination by
impurities has so much influence on various
properties of the thin film that their characterization is indispensable for manufacturing highpurity thin films. So, we have examined lightelement impurities in a thin TiN film preparedon a Si substrate by the sputtering technique.
The thickness of the TiN film was 350 A. The
heavy-ion Rutherford scattering (HIRS) method
has been used in combination with the TOF
measurement. The incident beam was argon of
1.3 MeV /nudeon in energy.
The samples were cut into pieces of a size of 19mm X 9 mm. In a one meter scattering chamberin A-I course of RILAC, we set a target holder
with nine pieces of samples at an angle of 10° (01 )and surface-barrier semiconductor detectors(SSD) at angles of 3T and 47° (02 ) to the incident
beam. The SSD at angles of 37° detected
forward-scattered argon ions and forward-recoiled ions. The SSD at angles of 4T was used formonitoring the incident argon beam. The samples were bombarded with a 52.46 MeV Ar beam
under a vacuum (6.7 x 10- 4 Pa). The spot size ofthe incident ion beam was 1.5 mm X 1.5 mm on
the specimen. The beam current and irradiation doses during measurements were 7 to 8 nanoamperes and 8 to 10 microcoulombs, respectively which are thought to be within the dose
range to produce no serious irradiation effect inthis experiment.
Energy spectrum for recoiled silicon and oxygen from a Si0 2 standard is shown in Fig. 1 (a),and that for recoiled ions and forward scatteredions from the thin TiN film are shown in Fig.
1 (b). The thick arrow in Fig. 1 (b) indicates the
position of the energy of recoiled light-impurity
atoms which were contained in the thin TiN film.
The light element has been identified to be oxygen, because the energy of the peak marked with

(a)

o

10'

Si

I

....l

t:..l

Z
Z

10'

U
'\..

10'

:::
(::

I
! - ! - - - - - - - - -.: 5 12f)~)NI·s;
:::1

Vll

10'

10·°0~-------------~S~12--~~~~~.1
CHANNEL NUMBER

Fig. 1. Energy spectra of recoiled ions and forward
scattered Ar ions from (a) Si0 2 and (b) a thin TiN film.
Si (Ar) and Ti (Ar) represent Ar ions forward -scatteredby Si and Ti atoms, respectively. Target angle, fA = 10°;Detector angle, ()2 = 37"

the thick arrow agrees with the energy of oxygen
atoms from the Si0 2 standard. Total content of
the oxygen in the TiN film is calculated to be 6.0
at% which corresponds to 3.1 wt%. The originof impurity oxygen atoms may be attributed tothose absorbed into the film from residual gas in
the processes of preparation of the TiN film.
As stated above, the nondestructive nitrogenoxygen separation and the simultaneous quantitative analysis of light elements have been successfully performed by the HIRS with argon. The
nitrogen-oxygen separation also has been confirmed by the TOF measurement.
The present TiN film can be used as a standard material of 1. 05 X 10 17 atoms/ cm 2 nitrogen.

* Institute for Super Materials, ULVAC JAPAN, Ltd.

-152-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

111-6-6. Non-Destructive Analysis of Hydrogen Isotopes in the Volcanic
Glass by Linear Accelerator
A. Okada, M. Aratani, M. Yanokura, and H. Akiyama
Obsidian, a natural glass of volcanic origin,contains 0.3-8. Owt. % H 20.1) It is geochemicallyinteresting to investigate the source of water inthe volcanic eruptives from volcanoes which
distribute in the active areas on the earth. In
addition, obsidian is an archaeologically important material, with which the antiquity made
implements in the stone age of ancient Japan. It
is also significant to investigate where and how
the ancients got obsidian for the production ofstone implements. For these purposes, we measured the IH and D abundance of obsidian samples.
Recently the scattering analysis using a linear
accelerator has been applied to the determination of hydrogen in solid materials. Further, thehigh-sensitive analysis of deuterium in solid
samples using nuclear reaction of 15N with
deuterium, i.e., D(15N, py)16N~160 and D(15N,n y) 160, has been recently developed. 2)
The intense 6 .13 MeV y-ray emitted by the
decay of excited 160 is measured with a BGO,
bismuth germanate (Bi4Ge3012), scintillator.
This method is highly sensitive to deuterium insolids.
In this work, we examined the possibility ofthe simultaneous and non-destructive analysis ofboth 1Hand D contents of obsidian, combining
both the scattering reaction and nuclear reaction
by a 15N2+ beam of RIKEN linear accelerator.
Figure 1 shows the schematic arrangement of thesample-detector system in the scattering chamber. Polished obsidian samples from Tokachidake, Hokkaido, Japan, and from Arizona, U.S.
A., were set at 15° to the incident 15N2+ beam (15MeV and 20 nA). The recoiled hydrogen atoms
from the sample were measured by the solid state
detector set at an angle of 30° to the incident
beam. A BGO scintillator was set close by thetarget to detect y-ray emissions. Figure 2 shows
the y-ray spectrum detected by the BGO scintillator. The result showed that the simultaneous
analysis of 1Hand D of the geological sample byusing a linear accelerator is promising. But inthis experiment, the energy resolution of the
BGO scintillator was not so enough for the calculation of the hydrogen isotope abundance. At
present, improvements in the resolution of the
BGO detector are being done.

15N2+ Beam from RILAC

Fig. 1. Schematic arrangement of the sample-detector
system in the scattering chamber (1000 mm in dia.).
X 10

3

8.19

.----~-~~.. O~.-6.1-:3M~ev-~-~--'

J

7 .17

ARIZONA

6.14

TOKACHI-DAKE
2.05
l02

300

556

812

CHANNEL NUMBER

Fig. 2. y-ray spectrum of 16 0 produced by lSN -induced
nuclear reaction with deuterium in obsidian.

References
1) K. Shibata (ed.): Nihon Ganseki-shi, Asakura
Shoten, III, p. 384 (1968).
2) S. Hayashi, H. Nagai, M. Aratani, T. N ozaki, M.
Yanokura, I. Kohno, O. Kuboi, and Y. Yatsurugi:
Nucl. Instrum. Methods, BI6, 377 (1986).

-153-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

IV. NUCLEAR DATA
1. Status Report of the Nuclear Data Group
Y. Tendow, A. Yoshida, Y. Ohkubo, A. Hashizume, and K. Kitao
The Nuclear Data Group has suffered a change
in the staff this year. Hashizume, the groupleader, has retired from RIKEN. He has been
making efforts for years to establish and expand
the activities of our group and he is supposed tocontinue the nuclear data compilation works as apart-time staff of the group. The decrease ofexperienced compilers is a general trend seen in
the fields of nuclear data activities. It is anurgent matter to train new hands in order to keep
up good maintenance and constant supply of
nuclear data in the future. We have been continuing the following data activities sinceprevious years. I)(1) Nuclear reaction cross-section data
(EXFOR)
Compilation of nuclear reaction cross-sections
induced by charged particles in the EXFOR format has been continued. We had restricted ourscope of compilation to the production cross-sections for 20 radioisotopes commonly used inbiomedical applications: llC, 13N, 15 0, 18F, 28Mg,
52Fe, 67Ga, 68Ge, 68Ga, 74As, 77Br, 82Br, 77Kr, 81Rb,
82mRb, 111In, 123Xe, 123CS, 127Xe, 123 1, 124 1, and 1251.
Although the most of the cross-section data havealready been compiled into the EXFOR file, aconsiderable number of important works still
remain untouched. We tried to pick up and compile these works as well as recent data. It isessential to cover these missing works for thecompleteness of the EXFOR data base.
An effort was made to complete the collectionof the cross-sections for the production of 74 As
nuclides. 2) As is one of the important elements inthe biomedical and environmental studies.
The evaluation of excitation functions for themonitor reactions 12C (p, pn) llC, 27 Al (p, 3pn) 24
N a, 63CU (p, 2n) 62Zn , and 65CU (p, n) 65Z n is
continued.
We sent a transmission tape #R006 to the
IAEA Nuclear Data Section (NDS) whichcontained a new EXFOR file of 4 entries (works)
consisted of a total of 41 subentries. (Eachsubentry corresponds to an excitation curve.)(2) Evaluated nuclear structure data file
(ENSDF)As a member of the Sigma Committee of

JAERI, we have been participating in the
ENSDF compilation network coordinated by the
Brookhaven National Nuclear Data Center(NNDC). We have continued evaluation andcompilation of the A = 177 mass chain. We haveset about a new evaluation of the A = 129 masschain and in the first place references were surveyed and collected. The re-evaluation of A =120 is also planned.
The complete ENSDF with mass A = 1 through266 is provided from NNDC periodically. The
complete file is now stored in the FACOM mainframe computer as a partitioned data set of 6
members and occupies about 1990 tracks in thedisk memories. The file is planned to be installed
into the V AX networks in the accelerator facility
area.
(3) Nuclear structure references file (NSR)
We are engaged in collection and compilationof secondary references (annual reports, conference proceedings etc.) published in Japan into
Nuclear Structure References (NSR) file andsending it to NNDC. The NSR file is offered foron-line retrieval service by NNDC and also
published as RECENT REFERENCES periodically. We have completed the compilation for
1988 and 1989 references and set about compiling1990 ones. Secondary sources surveyed are
RIKEN (Accel. Prog. Rep.), JAERI-TLV(JAERI) , INS (Univ. Tokyo), UTT AC (Univ.
Tsukuba), RCNP (Osaka Univ.) and CYRIC(Tohoku Univ.).
The lith IAEA Consultants' Meeting of the
Nuclear Reaction Data Centers was held on
October 7 - 11 at the Nuclear Data Center in theInstitute of Physics and Power Engineering in
Obninsk, USSR. Participants were the delegatesfrom 9 data centers which are engaged in CINDA
and EXFOR compilation networks in the world.
Each center reported the status of activities anddiscussed relevant issues of CINDA and EXFOR.
References
1) A. Hashizume, Y. Tendow, Y. Ohkubo, K. Kitao, andK. Sueki: RIKEN Acee!. Prog. Rep., 24, 128 (1990).
2) Y. Tendow, A. Hashizume, Y. Ohkubo, and K. Kitao:
This Report, p. 155.

-154-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

IV-2. Cross Section Data for 74As Production
Y. Tendow, A. Hashizume, Y. Ohkubo, and K. Kitao
Arsenic is one of the important elements menacing the environment with its growing distribution through modern industrial activities.
Radioarsenic is used as a tracer in biology and in
the study of water and soil pollution to set environmental health criteria for As. Among radioarsenic nuclides available, 74As is especially convenient for biomedical studies because of thepositron emission and its moderate half-life of
17.78 d.

I!-O---=\1;-0----:l20~-:l30:--....J,40-..,L50-ro...L..---1701
MeV

Table 1. Cross Sections for 74As Production.
Reaction

Energy (MeV)

74Ge (p. n)

3.43 - 5.83

167 (1\ 5.83)

1)74Ge (P. n) +19 -6485.1 (1,31.6)

2)

76Ge (P. 3n)

6.5 - 4130· (1,10)

3)"As (p. pn)

21.5

350

4)

"As (P. spall)

2900

47

$)

540

60.5

6)

Br (p. spall)

593

18.8

6)

Rb (p. spall)

593

12.8

6)

I9Y (P. spall)

540

6.9

6)

240

0.77

7)

(J mu

(mb a\ MeV)

Reference

90Zr (P. spall)

1000

4.2

8)

9JZr (P. spaU)

1000

4.7

8)

94Zr (P. spall)

1000

7.3

8)

96Zr (P. spaU)

1800

5.1

9)

96Mo (p. spall)

1800

3.3

9)

96Ru (P. spall)

1800

1.1

9)

Ag (P. spall)

3000

3.01

10)

29000

2.43

\0)

In (P. spaU)

2900

2.7

11)

Au (P. spaU)

2900

1.8

11)

U (P. spaU)

2900

5.1

11)

71Ga (JHe. y)

1.3 - 30.2

34.4j.1b (a' \3.7)

12)•

Fig. 1. Excitaion functions for the natGe(p, xn)74As reaction.

found in literature until now.
A number of cross-sections for spallation reactions reported so far, together with the excitation
function data, are summarized in Table 1.
Utilization of radioarsenic will be increasingin the studies of biomedical and environmental
fields in the future. More precise and overallmeasurements are expected to be advantageous.

j.ICI/j.IAhMeV

74As is produced through 74Ge (p, n) and/ or
76Ge (p, 3n) reactions on natural Ge targets. 2 •3 )Excitation functions are shown in Fig. 1. The
curve from Basile et a1. 3 ) has two peaks ataround 10 MeV and 30 MeV corresponding to74Ge (p, n) and 76Ge (p, 3n) reactions respectively
and that from Horiguchi et a1. 2 ) is for the 76Ge(p,3n) reaction. Basile et a1. 3 ) reported also theexcitation functions for the 71.72.76As production.
Only a few works on excitation functions are

References
1) C. H. Johnson, A. Galonsky, and C. N. Inskeep: ORNL2910. p. 25 (1960) .
2) T. Horiguchi, H. Kumahora, H. Inoue, and Y. Yoshizawa: Int. ]. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, 1531 (1983).
3) D. Basile, C. Birattari, M. Bonardi, L. Goetz, E.
Sabbioni, and A. Salomone: ibid., 32, 403 (1981).
4) B. L. Cohen and E. Newman: Phys. Rev., 99, 718(1955) .
5) S. Kaufman: ibid., 126, 1189 (1962) .
6) A. Grutter: Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 33, 725 (1982) .
7) A. A. Caretto, Jr. and E. O. Wiig: Phys. Rev. , 103,236(1956) .
8) B. N. Belyaev, V. D. Domkin, Y. S. Egorov, Y. G.
Korobulin, and L. M. Krijansky: Izv. Akad. Nauk
USSR, Ser. Fiz., 42, 2392 (1978).
9) N. T. Porile and L. B. Church: Phys. Rev., B133, 310(1964) .
10) S. Katcoff, H. R. Fickel, and A. Wyttenbach: ibid. ,166, 1147 (1968).
11) S. Kaufman: ibid. , 129, 1866 (1963).
12) R. V. Carlson and P. J. Daly: Nucl. Phys. , A102, 161(1967) .

-155-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V. DEVELOPMENT OF ACCELERATOR FACILITIES

1. Ion Accelerator Development
1. Beam Phase Meter for RIKEN Ri ng Cyclotron
M. Kase and 1. Yokoyama
In cyclotron tunings, to build an isochronous
magnetic fields is one of the most important
processes. Main and trim coil currents in the
sector magnet are initially set according either
to the estimation using the field mapping data or
to the data of the previous operation in the same
conditions. These initial settings are not goodenough for making an accurate isochronous
field. The beam phase measurement is always
necessary for the further tuning. Inside a cyclotron, in one of valley between two sector magnets, a set of phase probes is installed. I) Twenty
pairs of capacitive phase probes consisting ofparallel plate electrodes are aligned radially andcover almost all orbital region of beam. The
magnetic currents are finally tuned so that thesephase probes will feel the beam simultaneously.
As the result a good isochronism can beachieved.
So far these measurements have been done byobserving signals from these phase probes on an
oscilloscope display. A position of the beam

signal on time axis is read for each phase probe
step by step. In order to make these measurements more efficiently, a phase meter has beendeveloped to convert timing information of thesesignals into dc voltage ones which can be easily
read by a computer.
A block diagram of the phase meter is shownin Fig. 1. The circuit has been designed to handle
the second harmonic component selectively on
basis of the heterodyne scheme. A frequency of
455 kHz has been selected as its intermediate
frequency, f j. The phase meter needs two kinds ofsignals with frequencies, 2fo and 2fo - f h where fo
is the fundermental frequency of the radio frequency (rf) system. These signals are made witha frequency doubler and a local oscillator. A
phase probe signal, after amplified, is mixed witha 2fo-fj signal in a double balanced mixer(DBM). A narrow band pass filter (455kHz)
selects only 455 kHz signal which has a phase
information of 2fo-component of phase probe
signal. A reference signal is also converted into

SIG

Zf.

Fig. 1. Block diagram of the phase meter. Shadow triangles show wide band amplifiers of 1 - 400MHz. DBM
is the double balanced mixer, PD the phase detector, PS the power splitter, rms the route mean squareconverter, and BPF the narrow band pass filter, fB= 455 ± 1kHz.

-156-

M. Kase et al.
40'-~--------------------~----------~

30~----------------------------------~

20~--------~--~--------------------~

~ 10
III

0

Vl

0«

~ ·IO~~~~--~~-4--~~~~~~~~++~·20 t----------------------------~_+--'~~·30 ~----------------------------------__I

1123

1367

161l

1875

lUll

1347

1591

1836

3081

3Jl6

nAI>lUS (mm)Fig. 2. Typical result of beam phase measurement fortwenty pairs of phase probes inside RRC. Horizontal
axis is the radius of beam orbits and vertical one is thebeam phase in deg. Plots in the positive phase region
mean that beam is late relative to that at the first insideprobe location. Squares aligned along 0 deg line show
the location of phase probes and figures with # thelocation of trim coils. Beam is 95MeV Ar in fo=28.1
MHz. Beam intensity is 100 enA.

455kHz signals keeping its phase unchanged in
the same way. With two phase detectors, PD, twocomponents of Acos8 and Asin8 are obtained,
where A is the amplitude and 8 the phase of 2fo component of phase probe signal. A should be
proportional to a beam intensity and is monitored directly with a rms converter.
These three dc signals are fed into an analog
input of interface board, DIM (Devise Interface
Module) of control system,2) where they areconverted into 12-bit digital signals every 1 ms

and stored into an 8 kbite memory inside. Afterthe memory is full, data are transferred to a hostcomputer, and then averaged values of X =Acos8 and Y = Asin8 are calculated. To eliminate the noise effect, these measurements aredone in two ways, that is, with beam (X s and Ys)
and without beam (X n and Yn). Beam can be
stopped easily and rapidly by an electric beamswitcher just after the ion source. The durationof cutting beam is 0.5 s for one phase probe.
Beam phase is obtained by subtracting the noise
effect, that is, using 8s = arctan (Y s- Yn) / (X s- Xn) .
Beam phase values, which are relative to thephase probe no. 1, are obtained for the all phaseprobes by switching the probes. These are done
automatically by a computer control.
Typical result of the measurement is shown in
Fig. 2 for twenty pairs of phase probes in the
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron (RRC), which shows thatthe magnetic field is lower than isochronous one
for a radius around 1800mm and higher than it
for a radius around 3000mm. The data obtainedin this way are consistent with those obtained byobserving an oscilloscope. This circuit is also
applicable to pahase probes in the A VF cyclotron and beamline.
References
1) M. Kase, 1. Yokoyama, 1. Takeshita, Y. Oikawa, M.
Saito, and Y. Yano: Proc. 11th Int. Conf. on Cyclotrons and Their Applications,Tokyo, p. 443 (1987).
2) T. Wada, J. Fujita, 1. Yokoyama, T. Kambara, and H.
Kamitsubo: Sci. Papers I.P.C.R., 79, 28 (1985).

-157-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-1-2. Recent Improvement of Micro-Program in a Control
Interface for a Magnet Power Supply
M. N agase, I. Yokoyama, M. Kase, and Y. Yano
The CIM (Communication Interface Module)
and the DIM (Device Interface Module) werecompleted in 1984,1) and a computer control system using them was completed in 1985,2) one year
before the completion of the RRC (RIKEN Ring
Cyclotron). Since then, they have been used forthe control of RRC as a remote end I/O interface
of a main control computer M -60 (Me1com
350-60) . Among them, the DIM is a programmable and active device consisting of a CPU (8-bit
micro processor), ROM (read only memory),
RAM (randum access memory), I/O ports, etc.
The DIM executes a function according to its
micro-program, which is stored in the ROM andwritten in a special 8- bit assembler language.
The computer control of a magnet power supply
is carried out by the main-program of M -60

calling a function of DIM.
Table 1 shows the access commands and theirfunctions for the DIM. The MCST (Multi Current Setting Task for a magnet power supply),3)
which is one of the automatic processing functions programmed on the DIM, could successfully
decrease the initial setting time of large numberof magnet power supplies and also decrease thetask load of M -60 .
Recently, it became necessary for the DIM tohave an automatic trouble check function for themagnet power supply, because of the occasional
trouble of magnet power supply due to the damage of electric parts, the failure in the watercooling system, etc. The CCT (Current CheckTask) and the SCT (Status Check Task) were
newly added to the function of DIM, and two

Table 1. Command Code Reference for CIM and DIM in 1991 .
F.
CODE

COMMAND
CODE (Z6)

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

00000001000002000010000020000021 ....
3000003Itttt4pttdd5pdddd10aaddSpOOOO
9pOOOOApOOOO
BpOOhhBplOhhCpOOhhCpl0hhEOOOOO
EI0000FOaan

CIM INITIALIZEENABLE CIM LAM (Look At Me sllnal tor CAMAC)DISABLE CIM LAM (Look At Me sllnol tor CAMAC)
DIM INITIALIZE
DIM MODE GETDIM MODE SETDIM TASK CYCLE TIME GET
1M TASK CYCLE T I ME SETDIM PULSE OUTPUT (OR I BYTE OUTPUT)
DIM 2 BYTE OUTPUT
DIM MEMORY WRITE
DIM DIGITAL PORT READ (1 BYTE)DIM DIGITAL PORT READ (2 BYTE)
o1M ANALOG PORT READ
DIM DIGITAL RECORD READ (SINGLE PORT)DIM DIGITAL RECORD READ (ALL PORT)DIM ANALOG RECORD READ (SINGLE PORT)DIM ANALOG RECORD READ (ALL PORT)NO OnRAT ION
DIM TASK STATUS READ (READ AND RESTART)DIM TASK STATUS READ (READ ONLY)DIM MEMORY READ

22
22
22
22

600001610001
60000280000360000460000560000661000660000761000780000861000880000981000960000A
60000C
600000600010600020600036

DIM MEMORY CLEAR (ALL REGION)
DIM MEMORY CLEAR (RECORO REGION)
NO OPERAr'ION
NO OPERATIONNO OPERA! ION
START MPS . MULTI CURRo SET & CURRo CHECK TASKSTART PORT RECORD TASK (ENDLESS)START PORT RECORD TASK (48 CYCLE ONLY)START RFI. RECORD TASK (ENDLESS)START RFI. RECORD TASK (48 CYCLE ONLv)
START RFS. RECORD TASK (ENDLESS)START RFS. RECORD TASK (48 CYCLE ONL V)
START VAC. RECORO TASK (ENDLESS)START VAC. RECORD TASK (48 CYCLE ONL V)NO PPERA! ION
START MPS. CURR o CHECK TASKSTART HIGH SPEED ANALOG RECORD TASKSTOP TASKRESTART RESTING TASKMPS. CURRo CLEAR

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
NOTE
-I
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
-7
-8
-S
-10
-II
-12
-13
-\4

DxxxxxNOTE

FUNCT IONo...... Is a lode code.
"tttt' Is a hex . tile (IS.).
"p" Is a port address.
Ott" Is a hl,h order hex . tile (IS.).
"dd" Is a I b~te data.
"dddd" Is a 2 b~te data.
"ea" Is a hl'h order lelor~ address.
" hh" Is a record hlstorv depth .
"xxxxx' Is not care.
"aeaa" Is a a~solute lelon address.
"MPS" stands tor M.,net POler Supplv.
" RFI" stands tor Radio Frequeno~ svstel Interlock status .
"RFS" stands tor Radio FreQuencv s~ste. operat Ion status.
"VAC' stands tor Vacuule svstel Interlock status.

-158-

*2
*3.
*3.
*7.
*3
*3
*3
*3 .
*3.

-4. *5
*6

-5

*S
*8

13. *8*3. -8
*S
*10

*11
*12
*12
*13
*13
-14
*14
*11

M. Nagase et al.
Table 2. DIM. Task Mode Holder (Read/ Write Possible) .
On/Off 01 Error Tranoltlon Record Mode
On/Olf of Input Port Check Task (Status Check Task)
Enable/Dlaoble Soft .. re Interruption br a task:: :, Enable/Dleable Hard .. re Interruption at checkl .. port var led: : Analor or Dlrltal Input Port Addr .. , to be checkedl:, Tranaltlon
Record Depth alter Error
1 Analor Deviation Error Lla l t
TRK
blS

i i i
PCT

ESI

EHI

bl(

bJ3

bl2

i

CHECKING PORT ADDRESS
bl l

biD

b9

b!

b7

ANALOG ERR LIMIT

RECORD DEPTH
be

b6

b(

b3

b2

bl

I

bO

Table 3. DIM. Task Status Holder (Read Only) .
Indecate Run/Stop state 01 TlSk Excitable Tlur
Indecate Runlnr/Restlnr state of Back Ground Task
Indecate Error Detection br a Taok
1::::,

Indecate Check In, Port Varied, Runnlnr or Rutlnr Task Nu.ber:.',
Error Subaddress or Error Port Address: Error Grlde or Error Bit

nUN

bl5

i i l i
nST

TEU

PUR

bU

blS

bl2

bll

blO

b9

b8

memory locations defined as the TMH (Task
Mode Holder) and the TSH (Task Status
Holder) were provided for these tasks. Their
operations and characteristics are documented
as follows.
1) CCT: This is automatically started after theend of MCST. It takes actual current data ofmagnet power supply, and calculates the deviation between the actual data and their referencedata, which were previousely set on the RAM as
the result of MCST. This task is cyclicallyrepeated in a certain time interval if no error
occurs. An error code is set into the TSH when
the deviation is over a limit, and an interruption
code is sent to the M- 60. After that, the task
rests, keeping the error status on the TSH until
the M - 60 reads out its contents.
2) SCT: This can be executed in parallel withother tasks, and is operated similarly to CCT.
Difference is that the check target is not theactual current but a status bit pattern of magnet
power supply. So that, an error code is set into
the TSH when a status bit varies, and also an
iterruption code is sent to the M -60.
3) TMH: Contents of TMH are shown in
Table 2. They can be read or written by M - 60,
and referred by a task. It keeps a check modesuch as whether an interruption is enable ordisable, whether the STC runs or stops, an input
port address to be checked, a limit data of current deviation, etc.

b7

be

b6

I

ERR GRADE

ERR ADDRESSTASK HUMBER

b(

b3

b2

bl

bO

4) TSH: Contents of TSH are shown in Table
3. They are written by the CCT and SCT, andread by M - 60. It keeps status information suchas whether an error happened or not, runningtask number, error source address, error grade,etc.
Thus, M - 60 can find a trouble of the magnet
power supply easily and immediately by only
reading out the two -byte status in TSH. Performance of CCT and SeT was tested and confirmed using an Analog I/O Interface, which had
been made in 1987 as an I/O simulator of the realmagnet power supply.
Replacement of the micro - program in the all
DIM was completed. Development of a practicalapplication program of the M - 60 including the
new interruption processing, is in progress now,and will be established in near future. They will
be useful not only for the rapid trouble discovery
of magnet power supplies but also for the reduction of M - 60's task load.
References-159 -

1) K. Simizu: Nuc!. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. A , 236,

109 (1985).
2) T. Wada, J. Fujita, K. Shimizu, 1. Yokoyama, T.
Kambara, and H.Kamitsubo: RIKEN Aeee!. Prog.
Rep. , 19, 186 (1985).
3) M. N agase, H. Takebe, T. Wada, and K. Shimizu:
Proc. 11th. Conf. on Cyclotron and Their Appli cations, Tokyo, p. 410 (1987).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·l·3. Effect of Coating the Plasma Chamber Wall in RIKEN Electron
Cyclotron Resonance Ion Source (ECRIS) on the Beam
Intensity of the Highly Charged Ions
T. Nakagawa
Recently, several authors reported that thecondition of a chamber wall of the ECRIS isimportant to produce the highly charged ions andthe enhancement of the beam intensity is observed after coating the chamber wall withthoriuml} or Si0 2 •2 ) We also observed the enhancement of performance of highly charged ionsafter coating the chamber wall of the RIKENECRIS with Al 2 0 3 and MgO.
The beam intensity was measured before and
(a)

7

6

4

Charge State

II

12

13

14

15

16

after producing Al and Mg ions with the ECR ion
source. In order to produce Al ions, an Al 2 0 3
ceramic rod was directly inserted into theplasma in the second stage and heated to obtainthe sufficiently high vapor pressure. The support
gas was oxygen. The diameter and length of therod were 4 and 200 mm, respectively. The consumption rate was 0.1 mm/ l0 min .. The evaporated aluminium oxide was ionized in the plasmaand extracted from the ECR ion source. Part ofthe ions were attached to the chamber wall.
In order to minimize other effects on the beam
intensity, other parameters ( gas pressure, RF
power, axial and radial magnetic fields) were
not changed before or after producing Al ions.
RF powers of the first and second stages were 50
and 800 W, respectively. The extraction voltage
was 10 kV for all elements.
In Fig. 1 (a) and (b), open and closed circles
are the beam intensity for each charge state
before and after producing Al ions, respectively.
It is clear that the intensity of highly charged
ions was strongly enhanced after producing Al
ions. This effect continued for several months.
Then, the beam intensity decreased with thesame parameter set of the ECR ion source.
We have observed the same effect after
producing Mg ions. Mg ions were produced byinserting a MgO ceramic rod into the plasma inthe second stage. The diameter and length were
4 and 200 mm, respectively. The consumption
rate was 0.1 mm/ 15 min .. The performance ofthe higher-charge-state of argon, nitrogen, andcarbon ions after producing Mg ions was thesame as those after producing Al ions.

17

Charge stateFig. 1. (a) Beam intensity of carbon and nitrogen ions as
a function of the charge state Open and closed circles
are the beam intensities before and after producing Al
ions. (b) Beam intensity of argon ions as a function of thecharge state. Open and closed circles are the beam
intensities before and after producing Al ions.

References
1) C. M. Leyneis : Proc. Int. Conf. ECR Ion Source andtheir Applications, East Lansing, 1987 (Michigan
State Univ.), p. 42 (1987).
2) R. Geller: Annu. Rev. Nucl. Part. Sci., 40, 15 (1990) .
3) K. Hatanaka and H. N onaka: Proc. Int. Conf. thePhysics of Multiply Charged Ions and Int. Workshop
of ECR Ion Sources, Grenoble, 1988, J. de PhysiqueC-1, p. 821 (1989).

-160-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·l·4. The Effect of Electrode in RIKEN Electron Cyclotron Resonance Ion
Source (ECRIS) on the Beam Intensity of Highly Charged Ions
T. Nakagawa and T. Kageyama
Many laboratories make an effort to increase
the intensity of highly charged ions from the
ECRIS. The probability of producing highly
charged ions by the single electron impact falls
off rapidly with increasing ion charge. Therefore
the only efficient way to obtain highly charged
ions is the successive ionization. We are then led
to increase the exposure time of ions to the cloudof electrons or to increase the electron density inthe plasma. In order to increase the electron
density in the plasma, a Grenoble group has put
the electrode near the gas injection of the
MINIMAFIOS which has an operating frequencyof 18 GHz and then supply the electrode with anegative voltage to push out electrons from thefirst to the second stage. 1) We also put the electrode in the first stage of the RIKEN ECRIS andsupplied a bias voltage to the electrode to pushout the electrons from the first to the second
stage.
Figure 1 shows the beam intensity of 4°Arll+ as
a function of the bias voltage of the electrode.
The beam intensity increased with decreasing
the bias voltage to - 250 V and then becamera ther constant. Open triangles are the beam
intensity when we used the electrode. Opensquares are the beam currents when we used theelectrode after coating the chamber wall with theAb03. As described in Refs. 2 and 3, the condition
l00~------------~

1~~--~~--~~-500 -400 -300 -200 -1000Bias Voltage (V)Fig. 1. The Beam intensity of 4°Arll+ as a function of thebias voltage of the electrode. Open triangles are beam
currents when the electrode was used. Open squares arebeam currents when the electrode was used after coating the chamber wall with Al z0 3 by inserting an Al 2 0 3
ceramic rod into the second stage plasma for 30 min;

.1 L.......~..J...--'---.l-...-L.---'---'
10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 17

Charge State

Fig. 2. The Beam intensity of argon ions as a function of
the charge state Open circles are the best result before
setting the electrode in the first stage. Open triangles
are the beam intensity when the electrode was used.
Open squares are the beam intensity when the electrodewas used after coating the chamber wall with Al 2 0 3 byinserting an Al 2 0 3 ceramic rod into the second stage
plasma. Lines are drawn to guide the eye through thedata points.

of chamber wall is very important to increase theintensity of highly charged ions. Figure 2 shows
the beam intensity of argon ions as a function of
the charge state. Open circles are the "bestresult" before setting the electrode. Open triangles are the beam currents when we used theelectrode ( bias voltage is -250 V). Opensquares are the beam currents when we used theelectrode after coating the chamber wall with
Al z0 3 •Usually the RF power of the first stage is 50100 W. The beam intensity becomes unstablewith increasing the RF power of the first stage.
An advantage of the RIKEN ECRIS comparedwith the MINIMAFIOS is that the two separated
RF power supplies can be controlled independently. So we can control the RF power of thefirst stage itself We should stress that we need
only a few ten watts of RF power of the firststage to obtain these results and the beam intensity becomes more stable compared with that
before setting the electrode.
References
1) G. Melin et at.: Proc. 10th Int. Workshop on ECR Ion
Sources, Oak Ridge National Laboratory Knoxville,
1990, p. 1 (1991).
2) T. Nakagawa: Jpn. J Appl. Phys., 30, L930 (1991).
3) R. Geller: Annu. Rev. Nucl. Part. Sci., 40, 15 (1990) .

-161-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-l-S. High Intensity Polarized Ion Sou rce
H. Sakai, H. Okamura, N. Sakamoto, 'K. Hatanaka, Y. Yano,
T. Kubo, N. Inabe, M. Saito J. Fujita, and T. Kageyama
The RIKEN Ring Cyclotron can accelerate a
proton (p) and a deuteron (d) upto 210 MeV and270 MeV, respectively. Use of a polarized beamprovides unique opportunity to study the spin
dependent phenomena in nuclear physics.
A new atomic beam source of positive polarized p and d ions is being constructed. The newion source is essentially a copy of the one built by
T.B. Clegg and associates at Triangle Universities Nuclear Laboratory (TUNL) which produces in excess of 100 J1A polarized beams. I}
Indiana University Cyclotron Facility (IUCF) isalso constructing the ion source which is also a
copy of TUNL with some modifications. 2) We
obtained a lot of information both from TUNL
and IUCF and also mechanical drawings from
IUCF, which allows us rapid copying.
Figure 1 shows the schematic side view of thepolarized ion source which is consisted of adissociator with a cooled nozzle C-'-'30 K), a pairof sextupole magnets, a pair of weak and strong
radio-frequency transition units to form thepolarized atomic beam and an electron cyclotron
resonance (ECR) ionizer.
We have started assembling the source. At thetime of writing this report, a vacuum test withmost of components in place is in progress. We
are expecting an on-line beam test in the winterof 1992.
Polarized beams will be accelerated by the
injector A VF cyclotron and the main Ring cyclotron. A low energy vector and tensor beampolarimeter will be installed between two cyclotrons. We have studied the possibility of the 12C(d, p) 13C reaction at Ed = 14 MeV as a low energy
polarimeter by using the polarized beam at
Kyushu University tandem accelerator laboratory. The data analysis is in progress.

RIKEN Polarized Ion Source

INF Transition Magnet

Sextupole Magnet

Bellows-~+---,'4+,I---~~ii~-­

Faraday Cup

Gate Valve ----~=:J::=

Fig. 1. Side view of the polarized ion source.

We greatly acknowledge the help and assistance of Prof. T. Clegg of TUNL and of Dr. M.
Wedekind of IUCF in providing us mechanicaldrawings.
References
1) T.B. Clegg: AlP Con! Proc., 187, 1227 (1 989).
2) M. Wedekind et at.: IUCF Annual Reports, p. 1525
(1990); ibid, p. 192 (1991).

- 162 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-I-6. Development of an LNA Laser for Polarized 3He Ion
Source of the Injector AVF Cyclotron (II)A. Minoh and T. Fujisawa
The lanthanum neodynium hexa -aluminate(LNA) laser for the polarized 3Re ion sourcemust deliver the output power more than 100mW
at the wavelength of 1083nm and the spectral
width must nearly equal the doppler width(2GRz) of the 2S ~2P transition of 3Re atoms. I)
In our previous experiment,I) the output powerof 75mW was obtained at the Ar laser pumping
power of 1. 6W and the output power increases inproportion to the pumping power. The spectral
width of about 30G Rz was obtained by insertinga 0 .1mm air-gap etalon in the cavity. In order toreduce the width to 2G Rz, we plan to add theother etalon (Etalon II) as shown in Fig.I. Etalon

Ela lon I

El alo n II

( o . lmro. :lIr·gap ) (PtezOelec t ric Scannlna)

Fig. 1. LNA laser cavity to study the laser oscillation
spectrum.

II controlled with a piezoelectric-transducer, isalso used to tune automatically the laser frequency in the hiperfine frequency of 3Re.
N ow we are precisely studying the structureof the laser oscillation spectrum with a FabryPerot spectrum analyzer ( New Port Co. SR250) in order to design the Etalon II.
It is necessary to develop a system for measuring the nuclear polarization of 3Re, in order todesign the polarized ion source. Figure 2 showsthe energy level of a 3Re atom and Fig. 3 shows

7:738~:

I 1.

2 3p

I083nm

23 5

2 'p

-- 2

1 15

1

5

ground stateFig. 2. Energy level of a 3He atom concerning themeasurement of the nuclear polarization of 3He.

3 He

LNA
laser bean!

=>~

Discharge Tube::()_.~
Induclor

I083nm1../ 4 Plate===={>.-+-~i

I.,

SIalic. ::Inlerference Filler

Magnetic Field

c::-:-~

Rolating::)./4 Plate

Linear Polarizer

~

o
\

I

\i

,"""mo"',""

Fig. 3. Detection system of the nuclear polarizationof 3He in the discharge tube.

the experimental set up to measure the nuclear
polarization. The 3Re atoms (gas, about 0.5
Torr) are excited to the 23S metastable state by
the RF electro-magnetic field in the static weakmagnetic field, and excited to the 23P state by thecircular polarized light from an LNA laser parallel to the static magnetic field. Through thehiperfine interaction the nuclear spin of metastable 23S state is polarized and is transferred to theground state by the spin exchange collision.
Then nuclei of the other states are polarized. The
circular polarization of the light from the excitedatoms depend on the nuclear polarization.
Pinard et a1. 2 ) give the relationship between the
nuclear polarization of 3Re and the circularpolarization of light emitted from the excited
3Re atom as follows.
_Po
J+1

P- T

(r 2/a 2)+(J+(l/2))2

where P is the degree of circular polarization ofa light, Po is a nuclear polarization of 3Re, G is
the decay rate of the state and a is hiperfine
coupling constant.
We plan to measure the circular polarizationof 3D~2P (667. 8nm) . The light of 3D~2P transition in the RF discharge is selected by an interference filter, and the circular polarization ismeasured with the rotating A/4 plate and a linear polarizer. Now the systems is almost set up.
We will also study the condition of the 3Re
discharge to give the highest nuclear polarization.

-163-

A. Minoh et al.

References
1) T. Fujisawa, A. Minoh, Y. Taniguchi, and K. Hatanaka: Proc. Int. Workshop on Polarized Ion Source
and Polarized Gas Jet., KEK, Tsukuba, p. 302 (1990);

A. Minoh, T. Fujisawa, and Y. Taniguchi: RIKEN
Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24, 136 (1990).
2) M. Pinard and J. Van Der Linde: Can. ]. Phys., 52,
1615 (1974). ·-164-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·l·7. Status of ECR Ion Sou rce (Neomafios) for RILAC
E. Ikezawa, Y. Miyazawa, M. Hemmi, Y. Chiba, T. Chiba,
M. Kase, T. Aihara, * T. Ohki, * and H. Hasebe*In the last year, the performance test of an
ECR ion source (Neomafios) 1) on its test bench 2 )was finished and it has been reconstructed on thehigh voltage terminal of RILAC injector. Figure
1 shows a schematic plan view of the ion source( Injector room) .___- _-_-_-

~
-

....

---.----;-----..

GVIJ
T\li1:-3~~/~tn

L_J l~

ST

1\ --; TV Camera -n5"ik Of;.

~ l

( --:-:-j0-- - 70 Bending Magnet.' ~~ GV 1--- II
Acc. Column ESQ
foC "- -- 7 1 -TMP-360-----j , '~.. -::::.-I.:ulator-- I- ~III ··---I .... . lInruf~-\__________
SOOkV Terminal

l

_____

J

/
ESQ

[----1--ECR Ion Source( Neomafios )~o 500mrn ' - -_ _ _ __ _ __ _- - 'Fig. 1. Schematic plan view of the ECR ion source
and the charge analyzing system reconstructed on
the high voltage terminal of RILAC injector. ESQ,
Electrostatic Quadruple doublet; ST, Steering magnet; FC, Faraday cup; GV, Gate valve; TMP, Turbomolecular pump.

and the charge analyzing system. The beams
extracted from the Neomafios are analyzed
according to the charge to mass ratios of ion
beams by a 70° magnet with a radius of curvatureof 350mm. Opening of the slit is 5 mm wide and
28 mm high. The two electrostatic quadruple
doublets are used for the beam focussing. Twoturbo-molecular pumps (360 Q / sec) are installed between the ion source and the analyzing
magnet. Another pump (300 Q / sec) is equippedwith a slit box. The operating pressure is usuallyaround 6 X 10- 7 Torr at the extraction stage. The
RF power (8 GHz) of around 100 W is usuallyapplied to the Neomafios.
The N eomafios source has been producing
various kinds of ion beams and also supplying
them to RILAC. So far we have produced up to
42 different ion species with this source. Table 1
gives ion currents obtained by the N eomafios
and the inverted number represents the ionsaccelerated at RILAC. All measurements weredone with an 10 mm extraction aperture at 10* Sumijyu Accelerator Service, Ltd.

kV. The Neomafios displayed quite stable operation in production of gaseous ion beams. The
rate of gas flow was 1 x 10- 5 -1.5 x 10- 4 Torr Q /sec when a gaseous ion was produced. For production of 136Xe l 4+, an isotopically enrichedxenon gas (80%) was supplied to the source at
the rate of gas flow of 2.1 x 10- 5 Torr Q /sec withthe mixing gas of oxygen. Ions of solid elements,
Y, Rh, Sm, Dy, Ho, Er, Hf, Re, and Ir were newly
produced by the N eomafios source in this year.
We have produced the highly charged ions ofsolid elements with use of a metal or an oxide
rod having a high melting point and obtained
very stable ion beams over long periods of time.
The flow rate of a support gas to keep an ECR
plasma is 2xI0- 4 -3X10- 4 TorrQ /sec. The consumption rate of solid materials was around 10
mg/ hr. For example, when 166Er l 3+ was continuously produced for 162 hours, the consumption
rate of the erbium rod was 2.1 mg/hr. To obtainthe stable metallic ion beams, we use the heliumand oxygen as support gas at the rate of flow ofaround 2 X 10- 4 Torr Q /sec for each gas at thesame time. Figure 2 shows a typical charge- state
spectrum obtained with bismuth. We also tested. , . , 20I, 25. IIII~N ~ I
I...
-~~~ ~+I Z ?0.j-;

6 7 8 9 10
i

II

7

5

I '0

<-=c
t

c

li
r;

-IL~:" u

-r-W:
Z

3

.2
2

I

+

N

,U

!
I

I

!

o

i

I~

I

1

~\
:iib~ \

.
\~~
N

~\

. I

1

100

30

35

, I " I ' I I II I I

"

+
t-

M/q

I

0>

;

;!!1

I

I

I

+

;! I

cc

I

II

:l
0

I

f

":!

I

15

~

+

6

, ,

I

I+N

I

I

10

+N
Z

+
~

I
I

I

+
co

:
i
!
i

I
:

i
i

I

I

125

\11
!

I

175

150

Analyzing magnet current(A)

Fig. 2. Charge-state spectrum with bismuth optimized Bps+ peak. Solid material, Bi0 3 ; Support gas,
He; RF power, 100 W; Beam extraction voltage, 10
kV.

-165-

E. Ikezawa et at.
Table 1. Ion currents from the ECR ion source (j.lA). Inverted number represents the ions accelerated at
RILAC.
IsotopeGasI"

2 + 3 + 4.. 5 + 6..

-- C;~~rg~t3te,- r7 + 8 + 9 + 10 + II + 12 .. 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 + 17 + 18 + 19 + 20" 21 + 22 +oxide rods such as Mn 30 4 , Cu 20, ZnO, Ge02,
In 203, Sn02, PbO, and Bi0 3 to obtain metallicions. Ion currents with use of those oxide rods
except the case of Ge and Pb were very stablecompared with those obtained in a crucible
method.

-166 -

RClTU\rks

References
1) G. Melin et at.: Proc. Int. Conf. on Physics of Multiply
Charged Ions and Int. Workshop on E.C.R. Ion
Sources, Grenoble, France, p. 673 (1988).
2) E. Ikezawa et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, l33(1990) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-I-8. Design of a Second-Harmonic Bu ncher for RILAC
S. Kohara, M. Kase, and A. Goto
A second- harmonic buncher for RILAC isplanned to be installed between RILAC and a
Cockcroft. More efficient bunching of DC beamat the injection point of RILAC is expected to beobtained by adding the second-harmonic buncher to the existing buncher of a fundamental
frequency. Detail of the designed buncher system
is reported elsewhere. 1)
Characteristics of the second-harmonic buncher are given in Table 1. The buncher needs anoperational frequency range from 34 to 90 MHz
because that of RILAC is from 17 to 45 MHz. The
calculation showed that the total peak voltage
required in the second-harmonic buncher is 3 kV
Table 1. Characteristics of the second-harmonic buncher.
Frequency range
Harmonics
Number of gaps
Maximum peak voltage per gap
Voltage stability
Phase stabili ty
Width of each gap
Separation of gaps
Aperture of beam transmission

34-90 MHz2
2

at the maximum. A cross sectional view of theresonator is shown in Fig. 1. The resonator of thebuncher is of a coaxial quarter- wave-Iength
type with its shorting plate fixed. It has two gaps
and is of a n - mode. The separation of gaps is
27 . 5 mm. The resonant frequency is tuned only
by a variable vacuum capacitor installed at the
open end of the resonator.
Resonant frequencies, shunt impedances,
power losses, and Q- values calculated with thetransmission- line approximation are shown in
Fig. 2. The capacitance of the variable vacuum
capacitor has to be varied from 15 to 225 pF to
cover the frequency range. The maximum current of the capacitor is 120 A (peak) at 34 MHz.
The shunt impedances calculated at the drift
tube gap are varied from 20 kO at 34 MHz to 80
kO at 90 MHz. The maximum power loss isabout 70 W at 34 MHz when the peak gap volt-

1.5kV±lxlO- 3

lOOr-----------------------~

±0.5·

--e--

10mm

80

]'

27.5 mm
30mm

Frequency
Shunt impedancePower loss

0,...... '~- '

~i§:
G&~

c:E0 '-

.....

:l -

0

O'c:~
~E 0

IJ.,cno...

Variable Vacuum
Capacitor

60
40
20

0

0

100

200

300

Capacitance (pF)(a)

4000 . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,

3000

2000

Inner
conductor
1000 '----'----'----'----'-----'---'----'--.....

w...a...Jo 2 4cm

20

50 Q line
C=50pF

Shorting
Plate

Compensation .:?'
Circuit1

R=50 nFig. 1. Cross sectional view of the second-harmonic buncher and a coupling circuit.

40

60

Frequency (MHz)
(b)

80

100

Fig. 2. (a) Resonant frequencies, shunt impedances, andpower losses calculated as a function of capacitance ofthe tuning capacitor. Power losses are calculated forthe peak gap voltage of 1.5 kV. (b) Q-values calculated as a function of frequency.

-167-

S. Kohara et at.

age is 1,,5 kV. Q-values are from 2000 to 3300.
The maximum current density at the shorting
plate is 20 A (peak) / em.
A simple power feed circuit shown in Fig. 1
provides a good voltage standing wave ratio(VSWR) without adjustment ; a compensation
circuit improves VSWR within 1.3 by absorbing
surplus rf power in the high frequency region .
(see Fig. 3)
The buncher will be manufactured in the near
future.

400----0----- 300

]

S~

u

@ 200

'0

8.

.§

&100

.• .

.s

0
20

40

60

80

100

Frequency (MHz)Fig. 3. Input impedances of the resonator at the feed point
calculated as a function of frequency. Curve (a) :without compensation and curve (b) : with compensation.

References
1) S. Kohara, M. Kase, and A. Goto : Proc. 8th Symp. on
Accel. Sci. and Tech., p. 133 (1991).

-168-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-I-g. Measurement of Surface Resistance of High-Tc
Superconductor (Bi,Pb)2Sr2Ca2Cu30x at 10.5 GHz
K. Ikegami, Y. Chiba, Y. Kawamura, M. Hemmi, Y. Taniguchi, * and T. Fujisawa *In order to study feasibility of an accelerator
cavity with high critical temperature (high- Tc)
superconductor, we measured the surface resistance by measuring quality factors of the TMOIO
cavity (10 mm in height x 11 mm in radius),
which has a resonance frequency of 10.5 GHz
and is made of a bulk superconductor (Bi,Pb) 2
Sr 2 Ca 2 Cu 3 0X of a density of 80'"'"'85%.
Figure 1 shows cross-sectional views of thecavity and the copper housing. The cavity·· iscomposed of a flat end plate and a hollow bodymachined with bulk ceramic blocks. Then they
are joined by the heat treatment using a high-Tc
superconductor paste on their contact surfaces.
The cavity is set on a cooling head in a vacuum
chamber and is cooled down to about 20K with arefrigerator. Figure 2 shows a block diagram ofthe experimental setup. The cavity is connected
to a waveguide system with a 40 cm low thermal
conductance waveguide made of silver plated
cupro-nickel. An rf signal is fed into the cavity
through a small coupling hole and a reflected
Coupling ad justor

Cooling head of the cryostatt

Fig. 2. Block diagram of the experimental setup.

signal is detected with a directional coupler. A
coupling adjustor adjoining the cavity makes
impedance matching by minimizing a reflectedsignal at the center of resonance. A resonant
absorption curve is measured in the best
impedance matching and absolute values of thereflection coefficient (r) around the resonant
frequency are deduced from the curve.
Figure 3 shows a typical resonant absorption
curve. The ordinate is voltage amplitude of thereflected signal in a linear scale. At the resonant
frequency, the input power is absorbed completely by the cavity. In this case the unloaded quality
factor (Qu) is given by the following equation:
Qu = fo/ 6f, where fo is a resonant frequency and6f is a frequency width of a resonance curve at
r=0.447.
A surface resistance (Rs) of the cavity is
deduced from Qu by the following equation: Rs=

30 INn.cr
MiliA

CavitylEK' 929?

.

' RACE

SPAN/OIV

200KHZ------

H
xl 05626GZ.

HKA

I.----r--

"" \

/

:/

\

\ /

.\ I.
\I

Copper housinguFig. 1. Cross-sectional views of the cavity and the copper
housing.

• DENKI-kogyo Co. Ltd.
•• The cavity was made by DOWA kogyo Co. Ltd.

FRCCIlJ£JCy

10.562 BGHZ

LEV[l-370811
15BUV

Rfs.•FREO-1 B

At1£wu"l1DH

RANGE

ODB

EXT
Rtf

0St

v~Ji~

F'Ill£A

1KHZ

R[SOLutION

8"""1'10TI1

Fig. 3. Typical resonant absorption curve. Frequency:
10.5626 GHz, Temperature: 50.5 K, Maximum surface
current: 3 Aim.

-169-

K. Ikegami et al.

a

10

3

.5
(l)

CJ

c:

10

2

-6-

12.6mW--0--1mW--.--0-102r---------------------------~
--0-

21.3K

-6-

50.5K

0.032 mW--0--

Copper

17K'---0---

Copper

co

~

(fJ

•.-1
(fJ
(l)

H

10

1

(l)

CJ

co

4-l

H
:J
(f)

10° 1
10

100~~--~~--~~~~~~~~~2o10Temperature (K)

20

40

60

80

100

Surface current (Aim)Fig. 4. Temperature dependence of the surface resistance.

Fig. 5. Surface current dependence of the surface resis·
tance.

7!foJ1.1 (Qu (l/a + l/h)) , where J1. is the permeability of vacuum, a and h are the radius and theheight of a cavity, respectively.
Temperature dependence of the surface resistance in three input power levels are shown in
Fig. 4, together with a result of the copper cavity
which has the same geometry as the high- Tc
superconducting cavity. The obtained Rs of copper is consistent with calculation within 5 %.
The Rs of this high - Tc superconductor has
strong temperature dependence below the Tc asthat of YBaCuO. 1) The values of Rs are about
one tenth of those obtained by Delayen. 2 ) Figure
5 shows the surface current dependence of Rs at
temperatures of 21. 3K, 50. 5K, and 77K. The
abscissa is the maximum surface current density

which is observed at a radius of O. 765a on acircular base of a cavity. The surface resistanceincreases from 1. 8 mn to 80 mn at 22 K withincreasing surface current from 4 A (peak) 1m to
70 Aim, as well as with increasing temperature,and reaches 200 mn at 90 K for the surface
current of 45 Aim.
This work is supported by the Multi-Core
Project of Science and Technology Agency.
References
1) H. Itozaki and K. Higaki: MWE' 91 Microwave
Workshop, p. 157 (1991).
2) ]. R. Delayen, C. L. Bohn, and C. T. Roche: Journal 0/
Superconductivity, 3, 243 (1990).

-170-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-I-IO. Possibility of Simultaneous Acceleration ofH- and 0- with a Cyclotron
N. NakanishiCompact cyclotrons have been used extensively in the isotope production, micro-analysis, nondestructive test and so on. Specially, they play
an important role in producing such positron
emitters as llC, 13N, 150, and 18F for the positronemission tomography which is one of the promising imaging techniques for in-vivo studies.
Recently, negative ion cyclotrons are coming infashion because of some merits in view of thebeam extraction, energy variability, and beam
intensi ty. 1,2)
An accelerated beam in a negative ion cyclotron is extracted by using a thin stripping foil ofcarbon or aluminum. The technique makes the
100% extraction efficiency possible, and moreover, makes it easy to vary the extraction energyof beams. The simultaneous acceleration of Hand D- beams is possible by installing two internal ion sources at two opposite dees, and by
extracting p and d toward opposite directions
with two stripping foils at a nearly equal radial
position. Interest focuses on the final energies ofthese particle beams.
It will be considered that the maximum
energies of the two particles depend not only on
the radial distribution of the magnetic fieldstrength and radio- frequency but also on the rf
voltage and harmonic numbers related to the deeangle. It is easily found out that the higher theaccelerating voltage is, the higher the maximum
energy is. The voltage, however, is desirable tobe as low as possible to reduce the electrical
power consumption and to prevent the discharge
phenomenon. Here, the voltage is taken to be 60
k V tentatively. The central magnetic fieldstrength after a bump field deduction is set to bel. 2 T so that the first turn of each accelerated
particle does not interfere with both of the partner and its own ion sources. We can make various radial distributions of the magnetic field. As
one of the examples, an adopted system is theisochronous field for H- beams to be accelerated to Ep at the radius of 48 cm. Therefore, therelative radial distribution is specified by the Henergy Ep which the particle achieves at theradius of 48 cm. Incidently, results of calculation
do not depend on these parameters. These influence the accuracy of formation of magnetic field
and radio-frequency. Figure 1 shows the achiev-

100

~ 80

:;s

I

-

deuteron

60

~

40

P
1.

~

I \

? \

/,
~.v

20 ~ -cJ~oo----1:=--1-~ proton

hi--

--

'" "'u.r-...,.-

10
20
Ep [MeV]

..

all

30

Fig. 1. Maximum energies of H-and D- particles vs. Ep.
See the text for the meaning of Ep. Dee angle is 90°.

able maximum energy in the case of 90° dees.
Harmonic numbers of H - and D- are 1 and 2,
respectively. Points in the figure mean calculated
values. The figure also shows three different
regions of Ep<4 MeV, 4 MeV <Ep<16 MeV and
16 MeV <Ep which are favorable for D-, D- andH-, and H- , respectively. It seems that an objective magnetic field distribution exists in theregion of 6 MeV <Ep<12 MeV. Frequency
dependence of the maximum energy of bothparticles is shown in Fig. 2 together with a half
H- energy and twice D- energy for the distribution of Ep= 8 MeV. The crossing point of thecurves for the H - energy Ep and twice D40
2Ed ....e

>" 30
Itl

6

w

20
10

0
18 .0

18.1
18.2
Rf [MHz]

18.3

Fig. 2. Radio-frequency dependence of maximum energies
at the magnetic field Ep = 8 MeV. Ep, Ed, Ep/ 2, and
2Ed in the figure mean maximum energies of H- and D-,a half H- energy, and twice D- energy, respectively.

-171-

N. Nakanishi

energy 2Ed and that of the curves for the Denergy Ed and a half H- energy Ep/2 represent
the achievable maximum energies of H- and Dparticles, respectively.
It can be seen from Fig. 2 that the maximum
energies of H- and D- particles are found to be
14 and 7 MeV, respectively. It is expected thatsuch a cyclotron with energy constant K = 14 MeV
will be useful for the isotope production. Hereafter, conditions for the simultaneous extraction

must be investivated.
References
1) M. Abs, J.L. Bol, A. Chvalier et at.: Proc. 12th Int.
Conf. on Cyclotrons and Their Applications, Berlin,- 172 -

p. 164 (1990).

2) B.F. Milton, G. Dutto, R. Helmer et al.: Proc. 2nd European Particle Accelerator Conf., Nice, p. 1812
(1990) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2. Synchrotron Radiation Source Development
1. Status of the SPring-8 Project
H. Kamitsubo and M. Hara
SPring-8 Project is being carried out by
RIKEN and Japan Atomic Energy ResearchInstitute (JAERI) . The facility is designed by thejoint team of these institutes and JAERI is
responsible for the injectors while RIKEN is forthe storage ring. The project was started in
FY1990. In FY1991. design of the injector building and the construction of the storage ringbuilding were started.
The injector system was reviewed from thecost reduction point. The final design is as follows: The preinjector is composed of a highcurrent
linac (250 MeV, 10 A), an
electronpositron convertor and a main linac (0.9 GeV) .
Total length is reduced to 140.m. Electron beams
with 1.15 Ge V and/or positron beams with 0.9
Ge V will be obtained. Transport line from thelinac to the synchrotron was also shortened andthe layout of the linac was changed (Fig. 1). A
part of the linac was ordered to manufacturers in

March 1991. Synchrotron was also modified byincreasing the length of the straight section andsimplifying RF, but keeping circumference.
The design of the storage ring has almost
completed, and the detailed design of some accelerator components is still in progress. Design
reports of the SPring-8 Project were issued in1991. Major parameters of the storage ring arelisted in Table 1. Dimensional tolerances of themagnets are investigated and alignment of theaccelerator components is being studied. The
final design of dipole, quadrupole, and sextupole
magnets has been fixed and the first production
magnet of each type is in manufacturing. Powersupplies for these main magnets have also been
designed. Design of pulse magnets for injection(bump and septum) is underway.
A klystron test stand was installed in the endof 1990. and has been operated for a year. There
were initial troubles in the 1 MW operation,

Photo : Sept. 5. 1991.
Fig. 1. An overview of the construction site for the SPring-8 in Harima Science Garden City. This photo wastaken in September 1991. Layout of the facility is shown on this picture. The direction of the injector linac
was changed.

-173-

H. Kamitsubo et al.

COM: common use
AC: Air Conditioning

Preparntion Roolll

E : Electrical RoomFig. 2. Layout of the beamlines in a part of the storage ring (D area) .
The first construction area is between the two bold lines.
Table 1. Main parameters of storage ring in SPring-8.
Elcctron energy

E (GeV ]Curre nt (multi·bunch )I [mA]

Curr:nt (sing le·bunc h)

lImA]

100

Circumfe:encee[m]1435.95

Dipoie magnetic fieldB [110 .679Bending radiusp[m]39 .2718

Type of lattice

Chasman·Green

Number0" cells

Nonnal cell

44

Straight cell
Length of str.light section
normal

L (m]

long

L [m]

30.0

Natural cminanceEn [m·rad.]6.99 x 10. 9

Cri tical photon energy

Ec [keY]

28.9

6.65

Tune

S1. 2 ~

SynChrotron tune

0.010116.16

1.46 x 10. 4

Momentum com pactiona

N aturJ.1 ctvomaticity~lt·115 .66~z. 40.00

Energy loss in the 3rCS

Uo [MeV/rev]

9.23

Energy spreadodE

0.001094

Damping nme~lt [msee]

S.30'z [msec]

8.31

tdmsec]

4. IS

H:umonic number

2436

R.F. voltage

Vrf[M V]

17

R.F. frequency

fn [i\1Hz]508. 58

which were however overcome on the advice ofthe KEK RF group. A power test for a five -cell
prototype cavity was carried out in this stand.
Two single- cell prototype cavities, two couplers,
and two tuners which have different design or
different fabrication method have been alreadymanufactured and installed in the test stand.
Power tests for these components are in progress. There are four RF stations in the storage
ring and design of the RF system has almost been
fixed based on these operation experiences. An
RF system of one RF station is scheduled to beordered to manufacturers within this year. Specification of the vacuum components has almost
been fixed and some of the vacuum components
are also scheduled to be ordered to manufacturers within this year.
This facility is sited in Harima Science Garden
City in Hyogo Prefecture. Land preparation
started in February 1990 and will be finished in
March 1992. At present, the land preparation has
almost finished as shown in Fig. 1. The storage
ring buildings are to be constructed in fourphases. The construction of the first phase building started in November 1991 and the groundbreaking ceremony was held on the site. A top
view of the first construction part was shown in
Fig. 2.

- 174-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-2. Behavior of Lattice Parameters in the Vicinity of the
Operation Point of SPring-8 Storage Ring
H. Tanaka and N. Kumagai
8

Behavior of the lattice parameters was investigated in the vicinity of the standard operation
point (1Ix = 51. 22 and Vy = 16.16) to find the effective operation range. We concentrated here on
variations of following critical parameters;
emittance, chromaticities, dynamic aperture, andstrength of magnets against tunes. To avoid
negative effects due to a strong structure resonance, 1 X 1Ix = 48, the investigation is restricted in
the range, where the horizontal tune is larger
than 50. From the following results, we have set
51 ~ Vx ~ 54 and 16 ~ Vy ~ 20 as the operation
range.
(1) The dynamic aperture decreases according
to the increase of horizontal and vertical tunes.
This reduction is caused by the strength- increaseof sextupoles for the chromaticity correction.
Linear optics, of which dynamic aperture is larger than 30 mm, can be designed under the condition that ' Vx and V y are smaller than 54 and 21(Fig. 1).

~
~

'"

5

7

-=~
(j

c

~

'5
~

Horizontal Tune

Fig. 2. Emittance versus horizontal tune.
-110
,!>

]

~

..

~

-120

~

E
0

I..

.c:

-130

~

~

U

40~----~--~----~----~

-;

-=0

0

-140

'\ 0

"

N

.~

0

::r:

30+-----~--~~---+~--~

-150

D~

-160
50

51

20+-----~---4-----+----~

52

53

54

Horizontal Tune

Fig. 3. Horizontal chromaticity versus horizontal tune.
at x- Y coupling 1 %10+-~--~~-4--~-+1--~~
50

51

52

53

54

-30

Horizontal Tune

Fig. 1. Dynamic aperture versus horizontal tune. Values
inside the round brackets represent vertical tunes.

,!>

:g

-35

0

~

E

0

(2) The emittance varies linearly with thehorizontal tune. It is adjustable from 7.5 to 5.5
nm· rad in the horizontal tune range, 50 ~ Vx ~ 54
(Fig. 2). Therefore, the emittance can be reduced
to about 80 % of a present design value (7.0 nm·rad) .
(3) The horizontal chromaticity varies linearly with the horizontal tune, but the vertical one
does not markedly depend on the vertical tune
-175-

'"
.c
U
-;
~

'"

~

:>

-40

~

~

~

0

-45

0

---

bI

l.---- L---0

-u

-50

16

17

18

19

20

21

Vertical Tune

Fig. 4. Vertical chromaticity versus vertical tune.

H. Tanaka et al.

~

S

420
0
1•

B

~

SF
SD I
0

Q.I

380

.E:><
Q.I

rn

360

Q.I

:;
'0
til
,Q

<

0

~

•

1..J

0

'0
Q,

0

n

••
••

••

S

.c:
'SiJ

=
""

52
53
Horizontal Tune

0

400

u.i

'*

El

Q.

=

0
n
380 0

~
Q.I

rn

•

360

Q.I

:;
'0
til

<

54

340

0
0

Q.I

,Q

51

Q

B

340
50

420

•

I-

16

0

• •
• •
I~
•

•

0

17

I
.
SF
SD

18
19
20
Vertical Tune21

Fig. 5. Absolute strength of sextupoles versus horizontal
tune.

Fig. 6. Absolute strength of sextupoles versus verticaltune.

(Figs. 3 and 4). On the other hand, the absolutestrength of sextupoles is almost proportional to
the tunes and kept lower than 420 T I m2 in theoperation range, 50:::; Vx~54 and 16:::; vy ~21(Figs. 5 and 6). The absolute strength of harmonic sextupoles for the dynamic aperture
enlargement can be lower than 420 T 1m2 in thethree cases shown in Fig. 1. The absolutestrength of each quadrupole can be also kept
lower than 18 T 1m2 in this operation range. I)
References-176 -

1)

H. Tanaka and M. Hara: RIKEN A ccel. Prog. Rep.,
24, 141 (1990).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·3. Analysis of the Sensitivity Reduction Against the Magnet
Misalignment in Low Emittance Synchrotron Radiation
Sources by Unifying Magnets in Each Straight Sectionl)
H. Tanaka, N. Kumagai, and K. Tsumaki*
We investigated the effects of a two-stage
magnet alignment method, in which a couple offocusing and defocusing magnetic elements suchas quadrupoles and sextupoles are treated as aunit like a composite lense, on the sensitivity
reduction against the magnet misalignment in
low emittance synchrotron radiation sources.
The sensitivity reduction is closely related to
the lattice characteristics and linear optics of theradiation sources. The feature of this method isthat the object of highly precise alignment can be
restricted to the inside of each unit, which isstraight and shorter than several meters.
The formulae for the expected values of horizontal and vertical orbit distortions were derived
in consideration of the unit alignment. By using
these formulae and computer simulations, theeffects of the method on the sensitivity reduction
against the quadrupole misalignment were investigated in detail for the storage ring of SPring-8
as an example. The effects on the correction of
the closed-orbit distortion (COD) and the
dynamic aperture were also investigated bymeans of computer simulations.
The results of this study are:(1) The two-stage magnet alignment method
reduces the amplitudes of the orbit distortions
induced by the quadrupole misalignment. The
sensitivity reduction against the quadrupole
misalignment depends on how precisely the quadrupoles are aligned within the units, but it
hardly depends on how the units are aligned.
(2) The sensitivity reduction against the quadrupole misalignment requires the magnet alignment within the units which is at least 20% more

precise than the unit alignment performed by theconventional triangular method. Theoretically,
the sensitivity against the horizontal misalignment of the quadrupoles can be reduced by
50"'-'60 % and that against the vertical one by
80"'-'95 % at the condition that the magnet
misalignment within the units is zero.
(3) The sensitivity reduction against the vertical quadrupole misalignment is always larger
than that against the horizontal one. This is
desirable for the ring-commissioning, because
the vacuum chamber aperture is generally narrow in height. On the other hand, the high precision is required for the angular-alignment of thebending magnets to reduce the amplitude of thevertical orbit distortion.
(4) The two-stage magnet alignment method
reduces the maximum strength of the horizontal
and vertical correctors and orbit displacements
at the sextupoles. This reduction is caused by theprecise sextupole alignment within the units.
Owing to the orbit displacement reduction, thedynamic aperture after the COD correction isenlarged. Since the magnitude of the orbit displacements is proportional to the standard deviation of the sextupole misalignment, the sensitivity against the sextupole misalignment is also
reduced by this magnet alignment method.
References
1) H. Tanaka et at.: This is a summery of paper, which
has been accepted in Nuclear Instruments andMethods in Physics Research, Section A (Reg. no.
24- 151) .

• Hitachi Works, Hitachi, Ltd.

-177-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-4. Calculation of the Resonance Band-Width Induced by
Mu Itipole Fields
Y. Ishii*
Since a magnetic pole is finite for a threedimensional space, higher harmonics, i.e. magnetic multi pole errors, are induced in a magnetic
field. The ideal magnetic field (and multipole
field) gives linear force to beam and multipole
field gives nonlinear force to beam, respectively.
The linear force is used to make beams stable.
The nonlinear force is not generally considered,since it is weak. However, to install number ofstrong magnets in the storage ring of SPring-8,
nonlinear forces which are generated from thesemagnets can not be ignored. The nonlinear force
induces the third order and higher order resonance in addition to the first and second orderresonance which are induced by the linear force.
The second order resonance of the linear force
and all the resonance of the nonlinear force
cause the band-width of oscillation frequency.
The band-width becomes wider for the strong
multipole error and makes the beam amplitudelarger. Therefore the beam emittance blows up
when the oscillation frequency (tune) goesthough the band-width and the dynamic apertureis reduced. In this report, the band-widths for themultipole errors from octapole to 14-pole fields
were formulated and calculated.
In an accelerator, the beam dynamics is described by Hamilton's equation. The formulationof band-width is made from the Hamiltonian.
For the linear force, the Hamiltonian of a single
particle is described by the Hamiltonian-likeharmonic oscillation. As one example, formulaof band-width for the decapole field was givenby the following, and those for the othermulti pole errors were also derived. First, thedecapole field are added to the Hamiltonian, anda new Hamiltonian is made.
12222..

5324

H=z<X +Y +Px+Py)+OpA lO(X -X Y +Xy )(1)

where X, Yare coordinates, P X,y are themomentum, Op is the periodic delta function, andAlO is the magnetic strength. Secondly, the new
Hamiltonian is expanded into harmonics and isapproximately represented by the single - resonance, and the Hamiltonian which truncates thehigher harmonics is obtained for the single resonance.
* Research Laboratory for Nuclear Reactor, Tokyo Institute of Technology.

3

2

3 2

H=v T+v T rl- ~ 4A lrJ.krfi ~2 R2 J2J2
X'" x

51t

'I' Y £.J

x(kT y(k) x yk,mX[(exq{3", •.,.2"" .,.(m-3v.-2v,)e .)}il~exp(3••+2.,-me oili]+(exp[-{3",•.,.2"" .,.(m-3v.-2v,)9.,PlXexp(-(3••+2.,-me >Ii]l] ,
(2)

where

with
S{k)- 9{k)C21t

and lIx,y are tunes, /3x,y are betatron functions,
4>x,y and Jx,y are action - angles, m is the harmonic number, k is the data number of one
period, i is a unit of imaginary number, and C
is the circumference of the ring. Thirdly, theband-width is formulated from the Hamiltonianby considering a stable fixed point and unstable
fixed point on the phase space. The band-width(~) is given by the following. I}
2

1~=:f#1 (lOK3+3K2Ky)'
x
x

2 •
K.,=J
--J
J
y 3 x

(3)

(5)

Adequacy of the the formula for band-width
was confirmed by the following. For a simplified
model ring, the band-width of the fifth ordercoupling resonance (3vx +2vy =integer) was calculated for the following two cases. The bandwidth was calculated by using the result of
tracking shown in Fig. 1, and the theoreticalband - width was calculated from eq. (3). The
two band- widths became nearly equal, so that
adequacy of the formula could be confirmed.
Adequacy of the formula for the other multi polefield was similarly confirmed.
These formulae were applied to the storage-178-

Y. Ishii

Table 1. Band width for the resonance which is close to
the operation point. Amplitudes of x and y directions
are 10 mm and 0.1 mm, respectively.

.,
.§
~

o

5!

o.

"

·1.

~

\VVJ

Fifth order resonance (v x = 51.20)

\j

:23.

X lmm)II = 5.19xlO-9
Sixth order resonance (v x ::: 51.333)

30.

D. = 6.64xl0-5

Y lmmlFig. 1. Phase space for the resonance condition of asimplified model ring. Tracking conditions: In the ring.
One decapole field is installed. Injection points are(x, x') = (1.4 X 10- 2 , 0.0), (y, y') = (1.4 x 10- 4, 0.0). A beam isdiffused at 951 turns.

ring of SPring- B. Presently the operation point of
the ring is (l/x, vy ) = (5l.22, 16.16). The fifth (vx =51.2) and sixth (vx = 5l.333) order resonance lines
are close to the operation point. Table 1 shows

the band-widths for these resonance lines. It isfound out that the two band-widths are verysmall and have weak effects on beams.
References
1) R. D. Ruth: IEEE Trans. Nuc!. Sci., NS - 30, 2669
(1980) .

-179-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-5. Effects of Mu Itipole Errors on the Dynamic Apertu re ofSPring-B Storage Ring (I)Y. Ishii,* H. Tanaka, and N. Kumagai
In the SPring-8 storage ring, numbers ofstrong Quadrupole and sextupole magnets are
installed to achieve the emittance of nm ·radianorder. Field and alignment errors of the magnets markedly distort the closed -orbit andreduce the dynamic aperture. Among those errors,
effects of systematic multipole errors on beam
dynamics have been investigated to determine
multi pole error tolerances. We here describe
their effects on the dynamic aperture.
Truncation of a magnetic potential induceshigher harmonics in the magnetic field, for example, sextupole field, decapole field, and so on fora dipole magnet. These fields are localized at theboth edges where beams go through. The
strength of them is determined by the shape andthe strength of a magnet. We simulated the
100.0
-

•

80.0

0
0

..

60.0

Vacuum Chamber
SUlupoleOIO
Sexlupoleo 30
Sulupoleo60

Table 1. Coefficients of power series of dipole and qua·
drupole magnetic fields based on the measurement dataof model magnets. The strength of multipole fields
except for a decapole one represents the measurement
value for model magnets. The strength of a decapole
field is decided in order that it gives a beam the same
horizontal kick as a sextupole one at the amplitude of
35 mm.
2-poleao

Dipole Magnet

0.07184-poleat

Quadrupole Magnet-

0.3422

E

a

0

0

. 0

Decapole'40

0·100.0

·80.0

.40.0

·60.0

0

·80.0

•

o

Vacuum ChamberOclapole·SO
OclapoleolOO

0

-

J

80.0

•

•

>- 40.0

0E>-

Vacuum Chamber

DodecapolelS• Dodtupole

Dodecapolt' 5

20.0

C-

o

!
.60.0

.40.0

.20.0

•

•

(d)

•
0

•

0.0

X (mm)

C

0

•

0.0
·100.0

0

0

40.0

0
0

·80.0

0.0

60.0

.§.

a

,

0.0
·100.0.20 .0

0
0

(C)

i

.40.0

·60.0

100.0

60.0

a

0

X (mm)

I

•

0

r:~

0

0

0.0
.100.0X (mm)

1-

•

•

20.0

0.0

·20.0

.

.

40.0

D

0.0

•
•

n
]

(b)

.§.

.~

0

20.0

-3\8.75

60.0

20.0

E

-0.0263

Vacuum Chambera!

-19.290•a Decapole'S
Decapoleo20
0

>-

...

-0.0236

12-po!e
as

100.0

40.0

80.0

8-pole lO· pole
aJ
aJ

aAm-

80.0

(3)

100.0

6-polea223BL
Bp =ao+a tx+a 2x +aJx + •••••Multipole
Component

0

·80.0

0

·60.0

0

0

oi ~
.40.0

.20.0

0.0

X (mm)

Fig. 1. Dynamic aperture reduction due to systematic errors of one kind of multi pole components. Tracking
conditions: Revolution period is 500. Tracking initial phase is 180 degree. The observation point is at the centerof a high f3 straight section. Symbols, ' * ' and 'I ' represent multiplication and division, respectively. For example,'sextupole * 10' means that the strength of the sextupole field used in the simulation is ten times larger than thatin Table 1.
* Research Laboratory for Nuclear Reactor, Tokyo Insti·
tute of Technology.

-180-

Y. Ishii et at.

dynamic aperture in the presence of these systematic multipole errors by using the particle
tracking code RACETRACK. 1) The following
model was used in this simulation:(1) In the case of a dipole magnet, themultipole errors are treated as nonlinear kicks at
the both edges, and in the case of a quadrupole
magnet, they are treated as a single nonlinear
kick at a magnet-center by considering the shortlength of the magnet.
(2) Sextuple and decapole components only
are considered as the multipole errors of a dipole
magnet, and octapole and dodecapole components as those of a quadrupole one.
To clarify effects of each component on the
reduction of dynamic aperture, particle tracking
was performed in the presence of the systematic
errors of one kind of multipole components,using the strength of the component as a parameter. The expected strength of each component isshown in Table 1. This was determined on thebasis of measurement data of model magnets. 2 )Sextupole magnets were turned off in the calculation to avoid the situation that the dynamic
aperture is limited by them. 3 )We show in Fig. 1 the results of the calculation.
Figures 1- (a) and (b) show the effects of sextupole and decapole errors of dipole magnets on
the dynamic aperture. The dynamic aperture islarger than the vacuum chamber, 35 mm in half
width and 20 mm in half height, unless sextupoleand decapole fields exceed thirty times and fivetimes larger than the values listed in Table 1,
respectively. Figures 1- (c) and (d) show theeffects of octapole and dodecapole errors ofquadrupole magnets on the dynamic aperture.

Table 2. Strength of each multipole field which keeps the
dynamic aperture larger than the vacuum chamber.
Dipole Magnet
6-polelO-pole-0.71-96(11m2)(1/m4)

Quadrupole Magnet
8-pole12-pole

-1.3
-1600

(11m 3)(I/mS)The dynamic aperture is also larger than thevacuum chamber unless octapole and dodecapole
errors exceed one hundred times and five times
larger than the values listed in Table 1, respectively. We summarize in Table 2 the strength ofeach multipole error which keeps the dynamic
aperture larger than the vacuum chamber. These
results show: (1) The dynamic aperture is kept
large enough by the multipole errors which are
expected from the data of model magnets. (2) On
the basis of the data of model magnets, thedynamic aperture is mainly limited in the horizontal direction by the dodecapole fields of quadrupole magnets and in the ·vertical direction byboth the decapole fields of dipole magnets anddodecapole fields of quadrupole ones.
References
1) A. Wrulich: DESY Rep., p. 84 (1984).
2) 1. Ohnishi et at.: to be published in Proc. Int. Conf.
on Magnet Tech. (1991).
3) H. Tanaka and M. Hara: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep.,
24, 147 (1990).

-181-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2-6. Effects of Mu Itipole Errors on the Dynamic Apertu re ofSPri ng-8 Storage Ri ng (II)Y. Ishii, * H. Tanaka, and N. Kumagai
Systematic field errors of dipole and quadrupole magnets were divided into multipole
components and effects of each component on
the dynamic aperture were studied. 1) In thisreport, we investigate the combined effects of thesystematic multipole errors on the dynamic aperture. Furthermore, we investigate the effects ofrandom ones on the dynamic aperture, which arecaused by the dispersion of magnet-manufacturing.
Dynamic aperture is calculated in the presenceof the systematic multipole errors, each of whichkeeps the aperture larger than the vacuum chamber,l) to investigate combined effects ofmultipole components. The result is shown withfilled circles in Fig. 1. We find that the combined
60.0-

Vacuum Chamber
sexlupole·300dodecapole·S•
SO.O

o sexlupole·)O

sexlupole·l0
dodecapole·(0

dodecapole·(
sexlupole·S
dodecapole·l

....

40.0

sexlupole·)O
dodecapole·)... _ ......... _-• ......

g 30.0''''0>-. . . ... -.. -.. .--..-.--..-~.::;. , ·:~~-o·· . . ··· · -·. :· -·--

20.0

.. '

(0.0

Table 1. Upper limits of systematic multipole errors tokeep the dynamic aperture larger than the vacuum
chamber. Curly brackets represent systematic
multipole errors of the model magnets.

_. _ _.

ItE

effects mainly reduce the dynamic aperture at
low X - Y coupling, which is the ratio of verticalemittance to horizontal one at the initial condition.
Upper limits of the multipole errors are investigated to make the dynamic aperture larger
than the vacuum chamber in the presence of all
kinds of systematic multipole components. Since
the dodecapole and the sextupole components
mainly limit the dynamic aperture at the low XY coupling under this condition,1) the dynamic
aperture is calculated using the strength of thosecomponents as parameters. The · results areshown in Fig. 1. We find that the dynamic aper·
ture is larger than the elliptical cross section,
about 45 mm in half width and 30 mm in halfheight, under the condition listed in Table 1,
where the strength of sextupole and dodecapole
errors is made to be five times and one times aslarge as that of the model magnets, respectively.

0

•• •

Dipole Magnet

06-pole10·pole·········-······ - ··-··-·- ··~··o·-·-·-

....

0

j 0 .

i O•

-0. 12 {·0.024}-96 {·19.3}(11m2)(l/m4)

Quadrupole Magnet

O. 0 ~-'----'-_"---'---I._-'----'---..J._-'----J.----'----'
0.0
·60.0
-50.0
·40.0
-30.0
-20.0
-10.0

g·pole12-poleX (mm)

Fig. 1. Dynamic aperture in the presence of systematic
multi pole errors; sextupole, octapole, decapole, anddodecapole fields. Octapole and decapole errors are
fixed to be 50 times and 5 times as large as those ofmodel magnets, respectively. Sextupole and dodecapole
errors are used as parameters in the simulation. Sym·boIs, ' • " 'sextupole', and 'dodecapole' represent multi·
plication, sextupole and dodecapole errors of model
magnets, respectively. For example, 'dodecapole· 3'means that the strength of the dodecapole error used in
the simulation is three times larger than that of themodel magnet shown in Table 1. Tracking conditions:
Revolution period is 500 and tracking initial phase is
180 degree. The observation point is at the center of ahigh f3 straight section.
• Research Laboratory for Nuclear Reactors, Tokyo
Institute of Technology.

.1.3 {·0.026}-320 {·320}(11m 3 )(l/m5)

To investigate the effects of the random
multipole errors on the dynamic aperture, we use
the dodecapole fields of quadrupole magnets as
an indicator, because they dominate the reducetion of the dynamic aperture in both the horizon·
tal and vertical planes. 1) In this calculation, thesystematic multipole errors are set as listed inTable 1 on the basis of the results describedabove. The dynamic aperture is calculated only
at 1 % X - Y coupling under the condition that aroot mean square (rms) value for the random
dodecapole errors is varied from 5 to 100 % of
the value for the systematic ones in Table 1. The
results are shown in Table 2. We can predict thatthe rms value for each kind of random multipole-182-

Y. Ishii et at.

errors is less than about 25 % of the value forthat in Table 1, to keep the dynamic aperture
Table 2. Dynamic aperture at 1% X - Y coupling in thepresence of all systematic errors shown in Table 1 andrandom dodecapole errors. Calculation is performed for
5 rings, each of which has a different set of random
dodecapole errors. Tracking conditions are the same as
those of Fig. 1.
Random Dodecapole Error(rms value) (T/m5)

Dynamic Apenure
(mm)

(0%)
0.0
318.73 (100%)
159.37 (50%)
79.68 (25%)
31.87 (10%)
15.94 (5%)-67.4
-32.3 - -39.4-35.1 - -41.4-41.2 - -44.0-47.1 - -53.9-49.9 - -59.4

Case 1Case 2
Case 3
Case 4
Case 5
Case 6i,

Table 3. Upper limits of systematic and random
multi pole errors to keep the dynamic aperture larger
than the vacuum chamber.

1- Vacuum Chamber I
40.0 ~----'------;"'--!---~-"':"---l

it

/"

30.0

10.0

/:,

Dipole Magnet~-''---~--+-i----/-'-/-', :,'.

I

20.0

larger than the vacuum chamber in the presenceof all systematic and random multipole errors.
We show in Fig. 2 the dynamic aperture calculated for 10 rings, each with a different set of
random multipole errors. The systematic andrandom multipole errors are set to the values inTable 3, in which 10 % of the values in Table 1
are adopted as the rms values of random
multipole errors by considering combined
effects on the reduction of the dynamic
aperture. The broken line in the figure represents
the dynamic aperture in the presence of only
systematic multipole errors. We find that the
dynamic aperture is kept larger than the vacuum
chamber at any X - Y coupling and random
multipole errors markedly reduce the dynamic
aperture at low X - Y coupling.

Random Error(mls value):/~_ _ _-+--_-,-i ~!..r----==----tI',I

6-pole10-pole1--.---_-;...:-_~;;_-/-i------'-----i! .",io.0 L--..o..--...I-"""--'-___--'---'---'----'_.L-..o..--....L..--'---'
·60.0

·50.0

.40.0

·30.0

·20.0

·10.0

(11m2)-0.12(11m2)(l/m4)·96(l/m 4 )Quadrupole Magnet

iii

•70.0

0.012
9.6

Systematic Error

Random Error(rms value)

0.0

Systematic Error

X (mmlFig. 2. Dynamic aperture with all systematic and random
multipole errors shown in Table 3 for 10 rings, each ofwhich has a different set of random multipole errors.
The broken line represents the dynamic aperture with
only systematic multi pole errors. Tracking conditions
are the same as those of Fig. 1.

8-pole12-pole0.13
32(11m 3)(l/m5)-1.3-320(11m 3)

Cl/m5)

References
1) Y. Ishii, H. Tanaka, and N. Kumagai: This Report,
p.180.

-183 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-7. Optimization of the Lattice with 4 Long Magnet-Free
Straight Sections for SPring-S Storage Ring (I)
H. Tanaka, M. Hara, and T. Nakamura
dynamic aperture large. (3) Betatron functions
at the long magnet-free straight sections are set
to be 20-----30m for the installation of FEL
devices. (4) Betatron functions are kept lower
than -----50m along the whole ring to suppress
chroma tici ties.
The designed lattice and optics Z) are shown in
Fig. 1. In this case, the magnet-free straightsection is 30.1 m long and the maximum horizontal betatron function is about 50 m. Five families

Four long magnet-free straight sections areconstructed in the storage ring through two steps
at the final stage. I) We have made an effort to
optimize the lattice with the long magnet-freestraight sections. Here, we show preliminary
lattice parameters and optics designed underfollowing conditions: (1) The length of each longmagnet-free straight section is larger than 30 m.
(2) Highly periodic optics, high f3 optics, is usedin normal Chasman-Green (CG) cells to keep the
60
BETAX

~

50

40

r

E
~

.~

1.6

E
z

o
1.2

'A Y

g?
w
a..

(J)

o

30

0.8
20
0.4
10

10

20

30

~O

50

50

70

BO

gO

100

110

120

130

140

150

1150

PATH LENGTH 1M}

CGCG

CG modified

CG modified

CG

CG

Fig. 1. Lattice and linear optics for 1/ 8 of the ring.

of quadrupole magnets are used at the both endsof the magnet-free straight sections. Thesemight be reduced to four families and the lengthof the magnet-free straight section might beadjustable from 30 to 35 m by further optimization. Four families of sextupole magnets are used
and the strength of each magnet is much smaller
than that in the standard (24-fold symmetrical)
hybrid optics. 3 ) In Table 1, major parameters of
the lattice are listed for the 8 and 4 GeV operation without damping wigglers.
Momentum dependent tune shifts are shown in
Fig.2. Horizontal and vertical tune shifts are 0 . 03
and 0.02, respectively within a momentum deviation of ±2 %. These are smaller compared withthe tune shifts of the standard hybrid optics 3 ) andalmost the same as that of the high f3 optics.
These results show that the chromatic characteristics are scarcely affected by introduction of themagnet-free straight sections into the ring.

Table 1. Major parameters of the lattice with 4 longmagnet-free straight sections.

-184-

Energy (GeY)
Current (multi-bunch) (rnA)
Current (single-bunch) (rnA)
Circumference (m)Dipole magnetic field (T)Bending radius (m)Type of lattice
Number of cells
Normal/Straight
Length of straight section
Normal/Long (m)Natural emittance (nm.rad.)Critical photon energy (keY)
Tune vx/v y
Synchrotron tune Vs
Momentum compaction IX.
Natural chromaticity ~x/f,yEnergy loss in the arcs
(MeYfrev)
Energy spread oe/ E
Damping time 'tx/'ty/tc(msec)
Harmonic number
R.F. voltage (MY)R.F. frequency (MHz)
Bunch Le.ngth Os (mm)

8

4

100
5
1435.948
0.679
39.2718

1435 . 948
0 .3395
39.2718

Chasman-Grecn

Cha sma n -G reen

44/4

44/4

6.65/-30

6 .6 5/-30

9.00
28.90
38.2/l4 . 16
0.010050 36
1 .4597 x 10- 4-70.44/-33.20
9.22632 . 25
3.61
38.2/14 . 16
0 .0 1005036
1.4597x10-4- 70.44/-33.20
0.577

0 .0010936
8.30/8.31/4.152436
17508 .58
3 .63

0 .0021872
66.4/66.5/33.2
2436
5
508.58
1.18

H. Tanaka et al.
0.23
0.22

0.20

><I

0.19

.

I. . . ~I .... TU~:=~
1 une
-or

""-s... '6...

0.21
;..

40.

~
!

30.

-----

E

.5 20.

c

:>

f-o

0.18
0.17
0 . 16'"0 . 15-2 . 0>-'-....

- 1.5:..--r ~

~,

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

~
10.

1.5

2 .0

o.

Momentum Deviation ('Yo )

-40.

o.

20.

40.

Fig. 5. Dynamic aperture at the beam- injection point.
Empty squares show the aperture calculated under thecondition with no magnetic error and filled triangles
with magnetic error tolerances. A revolution period isadjusted to 500.

0. 23

;..

-20.

X (mm)

Fig. 2. Momentum dependent tune shifts.

0.21

;.(
I

c:

::0

f-o

Amplitude dependent tune shifts are shown in
Fig. 3. These are also the same as those of thehigh f3 optics. We can expect from this figurethat horizontal and vertical oscillations aredecoupled in the region where the amplitude issmaller than 10 mm. Since the both tunes behave
in a similar way in the region where the amplitude is larger than 15 mm, horizontal and vertical oscillations begin to couple in this region. In
Fig. 4 transverse phase space plots are shown. At
the amplitude of 20 mm, the horizontal andvertical oscillations are fully coupled, whereas
they are almost decoupled at the amplitude of 15mm.
The dynamic aperture calculated under thecondition with and without magnetic errors isshown in Fig. 5. The aperture of 20 mm can beassured at the horizontal plane of the beam injection side under the condition with magnetic error
tolerances.4 ) This is large enough for the stablebeam- injection .

0.19

0. 17

o. 15 L..o..-'--'-..........~C-..O-J'-'--''-'--'.....L.................C-..O-J'-'--'--'-'--'--'...........~-20.0·30 .0· 10.0

0 .0

20.0

10.0

30 .0

Horizonta l Ampl itude X ( mm)Fig. 3. Amplitude dependent tune shifts.

P y I lIIr ~d)P.x (IIInlll)
I.S

2. 0

0.15

1. 11

. 20

. 10

10

~ _ t--

211

Y- 1 _t - - - t - - 4(111111)· 1,11. 1.5
P y( ml'" ud l

P x (IUnlll)

2' 0~

I.S

1.0

... '

• 20

.

.~ ;.. '....:: ",: ::':: ,:-. ~.10

· 10 ..

I"

20

o---o---~~nf/:~rr->-« I ~nl.;~~ t.·

. 1.5

· 2.0

Fig. 4. Transverse phase space at the center of a high f3
dispersion-free straight section. A coupling ratio
between the horizontal and vertical emittance is 1 %and the revolution period is adjusted to 1000. Upper
figures show the phase space for a particle with theinitial horizontal amplitude of 15 mm and lower ones
with that of 20 mm.

References
1) H. Kamitsubo: Nucl . Instrum. Methods , A303,
421(1991) .
2) M. Hara, T. Nakamura, T. Takada, and H. Tanaka:
Proc. SRI Conf., Chester, U.K. (1991).
3) H. Tanaka and M. Hara: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep. ,24, 141 (1990).
4) SPring-8 Project Design Report Part I Facility
Design [REVISED] ,Aug. (1991).

-185-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-S. Study on a Free Electron Laser at a SPring-S Long Straight Section
T. Nakamura
The performance of a free electron laser(FEL) at a 30m- long straight section of theSPring-8 storage ring was studied. The wave
length of the FEL was set to be 4nm in this study.
The storage ring has two lattice parameters,
normal and detuned, which are for usual operation and commissioning, respectively, and havevery different emittances and momentumcompaction factors.
The peak current of the storage ring is limitedby the bunch- lengthening instabilities whichaccompany the energy spread of the beam andcause the serious degradation of the FEL
performance. 1)
The beam performance and threshold currentsof the bunch- lengthening are shown in Table 1.
The latter values are calculated with the formula
Ith,BL

27Ca(Ele)I ZII In leff(!rY.J

PeriodKw
Matched /3x,yLength

3.5 cm3cm
3.7
4.0
14.2 m 17.7 m
30.0 mx,y equal focusing-~---""~-7" '~-./...,"" ....

- - - ._-0"-+-- . . . ..., :: r

(1)

2

"" ""
..., ...,

Y

I

A.

w

Table 1. The storage ring parameters and the thresholdcurrent of Bunch Lengthening.

Lattice
Normal

DetunedON
3 GeV
0.000650.000650.000146
0.1
50 A
112 A

0.00112
1.3
330 A
742 A

400

.

._ y

yO

_.__ .._...._---::;.c;;:; ....
200]-

= 3.5 em, a =1.5 ar---~v---""-L.

where a is the momentum-compaction factor. In
our case, the effective impedance I Z II I n I eff islimited to be 26mO by the free space impedance
I Z II I n I eff= 300 b I R where band R are thevacuum chamber radius and the bending radius,
respectively.
The FEL performances with the FEL wigglerof parameters shown in Table 2 were analyzed
with the three-dimensional simulation code
ELFIN, which is developed by the author. One ofDamping Wiggers
EnergyEnergy Spread(O'. r/,)MomentumCompaction Factor
Emittance(x,y)[nm rad]Ith,BL(naturaIO'...,)Ith BL 1.5 natural 0'

Table 2. FEL wiggler.

600

800

1000

Peak Current [A]A. : Wiggler Period, a y : Energy Spread , a yO : Natural Energy Spreadw

Fig. 1. Gain vs peak current (in a normal lattice with
damping wigglers) .

the results is shown in Fig. 1.
This result shows that the higher peak current
was obtained with the higher energy spread.
However high energy spread causes degradationof the FEL performance. From another result,
not shown here, the higher peak current was
obtained with the detuned lattice of higher
momentum-compaction factor. But this lattice
has also higher emittance and the high emittancealso causes degradation of the FEL performance.
Hence the gain is not so different in both cases.
References
1) A.S. Fisher et at .: "A 40AFEL on the PEP Storage
Ring", SSRL ACD, Note 87 (1990).

-186-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-9. The Relation between an Undulator Radiation in SPring-S
and a Diffraction Limit Radiation on
Spectral Brightness at the X-Ray Wavelength
T. Takada and M. Hara
SPring-8 is one of the third generation storagerings, which is designed to be operated with theelectron energy of 8 Ge V and the beam current of
100 rnA (multi-bunch), has a low naturalemittance (electron beam emittance) of 6.99 nmrad, and is optimized for many 4 meter undulator
straight sections. One of the directions toward
the next generation synchrotron radiation lightsources is to provide even higher spectral brightness, coherence and the diffraction limit radiation on brightness at the X -ray wavelength. In
this report, the conditions 1l for the diffraction
limit radiation from a planar undulator is described. Then the relation between a typicalundulator radiation in SPring-8 and the diffraction limit radiation on brightness at the X -raywavelength is investigated.
When we observe the photon beam at a large
distance from the sources (the Fraunhofer zone),the photon beam emittance has its intrinsic
value 2) which depends only on the radiation
wavelength, A:
ep = O"pO"p'= A/ 47l',(1)
where O"p is the RMS photon beam size and 0" p' is
the RMS angular divergence. This situation iscalled "diffraction limited" because O"p' is limitedby the constraint of eq. (1) when O"p is given.
Fundamental wavelength, AIS t, and the peak
spectral flux at the fundamental wavelength,
F 1st, radiated from a planar undulator are givenby

D?~t-axls, in photons/sec/0.l%b.w./mrad 2 and theAlst [pJ = l.31 X 10 3 E:2[ &~~] 1 + Ky2 /2),
FIst [photons/sec/O.l%b.w.] = l.43 x 10 14

where Lu is the length of undulator, y is the ratioof the total electron energy to the rest mass.
Then, the diffraction limited beam size, O"p, isobtained by using eqs. (1) and (9) as:
O"p =/ AlstLu/ 4 7l'.
(10)
In order to fully utilize the high brightness ofundulator radiation, the natural emittance has tobe made smaller, e.g., by installing the damping
wigglers in the storage ring. There are 3 phases
about the behavior of the peak brightness at thefundamental wavelength in progress of decreasing the natural emittance, as given by!):
Phase. 1 O"x, O"y > O"p and O"x', O"y' > O"p'
(11)

(

Ky2

([

Ky2

(2)

J

x Nu ( 1 + K y 2/2) Jo 4( 1 + K y 2/2)
Ky2
JJ2
- 11[ 4( 1 + K y 2/2)
I[A]

(3)

where Ee is the electron energy, I is the beam
current, Nu is the number of magnetic periods, 1n(x) is the n - th-order Bessel function of thevariable, x, and Ky is called the deflection
parameter which is proportional to the productof the magnetic period length, Au, and the peakof periodic sinusoidal magnetic field, By p, as:Ky [non- dimension] =93.4 Byp[T] Au[m]. (4)The peak on-axis spectral angular flux density,

peak on-axis spectral brightness, B?~t-axls, inphotons/sec/0.l%b.w./mrad 2/mm 2 at the fundamental wavelength are given as follows l) bytaking into account the effect of electron beamemittance:
Don-axIs
F 1st
Bon-axis
FIst
(5)
1st
27l'~x '~/1st(27l')2~X~y~ x'~/where ~x, ~y, ~x' and ~ y' are given by~X,y = .; O"~,y + O"~ , ~x',y' = / O"~',y' + O"~' .
(6)Here, O"x (O"y) is horizontal (vertical) RMS electron beam size and O"x' (O"y') is RMS angulardivergence. They are given at a dispersion freestraight section by:
O"x,y =/ ex,yf3x,y, O"x',y' =/ ex,y/ f3x,y,(7)
where f3x (f3y) is horizontal (vertical) betatronfunction value, and ex (ey) is horizontal (vertical) electron beam emittance. The relationshipbetween ex (= O"x - O"x') , ey = (= O"y - O"y') and thenatural emittance, en, are given as:_ }(en __ en(8)ex - 1 +)( ,ey - 1 +)( - }(ex,where )( is the coupling coefficient which stands
for the ratio between the horizontal and verticalemittance. When the angular divergence of theplanar undulator radiation at the fundamental
wavelength is approximated to a Gaussian distribution, O"p' is first identified with
- / A /L - /( 1 + Ky2 /2) 1
O"p'---V 1st u- V·
2Nu
y'

-187-

Bon1st axIs = FIst
2oc"r- n-2 , Nu ,Phase. 2O"x, O"y > O"p and 0" x', 0" y' ~ 0" p'

(9)

(12)
(13)

T. Takada et at.

Bon- axis =
1st

FIst

(27r)20'xO'y O'~'Nu 2

ex: E- I
n

,

(14)
,

Phase. 3 O'x, O'y <: O'p and 0' x', 0' y ' <: 0' p'

Table 1. Parameters of the typical planar undulator in
SPring-8,(15)(Diffraction Limited)Technology

Pure Permanent Magnet : Halbach design

Magnet block material

Nd·Fe-B alloy

Remnant field

Br(T)
AU (m)

1.25
0.03

Height of magnet

h (m) '" AU (mJ 12

0.015

Number of periods
Total lengthNu
Lu (m] ~ Au (m)o Nu

133
3.99

Peak magnetic field on-axis a)
Deflection parameter a)

Byp (T)
Ky = 93.4 Byp (TJ ·"u (mJFundamental wavelength on·axis a)"1st (A)Fundamental photon energy on·axis a)

EPlst (keV] .

0.265
0.75
0.78
15.8

Ma~netic period length

FIst(Al s t/2)2 ex:

N

u

(16)

Equation (16) gives the maximum peak brightness
available at the fundamental wavelength fromthe planar undulator, which is independent of thenatural emittance.
A typical undulator in SPring- 8, whose Au is 3
cm and Ky is 0.75 (Table 1), provides the fundamental wavelength on-axis of 0.78 A in the hard
X -ray region, when installed in the 8 Ge V storage ring. Figure 1 shows the spectral brightness
radiated from the typical undulator installed in ahigh- fJ straight section (large beam size andsmall angular divergence) in SPring- 8, whoseparameters are listed in Table 2. The peakbrightness of 1.95 X 10 18 photons/ sec/ 0.1%b.w./
mrad 2 / mm 2 is obtained at the fundamental wavelength with 100 rnA operation. When we compare
the natural emittance of 6.99 nm-rad designed
for SPring-8 and the photon beam emittance at
the wavelength of 0.78 A using eq. (17) in practical
unit:
E
p

[nm -rad] = .lIst [A] X 10- 1
47r

1
X 10- 1
(17)
Eplst [ke V],
the natural emittance is much larger than thephoton beam emittance (Table 3), which corresponds to the phase 1 described above. If one
want to obtain a diffraction limits radiation at
0.78 A, the storage ring has to be operated with
the natural emittance which is much smaller than
6.21 x 10 ~ 3 nm-rad. It is impossible to operate thestorage ring with such a small natural emittancein SPring- 8 because the natural emittance can be
decreased to only about 5.5 nm-rad with damping wigglers of 100 m in total length in the storage ring 3). In order to estimate how far the typical undulator radiates from the diffraction limit,
the following are calculated 4 ) under the assumption that design values of fJx, fJy and )( in Table
2 are held to be constant even if the natural
eimttance is varied. (Actually, fJx and fJy arevaried when the natural emittance is decreased.)
In Fig. 2, the sets of (O'x, O'y, O'X', O'y, ) and (2 x, 2 y,
2 x', 2 y' ) are shown as a function of the naturalemittance. In Fig. 3, the peak flux, the peak flux
density and the peak brightness are shown at thea) at magnetic gap width . g. of 20 mm.

20

40

60

60

100

Photon Energy Ep [keV]

Fig. 1. Spectral brightness radiated from a typical undulator in the SPring- 8 storage ring operated at theelectron energy of 8 Ge V, the beam current of 100 rnA
and the natural emittance of 6.99 nm' rad. The couping
coefficient is assumed to be 10 %.

=Table 2. Parameters at the center of the high-p straightsection in SPring-8.
Electron energy
Natural emittance

En [nmorad)

Coupling coefficient

1((%)

E [GeV]

Horizontal emittanceEx (nmorad)

Vertical emittanceEy [nmorad)

Horizontal betatron function value~(mJ

Vertical betatron function value

l3y[m)

Horizontal RMS beam size

O'x(jJ.m]

Vertical RMS beam size

O'y(jJ.m)

Horizontal RMS angular divergence

O'x' [wad]Vertical RMS angular divergence

O'y' (~rad]

6.99
10
6.35
0.635
23.34610.283
385.2
80.8
16.5
7.9

Table 3. RMS photon beam size and angular divergenceat the fundamental wavelength of the typical planar
undulator in SPring-8.

-188-

Fundamental wavelength on-axis

Alst (AJ

0.78

Total length of undulator
Photon emittanceLu(m)Ep (nmorad)

3.99
6.21 x 10- 3

RMS photon beam sizeO'p(~m]RMS photon angular divergence

op' [~radJ

1.4
4.4

T. Takada et at.
Table 4. Four typical planar undulators with fundamental
wavelengths of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 A in the 8 Ge V
storage ring.
U1

U2

U3

U4

AU (eml

3.3

32.7

326.6

3266.1

Nu

133

13

10

1

Lu (m]

4.369

4 .25132.66

32.661

Ky

1.0

1.0
10

1.0
100

1.0
1000

A1st (AJ

Fig. 2. Horizontal and vertical RMS beam sizes andangular divergences of electron beam only, (O-X, o-y, O-x',(J y')' and the convolution of electron beam and photon
beam, (~x, ~y, ~x" ~y" as a function of natural emittance.

c
o

:;
.0
'':

oiii 10'8~ti~

10'. ~ . L::_ _--,-_ _--'-_ _ _ ............ . ............ , .' \

10-6

10~

10.2

10"

Natural Emittance ( . [nm·radl

Fig. 3. Peak spectral flux, peak spectral angular flux
density and peak spectral brightness at the fundamental
wavelength radiated from a typical undulator, whoseparameters are listed in Table 1, as a function ofnatural emittance.

fundamental wavelength radiated from the typical undulator as a function of the naturalemittance.
On the other hand, it is possible to obtain adiffraction limit radiation in a wavelength longer
than about 900 A against the natural emittanceof 6.99 nm· rad designed for SPring-8. Such afundamental wavelength is realized by the undulator in the 8 GeV ring whose period length islonger than about 30 m and Ky is 1. Although thisundulator can be installed in a long straightsection of 30 m in length prepared in SPring-8, it
is meaningless to discuss the diffraction limit
radiation because the number of periods is only 1
and the coherent radiation is not available. The
peak brightness at the fundamental wavelengths
of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 A is shown in Fig. 4 as afunction of the natural emittance under the same
assumption as mentioned above. Those wavelengths can be obtained from four typical undulators, U1, U2, U3 and U4, in the 8 GeV storage
ring, whose parameters are listed in Table 4.
References
1) K- J. Kim: "Characteristics of Synchrotron radiation", Proc. AlP Conf. on the US Particle Accelerator
School, p. 565 (1989).
2) D. Attwood, K. Halbach, and K.- J. Kim: Science,
228, 1265 (1985).
3) M. Hara, T . Nakamura, T. Takada, and H.Tanaka :Rev. Sci. Instrum., 63, 1 (1992). to be published(Contributed to the 4th SRI Conf., Chester, U.K., on
July 15-19, 1990).
4) M. Hara : 4th Ann. Meeting Hoshakou, Nagoya,
April, p. 20 (1991).

10'2 L......L.........L.........L_L..........L........L.......L_L..............................-l~
10.8
10'
10~
10.2
10°
10 2
10'

Natural EmiHance (.[nm·rad]Fig. 4. Peak spectral brightness at fundamental wavelengths of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 A radiated from four
typical planar undulators in the 8 Ge V storage ring,
whose parameters are listed in Table 4, as a function ofnatural emittance.

-189-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·10. Angular Distribution of the Radiation Power froma Bending Magnet in SPring·S
T. Takada and M. Hara
Extremely high radiation power is expectedfrom a bending magnet (BM) in SPring-8
compared to that in the facilities under operation. In this report, the total power and angularpower densities of the BM radiation in SPring-8
are calculated to estimate the heat load.
Parameters of EM : The SPring- 8 storage ringhas 88 BMs to make the orbit closed. Twenty
three of them can be equipped with a beam line
(BL) to bring out a radiation having a broad andsmooth spectrum. Parameters and characteristics of the BMs in SPring-8 are shown in Table.
1. Critical photon energy and bending radius are
given by eqs, (1) and (2), respectively, in practicalunit:
Epc[keV] =O.665Ee 2[GeV]B[T]= 28.9 eke V] for SPring-8 BM.
[GeV][m] =3. 336 EeB[T]p(1)=39.30[m] for SPring-8 BM.
(2)
where Ee is the electron energy and B is themagnetic field strength.
The coordinate system for the orbit of anelectron and the BM radiation are shown in Fig.
1. An electron moves with time, t, and velocity,

V, heading to the tangential direction of trajectory, and lies in the x-z plane with an instantaneous radius of curvature, p, making an angle (thelatitude), f), with x-axis. A vector n is a unit
vector heading from the electron to the observer,
P, and Vr is the observation angle between nandthe orbit plane. e a is a unit vector in the x-axis
corresponding to polarization on the orbit plane;e (= n X e 0') is a unit vector corresponding
approximately to polarization that is perpendicular to the obit plane if -rf; is very small.
Total Power 1) : The total power of BM in thearc of L (= p [m] f) [rad]) is given by integrating
the spectral angular power density over all angular frequencies, w, all vertical angles, -rf;, and horizontal angles,f), in the interval of [O,LI p] as:- foo fLIP f" /2
d 3 PTPT[kW]- odw 0 dB _,,/2d-rf;dwdBd1fr= 1. 27Ee 2[GeV] B2 [T]I [A] L[m]= 1. 27Ee 2[Ge V] B2 [T] I [A] p [m] f) [rad]=146.80 [rad] at lOOmA for SPring-8 BM. (3)where I is the beam current. The energy loss per
1 turn in all BMs is given by
P lturn [kW Iturn]= 1. 27Ee 2[Ge V] B2 [T] I [A] p [m] 2n [rad]=922.0[kW/ turn] at lOOmA for SPring-8 BM.
1C(4)

Table 1. Characteristics of the BM in SPring- 8.
Electron energy
Field strength
Bending radius
Critical photon energy
Critical wavelength

Ee [GeV]B[T]p[m]Epc [keV]Ac[A]A ngular Power Density 1) : The linear angularpower density, which is defined as the power pera unit horizontal angle, is derived by integrating
the spectral angular power density over all angular frequencies and all vertical angles as:. -foo f K
dPT
I2
d3 PT
CfB[kW / mrad(honz.)] - 0 dw _,rl2 d 1/rdwdOd1/r= 1. 27 x 10- 3Ee 2[Ge V] B2 [T] I [A] p [m]= 0 .147 [kW I mrad(horiz.)] at 100mA for(5)
SPring-8 BM.
The linear angular power density, dPT / df), is
independent of f).
The angular power density is defined as a
power per unit horizontal and vertical angles
obtained by integrating the spectral angularpower density over all angular frequencies. It is
given by/ 00 d3P
d 2P

8
0.679
39.30
28.9
0.429

P(Observer)\\y.... nx

dBd1r(y-rf;)=0

dWdwdf)d-rf;_ d Pad2 P"- dB d-rf; (y-rf;) + dBd-rf;(YVr),
2

Fig. 1. The coordinate system for the orbit of an electron
and the BM radiation.

where

-190-

(6)

T. Takada et at.
Table 2. Total power and angular power densities of the
BM in SPring-8.
(I = 100 mA)
Total power per turnLinear angular power density

922.0

P1 turn [kW/turn]dP T [kW/mrad(horiz.)J

de

0.147

Angular power density on the orbit plane(7)d~T hv) I

d6do/

and where y is called the 'relativistic energy
factor' that is the ratio of the total electronenergy to the rest mass of 511 keV. As y is 15656
in SPring-8, the vertical FWHM radiation coneat the critical photon energy is 63.9 JLrad (= 1/y) . Here, the angular power density on the orbit
plane (f= 0), d 2 P T /d8df I '1' = 0, is given by:;~~(Yf) 1'1' = 0 [kw/mrad=

d3PT If dw dwd8df

2

1.51

2
SPring·s
Ee-8GeV,I-100mA'b<11y.15656

E 1.5

Bending Magnet (8M)
B .. 0.679 T
Epc. 28.9 keV~
6~

PlIurn -922 kW/tum

'ec:n
Q)

0
~

]

~

0

oo

0

[kW/mrad)

0/0:0

CL.

'1' = 0=5.42 x 10- 3 B[T]Ee4 [GeV]I[A]=1.51[kW/mrad2] at lOOmA for SPring·S BM. (8)Total power and angular power densities(linear angular power density and angularpower density on the orbit plane) are shown in
Table 2 for a BM in SPring-8 with 100 rnA
operation. The angular distribution is shown in
Fig.2 against the vertical observation angle of
the angular power density for a BM.
The quantities so far described were obtainedwith the assumption that the electron beam has
no angular divergence, that is, zero emittancelimit. The electron emittance, in particular, thevertical RMS angular divergence of the electron,,.,. gives an effect on the angular distributionvy"against the vertical direction of angular power
density which depends on vertical angle, f. At
finite emittance, the angular power density on
the orbit plane is 1. 48 k W /mrad 2 which is onlyiu:; 0.5
~

<{

~.oo

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

Vertical Observation Angle Ijf (mradl

Fig. 2. Angular distribution against vertical angle ofangular power density for the BM in SPring- 8.

about 2% smaller than that at zero emittance,
and the shape of angular distribution is almost
the same as that at zero emittance because thevertical RMS angular divergence of electron of
5.2 JLrad in SPring-8 is small compared to that of
the radiation power of about 30 JLrad at zero
emittance,
References
1) K. - J. Kim : Proc. US Particle Accelerator School-191-

1987-1988 (AlP Conf. Proe. 184), p. 565 (1989).

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-11. Angular Distribution of the Undulator Radiation Power in SPring-8
T. Takada and M. Hara
Extremely high radiation power from lightsources (bending magnets and insertion devices
such as wigglers or undulators) in SPring- 8 is
expected compared to that in the facilities underoperation. Heat load is a problem to be overcomein the design of accelerator components (such as,
vacuum chamber, crotch and absorber, etc.) andphoton beam line components (cooling systemfor optics, etc.). In this report, the total power
and angular power densities radiated from atypical undulator in SPring-8 are calculated toestimate the heat load.
Undulator Parameters: Parameters of a typicalplanar undulator in SPring - 8 are shown in
Table 1. We assume a typical undulator to be apure magnet type configuration which has aperiodic sinusoidal magnetic field of verticaldirection, period length of 3 cm, and a gap width
range from 35 mm to 20 mm. The n-th harmonic
photon energy of on-axis undulator radiation is
given by_-3
Ee 2[GeV]
Ep(n) [ keY ] -9.5X10 nAu[m](1+Ky2/2)' (1)where Ee is the electron energy, Au is the period
length and Ky is a dimensionless parameter
called the "deflection parameter" expressed as inpractical unit:
Ky [non-dimension] = 93.4Byp [T] AU [m],(2)where Byp is the peak of periodic sinusoidal
magnetic field. Photon energy will be scanned bymeans of changing the Ky parameter (that is,magnetic gap width) for this type of device. This
undulator, when installed in the 8 GeV storage
ring, provides the photon energy from 15.8 ke V
to 20.0 ke V at fundamental harmonic radiation
on- axis, which corresponds to a gap width from
Table 1. Parameters of a typical planar undulator
in SPring-8.
Configuration

Pure permanent magnet: Halbach design
Planar type

Magnet block material
Remnant field
Magnetic period length
Height of magnet block

Nd-Fe·B alloy
Br[T]
AU [m]
h [m]-i..u [m)/2

Number of periods
Total length
Magnetic gap width range
Peak magnetic field on-axis range
Deflection parameter range

Nu
Lu [m]-i..u [m] Nu
g [mm]Byp (T]
Ky - 93.4 Byp [T]o i..u [m)

133
3.99
35 - 200.055 - 0.265
0.15 - 0.75

Fundamental photon energy
on-axis range

Ep(l) [keY)

20.0 -15.8

1.25
0.03
0.015
0

e·

Fig. 1. The orbit and the coordinate system for a planar
undulator radiation. The orbit of an electron lies on thez-x plane with sinusoidal motion. The vector n is a unit
vector heading from the electron to the observer,8 and1/1' are horizontal and vertical observation angles,
respectively.

20 mm to 35 mm.
Total Power 1) : When electrons move along on
an ideal sinusoidal trajectory in a horizontal
plane guided by a vertical periodic sinusoidal
magnetic field of an undulator as shown in Fig. 1,
the total radiation power is given by eq. (3) inpractical unit by integrating the spectral angularpower density over all angular frequencies, w,
and all square solid angles, fJ and 1fr:
PT[kW] = f~ dw f~Hde f~rrd1fr d:~~d1fr= O.633Ee 2[Ge V] Byp 2[T] Lu [m] I [A]= 1.16[kW] for the typical undulator with
gap of 20 mm at 100 rnA operation.
(3)
where I is the beam current. As the total power is
proportional Byp2, the maximum total power isradiated at the minimum gap width. This undulator at a gap width of 20 mm radiates total
power of 1.16 k W in the 8 Ge V storage ring with
100 rnA operation.
A ngular Distribution of Power 1) : The angularpower density is given by eq. (4) in practical unit
by integrating the spectral angular power density over all angular frequencies:
d2 P
d3 P
2 foo
dfJdf(yfJ,y1fr)[kW/ mrad ] = 0 dWdwdfJd1fr= 1.60PT[kW]Ee2[GeV]G~y)f( yfJ [mrad], y1fr [mrad], Ky)= 1.084 X 10- 2Ee [GeV] By p[T] I [A]4

N u G(Ky )f( yfJ [mrad], y1fr [mrad], Ky)-192-

T. Takada et at.

V

0.8

~

(5 0.6

.~
o

§ 0.4

lL.

r- /
_/ I

:.:
ci

~

I

0.2

o

0.8 ~.-.- ..-\ ... \:"-.."t........ ~"" ..c....... -.... -."~
>.

/

,.

2

c:
.9

t-.

~

G(K)
+16)
y . Ky (7Kl+24Kl +28Kl
7tZ

7(I+Ky~lL.

0.4
1-- ..... ,······i········"········i·.. ··\+······ :v:.··,;~~--"

0.2 t-..····,· .. ·..··+_······,·-_···c·/-,.·,

J

0.0

0.6 ~ ....• c"""'+ _--\, . __'\._ ....i_\: .,... _._.,.\:

0.5

1.0

1.5

o~~~~~~~~~=-~=--=

2.0

0.0

0.5

Deflection Parameter Ky= 144.2 [kW I mrad 2 ]G(Ky)f( yfJ[mrad] ,yf [mrad], Ky)
for the typical undulator with a gapof 20 mm at 100 rnA operation.
(4)
where G(Ky) is given by eq. (5), which is anormalized factor ranging from 0 to 1 as a function of Ky. The function, G (Ky) , is plotted inFig. 2 for the values of Ky ranging from 0 to 2.
The behavior of G(Ky) is a monotonicallyincreasing function; if Ky is larger than about 1(wiggler mode) , then G(Ky) is saturated to be l.
G(K )=K (7Ky 6+ 24Ky4+ 28K y 2+ 16)(5)yy7(1 + K y 7)1 12~(16/ 7)Ky ~2Ky (0 < Ky;S,0.25)(6)~ 1(1 <Ky)(7)f(yO, yf, Ky) is given as folk;'ws:
16Kyf(yfJ, yf, Ky) 77Z'G(Ky)

0.8 ~······ i-···-··,·--··~~+· -·+· ·····,·········.······· .. ·.......--...--.- -.,..---.- ....--'--..----1
>.

:.:

~

S£
c:
.9
~

0.61- .... ' ......+.-..., ........;. :0.4 ~ ··-·.····-···i···-·.·-·····/.-·-·;···-····\A..,~"" ; .. ······.•..- .....-... - .•...... -.:.......-.•..... -.'---1

:>

lL.

0.2 1-....

+....+...-+ ....-.,........•...-.. / .....;. ........... ~~~""",......-........................-.--1

0 '-'.0-'---'---'---..............--'---'---'--'--...J.1.0---'----'----'--...............
1.5
0

Y'''' (Vertical Angle)

Fig. 4. The behavior of the function f(O , y~ ,Ky) for thevalues of Ky ranging between 0.25 and 2.0.

(8)

where
(9)
D = 1 +(yf)2 + (yfJ- Kycosa)2.
It is a normalized factor with f (0,0, Ky) = 1 ,which gives the angular dependence including Ky
parameter. The function f (yO ,O, Ky) and f (0, yf,Ky) are plotted in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 for the valuesof Ky ranging between O. 25 and 2 . 0 covering the
Ky range of the typical undulator. The horizontal and vertical HWHM angular divergences of aplanar undulator radiation with Ky ranging
between 0.25 and 2.0 can be roughly identified asfollows:~WHM~O.8Ky I y~Ky I y,
(10)
fHwHM~1/2y.

1.5

Fig. 3. The behavior of the function f (1'0,0, Ky) for thevalues of Ky ranging between 0.25 and 2.0 .

Fig. 2. The behavior of the function G (Ky) .

4 (yfJ- Kycosa)2) . 2 d
D5
sm a a,1.0

y' e (Horizontal Angle)(ll)Here, y is called the 'relativistic energy factor'
that is the ratio of the total electron energy to therest mass of 511 keY. It can also be expressed asin practical unit:(12)
y = 1957Ee [Ge V].
As y is 15656 in SPring- 8, the vertical FWHM
radiation cone is 63 .9 jlrad (= I I y).
The total power and on- axis angular power

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.10

Horizontal and Vertical Angle e. 'I' [mrad]Fig. 5. Angular distribution of the angular power density
radiated from a typical undulator in SPring-8 at zero
emittance and finite emittance.

densities of a typical undulator power in SPring8 are summarized in Table 2, and the angular
distributions are shown in Fig. 5 against horizontal and vertical directions of the angular power
density radiated from a typical undulator in
SPring-8. The quantities so far described wereobtained with the assumption that the electron
beam has no angular divergence, that is, zero
emittance limit. It is necessary to consider theeffect of electron emittance on the angular distri-- 193-

T. Takada et at.
Table 2. Total power and on-axis angular power
densities radiated from a typical undulator in SPring-8.
Total power
On-axis angular power density

Pr(kW]

Table 3. Electron beam size and angular divergence at
the center of a high - f3 straight section in SPring - 8.

1.16

d~T ()'6,'Y'V)1 9.0 and 1jI-0 (kW/mrad~

d9dljl144.2 (at zero emittance)
130.0 (at finite emittance)bution of angular power density because an
undulator will be usually installed in a high-p(large electron beam size and small angulardivergence) section in a finite electron emittancestorage ring. The parameters of the high-f3 section in SPring-8 are listed in Table 3. The
angular distribution of the angular power density at finite electron emittance is calculatedusing a computer code called 'URGENT'2.3). The
calculated results are included in Table 2 andFig. 5. The on - axis angular power density at

Nat~ral emittance

En (m-rad]Coupling coefficient
Horizontal emittance
Vertical emittance
Horizontal betatron lunction value
Vertical betatron lunction value
Horizontal AMS electron beam size
Vertical AMS electron beam size
Horizontal AMS angular divergence
Vertical AMS angular divergence

11:(%]Ex (m-rad]ty [m-rad]j3x(m]
l3y(m]
ox(~m]
oy[~m]

Ox' [~radJ
Oy' ~radJ

6.99 x 10-9106.35 x 10-9
6.35 x 10- 10
23.34610.283
385.2
80.8
16.5

7.9

finite electron emittance is about 10 % lower
than that at zero emittance.
References
1) K. - ]. Kim: Nucl. Instrum. Methods, A246, 67 (1986 ) .
2) R.P. Walker: Rev. Sci. Instrum. , 60, 1816 (1989) .
3) R.P. Walker and B.Diviacco: to be published to Rev.
Sci. Instrum., 63, No.1 (1992). (Contributed to the 4th
SRI Con£., Chester, u.K., on July 15- 19,1990. )-194 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·12. Effect of Energy Spread on the Multi·Pole Wiggler Radiation Spectrum
T. Takada and M. Hara
SPring-8 is a third generation ring, which is tobe operated with the electron energy of 8 GeV
and the beam current of 100 rnA, and optimized
for insertion devices (IDs). Thirty four straightsections of 6.65 m in length (19 high-,B and 15
low-,B ones) are prepared for insertion devices(IDs) in SPring-8. Multi - pole wigglers (MPWs)
will be usually installed in the low-,B straightsection (small electron beam size and large angular divergence as shown in Table 1). The spectrum radiated from a typical MPW in SPring- 8,
whose parameters are shown in Table 2, wascalculated by two different methods, and theresults will be described in this report.
Method ]I}: The MPW, that has a vertical periodic
sinusoidal magnetic field, can be regarded as asequence of bending magnets (BMs) with alternate polarities. Thus, the spectrum of a MPW is
broad and smooth similar to that of a BM, but
has 2 Nw intensity enhancements of the BM
radiation, where Nw is the number of magnetic
periods. On- axis spectral brightness in the unitof photons / sec / O.l%b.w./ mrad 2 / mm 2 from
MPW is expressed in practical unit as follows:
B(E) 1.33 x 1Q13Ee2[GeV]I[A](Ep/EpJ2K b(Ep/Epc)2N(1)
p2nO"xO"yW ,where Ee is the electron energy, I is the beam
current, Ep is the photon energy, and Kn (u) is
the n-th modified Bessel function, and Epc is the
Table 1. Electron beam size and angular divergence at
the center of a low-f3 straight section.
Natural emittance
Coupling coefficient

En [nmorad]
1([%]

Horizontal betatron function value~x [m}

Vertical betatron function value~y [m]

Horizontal RMS beam sizeax [Il m}

Vertical RMS beam size
Horizontal RMS angular divergenceay [Ilm}ax' [Il rad }Vertical RMS angular divergenceay' [wad}

6.99
10
1.116
8.715
84.2
72.1
75.5
8.8

Table 2. Parameters of a typical MPW in SPring-8.
Magnetic period length

Aw[m)Number of periods
Total length

Nw
Lw [m) - AW [m) • Nw

Peak magnetic field on·axis

Byp [T)

Critical photon energy

Epc [keY)

Critical wavelength
Deflection parameter

Ac[A)Ky ~ 93.4 Byp [T] • AW 1m)

Fundamental photon energy on-axis

Ep(l) [eV)

0.18
22
3.96
0.952
40.5
0.31
16
26.2

critical photon energy given by
Epc eke V] = 0.665Ee 2 [Ge V] Byp [T].
(2)
Here, By p is the the peak of periodic sinusoidal
magnetic field on-axis. When the effect of electron beam emittance is taken into account, theintensity of on- axis spectral brightness is
reduced by multiplying the factor A, expressed
as follows:

A 1 1 +[o-x/(Ky/ y)]2)1 + [o-y/O-sR(Ep/Epc)] 2 , (3)where Ky is the deflection parameter expressed
as in practical unit:
Ky [non-dimension] = 93.4Byp [T] Aw [m], (4)and y is called the Hrelativistic energy factor"
expressed as in practical unit:y = 1957 Ee [Ge V].
(5)
As y is 15656 in SPring-8, the vertical FWHM
radiation cone is 63.9 ,urad ( = 1/ y) at the criticalphoton energy. O"SR (u) is the vertical RMS angular divergence for synchrotron radiation by anelectron as a function of photon energy, which is
given by
I 12n

f:/~K513(y)d~1<TsR(Ep/EPc) =~Ep/EPctl Kb (Ep/Epc)

Jr '

(6)

when the angular spread against the verticaldirection of the radiation is identified to a Gaussian distribution.
The on- axis spectral brightness from a typical
MPW in SPring- 8 with the effect of electron
emittance is sown in Fig. 1; the result of a calculation in which the MPW is regarded as asequence of BMs. The on-axis spectral brightness from a BM in SPring-8 with the effect ofelectron emittance is also shown in the same
figure.
Method 2: In the second method, the MPW isregarded as a lar.g e Ky limit of an undulator. The
on- axis spectral brightness from undulator withelectron beam emittance effect was calculated byusing the code of 'URGENT'. 2,3} In this case, thespectrum appears as a series of a very large
number of harmonics, and has a periodic structure. However, the effect of electron energy
spread is not included in URGENT .. The energy
spread was included as described in the followIng.

The energy spread of electrons in a storage
ring has a Gaussian distribution, and can be-195-

T. Takada et at.
10'"

'j

:

;

:

t t l : :.

:

,"

:::

MPW ()ow.18cm. Lw..:l.96m)
Ky.16 (Byp..o.952T).... Epc..40.5keV!.... ...

,..........

s:~~%!v l.laamA"QQft~ . ., , ,

:.---

r:.--

'-N:

i,

!----

IB~~:~:VI

''""

l\
\

\

:\

i i IHiIi jlll

10'

Photon Energy Ep [keV)

Fig. 1. On-axis spectral brightness with the effect ofelectron emittance from a typical MPW when the
MPW is regarded as a sequence of BMs. The on- axis
spectral brightness with the effect of electron emittancefrom a BM in SPring-8 is also shown. Critical photon
energies for the BM and the typical MPW in SPring-8
are represented by open circles.

region of [-30"Ee,30"EeJ. However, this integration
is a very time consuming calculation, because
many B(Ep;<Ee> + ~Ee) have to be calculated for
different ~Ee. Therefore, an assumption expressed by eq. (11) is introduced:(11)
B(Ep;<Ee>+ ~Ee)~B(Ep- ~Ep; < Ee » .
Equation (11) means that the effect of electronenergy shift, ~Ee, is approximated by the sameamount of the photon energy shift, ~Ep, given byeq. (9) with opposite sign. This assumption would
be sufficient to estimate the energy spread effectin the region of [ - 3O"Ee , 30"EeJ. Then, eq. (10) is
rewri tten as.

B(Ep) = f~:~ B(Ep- ~Ep; <Ee»(12)

where PEP (Ep) is a Gaussian distribution of1
photon energy:
PEP(~Ep)~exp[~Ep2 / 20"2EP ],

(13)

O"EP
using variable transformation expressed by eq.
(14), with the constraint of eq. (I5),PEe«Ee> + ~Ee)d~Ee=PEP(~Ep)d~Ep,(14)7l

Table 3. Parameters of the SPring-8 storage ring.
Electron energy<Ee> [GeV]

8

Beam current
Energy spread

I [A]

0.1
0.10936

OEe /<Ee> [%]~= 2 crEe

expressed asPEe(Ee)= vrzkexp[(Ee-<Ee»2/20"2Ee]' (7)7l O"Ee
where <Ee> is the nominal energy of the storage
ring and O"Ee is the standard deviation. Here,<Ee> is 8 Ge V and O"Ee l <Ee> is designed to be
0.10936 % in SPring- 8 as shown in Table 3.
The photon energy at the peak of the nthharmonics on-axis spectral brightness of MPW
radiation is given by in practical unit:
Ep (n) eke V] = 9.5 X 10- 3 nEe 2[Ge V] /(1 + Ky2 /2)1AW [m].
(8)
Since the photon energy is proportional to thesquare of the electron energy as shown by eq. (8),the relative energy spread of photon energy is 2
times as large as that of electron energy.
~Ep = 2~Ee
(9)
Ep
Ee'
In order to include the electron energy dependence in the MPW radiation spectrum, B (Ep;Ee)is defined as the on-axis spectral brightness fromthe electron energy of Ee. Then, the spectrumwith the effect of electron energy spread is givenby the following integration:
B(Ep) = f 31.. B(Ep;<Ee) + ~Ee)
-3 c:r~:cPEe( <Ee>+ ~Ee)d~Ee.

(10)Practically, it is sufficient to integrate only in the

(15)

Ep
<Ee>'
The on-axis spectral brightness from the typical MPW was calculated using the code of
URGENT including only the effect of electron
emittance, and the modification mentioned above
was adopted to obtain the spectrum with theeffect of energy spread. The spectra with andwithout inclusion of the effect of energy spreadaround the photon energy of 1 keY and 10 keY
are shown in Figs. 2 and 3, respectively. As aresult, the spectrum around 1 ke V oscillates in arange of about 2 figures when the energy spread

MPW (l.w.l8cm. Lwa3.96m)
Ky.16. Ep(l ).26.2eV

10'~.L95Z::l=:::c:;=r:=---=-~~'-:1~.0':-""":"1.-':::02~1.0=-3......1~.O:-4~1.05

Fig. 2. On-axis spectral brightness around the photon
energy of 1 ke V including the effect of electron emittance with and without the effect of electron energy spreadfrom the typical MPW SPring-8. Solid line represents
the spectrum with the effect of electron emittance only,
bold line the spectrum with the effect of both electron
emittance and energy spread.

- 196 -

T. Takada et al.

is not included. The inclusion of the effect ofenergy spread reduces the oscillation so that theratio of the spectral maximum value to theminimum is about 8. In the vicinity of 10 keY, theoscillation is totally smoothed out by the effectof energy spread. This smoothing spectrum isobtained if the conditions 3<1EP > Ep(l) and Ep <Epc are satisfied. Both spectra using method 2
are consistent with the spectrum shown in Fig. 1
using method 1 when the average value is taken
only for the spectrum of 1 ke V region.

1 0" L...-L"""'"---"L.......---L-..o....-I--'--L...-~~-L-'"---'-~-'-:-''--'

9.95

9.96

9.97

9.98

9.99

10

10.01 10.02 10.03 10.04 10.05

Photon Energy Ep (keV)

Fig. 3. On-axis spectral brightness around the photon
energy of 10 ke V including the effect of electron
emittance with and without the effect of electronenergy spread from the typical MPW SPring-8. Solidline represents the spectrum with the effect of electron
emittance only, bold line the spectrum with the effect ofboth electron emittance and energy spread.

References
1) K. - J.Kim : Proc. US Particle Accelerator School
1987- 1988 (AlP Conf. Proc. 184), p. 565 (1989).
2) R. P. Walker: Rev. Sci. Instrum., 60, 1816 (1989).
3) R. P. Walker and B. Diviacco: to be published toRev. Sci. Instrum., 63, No.1 (1992). (Contributed to the
4th SRI Conf., Chester, U.K., July, 1990.)-197-

RII~EN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25(1991)

V-2-13. Progress in the Magnet System for SPring-8 Storage Ring

J. Ohnishi, N. Kumagai, S. Motonaga, H. Takebe, S. Matsui,
K. Kumagai, and T. Ouchi
SPring-8 storage ring has 88 dipole, 480 quadrupole, and 336 sextupole magnets. l ) We havefinished manufacturing and test of their
prototypes. 2 ) Presently, design of real magnets
has been almost completed and their production
has started. Each first magnet of the three types
will be completed in March, 1992. All magnets
will be delivered by March, 1995.
Figure 1 shows the magnet arrangement in aunit cell of the storage ring. Two synchrotron
radiation beam lines are extracted from an insertion device and a dipole magnet in the unit cell.
Quadrupole and sextupole magnets have twosizes of magnet yokes in order to make theradiation beam line pass through. Detailed drawings of dipoles, quadrupoles, and sextupoles areshown in another report.l) Table 1 shows parameters of these magnets.

·
n~~-2000 0.

6·l6'.lS~Q.~\rin P. BEAM:

VS

M liS

M

__

~6Hti - -_._-- - •. -l/-~r

I

-\ -

1 '_

\ S -

VHS
_

Completed magnets will start to be deliveredfrom the beginning of 1993 in Nishi-Harima sitewhere the storage ring will be constructed. All
the magnets will be subjected to field measurements to verify their field performances. Afterthe field measurements, ten quadrupoles andseven sextupoles in each unit cell will be aligned
precisely on three straight girders and will betransferred to the storage ring building. Finally,
144 girders and 88 dipole magnets will be aligned
along the ideal orbit of the storage ring.
Followings are also in progress in order toperform a construction program for the magnet
system; design of power supplies,3) design ofsteering magnets 4 ) and pulsed magnets for beam
injection,1) design of water cooling system formagnets, design of the girders, preparation andimprovement of field measurement devices, andM liSliS ,\1
_ _ '
.

VIIS
'

- ----.-__/._-/

V
. 5

~,uuo
.,
.o

62695

lis M \ISM-8{] if1.GD(J·O - a~ uU O-fJEJo[J{]-eo-E
-rAB
CHI
~2
All
CHI ~ .0909'
III ~ AI!
10
Q10 S1 Q9 56 q8
4.0':109'0155 QIl 54 tl5 53 Q4
OJ 52 02 51 "I AU::=:l===3. . !l=tHIS=D;r:J,f)(c.

Jeil

i

-

1- - _ ' "B: Bending magnet
Q: Quadrupole magnet
S: Sextupole magnel
10: Insc:ruon device

AD: Absorber

HS ]
VS
VHS
CR;

M:

_I=:_
II)

Sleering magnet

Qucch

MonitorFig. 1. Magnet arrangement in a unit cell of the storage ring. Two synchroton radiation beams
are extracted from an insertion device and a dipole magnet. Quadrupoles indicated as Q5, Q9
and sextupoles as S2, S3, S5,S6 have large size yokes.

Table 1. Parameters of the storage ring magnets.
dipoleNumber of magnets
Gap height/Bore diameter
Effective field length
Magnet length
Magnet weight
Field strength, max
Tum numbers per pole
Conductor size
Hollow size
Current, max
Current density
Conductor resistance
Voltage drop, max
Power dissipation
Cooling circuits
Waterflow
Pressure drop
Temperature rise

(mm)
(m)
(m)
(Kg)
(T, TIm, T/m 2)
(mm)
(mm)
(A)

(Nmm2 )
(mil)

01)

(KW)
OImin)(Kg/cm 2)(C)

quadrupole
Q3,Q8
Q4,Q7

Ql,QlO

Q2,Q9

88
63.8
2.804
3.09
4950
0.679
14
26 x 18.5
1!l10.5
1270
3.22
8.64
11.0
13.9

96
85
0.35
0.48
970
17
24
10 x 16
1!l5
536
3.81
16.6
8.90
4.77

96
96
85
85
0.51
0.97
0.64
1.10
2520;3090 1390
17.4
17.6
24
24
10 x 16lOx 16
1!l5
5x9
544
552
3.88
4.80
20.9
39.7
11.4
21.9
6.28
12.1

2
22.1
5
9.0

4
11.0
5
6.2

4
15.8
5
11.0

Family

4
9.6

5
9.4

-198-

sextupole
Sl,S7

S2.S3
S5.S6

S4

96
85
0.41
0.54
1130
16.2
24
10 x 16
1!l5
504
3.59
18.2
9.17
4.62

96
96
92
85
0 .51
0.30
0.64
0.41
1690/1390 635
420
17.1
19
24
lOx 16
9.5 x 8
1!l5
1!l5
300
533
5.45
3.80
36.0
20.9
10.8
11.1
3.24
5.94

192
92
0.29
0.37
800
420
19
9.5 x 8
1!l5
300
5.45
34.7
10.4
3.12

48
92
0.50
0.61
1060
420
19
9.5 x 81!l3.2
300
5.45
42.1
12.7
3.79

4
10.4
5
6.4

4
9.6
5
8.9

2
4.0
5
11.2

6
5.4
5
10.0

Q5,Q6

2
4.0
5
11.6

J. Ohnishi et at.

investigation of precise alignment of magnets.
References
1) SPring-8 Project Team: SPring-8 Project, Part l,Facility Design [Revised], (1991).

2) J. Ohnishi, H. Takebe, K. Kumagai, and S. Motonaga:
Proc. 12th lnt. Conf. on Magnet Technology, to be
published.
3) H. Takebe et at.: This Report, p. 153.
4) K. Kumagai et at.: ibid., p. 150.

-199-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·14. A Preliminary Test for Precise Alignment ofSPring·S Sextupole Magnets

J. Ohnishi and S. Motonaga
336 sextupole magnets will be installed in the
SPring- 8 storage ring for chromaticity
correction. I) Their alignment accurracy isrequired to be less than about 0.1 mm from
calculation so that the stop band width of acertain resonance of the beam may be kept smaller than the allowance value. In achievement ofsuch a precise alignment, it becomes importantthat the magnetic field center of the sextupole
magnet is measured and marked acccurately.
As a preliminary test for the precise alignment,
we tried to analyze the position of the field
center and the strength of a dipole field from thefield measurement of a prototype magnet. 2) The
magnetic field was mapped with a hall probe on
vertical planes of ± 15 mm square. Mapping
interval was 1 mm and measured data wereobtained at 961 points a plane. Using these data,
following parameters were fit by the least square
method;expression Bmeas = - Bx sin8+ Bycos8+ Bo
Bx = 6a(x-x o) (Y-Yo)
By = 3a {(X-xo)2 - (Y _ Yo)2 }parameters a: the strength of a sextupole field
x o, yo: position of the field center
Bo: the strength of a dipole field
8: tilt of the hall probe
Figure 1 shows displacement of the field centerwith the strength of an exciting current. The
displacement of about 10 .um is small enough toaffect the beam. Figure 2 shows the change of adipole field with excitation levels. The strengthof the dipole field produces COD smaller than an
expected alignment error of quadrupole magnets.
However, even a dipole field of several gausses
shifts zero field lines by about a handred micron
meters and leads diffculty in finding the field
center.
We need to measure the positional difference
between the magnetic and the geometric center

10

.l.

5

1

I

400A

I

J+tt+ i '

o

>

350A

·5

·10

·10

.

100A

150A

200A

1

I

300A

I

250A

10

·5

x ( m)

Fig. 1. Movement of the field center of the sextupole
magnet with excitation currents.
5

en
Ul
:s

J

4

co

~

3

"0

Qj

:;:

2

~

o

0.

1

.~

C

o

o

100

.~
200

I
V

300

400

500

I (A)

Fig. 2. Dipole error field of the sextupole magnet withexcitation currents.

for precise alignment of sextupole magnets. We
start to develop an equipment for measuring andmarking the field center of the sextupole magnets in consideration of the above results.
References
1) SPring-8 Project Team: SPring-8 Project, Part I,

Facility Design (1991). [Revised]2) ]. Ohnishi, H. Takebe, K. Kumagai, and S. Motonaga:
Proe. 12th Int. Conf. on Magnet Technology, to be
published.

- 200-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-1S. Design of Steering Magnet System for the SPring-8 Storage Ring
K. Kumagai, H. Takebe, J. Ohnishi, and S. Motonaga
Twelve steering magnets are installed in theunit cell for COD collection as shown in Fig.I.
Six magnets are prepared for the horizontal
steering, the rest of magnets for the verticalsteering, and a total of 576 steering magnets areplaced along the ring.
Maximum field strength of 0.0267 T m for thehorizontal and 0.0133 T m for the vertical correction are required. The design parameters forthese magnets are summarized in Table 1. Inorder to make use of commercial power supplies,
the peak current and voltage are set a ceiling to6269'

s1"f ~

B P. BEAM--

srn-- STY \

10

,-, j

-l(~O 1\
STY sn! STIl

5TH

STJ:I:"1'1CR !

B' . \ AB

A~IO S7 Q9 56 Q,C R ~-r " '

Q7 SS Q6 S. QS 5l Q'

S.l V. ~~. i AS~

iSl'I IS1[l STF STF

Ql52 Q2 SI QI

AS

•

i
to

STH : Hori,zomaJ sleering magnet

STV : Vemcal steering magnet
STF : Fast feedback steering magnet
B : Bendingmagnel
Q : Quadrupole magne<
S : Sexlupole magnet
ID : lnsenion device

Fig. 1. Arrangement of the steering magnets, lattice magnets and other elements in the unit cell of the 8 GeV
storage ring.

Table 1. Design parameters of the steering magnets.
5TH
1-6

Family

(H )

288
C
1.0
70
0 .14
0 . 190.2 2

Number of magnets
Magnet type(mrad)
Kick angle(!TUn)
Gap width(m)Core len!!th
Effective~ field length(m)(m)
Magnet length(Kg)
Magnet weight

STY
1,2,4 ,6
(V)
192
C
0 .5

!OS

0.5
130
0 . 190.27
0 . 1968

64

0 . 13
0.20
0.23
60

Field strength,max (T)Magnetomotive force (x I 0 3 A
Tum numbers per pole
Conductor diameter (mm)(A)
Current,max(Nmm 2)Current density
Voltage drop,max (Y)Power dissipation (W)

0 .14
7 .80
780
2 .2

0.08
6.68
674
2.3

S

S

S

0.93
24
120

0.84
21
lOS

0.68
22
110

Cooling
Power Supply
Temperature riseair
5A-SOVair
5A-50V27

air
SA -SOY

n

2S

eC)

5A - 50V. In the first step of operation of thestorage ring, about 160 power supplies will be
prepared and assigned by the matrix switch tothe magnets which are most effective for the
COD correction. All magnets are cooled by air.
One type of the horizontal steering magnets
1.02

STY
3,5
(V)
96

O.OS
5.32
1064
2.5

26

(H)

12

12

WF
WF
0.094
0 .047140
94
0.07
0 . 120.14
0 . 12
22

0.071

0.20
0.23
6
0.023

0 .028
1.40
440
1.9
5
1.22
II
52

0 .012
1.49
440
1.9
3 .2
0 .78
7
22

air
SA-20V27

air
air
5A-20Y SA-30V
50
12

300
1.6

S
I.S8
19
94

_180_
.--130_"-.)

STJ1-'"
1.00

STF
(V)

(STH) and two types of the vertical steering
magnets (STV) have been designed. Fig.2 shows
the field distributions calculated by a 2-D code,
LINDA. The region where the field deviation isless than 1% is calculated to be over the horizontal and vertical ranges of 40 mm. The magnets

~TY

1.01

STF
(H)

VSTY

l.--

~
~

~
~.

C. ty~e)

0 .99

0.98
-4

-3

-2

-1

4

0

x, Y (em)Fig. 2. Field distributions of the steering magnets calculated with a 2-D code LINDA. Each distribution isnormalized at x, y=O.

Cross section

Side view~Fig. 3. One type of the vertical steering magnets (STV).

-201-

K. Kumagai et al.

are ordinary C-magnets except one of the vertical steering magnets which is shown in Fig. 3. A
prototype of this magnet was constructed so as
to measure the fields to verify the design.
Two pairs of fast feedback steering magnets(STF) which are used to collect the slight vibration of optical axis are installed on both sides of
the insertion devices. The STF magnets produce
vertical and horizontal fields. The magnets canbe controlled in several tenths Hz. The vacuum
chamber in the gap of a magnet is made ofstainless steel in order to avoid the growth ofeddy currents on the chamber. Two of the fast
feedback steering magnets are incorporated to
the vertical steering magnets (STV), arid theremaining two magnets are window flame-magnets. Details of these magnets' design is now inprogress.

-202-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-16. Magnetic Properties of a Pulsed Septum Magnet
K. Kumagai, S. Matsui, and H. Miyade
required.
We have made experiments using a septum
magnet in order to estimate the strength of thestray field, pulse width of an exciting current,
and thickness and structure of septum.
A cross sectional view of the septum magnet isshown in Fig. 1. The magnet length is 1 m and thecore is made of 0.35 mm thick laminated siliconsteel plates coated with electrical insulator andglued with epoxy. The septum magnet is operated with a half-sine pulse of 40-,usec or IOO-,usec
width produced by the discharge of capacitors.
Magnetic fields were measured by a cylindricalsearch coil.
Figure 2 (a) shows the time dependence of thestray field against the magnet gap field (source
field) in case of the copper septum of 0.8 mm
thick and a pulse width of 100 ,usec. The strengthof the stray field has a maximum just after whenan exciting current finishes. The stray field isgiven by the subtraction of the field induced by
eddy currents on the septum (wall) from thesource field. Figure 2 (b), (c) shows the stray fieldunder the condition that a no-oriented siliconsteel plate of 0 .I5- mm thickness is added to theoutside of the copper septum (wall). Figure 2 (c)shows the strength of the stray field at the current strength that the silicon steel plate is justsaturated magnetically. Figure 2 (b) is the strayfield under the condition that the silicon steel
plate is saturated enough and the stray field

The injection system of the storage ring ofSPring-8 is composed of four septum magnets
and four bump magnets.l} The last septum magnet located most downstream of the injection line
is a passive type shielding magnet excited with apulsed current. The magnetic fields on the reference orbit and the bump orbit of the storage ring
(It is called 'stray fields') are shielded by eddy
currents in the septum (wall). 2) Actually, thethickness of the septum wall at the exit frominjection section is required to be about 1.5 mm
to acquire high injection efficiency. In the respectof beam dynamics, the strength of stray fields
should be smaller than 30 G m on the bump orbit,
while smaller than 1 G m on the reference orbit isCore Holder

Coil
Bump Orbit
jReference Orbit

~<:uJ
r--X
Fig. 1. Cross sectional view of the septum magnet.

400~-----------------------------------r

4000

X=4mm

Source Field(a},(b} ........

(j)
C/)

300

(c) ,_

3000

Stray Field

::J

cu
~
"0

Qi

(/)

:J

co
~
-0

2000 Q)
u::::

200

u::::

Q)

u

>.

:J
0

~

Ci5

(j)

1000 C/)

100

o

200

400

600

800

0
1000

Time (Jlsec)

Fig. 2. Time dependence of the magnetic stray fields against the source fields. Pulse width is 100 J..Lsec. (a),in case the septum (wall) is a copper plate of O. 8-mm thickness; (b) and (c), in case the silicon steel plateof 0 . 15-mm thickness is combined with copper septum.

-203-

K. Kumagai et al.

(a)

(b)
1J

Copper

Cii

u::

~1~m

II)

~mm

(.J

:;
0

If)

1J

~

01

Cii

u::
>~

in
~

~
II)

co

II)

0..

X=4 mm0001 -t"T-t"'T""T1rr"'""''''''''''''''''''''''''T"T'""''''''''';
o..001~~~~~~~
0.5
1.0
1.5
2 .0
2.5
20
40
60 80 100 120

Thickness of Copper (mm)Pulse Width (JAsec)

Fig. 3. Peak strength ratio of the stray fields to the source
field. (a), against the thickness of copper septum; (b),against the pulse width of an exciting current.

appears. From these results, it is clear that thestray fields are reduced to be small enough forthe tolerances unless the silicon steel plate issaturated magnetically.
Figure 3 (a) shows the peak strength ratio of
the stray field to the source field as a function of

the thickness of copper septum (wall). It
decreases exponentially with the thickness. Figure 3 (b) shows the peak strength ratio of thestray field to the source field as a function of thepulse width of an exciting current. It also
decreases as the pulse width reduces. A design ofthe septum magnet in case that a field strength isabout 5000 G in a gap is suggested by using Figs.
2 and 3. Following conditions are required inorder not to make the silicon steel plate saturated: Pulse width is 40 J1.sec (required for flatness
at the peak current), thickness of the copper
plate and the silicon steel plate are 0.85 mm and0.15 mm, respectively.
On the basis of the experimental results wecould find a design plan for the actual magnet for
SPring-8 storage ring.
References
1) JAERI- RIKEN SPring-8 Project Team: SPring-8
Project Part I, Facility Design (1991). [Revise]2) N. Marks andM.W. Poole: IEEE Trans. on Mag.,
MAG-17, No.5, p.1579 (1981).

-204-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-17. Calcu lation of Magnetic Field Attenuation by Metallic Coating andCore Material for Pulsed Magnet
S. Matsui, K. Kumagai, H. Miyade, N. Kumagai, and H. Takebe
Calculation of magnetic field attenuation
by metallic coating
A ceramic chamber whose inside surface iscovered with thin metallic coating is used to
avoid the eddy current field induced by themagnetic field with fast time dependence. A
precise calculation is required for holding a longer flat top in a short pulse width. It is not easy to
calculate analytically the field inside the elliptical chamber in a core gap of some distance.
As illustrated in Fig.l, the following areassumed: 1) the shape of the coating is elliptical;
2) the magnetic pole face is wide so that theeffect of edge part is negligible; 3) the eddy
current can be divided into symmetrical current
loops Ii 0=1,2"').
The interaction between the current loop Ii
and Ij is not only direct one but also includes
ones through the influence of core. These interactions expressed in terms of mutual inductanceMji are calculated by using image currents which
account for the effect of core. Then, using Faraday's law the following equations are given,a.cm~!m(1)

0.2- .......... "

0.1

~~~

'-

0

- ---

Rs= 0.12 fi/oI-

0
Rs = 0.3 !liDm0

Rs= 0.6 We

0

0

2

3

4
5
T (fJS)

6

7

8

9

10

Fig. 2. The behaviour of B when Rs is changed.
10000 r---................-T"I........r - -.........,.,...,..,,,.,..--r-...................

8 pulses/s

3:

1000

100

dli = 1..(_ d<I>(t)ext,i - I'R' - '" M" 1QIi)(. = 1 2 ... )dt Li
dt
1 1 (;i J dt 1"
where <I>(t)ext,i represents the flux given by themagnet, Ri is the resistance of the circumferenceof the loop i, and Li is its self inductance. These
differential equations can be solved numericallyby integrating dIi/ dt for every very short timeusing a computer. The whole size of this computer program including graphics is 150 lines inBASIC, and the solver part is only 15 lines. Thiseasy method is general and can be used for the
calculation of eddy current and the dynamic
magnetic field in the dipole magnet. If the coating thickness is much larger than the skin depth,

8.5cm' ............ Rs = 0.0 6D.1O

10~~~~~~~~~~~.01

10
Sheet ResistanceRs (010 )Fig. 3. Variation of heat power vs sheet resistance.

the eddy current must be divided into multi loops
on a few layers.
Figure 2 shows the behaviour of the magnetic
flux density B at the center (x = 0) and a shift
point (x = 1.6cm) on the median plane, when thecoating thickness (the sheet resistance Rs)ischanged. The B at x=o was almost the same asthat at x = 1.6cm. If Rs = 0.1.0/ 0 , a flat top of 1,us
is impossible.
The averaged heat power including eight
pulses during one second is plotted versus Rs in
Fig.3. Since the shape of the magnetic flux mustbe trapezoidal and also in view of heat, it isdesirable that the sheet resistance is larger thanH1/ 0 .

Fig. 1. Eddy current loops on an elliptical coating causedby an external magnetic field between the cores.

(2) Core material for pulsed magnet
In order to obtain a magnetic field during ashort time, ferrite has been used as a core mate--205 -

S. Matsui et at.

rial, because its high frequency characteristics isgood. However the saturation B of ferrite isabout 0.3 T (Tesla). Therefore we can not obtaina strong magnetic field with ferrite. On the other
hand, the saturation B of steel or amorphousalloy is higher than 1 T. Though the high frequency characteristics of steel and amorphousalloy is worse than that of ferrite because of theeddy current etc., a gap in the magnet improves
these characteristics. In order to determine thecore material for bump magnets, the permeability and phase shift of several materials (thinsteel, ferrite, amorphous, and dust core) were
measured at high frequencies.
Figure 4 shows the effective permeabilities vsfrequency at B=O.OOl T. The core shape made ofa thin steel (25j.lm,50j.lm) and amorphous 1,2 iscut core with an about 4cm x 6cm frame and thatof others is toroidal with a radius from 2 cm to 3

cm. Phase shift shown in Fig.5 was obtained bymeasuring the time difference between two
sinusoidal waves, that is, the current of the primary coil and dB/ dt of the secondary coil.
Figure 6 shows the B obtained by integratingdB/ dt, when the shape of the exciting current istrapezoidal. The ratio of the gap length 19 to themagnet length 1m is 2/ 15 (left) , and 0 (right). This
core material is ((Steel (50j.lm)". These waveforms of B were similar to the calculated ones
using the data in Figs.4 and 5.
Since actually used B is the order of 0.3 T, theraised B for a short time was examined. Afterthe residual magnetization was disappeared byexciting the core by fading ac current, a linearly
increasing current was applied for 2j.ls. Then the
maximum B was obtained by integrating dB/ dt.
Figure 7 shows the maximum B which can beachieved in 2j.ls vs H. The B of a ferrite sample
saturates at around 0.2 T , while that of steel,amorphous or dust core does not seem to sa turate.
with gap

III

Steel (25 }Jm)•

Steel (50 fJm)oFerrite•Amorphous 1•

without gap

cu,\nt"

B=f~ dt

Amorphous 2(lg/lm=2/15)\.

x

Amorohous 3

o

4

A

Dust core

OJ

2

/

(lg =0)""'""'~..J'

6

0

2

6

4

T(}Js)

Fig. 6. Measured current and dB/ dt and integrated B.
10 6

105

Frequency..

0.5 .---------.-------r---~----,o Steel (25 pm)

(Hz)

,

Fig. 4. Effective permeability vs frequency.

f m)

o

Ferrile•Amorphous 1

0.4

0.3

Sleel (50,•

Amorphous 2 •x

Amorphous 3.I.

Dust core

..

•

..

Oi
~

' ·20

co
·40

:

'"
a.

0

•

·
V

.0

~J

0.1

OO

:
•

·80

•

0

0

0.0 l" 0

o

0

~

,0

,

·60

It> 4P

I

•
Q)

en
.s::

•
•
••
•

..

- ; - - - - - -~

0.2

p.l.

0

~

iii .0

:~~ .

.,

a/

:

•• 161" if

I

~

..

o

o
o

0

0.0 1....o......1-'---'-..........L-..........t.......-..1-~o 100 200 300 400 500 600

H (AIm)Fig. 7. B achieved in 2)J.s against H.

- 206-8.. 0Frequency (Hz)Fig. 5. Phase shift vs frequency.

0iiiJ!fl"

i
1000

III

0.1

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·1S. Measurement of Ripple Field in the B, Q, SX Magnets with an
Aluminium Vacuum Chamber for the SPring·S Storage Ring
H. Takebe, S. Matsui, ]. Ohnishi, K. Kumagai, S. Motonaga, and N. Kumagai
Detailed design for the SPring-8 storage ringmagnet power supply system has been made. A
highstability and low ripple current are
required for the bending (B), quadrupole (Q), andsextupole (Sx) magnets. Magnetic field ripples,
induced by current ripples, are modified by analuminum vacuum chamber. This ripple fields
were measured inside the vacuum chamber of theB, Q, and Sx magnets, in order to decide a current ripple tolerance of the power supply.l)

Top View

A.C.±3.4A
610

FFT
Analyzer :I~~~~"
ONOCF360

1

-~

50

fJr240Hz

Fig. 2. The schematic diagram of the measurement formagnetic ripple field induced by the vacuum chamber.

Q-ripple

2500[ coil 60Hz, Y=0, Z==O

-30 ~-------------,-40

without

AIChamb-so-60

End side view-70

Fig. 1. Cross sectional view of the Q magnet with thevacuum chamber. The azimuthal- length of the model
chamber is 40 cm, and the model magnet is 45 cm (Sx)and 50 cm (Q) in length, respectively.

The magnetic field ripple was measured insideand outside of the vacuum chamber. Figure 1
shows the cross sectional view of the model Q
magnet and the model vacuum chamber. The
length of the chamber is 40 cm, and the model
magnet is 45 cm (Sx) and 50 cm (Q) in length,
respectively. The schematic diagram of themeasurement is shown in Fig. 2. The measurement was done for a ripple current of ± 0 . 85"'-' ±3.4 A (0 to peak) and frequency of 30"'-'480 Hz.
This current was supplied to the magnet exciting
coil using a bipolar amplifier and a frequency
generator. The magnetic field ripple was taken
by a pick up coil ( 200 turn, 5 mm dia. for the Sx
magnet and 2500 turn, 10 mm dia. for the B, Q
magnets ), which was moved in X and Y directions. The output signal of this coil was connected to an FFT (Frequency Fourier Transfer) analyzer.

-60 +---.--.-----r----\~-.-_,r---.-_i
-20
-10
0
10
20

X (mm)

Fig. 3. Magnetic ripple field distribution of the Q magnet(± 3. 4A, 60Hz) with / without the vacuum chamber.

"Q-Ripple Freq.d"
-70

>
~

"0

C

-60
-0--

'EO
0
0C"I
J=

-100

>

-110

u

VCh-20!ogF

-90

-120
0

200

400

600

800

1000

Freq. (Hz)Fig. 4. Frequency dependance of the magnetic ripple fieldof the Q magnet (x=O mm, 1= ± O. 85A) with the vacuum
chamber.

-207-

H. Takebe et at.

Figure 3 shows ripple field distributions measured for the Q magnet with and without thevacuum chamber. The vertical scale is shown in
a dBV unit which is 20 log (V). This field distribution without the chamber is the same as the
sextupole DC field distribution. A different field
distribution is induced by an eddy current in thealuminium vacuum chamber. The field strengthis decreased with the frequency. Figure 4 shows
the frequency dependance of the magnetic ripple
field of the Q magnet (at x = 0 mm, I = ± 0.85 A)with the vacuum chamber. The vertical scale iscompensated for the search coil's output frequency characteristic.
Figure 5 shows the obtained ripple field distributions of the Sx magnet. The ripple fieldstrength in the Sx magnet vacuum chamber at
1= ±3.4 A (0 to peak, 60 Hz) is 4.2 gauss, which
perturbs an electron beam position in 0.19 mm(y=,8~Bl/(Bp), where ~B=4.2x10-4T, ,8=30,
Bp = 26 . 7, 1=0. 40m). In order to reduce thisbeam displacement to within 0.002 mm, the ripple current (Sx) must be less than 10- 4 • Similar
measurements were done with the B magnet. The
ripple field strength in the bending magnet is
reduced to be less than 1/ 100 of the field without
the chamber.2l So, the ripple current allowance

Sx-Ripple.-Chamb.da((200tum 5 dia. Search Coil )

-40

>'
~

~

:l

-so
-60
60Hz Out
60Hz In

-70

Co
:l

-80

120Hz Out
120Hz In

0

·0
U

-90
-100
-110
-40

-20

0

20

40

X(mm)

Fig. 5. Magnetic ripple field distribution of the Sx magnet(± 3. 4A, 60 Hz) with / without the vacuum chamber.

for the B magnet can be larger than that of Q andSx magnets. The shapes of the vacuum chamberand magnets for the actual machine are slightly
changed. The measurements for the real machine
will be done next year.
References
1) H. Takebe et at.: Proc. 8 th Symp. on Accel. Sci.
& Tech.,Wako, Japan., p. 214 (1991).
2) H. Takebe et at.: Measurement of B, Q, and Sx
Magnets Field Ripple Effected by Vacuum Chamber;Engineering Note. SPring-8 (1991).

-208-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-19. Design of Magnet Power Supply Control System for
the SPring-8 Storage Ring
H. Takebe, T. Wada, T. Masuda, and N. Kumagai
The total number of the 8 Ge V storage ring(SR) magnet power supplies (PS) is more than
600, and 40 or 480 PSs are floated from theground level with a few hundreds volts. A current control system for this huge number of PSs
was investigated from a viewpoint of isolation,
noise rejection, reliability and also economics.
For these purposes, an optical fiber linked
remote I/O (RIO) system was designed for the
VME expansion system.
Table 1 shows the required current stability,
ripple, and power consumption of the magnet
and PS. The total number of the large PSs for B,
Q, and Sx is 17. Magnets in the same group areconnected in series and excited by one power
supply. I) The current stability and ripple are both
Table 1. Required current stability, ripple, total power
consumption, connection type and the number of thePSs in the PS rooms A,B,C and D.
MagnetPS-NameCurr(A)

Voll(V)

Ripple Stabi.

1176
431-1165

lE-4

lE-4

No.

kW

lE-4
lE-4

10

3749

1540

B

BP

1270

QI-1O

QPI-1O

392-568

Sxl-7

SPI-7

lE-4

1611

19-44

3E-3

lE-4
__. .

7

QAI-10300
4-23704-858

QI-I0

3E~.3

480

52

Stl-12

StPl-125

38-103

lE-2

lE-2

576

27

i) Big Power Supply (B.Q.Sx : 100ai 18)

within 1 x 10- 4 •Some Q- magnets, which are connected inseries, are adjusted by auxiliary PS circuits (inthe long straight sections) to correct the modulation of the beta function and phase advance.
These current corrections are needed up to a few% of the maximum current. These PSs (QA) arefloated from the ground level with a few hundreds volts.
The steering magnets have independent power
supplies. The total number of St- PSs is so large(576) that the maximum current must be small (5A) to reduce manufacturing cost.
Each reference voltage for the large PS isgiven by a 16 bit DAC controlled by the digital
output of the RIO type-Bas seen in Fig.1-i).
These DACs for the B, Q, and Sx PSs are installed in the PS cubicle's temperature controlled
housing.
The St and Q- aux PSs are controlled by ananalog signal (-10"""+ 10V), using the RIO typeA. The installations of the RIO to the QA - PS
and the St- PS are shown in Fig .1-ii) , iii). The RIO
card is installed in the PS chassis with the same
guard level. The RIO operation power ( 5V, ± 15
V ) is supplied by them. The RIO type-A also has
an ADC and monitors the actual current by ashunt resistance output.
ii) Q-Auxiliary Power Supply(40-480)

EIA Siandard Rack

FmmS .•
Branchiii) Steering Magnet Power Supply (192-576)
Sh...
Volt ...

n : 1270A. I200V----- I ps

Q: 560A. 6OO-IIOOV -----10 ps

S1: 3001\. 400- I:OOV----- 7 ps

Fig. 1. i) Installation example of the Remote I/O cards (RIO- B) and power supply (B,Q,Sx). The DAC isisolated from the RIO- digital output. ii) QA - PS chassis includes the RIO card and is controlled by theanalog signal (-10 to + 10 V). iii) Steering PS is also controlled by the analog signal of the RIO type-A.

-209 -

H. Takebe et al.

12 or 36 steering magnets power supplies (10 or
20 QA - PS) are enclosed in one power supply
cubicle. A 16 bit status (power onloff, fuse, transistor break down, temperatures, oven, polarity,
ext-interlocks, door, water flows, etc.) is read by
the same RIO type-B.
This system consists of the following devices(see Fig. 2),
Remote VO Card

ST·PS (576)
QA·PS(40-480)

MPX,4) Optical fiber cable (Dupont CO.Ltd) with aconnector: JIS-C 5977 F08.
The size of the RIO type-A is 128 (H) x 172 (D)mm (same as the VME module single height),
and the size of type Band C is 262 (H) x 172 (D)mm. The RIO master controller, which has a dual
port RAM, is a VME module. The interface
between the master and slave (RIO card) is an
RS485 and HDLC protocol with a transfer speedof 1 Mbps. Industrial products can be employed
for this system. The data format is shown in Fig.
3. The transfer speed of six byte read write
Communication Data Fomlat between the RIO and VME Master Cardf'te=ble

Address[)au1- 6 Byte

atC cllcck

Postamble

I I I g bid I I I I I 8 bid I I I I I 8 bid I I ~ I I 8 bi~ I I I I I g bid I I I I I 8 bid I I I
B·PS(I)
Q,PS(lO)
S.·PsmGlass or Plastic Fiber Cable
or RS 485 Twisted Wire
Protocol : HDLC
Transfer Speed / Cycle: 0.19 ms / 1 RIO: 12Fig. 3. Data format of the RIO and master module. The
address data is 8 bit. The transfer speed of six byte read
write between 31 RIOs and VME master controller isestimated to be 6 mS.

,_ .............................................................T¥Pe.,C. .. "t===~:~~t=~

,1

i
i

1

i

ms/64 RIO

:

I
o..oh

7swt~~
4~:....

.,._---

Fig. 2. Remote I/O cards (type-A, B and C) . VME master
controller sends data and address to register (Latch)for the ADC, DAC, DIO through a glass fiber and a starcoupler. An integration type ADC has an accuracy of1 x 10- 5 •1) Master card; VME module,
2) Star branch; glass fiber cable from themaster to slave cards (1 : 62 ),3) RIO ' (slave card) which has the following
three types,
Type- A : 16 bit DAC, 16 bit ADC (input;
0- IV, 0- 10V, ±IV, ±10V),
Type- B : 32 bit digital output, 32 bit digi tal input ( photo isolated ),Type-C : 16 bit digital output, 32 bit digital input, 16 bit ADC + 16 ch

between 31 RIOs and VME master controller isestimated to be 6 mS. The optical fiber of glass
and plastic can be used, because the connector
pin specification is the same.
A VME system with a 68030 or 68020 CPU and
MAP I/F (or TCP l IP) can be employed for adevice controller. A UNIX work station will be
used as a host computer for the program development and as a local control terminal.
The currents of the multiple PSs must be changed simultaneously for an orbit corr.ection.
Therefore, one VME CPU controls any combination of four St-PSs in any PS room (digital
feedback system), if one VME CPU manages 576
RIO cards. Also, if a fast feedback for this correction is necessary, an analog signal can be
added to the DAC's reference voltage.
References-210 -

1) H. Takebe, S. Motonaga, ]. Ohnishi, and N. Kumagai:
RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 1561 (1990) .

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·20. Operation of a 1 MW Klystron for the SPring·a
Y. Kawashima, H. Ego, K. Inoue, T. Nakamura, Y. Ohashi, and M. Hara
An operation of a 1 MW high power klystronfor the SPring-8 began from January 1991 andimportant data were obtained. Since the specification of the klystron itself was alreadymentioned in Ref. 1, only interesting results arebriefly described.
Before high power operation, interlock system
which cuts off ac-6. 6 k V power line with thevacuum circuit breaker (VCB) within 20 ms wasexcessively checked for the sake of safety ofoperators and machines. The interlock system
consists of many sensors, typically directional
couplers to detect reflected power, arc sensors
attached on waveguides, thermometers to measure temperatures of water fed to a 1 MW
dummy load, 250 k W dummy loads and a collector of a klystron.
To test the capacity of a klystron, RF powerfrom the klystron was guided through a WR1500
waveguide to a 1 MW dummy load. At first, thecathode and anode were set at 60 kV and 37 kV,
respectively. Then 508.58 MHz input RF power
was fed to the klystron. Under this condition the
input RF power was gradually increased up to
300 kW. To raise the output RF power furthermore, the cathode was switched to 73.7 kV. Thenoutput RF power was increased almost to 600
kW. However, big reflected power from a 1MW
dummy load was suddenly detected, and in a
moment the klystron power was automatically
stopped because of the interlock system. We
tried to overcome this trouble by changing thewater flow rate from 500 l/min to 720 l/min, butfailed. A few weeks later, at last we were able toknow the cause of a big RF power reflection. The
water used for the klystron system was purified
water of the electric conductivity of around 1,uS/cm. Unfortunately such pure water absorbs
little power near 500 MHz, tap water of the
conductivity more than 100 ,uS/cm contrarily
absorbs much power. Thus we switched purewater to tap water ( 120 ,uS/cm ). We began the
klystron high power test again. The cathode was

1.30

1.25

1.20

E

+

+

400
600
RF power from klystron ( kY )

800

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.00

0

200

1000

Fig. 1. Relation between VSWR and RF power in a 1MW
dummy load. x: water flow rate of 500 l/min, purity 0.2,uS/ cm. 0: water flow rate of 600 l/min, purity O.2,uS/
cm. 0 : water flow rate of 720 l/min, purity 0.2,uS/
cm. +: water flow rate of 720 l/min, purity 120,uS/ cm.
The full curves are eye fits to the data.

set to the maximum level of 90 k V, and theoutput RF power from the klystron attained to 1
MW smoothly. In Fig.1, we show the VSWR
versus the output RF power in cases of purewater and tap water. There are no data at 1 MW
RF power in the figure, since the reflected power
in directional coupler disappeared due to thetemperature rise in all waveguides by the highRF power.
On the other hand, the RF radiation problem
became serious; particularly the RF power leaked from a part of the joint of water. We therefore removed the rust around flanges and covered them with a glue including silver. Copper
tapes, moreover, were wound round them. Afterall, RF radiation wa_s suppressed to an allowablelevel. Now the klystron works stably and is used
for the test of cavities.
References
1) K. Inoue, Y. Kawashima, T. Nakamura, and M. Hara:
RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 166 (1990).

-211-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-21. Development of a High Power RF Input Coupler
for the SPring-8 Storage Ring
K. Inoue, T. Kusaka,* H. Suzuki,** T. Kojo,** H. Ego,
Y. Ohashi, Y. Kawashima, and M. Hara
In the SPring-8 storage ring, 32 couplers areneeded in total. Each coupler feeds the RF (508MHz, CW) power up to 100 kW to a single-cellcavity at 100 rnA. It is necessary to use a coupler
durable for the high power RF operation.
A high power RF input coupler of a loop
coupling type has been developed. It consists ofan adaptor with a door-knob type device from a
WR1500 waveguide to a coaxial line, an RF
window for vacuum seal, and a loop antenna. A
cross section of this coupler is shown in Fig.l.
The WR1500 waveguide is made of an A6061
aluminum alloy. The coaxial line is made of an
OFHC copper and is terminated by the loop.
Power loss at the coaxial line is estimated about

110 W for the input power of 100 kW. Both innerand outer conductors are cooled by water flow of
5 l/min. The coupling to the cavity is adjusted byrotating the direction of the loop, and consequently the effective coupling area to the magnetic field is varied. The RF window, 170 mm indiameter and 10 mm thick, made of a 95 %alumina disk is mounted on a choke structure of
the coaxial line. It is estimated for the RF window to have a 30 W power loss at the input
power of 100 k W. The RF window is directly
cooled by forced air of 210 l/min by a blower.
The choke structure is designed to be in impedance matching (50.0) between the ceramics and thecoaxial line.

~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 800mm - - - - - - - -....
~I

alumina RF window air flow

teflon support

I

oo

"0

"

rotatable vacuum flange

WR1500waveguide
RFpowerFig. 1. Cross section of a prototype coupler.

The prototype coupler was tested by using atest stand of 1 MW klystron. 1) It was mounted ona coupler port of a five-cell prototype cavity
which was developed for the booster synchrotron
by JAERI SPring- 8 design team. The five-cellcavity was evacuated by a turbomolecular pump(500 l/sec) and a sputter ion pump (400 l/sec).
The RF power was slowly increased by keeping
the pressure below 3 x 10- 7 Torr. The surface
temperature of the RF window was monitored by• Kobe Steel, Ltd.
•• JAERI SPring-8 Design Team.

70

,
~

60

•

50
40 -

~

,8 I

•

I

~

iii

iii

0

30
20+-~'-~'-~'-~~~~1~~

o

10

20

30

40

SO

60

RF power [kW)Fig. 2. Temperature of the RF window versus
input power.

-212 -

TCl

• TC2
• TC3

iii

TC4

K. Inoue et at.

four thermocouples which were placed at theatmospheric pressure sides. At input power of 50
kW, no glow discharge was observed from aview port of the cavity just located on the opposite side of the coupler. But the RF window washeated up to about 60°C (see Fig.2). If the input
power was further increased, breakdown of the
RF window by the thermal stress might happen. 2 )For that reason, the coupler power test was
stopped. If only the cooling system would be

improved, the RF power over 50 k W might be fed
to the coupler. We will try again another highpower test up to 100 kW after reinforcement of
the cooling system.
References
1) K. Inoue, Y. Kawashima, T. Nakamura, and M.
Hara: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24, 166 (1990).
2) M. Akemoto and T. Yamazaki: Proc. 7th Symp.
Accel. Sci. TechnoL, Osaka, Japan, p. 106 (1989).

-213-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-22. High Power Test of a Five-Cell Cavity for the SPring-8
H. Suzuki, * T. Kojyo, * H. Yonehara, * K. Inoue, H. Ego, Y. Ohashi,
Y. Kawashima, and M. Hara
A five-cell cavity for the SPring- 8 booster
synchrotron was designed by Japan Atomic
Energy Research Institute, as shown in Fig.I.
The relevant parameters are listed in Table l.
Since this cavity has been tested from various
points of view, the results experimentallyobtained are briefly summarized.
Firstly, as to vacuum issues, after a bakeout at
120°C for 24 hours, the pressure attained to 6.6 x
10-sTorr. And also, when a 250 kW RF power
was fed to the five-cell cavity, the obtainedpressure was 2 x 10- 7 Torr. This is good enoughfor the booster synchrotron ring in a continuous
RF high power operation. Secondly, for the RF
characteristics, the dependence of resonant frequency on the temperature of the cavity wasmeasured by heating up the cavity using a mantle heater which covered the whole cavity. It wasobserved that the resonant frequency (TM olO 7(mode) varied proportional to the temperaturealmost linearly as shown in Fig.2, and its changing rate was reduced to be 8.095 kHz;oC.
Furthermore, it was obtained that the movementof a tuner position from - 20 mm to + 50 mm corresponds to 1.9 MHz on the band width of theresonant frequency, as shown in Fig.3. The
obtained data were consistent with the expectedvalues.
We fed RF power from the klystron to thecavity and could obtain important data. This
was the first trial for the klystron to be operated
for a high power test using a cavity. One day was
spent for the aging of the cavity and input coupler at the level of around 50 k W RF power andthen RF power was gradually increased to 250
kW in 5 days. During a high power test, serious,. . - -'r=m= r- ,~ 1;:•~.

Q

SECTION A-A

Fig. 1. Layout of the five -cell cavity.

o
Table 1. Relevant parameters of the five-cell cavity.

-0.1
508.5

-0.2,.....,

508.58 MHz

.....
N

~

!

-0.3!

Reff

29300
42.265 M.o/ m
22.987 M.o/ m

T

0.736

fr
Qa
RSh

:Xl 508.4

8

508.3

r--r--+---+--c~-+----1r----1- 0.4<1
508.2

-0.5

508.1

-0.6

508
~

~

50

~

ro

Temperat"Ore* Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute.

~

rC]

~

100

Fig. 2. Temperature dependence of the resonant frequency
in the cavity.

-214-

H. Suzuki et al.
510.5

510

N 509.5

::x:

~

509

506.5

.))

I
I

6

troubles happened, for example unusual temperature rising at the ceramic window of an input
coupler, pressure increasing in the cavity due toout gas from a wall induced by arc discharge(maybe, multipactaring). The former was solved
by using cooled dry air. The latter was suppressed as time elapsed by the aging effect. The 250
kW high power operation was kept for 24 hours
without any trouble. Thus the initial high power
test was successfully completed.

I

I

J-e-tO[MHz] I
~

V

(~:~

r

J

,;0

VI

508
·20

·10

0

10

20

30

40

50

tuner position (mm.)

Fig. 3. Relation between the tuner position and resonant
frequency.

- 215-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-23. RF Vacuum System for the SPring-a Storage Ring
Y. Ohashi, H. Ego, K. Inoue, Y. Kawashima, and M. Hara
There are four RF acceleration stations in the
SPring-8 storage ring, and each station consistsof eight RF cavities(Cn) and a light absorber(AB) as in Fig.l. Four pumping ports are distributed in each RF station. One is on the absorber and the other three are on the evacuationchambers (EC) . Each pumping port will consistof a 2000 l/sec lumped non-evaporable getterpump (LNP), a 400 1/sec sputter ion pump
(SIP). Expected pressure in the early stage ofmachine operation will be in mid 10- 10 Torr
without beam and mid 10- 9 Torr with beam.
Lower pressure will be expected after aging
process through a prolonged period of stablemachine operation. To keep oil free environEXTR,IG3

ment non-oil type pumps will be installed alongwith turbomolecular pumps (TMP) for roughevacuation. These mechanical pumps are to be
shut off after startup, thus unnecessary vibration
can be eliminated.
Two types of cavities have been investigatedin the test setup shown in Fig. 2. One is constructed by diffusion bonding and the other byelectron beam welding. 1) There are no significant differences between the two types from theview point of assembling methods, that is, bothcavities reached 4 to 5 X 10- 10 Torr by the
extracter gauge (EXTR) after two days bakeout
at 150 to 200°C. Above results are in good agreement with 1 to 5 X 10- 10 Torr estimated with the
IG4

C7

C2

TMP

AB: Absorber
Cl-C8: Cavity
EC : Evacuation chamber
GV: Gate valve

LNP: Lumped NEG pump
SIP: Sputter ion pump
TMP: Turbomolecular pump

EXTR: Extracter gauge
IG1-IG6: Ionization gauge

Fig. 1. Schematic layout of RF station.

EXTR

Fig. 2. Vacuum test setup.

* Effective pumping power decreases from the specification value with the decreasing pressure below 1O-6Torr.
** There were originally aluminum flanges and evacuation chamber with a light slit and RF shield.

cavity inner surface area of about 8000 cm 2 , thepumping port conductance of 440 1/sec, and 140
1/sec SIP* assuming 1 to 5 X 10- 12 Torr e l/sec/ cm 2of out gassing from oxygen free high conductivity copper. It implies that our primary goal isattainable in the configuration in Fig.1 whenbeam is off.
There have been pointed out several problemson the present SIP, TMP, pressure gauges, control sequence, and layout of the components . We
have been solving these problems and implementing the improvements towards the final design.
In addition to the above problems some leakage
appeared in the flange port joints after a few
heat cycles, therefore, care must be taken especially in bonding or welding ports onto the cavity
body. Taking advantages of higher bakabletemperature and easy handling we have replaced-216-

Y. Ohashi et al.

aluminum components * * by stainless steel ones.
We are currently concentrating on the following tasks as a final step: bakeout cycles, desorbed gas analysis, and vacuum control and interlock system design.

References
1) K . Inoue, Y. Kawashima, T. Nakamura, and M. Hara :RIKEN Aeee!. Prog. Rep. , 24, 164 (990) .

- 217-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-24. Study on Impedances of the SPring-8 Storage Ring
T. Nakamura
Electron beams in storage rings interact
electro-magnetically with their environment
such as vacuum chambers, rf cavities, kickers,
and so on, and sometimes become unstable. Thisphenomenon is called instabilities and limits thequality and/or quantity of electron beams.
Impedance is a figure of merit of an environment. It defines strength of interactions of theenvironment with electron beams, and should be
carefully estimated in the design of the environment. In this study, the author focuses on abovecutoff high frequency broad band impedances ofthe vacuum chambers.
The broad band impedance has a low Q value,
which means that the interaction is of shortrange and is responsible for single bunch instabilities. The longitudinal broad band impedance
causes the instabilities which increase the energy
spread in a bunch; hence it sets the required rf
voltage for usual operation of the ring with thesmall number of bunches and it must be kept low
enough in free electron laser experiments which
are highly sensitive to the energy spread.
The transverse broad band impedance causes
the instabilities which excite the transverse
motion of electrons in a bunch and lead to theloss of beams.

Loss parameters of several components of thestorage ring, such as rf cavities, tapered transitions at insertion devices, weldings and franges
are calculated with the 2-D code TBe!.l) The
loss parameter is the energy-gain of a bunch
through the interaction with environments and is
the measure of the relative strength of the
impedances of individual components of anenvironment.
The results are shown in Figs. 1 and 2 for thelongitudinal and transverse loss parametersrespectively. The longitudinal impedance isdominated by the rf cavities. Here, the author
subtract the contribution of the trapped high Q
modes of rf cavities because the contribution ofthese modes to the impedace is easily estimatedwith the code URMEL-T.2) The transverse impedance is dominated by the tapered transitions
at the insertion devices.
Further studies on the impedance are necessary to get quantitative estimation of stabilitiesof the beam.
2500~----+~----~'~----I----_L~----r..

2000 ~..

E(3 1500':
a.
.

12

3;'

10

~

:>

~...J

.::s:.

1• . -1

6 ..

: Welding & Frang'~ 6- ...
500 :I
RF Caviti~~'-A
I-

a..t_

6.0

Taper (5deg.)-1............ 1000 :

8.0

0a.

...

1

"

-

:
-""I:I""---no ~----"'I---__Ir------TI:"""';""-''''''I-'-I----r
25
o
5
10
15
20

4.0
2.0

Bunch Length (r.m.s.) [mm]0.0

Fig. 2. Transverse loss parameters.

-2.0

Welding & Frange

-4.0
0

5

10

15

20

Bunch Length(r.m.s.)[mm]Fig. 1. Longitudinal loss parameters.

25

References
1) T. Weiland: Nucl. Instrum. Methods in Phys. Res.,
212, 13 (1983).
2) P. Laustroer, U. van Rienen, and T. Weiland: "Urmel
and Urmel-T user guide", DESY M-87 - 03 (1987).

-218-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·25. Straight Section Chamber
K. Watanabe, T. Nishidono,* C.Y. Xu, and S.H. Be
We designed a straight section chamber (SSC)
for the SPring-8 storage ring, and improved theshape of the vacuum chamber as follows:(1) We changed the inside shape of the beamchamber from the initial race track shape to an
elliptical one, and the outside shape to theHeated water channel

Beam chamberpolygonal one, in order to avoid interferencewith the newly designed magnetpoles and makesealing space for the flange of the beam position
monitor (BPM) electrode. The cross-sectionalview and the interference diagram of the SSC
with a quadrupole and a sextupole magnet are
Pumping chamber

Heated water channel

Fig. 1. Cross-sectional view of the SSe.

Fig. 2. Interference diagram of the SSC: (a) at a quadrupole magnet; (b) at a sextupole magnet.
* Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

shown in Figs. 1 and 2, respectively.
(2) Figure 3 shows the cross sectional view of
the SSC assembled BPM electrode. The BPM
electrode flanges are connected directly to theflanges machined on the vacuum chamber. A
knife edge seal of a conflat flange could not be
used because of the softness of an aluminumalloy A6063T5 vacuum chamber, which is 65-80
in the VICKERS hardness. We used a HELICOFLEX DELTA seal which has a characteristic of
low sealing force of 100 daN / cm.
The HELl CO FLEX DELTA seal consists of an
INCONEL helical spring and a pure aluminum
lining. Its flange thickness and bolt size arenearly the same as standard conflats. To obtainthe tightening force required for the vacuum
sealing, we are considering to use high-strength
bolts such as chromium molybdenum steel ones,
which have an allowable tensile stress of over 13
kg/mm 2 •We are planing to test and evaluate the
HELICOFLEX DELTA seal.
(3) Due to the pressure difference between theatmospheric pressure and vacuum, the calculated
deformation of the present chamber at the locations of BPM's was about 0.145 mm, while thedeformation required for the BPM's chamber
must be within the accuracy of 0.5 mm or less.
Therefore, to suppress the chamber deformation,
ribs are to be mounted on the chamber. We-219-

K. Watanabe et al.

HELICOFLEX DELTA seal

rm.n

-W .---HeliC31-insert

M4~

Fig. 3. Cross-sectional view of the SSC assembled BPM.

installed the boss on the slot of the sse to joint
the ribs, because the calculated deformation of
the slot is largest. i )(4) To bake out aluminum alloy sse by meansof a heated water bakeout system, we located
two heated water channels of 10 mm in diameterat the pumping chamber side, and one racetrackshaped channel (12 mm X 16 mm) at the opposite side. 2 )Fundamental design for vacuum chambers has

been fixed, but the detailed design remains to be
done.
References
1) T. Nishidono et al.: Proc. Particle Accel. Cont., San

Francisco, May (1991). (to be published)2) S. Takahashi, S. Yokouchi, T. Nishidono, K. Watanabe, and S.H. Be: RIKEN Aeeel. Prog. Rep., 24, 185(1990) .

-220-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·26. Pu mpi ng System of the SPri ng·S
H. A. Sakaue, Y. Hirano, S. Y okouchi, and S. H. Be
The vacuum system consists of two differently
shaped aluminum alloy chamber extrusions, fourtypes of absorbers, and various chamber components such as bellows, flanges and valves.
To achieve a beam lifetime of approximately
24 hours, the vacuum chamber with its pumping
system should be designed so as to maintain the
beam-on pressure of In Torr or less. The main
pumping system is based on non-evaporable
getter (NEG) strips, which are used in thestraight and bending chamber. In addition to the
NEG strips, a distributed ion pump is installed in
the bending magnet chamber. Lumped NEG
pumps, sputter ion pumps (SIP) and titanium

sublimation pumps (TSP) are used at the crotch,
absorber and beam line absorber locations.
It is one of our philosophy in the design of thevacuum system that the synchrotron radiation isalmost intercepted by the crotches and absorbers
placed just downstream and upstream of bending
magnets, and not intercepted by the vacuum
chamber all around the storage ring. Therefore,
consentrative pumping system is needed in thecrotches and absorbers.
Our main pumping system per unit cell of thering, which is shown in Fig.1, is based on NEG
strips. Lumped NEG pumps and SIP's are used at
the crotch and absorber locations. Thus, theNEG strips@

B-A gauge

MPS

Mobil pumping system

DIP

@)

Cold cathode ionization gauge

AB

Absorber

El

LNP

<B

Pi rani gauge

CR

Crotch~SIP~

Pneumatically operated valve

~

TMP

t*J

Manually operated valve

Fig. 1. Pumping system per one cell of the storage ring.

main pumping system is a mixed one, which
consists of NEG strip, DIP, SIP and lumped NEG
pump. The rough pumping system employs themobile type pumping system (MPS) , which consists of a turb molecular pump and a rotarypump.
A pressure gradient profile is calculated basedon the pumping system and the synchrotron radiation power distribution. In this calculation, we
assumed that the distribution of SR-induced
outgassing rate is in proportion to the rate of SR
power deposited at crotches and absorbers, andthat the compositions of residual gases is 80%
H2 + 20%CO. The pressure gradient profile over
one cell is shown in Fig. 2. In this figure, three
curves show the respective pressure profiles
after the integrated stored current of 1,10, and
100 Ah. We can also find that the average pres-

I

I

10

1$

20

-

lAh

--

lOAh

-

lOOAh

30

Totnl Longth (m)u~u_0'"-bl-D--Y--D_a... -bl-O-----\'0=---10---,Fig. 2. Pressure gradient profiles after the integrated
stored current of 1, 10, and 100 Ah.

- 221-

H.A. Sakaue et al.

sure over the ring decreases with an increase in
the integrated stored current. The area whereabsorbers 1 and 2 are placed, shows the highest
pressure in the ring. After 100 Ah, the averagepressure is approximately 0.4 nTorr, and a beam
lifetime of about 24 hours is expected to beachieved easily. The pressure at the bending

magnet and straight sections, expect the area
where the crotches and absorbers are placed, is
not affected appreciably by the integrated stored
current. Thus, we conclude that the pressure at
the bending magnet sections and the straightsections is mainly governed by the thermal
outgassing rate.

-222-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-27. The Design of Absorber for SPring-8 Storage Ring
S. Takahashi, H. A. Sakaue, S. Y okouchi, and S.H. Be
Four absorbers (AB1'"'-'AB4) per a cell will be
installed at the SPring-8 storage ring to protect
vacuum chambers and chamber components
from being irradiated directly by photon beams
from bending magnets. We are designing a new
type absorber of a simple structure for AB1 and2 using a finite element program ANSYS developed by Swanson Analysis Systems,Inc,.
The horizontal and vertical cross sections of
ABl are shown in Fig. 1. The body of AB1 ismade of alluminum alloy (A6061), but theirradiated section is made of copper ( OFHC classl). We utilize the tight fit method to bondthese two materials instead of an expensive transition joint such as explosion bonding or diffusion bonding methods, in order to reduce thecost. To evaluate this structure, we started tomake the two-dimensional finite element analysis for a model shown in Fig. 2. We assume thatthe heat loading is deposited just on the nodemarked 0 in Fig. 2 for simplification. As the

OFHC-classl

IrradiatedSectionSection "A""A"

Fig. 1. Horizontal and vertical cross sections of theAbsorber 1.

maximum power density perpendicular to thephoton beam for ABl is 12. 9W /mmz, we set theheat loading on the node (0) to be 6. 45W /mm z
because of symmetry. Heat transfer is set so as
to occur only at the surface along which coolingwater flows, while other surfaces are insulated.
In calculation of the thermal stress, the fixed
point and analytical symmetric surface are also
considered as shown in Fig. 2.

Fixed Point

~30

..

Analytical SymmetricSurfaceFig. 2. Simplified model to calculate the temperature andthermal stress.

We investigated the effect of thermal contact
resistance caused by the tight fit. When two bars
are brought into contact, a temperature drop(t18) at the contact plane arises as a result of thethermal contact resistance as shown in Fig. 3.
Tachibana 1) derived the following equation toestimate t18 considering a model which simplified a contact plane.

q=1/R H Xt18={ (AS/O+Oo) (p/H B )+ (Ag/O) ( 1 -p/H B ) } X t18(1)
q : Heat flux passing through the contact
plane per unit area and time (W /mmZ)
RH : Contact resistance (mm Z . °C/W)
AS : Thermal conductivity of a solid material= 0 .138 (W /mm . °C) for A5052
Ag : Thermal conductivity of a gas material-223-

s. Takahashi et al.
Insulated

q

(a)

q

--..

Material "a"Material ''b"

~

Temp.

Max. 179'C (at OFHC-clusl)

Fig. 3. Illustrations of the thermal contact resistanceeffect.

=3.86 X 10- 5 (W /mmeOC) for air at 200°C
HB : Brinell hardness= 70 (kgf/mm 2 ) for A5052
p : Apparent contact pressure> 10 (kgf/mm 2 )o : Length from the average line of roughness
curve to the maximum value= 0.4 X 10- 3 (mm) for\7 \7 \7 \7 machining
00 : Equivalent length to the thermal resistance in a real contact area
= (1"-'10) x 0
Getting the temperature drop for the tight fitof about 3°C from Eq. (1), we estimate it 15°C
taking account of a safety factor of 5. Carryingout the thermal analysis, we assumed a virtualarea between A5052 and OFHC-classl in order
to consider the effect of the thermal contact
resistance caused by the tight fit as shown in Fig.
2. The length of the area was set at 0 .1mm only

Max. 323'C (at OFHC·classl)

Fig. 4. Temperature distributions computed for the twocases.
(a) Without considering the contact resistance(b) With considering the contact resistancefor convenience. The value of thermal conductivity of the area was decided so that the temperature drop of 15°C, as calculated above, may arisein the area.
Figure 4 shows the results of calculation of thetemperature distributions for the two cases withand without considering the contact resistance.
The maximum temperatures in OFHC and A5052
for the case of Fig. 4 (b) are about 220°C and
320°C, respectively. As the maximum temperature on the cooling wall is less than 143°C (B.P.
for 4kg/cm 2 water), we can say that this structure can withstand the power from the point ofview of the temperature increase. Analysis forthe thermal stress is in progress.
References
1) F. Tachibana: ]. ]SME, 55, No.102 (1952).

-224-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-2S. PBl Absorber for the SPring-S Storage Ring
C.Y. Xu, H.A. Sakaue, S. Yokouchi, K. Watanabe, and S.H. Be
The PBL (photon beam line) absorber is located at an 11-20 m distance from SR (synchrotron
radiation) source points and intercepts the SR
from the bending magnet and ID. Thus, we canTable 1.

protect the gate valve placed just downstream of
the absorber. Main parameters for the SR andthe absorber assembly are shown in Table 1.
The absorber target irradiated by the SR is madeMain parameters for the SR and the absorber assembly.

OFHC-labsorber block material
distance between the absorber
and the SR source point

irradiated area

beam power
power densityO .536 kW /cm 2 (BMl)

11000 mm (BMl)14500 mm (BM2)21276 mm (ID)
0.58 cm 2 (BMl)1.01 cm 2 (BM2)
1.7 cm 2 (ID: BMI + BM2)
0.71 kW (ID: BMl+BM2)
0.3
kW / cm 2 (BM2)
0.42 kW / cm 2 (ID: BMI + BM2)
30 mm
<2 second
3.8 X 10 4 cycles
5 kg/ cm 2
12 I1minstrokeclosing time
lifetime
working pressure of air cylindercooling water fluxof copper, which is cooled by flowing water
through internal channels. The angle between
the photontrajectory and the normal to the front
surface of the target is 30°, and thereby thepower density at the irradiated surface isreduced. An air cylinder drives the absorber up
and down. A welded bellows is used to connect
the flange with the movable absorber block forisolating the vacuum from the atmosphere. As
shown in Fig.1, the welding seams between thevacuum and water were considered to be avoided.
In the chamber design, gases released byphotodesorption at. the target are considered tobe efficiently evacuated. In this absorber assembly, a mixed pumping system, which composedof a sputter ion (60 1/s) pump and a titanium
sublimation one, will be employed. Further, thepressures with and without photon beam are
required to be of the order of less 10- 10 torr and10- 11 torr, respectively.
Fig. 1.

Schematic diagram of PBL absorber assembly.

-225-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·29. Synchrotron Radiation Shield of the Crotch for the
SPring-8 Storage Ring
K. Watanabe and S.H. Be
In the SPring-8 storage ring, the majority of SR( Synchrotron Radiation) photons are consumed
by interactions with a crotch placed just downstream of bending magnets. In the design of thecrotch, thermal stress caused by high power
deposited on the crotch absorber and gas desorption originated from the SR irradiation are twomain problems to be considered. In addition, toavoid the excessive production of ozone andcorrosives in the air surrounding the vacuum
chambers, the SR shielding is also to be considered in the crotch design.
The crotch absorber is made of copper ofapproximately 30 mm in thickness, and thephotons of energies less than 80 ke V are almost
stopped at the absorber (Fig. 1). To reduce
further the radiation level outside the vacuum
chamber, additional shielding is necessitated.
The shielding is provided with a 2 mm thicktungsten plate. An effect of the additional shielding is also shown in Fig. 1. The additional shielding with a 2 mm thick lead plate is provided at
the absorber just upstream of the bending magnet ( not shown here ).
The tracks of one hundred photons obtainedby the Monte Carlo method are shown in Fig. 2.
The photon with 200 keY is shot to a copper
target of 20 mm in thickness. The tracks ofphotons passing through the copper target are
drawn in the right area of copper target. The
tracks of photons backscattered are shown in theleft area of the copper target. In the copper
target, the dispersed area of photons is about 20
mm in diameter.
Figure 3 shows the spectrum of bremsstrahlung passing through a copper target of 40 mm inthickness. This bremsstrahlung occurs by interaction of electrons and residnal gases in a vacuum chember. The following assumptions for the
residnal gases were made. 1) The gaseous pressure is 1. 33 X 10- 7 Pa ( 10- 9 Torr ) . 2) The
gaseous components are 80 % - H2 and 20 % - COin volume. The direct spectrum of bremsstrahlung is nearly independent of the electron energy
and the intensity is about 5-6 photons/sec • 0.1%
b.w. However, the intensity of passing spectrum
increases to about 200 photons/sec • 0 .1%b.w. inpeak because of the shower effect. A pointed
peak at 511 keY shows y-rays due to annihila-tion of electron- pair. The intensity of bremsstrahlung is sufficiently less than the intensity of theSR from a bending magnet.
sYNCHROTRON RADL4.TION

.;
~

10

12

o

~

I

!

10

8

.e

104

... . . . .

_ ..

IO~

102
Photon Eneray (keY)

10 1

Fig. 1. The direct SR spectrum and the spectrum passing
through different shields.
SPATL,u, DISTRIBUTION! Pho~toniir~__/~~~~==:====j-5Fig. 2. The tracks of one hundred photons obtained by theMonte Carlo method.
TRANSMI'ITED SPECTRUM
1500

Electronener&ycurrent~.Q~

Gas (80%Hr20~CO)

c:!

"

1

: 8GeY: IOOmA

1000~: 1.33)(10-'Pa(IO-"rorr)
temperature: 27·C
path lenath : 7.8m

.Q

.e

!

500

material""'al.

: CU(4cm): perpendicular

10 1
10 2
Photon Energy (loIeY)

Fig. 3. The spectrum of bremsstrahlung passing through acopper target of 40 mm in thickness.

-226-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-30. Comparison of Copper and Aluminum as the Chamber
Wall Material of the Photon Absorbers. R. In and S. H. Be
The photon absorbers to be installed in the
SPring- 8 storage ring are commonly composedof two parts ; a trapping chamber and a transition part with a cutting edgeY It is safely
assumed that the latter part belongs to the beamchamber. Each part can be simplified as a model
structure which has two components; an absorber interacting directly with the synchrotron
radiation (SR), and a chamber confining backscattered and reflected photons, photoelectrons,
secondary electrons, and desorbed gas molecules
as shown in Fig. 1. Glidcop is the most probableSR

A : Absorber
W:Wall
SR : Synchrotron Radiation

PE PhotoelectronfL fluorescence
NT Neutrals

Fig. 1. Model structure of the photon absorbercomposed of separate absorber and chamber.

candidate material of the absorber. Copper(OFHC) and aluminum alloy (A6061) are reasonable chamber materials. Up to now copper
has been considered as the best chamber material
because mainly of its low photodesorption yield.
However it is not surprising that aluminum alloyis newly under consideration as the chambermaterial from an economical point of view taking into account various conveniences in thewhole fabrication processes. The effects of thetwo chamber materials to the total gas desorp-

tion is compared with each other.
Let's consider three configurations ; (1) all
copper system, (2) all aluminum system and (3)copper absorber + aluminum chamber system.
In the first and third cases Glidcop is assumed toshow nearly the same characteristics of the SR
interaction as copper. The gas desorption fromthe copper chamber wall was estimated to beslightly larger than that of the copper absorberby about 15%. If the experimental photodesorption data of a certain material are available, thecontribution of each component to the total
photodesorption is independently evaluated.
The gas desorption from the copper absorberholds about 46.5% of the total photo desorption.
By the same way it is recognized that the aluminum chamber charges about 52% of thephotodesorption in the second case. Some experimental results show that the photodesorption
rate of aluminum is much higher than that ofcopper by more than one order. 2) Therefore it
seems very reasonable that the gas desorption isincreased greatly by one order or several times
in the composite system of the 3rd case comparedwith the first case.
However the gas desorption from the aluminum chamber installed with a copper absorber
was calculated to be only 1/ 10 of the expected
one in the second case. This is originated fromthe fact that the photoelectron yield of copper isabout one-fifth of that of aluminum, and thephotodesorption rate is approximately proportional to the emission rate of the photoelectrons.
The contributions of secondary effects to the gas
desorption from the chamber are merely 15%,
10% and 30% in the cases of (1), (2) and (3),respectively. The gas desorption rate of thealuminum chamber is only 2 times larger thanthat of the copper chamber as long as the absor-

Table 1. Comparison of the three configurations.
Total

AbsorberChamber

1
10

1.15
11

21

1

2

3

All copper
All aluminum(3) Copper absorber +Aluminum chamber

(1)

(2)

-227-

2 . 15

S.R. In et at.

ber material is not changed from copper. Table 1
summarizes the results of the rough estimation ofrelative contributions of the absorber and thechamber to the total photodesorption for thethree configurations.
From Table 1 the photodesorption rate in thethird case is about 1. 4 times larger than that of
the first case.
References
1) S. Takahashi et at.: This Report, p. 223.
2) S. Veda et at.: Vacuum, 41, 1928 (990).

-228-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-31. Synchrotron Radiation Interactions in the Photon Absorber
S.R. In and S.H. Be
Only a few % of the total synchrotron radiation (SR) produced in the storage ring are utilized for experiments. The majority of the SR
photons are consumed by interactions withphoton absorbers. There are three main problems to be considered on the SR interaction in thephoton absorber ; radiation shielding, thermal
stress, pressure rise due to transmitted photons,
absorbed photons energy, and photodesorption.
The former two topics are discussed separately
in this volume. 1•2 ) Here we report only on the lastIssue.
Photodesorption is a complicated process including all the phenomena concerning gas
desroption originated from the SR irradiation on
the absorber material. It is widely admitted thatgas desorption is caused mainly by electron interactions, but rarely by direct photon interactions.
Photoelectrons, reflected photons and fluorescences are generated by the SR photons. Further
secondary electrons are produced from surrounding walls by the photoelectrons and the sca tteredphotons. Gas molecules are desorbed from thematerial surface by both the emitted and incident
electrons.
Photoelectrons produced by SR cannot easily
escape from the absorber material because themean free path of an electron is much less thanthat of a photon above ultraviolet. The
photoelectron yield is increased with a decreasein the incident photon energy, but there is a
threshold energy of a few e V corresponding to awork function depending on the material and thesurface conditions. SR from a bending magnet
has a broad spectrum from microwave to hard X- ray. The average photoelectron yield of a copper absorber for the SR spectrum in the SPring-8
storage ring was calculated to be about 0.01
using experimental quantum efficiencies (number of electrons produced by one photon of acertain energy).
The secondary electron yield of the incident
photoelectrons on the chamber walls is safely
assumed to be about 0.5 regardless of the material. The average energy of the secondary electrons is known to be a few eV, which is not
sufficiently efficient to excite gas desorption
from chemisorbed bondings.
The fluorescence yield was evaluated by the
EGS4 (Electron Gamma Shower Version 4) code
modified and supplemented with a low photon
energy option and a fluorescence subroutine. The
calculation results showed that the number of thephotons back scattered by fluorescence is about
5 % of the incident photons, and the power fraction is about 3 %. The energy spectrum of the

10 1,,-...
W

10°

'-"

c..

tl.4

~

W

10. 1

'P..

z

10-

\:

.~
.....

~

10-

'""

~

"'0
Q)

~

....
co
Q)

.....
\:

~

10. 7
10- 4

10- 3

10. 2

10 . 1

Photon Energy

E

(keV)

Fig. 1. Integrated fraction up to a given photon energy of photons and SR power from bending magnet.

-229 -

S.R. In et al.

fluorescences does not have a low energy part,and consequently the electron yield is much smaller than that of the SR photons.
Electromagnetic waves are reflected by atomic
electrons of metals. Reflectivity is very high evenat the normal incidence when the photon energy
is less than a cut-off energy determined by theplasma oscillation frequency. At low photon
energies only the valence electrons can contribute to the plasma oscillation but at sufficiently
high energies all the inner shell electrons can beconsidered as free electrons. For example, thecut-off energy varies from 11 e V to 58 e V incopper. If the photon energy becomes larger thanthe cut-off energy, the reflectivity drops very
rapidly for large incidence angles. There is a
critical incidence angle below which the photons
of a certain energy are totally reflected. The
fraction of the photons which have the energies
below 15 e V is about 10 % of the total photon
spectrum (Fig. 1) , and the average reflectivity isapproximately 50 % regardless of detailed shapeof the material surface. The photoelectron yieldof the reflected photons is higher by a few times
than that of the parent SR photons. However thegas desorption power of these electrons is expected to be very low because of the low emission
energy. The photons incident on the cutting edge
with a small curvature can be easily reflectedeven in the X - ray range, but the viewing angle ofthe critical reflecting point is negligibly small in
the practical geometry and the number ofphotons reflected actually is also very small.
As a conclusion the contribution of the secondary electrons produced by the photoelectrons,
fluorescences and reflected photons to the gas
desorption is not important compared with thatof the photoelectrons generated by the SR
photons.
References
1) K. Watababe et al. : This Report, p. 226.
2) S. Takahashi et al. : ibid., p. 223.

-230-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·32. Simultaneous Calibration for Two UHV Gauge Heads
T. Hanasaka, Y. Hirano, S. Yokouchi,
H. Daibo, and S.H. Be
So far a calibration of ionization gauge heads
has been done for one gauge head at the sametime to avoid the mutual interference between
gauge heads. 1•2) We investigated whether simultaneous calibration for two heads without themutual interference is possible or not.
The calibration chamber (Manifold) is shownin Fig. 1. The diameter of the chamber is 4>197,
and a gas inlet pipe (4) 10.5) is at the center of thechamber as shown in Fig. 1 (a). Two nude B-Agauge heads of 75mm in length are attached tothe port CD and @ in Fig. 1 (b). The inner diameter of the connecting tube to the chamber is 4> 38.
The lengths of the tube are 96.5 and 81.5mm,
respectively. A spinning roter gauge (SRG) isused as the standard gauge.
The chamber was evacuated by means of aturbo-molecular pump continuously. The residual pressure was of the order of 10-sPa. Argon
was used as the calibration gas. The adjust knob
position of a variable leak valve was kept constant so as to obtain the pressure of about
6 x 10- 4 Pa in the chamber.
The filaments of the nude gauges were switched off for about 30 seconds and switched on forabout 5 minutes periodically. During measurements of about 50 minutes, the switching-on/off
was repeated about 10 times per the gauge inturn. The pressure during the switching-off ofone B-A gauge was measured with the SRG and
the other B-A gauge.
The changes in pressure (1) before, (2) during,and (3) after the switting-off were compared. If
two gauges interfere each other,change in thepressure would be shown. However, there was
no apparent change in the pressure by this switching operation of the filaments as shown below.
The changes in the pressure of the two nude
gauges during the measurements were about±0.7% and ±1.4%, respectively. The fluctuation in pressure of the SRG was within ± 0.7%
during the measurements. These three values(fluctuations in the SRG and two nude gauges)
around ± 1% were considered to be smallenough, and, therefore, we can conclude that
there is no apparent interference between thetwo gauges at the simultaneous calibration.
The changes in the emission current of one
gauge at the switching-on/off of the other gauge
were also monitored, but the digital indications of
3.99 and 3.98 rnA did not change by the switching-on/off of the other gauge filament. Thismeans that there is no electrical interference
between the two nude gauges.
The simultaneous measurement under the
residual pressure of the order of 10-sPa was also
carried out. In this pressure region, the outgas
from the nude gauges could not be neglected. The

VLV

~
,

8.".G@~197

I'''~~;lold r: 300 t---<2)SRG

CD - @ : Po:'ts
for !;auge
calib,,,ion
I MP : Tu rbCor:10iecv;ar pwmp
r1? : Ro :ary pU""PVLV : Va ri a~ l e leal< va lve

Fig. 1.

·-----(a)(b)

Experimental setup for the calibration of vacuum gauges.
(a) Schematic diagram of the vacuum system.
(b) Upside view of the calibration chamber.

-231-

T. Hanasaka et at.

pressure of one gauge decreased at the turningoff of the other gauge filament by about 20% or
so. However, there was also no special interference between the two gauges.
From these experiments, it is concluded thatthe simultaneous calibration of two gauge heads
is possible. The calibration is to be carried out
for the pressure range larger than 10-4Pa from apoint of view of the SRG accuracy.
References
1) S.R.ln, S. Takahashi et at.:]. Vac. Soc. JPn., 34, 601(1991) .
2) H. Daibo, S.R. In et at.: RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep., 24,
187 (1990).

-232-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-33. Spectroscopy of Electron Produced by Synchrotron Radiation
H.A. Sakaue, K. Watanabe, K. Yano, T. Hanasaka, and S.H. Be
In the SPring-8 storage ring, synchrotron radiation (SR) is almost absorbed by crotches andabsorbers placed just downstream and upstreamof bending magnets and not intercepted by thevacuum chamber all around the storage ring. As
the gas load due to photodesorption is several
order higher than thermal gas load, the pressure
rise due to the photodesorption influences critically the vacuum performance of the storage
ring. Photoelectrons, reflected photons and fluorescences are generated by the SR photons.
Further secondary electrons are produced fromsurrounding walls by the photoelectrons and thescattered photons. The gas desorption is caused
mainly by electron interactions with absorbermaterial, but rarely by direct photon interactions.
So far photodesorption yield (h) for SR of thecritical energy of several keY has been measured, but data of h for SR of approximately 30
ke V as in the SPring- 8 storage ring are notavailable. We are planning experiments foracquisition of data concerning h for SR of highcritical energies including elucidation of thephotodesorption mechanism. 1) Measurements ofphotoelectron generated by the SR irradiation on
the material are very important for elucidationof the photodesorption mechanism.

1~
~I
-I

"
'§.

~
(I)

. ~;Vl~.
-r---'H

Absorber

TMP

SR or Elec lro ll

Fig. 2. Schematic drawing of the electron analyzer.

Figure 1 shows the experimental apparatus ofelectron spectroscopy, and Fig. 2 shows theelectrostatic analyzer. This apparatus consists ofthe sample holder, energy analyzer and detector.
A hemispherical type analyzer with a mean
radius of about 36 mm is employed for the electron energy analysis. The energy resolution istypically about 100meV in the full width at half
maximum under a typical operating condition.
The electron energy is analyzed by the deceleration scan method and the energy of electrons
passing the analyzer was constant. The deceleration lens is composed of a three element einzel
lens. The energy-analyzed electrons were counted by a channel plate. The electron gun is installed in the chamber, and the voltage of lens isadjusted by the gun. The OFHC plate (lOmm x 10mm) is installed in the sample holder which canbe moved up and down.
F or analyzing low energy electrons of a few
e V, the magnetic field inside the chamber must
be reduced to a few mG by double mumetalshiel dings.
References
1) K. Watanabe, S. R. In, S. Y okouchi, K. Yano, and S.
H. Be: RIKEN A eeel. Prog. Rep. , 24, 171 (1990).

Fig. 1. Experimental apparatus of electron spectroscopy.

-233-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·34. Magnetic Field Measurements on JSR Undulator
T. Takada and S. Sasaki *Magnetic field of the ]SR 1) (J AERI StorageRing) undulator was measured. Parameters of
this device are shown in Table 1 and the coordi·
nate system used in this report is shown in Fig. l.
The vertical component of the magnetic field,
By, as a function of the electron path length, z,
was measured with 2 mm step on z axis using a
Hall probe and a measurement system (PC9801,
gpib, motor driving system and laser distancemeasurement system, etc.) for electromagnetic
magnets in SPring- 82 ) at 10 different magnetic
gap widths from 30 mm to 90 mm. The measured
field, By (z) , at 70 mm gap width is shown in Fig.
2 as a function of the path length, z, setting theorigin of z axis at the center of the undulator.
The average and the variance of peaks of theperiodic sinusoidal field except the two peaks atboth edges are shown in Fig. 3 as a function of
the gap width. The peak field as a function of themagnetic gap width, g, for a pure permanent
magnet type undulator is expressed by the fol·lowing analytical expression: 3 )_[ ] Sin(7r/ 4) [(h[m])~
BYp(g) [T ] - 2Br T (7l' / 4) l-exp - 27l' Au[mJ )g [m] )
'exp ( -7l' Au[m] .

(1)

,
~

1000

.......... .......--.

I-

o
';;

500 f-- . - - - - --:2

0 I----t.-I-I

u:

Q)
o
~

·500 r-- -

~

.y[

--.

CI

"'

I
Ig.7'omml::E·10001--·--- - +-·---'+,• • ••••••••••

1. ._.__ ..........!

. . .- -i

1

J. 1500. e'-0~-'.60----'--...L.40--'--'2L..O-'--'0----'--2-,L-0--'---:.L0 -'-~60:--'--~eoPathlength z( x l0 · 2 m)

Fig. 2. Measured vertical magnetic field at 70 mm gap
width as a function of path length.
6000~

Table 1 . Parameters of a JSR undulator.

30

5000

L_

'0
Pure permanent magnet: Halbach design
Planar type

Configuration
Magnet block material

Nd·Fe·B alloy

Nominal remnant field
Magnetic period lengthBr[T)Au [m)

1.223
0.08

w[m)

0.10

hIm)
L [m) = Au/4 [m)

0.02
0.02

Nu
Lu 1m) = Au [m)' Nu
g[mm)

13
1.04
45- 90

Average peak field range

Byp (T)

0.276 - 0.045

Deflection parameter range

Ky = 93.4 Byp [T)' Au [m) 2.06 - 0.34

Magnet block width
Magnet block height
Magnet block length(x axis)(yaxis)(z axis)Number of periods
Total length
Magnetic gap width range

)(

4000

~

>.0.
CD

:2

3000

Q)

u:.><
"'
Cl.
Q)

25

20

~

Q)

CI

~

CIl

'-...

~

1000

>

«

o

20

~

10

'0

~
g

'i"'

>

40

50

60

70

eo

90

100

Magnetic Gap Width g )mm)Fig. 3. Average and variance of peaks of the periodic
sinusoidal field as a function of gap width.
6000

3.5

~

,~~

E
2.5
~
"'c

\

Cl.

~

j

,I ......... 5000 ~

\

4000

'\.

""" -----r-"-

~

1

o

0.5

20

30

)(

>.0.
CD

1.5

o

'0

JSA UndulalOr: AU • o.oe 1m)0Fig. 1. Coordinate system for the pure permanent magnet
type undulator.

i~

I K,.". ".ITI'" Iml

.t j

a;

j

I

0

..................

;

;

I
>.

!.:

~

u:

0

30

i

~Au-I

15

-.......,
("--j

4.5

x

~

:2
Q)

~,

2000

~

40

50

60

70

eo

90

3000

2000

:2
Q)

u:

~
Q)

Cl.
Q)

CI

~

1000

"'

~

0
100

Magnetic Gap Width g (mm)

• J AERI (Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute),
SPring- 8 Project Team.

Fig. 4. Deflection parameter and average peak field as afunction of gap width.

-234 -

T. Takada et al.

.

-E

...:.

!

1

_+!

3000

_.o j g .!70 mm 1·-··--·····--.-··-- . ...;.. ____ . ...1..._.......

15000

2000

·---··--1·---··__·_-··__··_. ..+-··_·_··_·+···· __·_·_; . _-_·-·-·t·-··

10000

_

.:.E
..

·5000

~N

~

~-

·2000 I-··_······-···!······HI-·-- "···········-··+·········_··+·_-·····-i······--··--+·· ······I····.. i·········-·· ·-j . I 0000

· 120

)(

·3000

E
IQ

'\.

·4000

--~~..-·150 I-........... +-.-...

·15000·3000 I--_··--!··---"-·-V-I

(:,

~

)(

· 10001------.;...·'\H\·60 r ······-_·+··+ .. --·"..··-·····-·+ ......·······-+·· ..···.. ···.... j ............ -.. +...........- i -........ -l ·2000

;" \,
\

1000

:=

~-

·30 r ·······-_·!-\···--·--···;···-····..··-·r··-·············j...•_._.-... j .. _-....._+ ..........._+-.-... .-.-j ·1000~-.+...........-~"......-.:.k.-.-.....- j ................+...__.-....-i--.........-l ·5000

V !i""""""'"

rj -- - . . . . . .,' - -.......

•4000. 1..:-~.6~0~...l.:-40~.~20-'-~O........o-...J.20~-I40"..........-.,,6L.0~80'20000
80·180 '--'---'-~...L.....-.'---'-~-'--..........."................l...--'--.L-...-...J ·6000
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
40

Path Length z [x 10 ·2 m]

Magnetic Gap Width g [mm]Fig. 5. 1st and 2nd integration of vertical magnetic field
at 70 nun gap width as a function of path length. The
definitions of IXl (z) and IX2 (z) are given in the text.

Fig. 6. 1st, IXJ (z = 0.75 m), and 2nd integration, IX2 (z = O.
75 m), of vertical magnetic field, which are integrated
in the measured interval from -0.75 m to 0.75 m, as afunction of gap width. The definitions of IXJ (z) and IX2(z) are given in the text.

A least squares fit was made to the measured 10
data points with eq. (1), and Br was found to be 1.
147 T, whereas the nominal value of Br of themagnetic material, Nd- Fe-B, is 1.223 T. In Fig.4,
deflection parameter, Ky, is shown, which is
calculated with the average peak field.
In order not to disturb the closed orbit of theelectron in the storage ring, it is necessary tohave the horizontal and vertical angles and displacements to be zero at the exit of undulator
when installed in a straight section. The horizontal and vertical angles (1:l.8x ,1:l.8y ) and displacements (l:l.x,l:l.y) as a function of path length, z,
can be expressed as follows:
e
0.299
[]
(2)
~8x(z) [rad ] = ffiecyIxl(z) Ee[GeV]Ix1(z) Tom,

e

0.299

~ey{z)[rad] = mecyIYl(z) Ee[GeV]IYl(z)[Tom],

I:l.x(z)[m] =_e_Ix2 (z)
mecy

(3)

EeO[b~~]Ix2(z)[Tom2], (4)I:l.y(z)[m] =_e_Iy2 (z) EeO[b~~]IY2(z)[Tom2J. (5)meCY
where e is the elementary charge, me is theelectron mass, c is the velocity of light, y iscalled the 'relativistic energy factor' that is theratio of the total electron energy to the rest mass,
511 keY, Ee is the electron energy, and lXI, IYI,
IX2 and Iy 2 are defined as :Ixl(z)[T-m] = f~oo BY(ZI) [T]dz l [m],(6)

IYl(z)[T-m] = f~ooBx(zl)[T]dzl [m],(7)

IX2(z)[T'm2] = f~oof:oo BY(Z2)[T]dz 2[m]dz l[m],(8)

IY2(z)[T'm 2] = f~oof:oo Bx(z2)[T]dz 2[m]dz 1 [m],(9)

Figure 5 shows IXI (z) and IX2 (z) at 70 mm gap
width calculated by using measured field, By (z),as a function of the path length, z. Figure 6 shows
IXl (z=0.75 m) and IX2 (z=0.75 m) as a functionof the gap width, which are integrated in themeasured interval from - 0.75 m to 0.75 m. These
remained field integrations, IXI and Ix 2, have to
be compensated in some way, such as by using
the steering magnets.
The ]SR undulator is installed in a straightsection of ]SR without steering magnets, andundulator radiation in the visible light region isobserved. 4 )References
1) H. Y okomizo, K. Yanagida, S. Harada, K. Mashiko,
M. Yokoyama, H. Hashimoto, K. Nakayama, M.
Kabasawa, T. Harami, and Y. Suzuki: Nucl. Instrum.
Methods, A291, 472 (1990).
2) J. Ohnishi, H. Takebe, K. Kumagai, and S. Motonaga: to be published to Proc. 12th Int. Conf. on Magnet
Technology.
3) K. Halbach : Nucl. Instrum. Methods; A187, 109(1981) .
4) K. Yanagida, S. Sasaki, T. Nagai, N. Matsuki, T.
Takada, and H. Y okomizo : Proc. 8th Symp. on
Accel. Sci. and Tech., p.338 (1991).

-235 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-3S. Magnetic Field Measurements on SPring-8 Prototype Undulator
T. Takada, N. Matsuki,* and S. Sasaki*
Magnetic field of the SPring- 8 prototype undulator was measured. The parameters of thisdevice are shown in Table 1 and its photographis shown Fig. 1.
The SPring-8 prototype undulator was
designed as planar type with a wedged-pole
hybrid configuration. One of the advantages of
the wedged-pole hybrid design l ) is its higher
magnetic field strength on-axis than that of apure permanent magnet type (Halbach design)
and a conventional hybrid type undulators forthe same magnetic gap width range available,that is, a wider tunability of photon energy forexperiments is expected. The measurement of
the vertical component of the magnetic field, By,
on-axis was done for 21 different gap widths.
The peak values of the periodic sinusoidal field
on-axis were averaged, and the average peakfields are shown in Fig. 2 with open circle as afunction of the magnetic gap width.
Table 1. Parameters of a SPring-8 prototype undulator
Configuration
Magnet block material
Nominal remnant fieldWedged-pole hybrid type 1)
Planar typeNd-Fe-B alloy
Br[T)

1.1

Pole material
Magnetic period length

Vanadium permendur
Au[m)

0.033

Number of poles
Number of periods
Total length

Np
Nu- Np/2
Lu [m)=Au[m)- Nu

61.5
2.0295

Minimum magnetic gap width
Maximum average peak field on'axis
Maximum deflection parameter

g[mm)

13.5

BYp[T)
Ky= 93.4 BYp[T)- Au [m)

0.587
1.806

Ratio g/i...u
0.3

0.45

0.6

0.75

0.9

1.05

30

35

0.7

E

..

>..

0.6 1"""" ..........................__ ...... __ .. SPring'S Prototype Unclulator(Wedgeo·pole Hybrid typel(Au.33mm.8r.1.11)
0.5

~

III
"0

~
~

0.4

.:t:

<Il
<II

c..

0.3

<II
0>

II:

Cii

0.2

>

<

0.1
0

10

15

20

25

Magnetic Gap Width g[mm)Fig. 2. Peak magnetic field on- axis as a function ofmagnetic gap width for the SPring-8 prototype (wedged- pole hybrid type) , the pure permanent magnet type
and the conventional hybrid type undulators.

The peak field on-axis as a function of themagnetic gap width for the pure permanent
magnet type undulator is expressed by the following analytical formula 2):_[] sin(7l'/ 4)(gem] )
BYp(g) [ T ] -2Br T (7l' / 4) exp -7l'Au[m]
X [

123

1 -exp ( -27l' Ah~~] ) J '(1)

where Byp is the peak field on-axis, g is themagnetic gap width, Br is the remnant field of
permanent magnet, AU is the magnetic period
length and h is the height of magnet block. The
peak field on-axis for the hybrid type undulator
is expressed as following semi - empricalformula 3 >:Byp(g)[T] =0.95a [T ]Fig. 1. Photograph of the SPring-8 prototype undulator
with the magnetic measurement system.
* JAERI(Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute),
SPring-8 Project Team.

exp [ - b g [m} + c ( g [m] ) 2 J
(2)
Au[m]
Au[m]
,
where the factor 0.95 represents the "filling factor" of the high permeability blocks in the undulator assembly. For a conventional hybrid typeundulator based on N d- Fe- B permanent magnet
blocks and vanadium permendur configuration,
three coefficients a, band c are given by 4)
a [T] = 0.55Br [T] + 2.835,(3)
b [non-dimension] = -1.95Br [T] + 7.225, (4)c[non-dimension] = -1.3Br[T] +2.97,(5)where Br is the remnant field of Nd- Fe- B permanent magnet, and these expressions are valid for-236-

T. Takada et at.
0.9~ Br ~1.1 and only in the interval 0.07~ g/ AU~0.7. When Br is 1.1 T, the peak field on-axis forthe conventional hybrid type undulator is given
byBYp(g) [T] = 0.95 x 3.44 [T]Jgem]( gem](6)
exp ( -5.08 Au [m] +1.54 Au[m].
On the other hand, a least squares fit was made 5 )using 10 data points in the interval of 0.07 ~g/ Au~0.7, during the measured 21 data points with eq.
(2). The fitted function was found to be represented by
Byp(g)[T] =0.95x3.02[T])2

exp ( - 4.12 Ag;~J + 0.63 (l~~J ) 2 ) •(7)

The fitted line to 10 data points is shown in Fig.
2 with bold line. In the interval 0.41~g/Au~0.7,
that corresponds to 13.5 mm (minimum gap width)~g~23.1 mm, the SPring-8 prototype undulator
has always a higher magnetic field on- axis andgives an about 10 % wider field range than thoseof the pure permanent magnet type (dotted line)with the height of magnet block, h, of half period
length and the conventional hybrid type (solidline) undulators whose remnant field and period
length are the same as those of the SPring-8
prototype undulator.

The spectral angular flux density at zero electron beam emittance was calculated with themeasured magnetie field distribution, and it wascompared with the spectrum calculated with an
ideal sinusoidal magnetic field in order to estimate the reduction due to the magnetic fielderror. As a result 6 >, the reduction of peak intensities and shift of photon energy at the peakintensity are remarkable for higher odd harmonies. The reduction of peak intensities for thefundamental, third and fifth harmonies are about
1 %, 13 % and 30 %, respectively.
References
1) D. C. Quimby and A. L. Pindroh : Rev. Sci. Instrum.,58, 339 (1987).
2) K. Halbach : Nucl. Instrum. Methods., A187, 109(1981) .
3) K. Halbach, et at.: ibid., A208, 117 (1983).
4) 6 Ge V Synchrotron X -ray Source, Conceptual Design
Report Supplement A, LS-52, Argonne National
Laboratory (1986).
5) S. Sasaki, T. Takada, N. Matsuki, S. Sasaki, and H.
Ohno : Contributed to IEEE 1991 Particle Accelerator
Conf., San Francisco, U.S.A., May 6- 9 (1991).
6) S. Sasaki, N. Matsuki, and T. Takada: to be published
to Rev. Sci. Instrum., 63, No.1 (1992). (Contributed to
be 4th SRI Conf., Chester, U.K., July 15-19. 1990.)-237-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V·2·36. Effect of Electrode Displacement on the Measu rement Accu racy ofBeam Position Monitors for the ·SPring·S Storage Ring
S. Sasaki
The beam position monitors (BPMs) used for
the SPring-8 storage ring will be a type of
capacitive pickup with four electrodes. Their-measurement accuracy on electron beam transverse positions has large significance in performance of the storage ring. The overall accuracy
is required to be within 100 ,urn for each BPM
from the beam dynamics analysis; better than 50,urn is desirable.
The measurement accuracy depends on vari0us factors such as electronic noise of the signal
processing electronics, mechanical accuracy ofthe machining of electrodes and chambers,mechanical accuracy of the installation of BPMs,
and so forth. This report presents the first resultsof the experimental measurement of the effect of
the electrode displacements on the measurement
accuracy of the BPM.
For the experiment a test chamber was used,which is schematically described in Fig.I. The
electrodes can be moved along its axes guided by
the screws embedded on the chamber, whose
pitch is 0.5 mm / rotation. A diagram of theexperimental set up is depicted in Fig. 2. The
antenna was moved in transverse direction toscan the ±7- mm region in the x-y plane. The
position data were deduced from the signals oneach electrode according to the following equations:~ =V l +V 2 +V 3 +V 4 ,!::J. x = (V l + V 4 ) - (V 2 + V 3 ),!::J.y = (V 1+ V 2) - (V 3+ V4) ,
u
v

SMA

1

T
- - - - l O c m - - -....

Fig. 1. Schematic cross sectional drawing of the BPM test
chamber.
y

Lx

BPM: Beam Position Monitor
SW.: Coaxial Switch
P.S.: Power Supply
ST. CON.: x-y-z Stage Controller
SP. AN.: Spectrum Analyzer
SYNTH.: RF Signal Generator (Synthesizer)
SCAN.: Scannerp. C. : Personal Computer=!::J.x/~,=!::J.y/"i.,where u and v are non-dimensional quantities
proportional to x and y in a good linearity
region, respectively, and V 1 through V 4 are thevoltage induced on electrodes 1 to 4; the correspondence of the electrodes and their numbers
are described in Fig. 1. The 508.58-MHz
sinusoidal wave signals were input from asynthesized signal generator through a coaxial
cable antenna, which was positioned by an x-y-z
stage driven by stepping motors. The antenna
covered the ± 7-mm region with a l-mm step
size in the x-y plane. At each point, the antenna
position (x, y) and the voltage signal arisen oneach electrode were recorded. The voltage signals were taken by a spectrum analyzer tuned toFig. 2. A diagram of the experimental setup.

508.58 MHz through a coaxial switch to selectone of the four electrodes. All the experimental
devices were controlled by a Macintosh personal
computer through a GPIB.
The measurements were performed for the fivesettings, in which the electrode No.3 was inserted
and drawn back with 1 mm and 2 mm from thereference position, and the reference setting.
After the measurements in each setting, correction factors proposed by Lambertson were measured and multiplied.l) These correction factors-238-

S. Sasaki

were at first proposed so that the factors cancancel out the channel to channel deviations of
the electrical signals arisen from attenuation andamplification deviations of each channel electronic circuits and cables. Adopting this correction with some symmetry assumptions, mechanical and electrical centers of the BPM chamberagree with good precision. In the reference,
Lambertson suggested the possibility to correct
the small electrode displacements by this correction method.
An example of the measured data is shown in
Fig. 3, each dot in the figure represents (u,v)data at a certain position (x,y) with 1 mm step
size. The origin, x = y = 0, was defined as thepoint where u and v have the values close to zeroas far as possible. The resolution of the measuring system is a few tens micro meters whenconverted to the position resolution, which isapproximately consistent with the 8- bit verticalresolution of the spectrum analyzer. The sensitivity of the electric signal to the position was
deduced from the measurement and found to beax/au=16 mm and ay/av=19 mm near x = y=
O. To see the effect of the electrode displacement,~x=~uax/au, and ~y=~vay/av are plottedagainst the displacement, where ~u and ~ v aredefined as follows;~u = u I x =y= O, for displaced setting- U

I x=Y=O, for reference setting,~ V = v I x=Y=O, for displaced setting-V

I x=y=o, for reference setting·

The sign of displacements is defined as follows; when the electrode is inserted into the innerarea of the chamber, displacements has positive
values.
Without the correction mentioned above, thevalues of ~x, ~y are twice as big as the displacement values as shown in Fig. 4. However with thecorrection, they are reduced to one order ofmagnitude smaller values than those without thecorrection. This result shows that the displacement of electrodes has very little effects on theposition measurement accuracy, provided thatthe correction is' properly performed. Also therequirements to the machining accuracy of thechamber and the electrode positioning mechanism are not very strict; about 100-,um mechanical accuracy will be enough as far as the electrode displacements along their axes are concerned.
4~~~~~~~==~
rue, uncorrected_____ tJ.y, uncorrected---0--

s
s
~

2

o

~ -2
..................
~:.:~ ~ ~ : : : :: : :::

-0.8

0.4

-4~~~~~~~~-3:::::::::::::::...............

0.0./WlJJi 1\\\\\:..

-0.4

-0.4

Fig. 3. An example of the measured mapping data.

-2

____

-1
0
1
2
displacernentJrnrn~

3

Fig. 4. Position measurement errors against the electrodedisplacement.
References
1) G. R. Lambertson: LASP Note- 5, May 6 (1987); J.
Hinkson: private communication.

-239-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

V-2-37. The Real Time Operating System of Front-End
Processors for the SPri ng-8
T. Masuda, T. Nakamura, T. Wada, and Z. Wang
Accelerator complex of the SPring-8 is composed of a 1 Ge V linac, an 8 Ge V synchrotron anda main storage ring. The control system of theSPring-8 facility consists of a central control
system and several sub-systems for each accelerator. Each sub-system consists of a host computer and several front-end processors (FEP)
and an operator's console. These distributed
computers are linked by a computer network.
F or upper hierarchy level computers such as a
sub-system host computer, we use workstations(WS) which have the UNIX operating system.
For lower hierarchy level FEPs such as VME(Versa Module European) systems, the real time
operating system is adopted. For these operating
systems, there are many commercially available
real time operating systems, for examples,
VRTX32, pSOS +, VxWorks, PDOS and OS 9000. 1) We have introduced LynxOS for the R&
D study of control of a klystron test bench, andOS-9 for that of a linac.
LynxOS is a product of Lynx Real Time Systems Inc., and one of the real time operating
systems called "real time UNIX". It copes withmulti-user and multi-tasking with a preemptive,priority-based task scheduler.

LynxOS is developed with emphasis on standardization and open systems. It has source levelcompatibility with a UNIX BSD 4.3 and binarylevel compatibility with a UNIX system V.3(SVR3). And also LynxOS complies with POSIX
1003.1 (Application Program Interface) and
POSIX 1003.4 (Real Time Extensions). POSIX(Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments) is a standard operating
system proposed by the IEEE committee. Hence,
LynxOS provides an almost complete UNIXdeveloping environment, really we can use the"UNIX standard environment" such as X Window, TCP l IP (Transmission Control Protocol I
Internet ProtocaI) and NFS (Network File System).
LynxOS is currently operated on many platforms which have a elSe chip such as i80386/ 486
and M680xO, and a RISC chip such as i860,
M88000 and MIPS. In the future, LynxOS will
support RS6000 and SP ARC. The LynxOS for the
SPARe will be binary compatible with a Unix
System V. 4 (SVR4). Hence, we will be able touse it on some kinds of workstations.
The kernel size of LynxOS is about 190KB,
which is relatively small for these functions, andTable 1. Examples of some real time operating systems.

OS NamC!

pSOS·

VxWorks

os-noonLynxOS

I'I>OS\1 i C l· 0I'J"OCCSSO I·
illtS

I':IlVit'OtllIlCIIL

1~0l1la I'k

UNIX,VI\1S

1'01'

12evLoPIJ.1(~IIL _____ ... .

__ .
V~O/30/40

UNIX
UNIX
OS-!J,UNIX
self
self
__ ._________ ....____ _______ ______ _i?~:.9_00~ _ . _1lt'{1~ _____ . ._~ J.i".____.._i 8(;0, 80nGO, ;8040. SI'/\HCV~18()OOO,;8020/:30

1150, GlIllCl'O 88000, ~UOOO~HH)()()

88000- 240 -

SP/\HC[,S(;OOO .IIP

T. Masuda et at.

it is ROMable. Hence, it also enables us to use forthe embeded systems.
We have purchased LynxOS 1. 2.1 for Motorola MVME147 with TCP/IP software in September. It has been installed in a Motorola VME
Delta system. Installation is relatively easy.
However manuals and support for the installation were not adequate. We spent much time for
installing LynxOS with unluckiness that it was
installed in the VME system which had been usedever for OS-g.
As the default LynxOS shell is a dl shell (dIsh),
it is not compatible with Bourne shell (bsh) nor
Korn shell (ksh) nor with C shell (csh).
LynxOS is still young, hence what we areanxious about is errors (bugs) in it.
We need to consider the other real time operat-

ing systems. Table 1 shows some of the real time
operating systems which we consider. OS- g,
which is not in the table, has much reliability andit enables us to use many funds based on therelatively long and much use.
We intend to use expert systems mainly for thealarm message handling system, and partly for
automatic operations. Introducing an AI tool
"NEXPERT OBJECT", a feasibility study of anexpert system for the operation of a test stand ofa klystron is started.
References
1) K. Low, S. Acharya, M. Allen, E. Faught, D. Haenni,
and C. Kalbfleiso: Proc. IEEE 1991 Particle Accel.
Conf., San Francisco (1991).

-241-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI. RADIATION MONITORING
1. Residual Radioactivity in the 160 cm Cyclotron
and Its Surrounding Facilities
I. Kohno, M. Miyagawa, Y. Matsuzawa, S. Kagaya, H. Kato, and T. Katou
Residual y-ray-emitting radio-nuclides incomponents of the RIKEN 160 cm cyclotron andits surrounding facilities were measured with a
HPGe detector. These measurements were madebefore disassembling of the cyclotron and its
surrounding facilities at about one year after the
shutdown of the machine.
The cyclotron was shut down at the end of
April 1990 after 23 years operation. During these

23 years the cyclotron was typically in use for4000 to 5000 hours/year and produced beams ofp, d, 3He, 4He and light heavy ions (12C, 14N, 160,
and 2°Ne). Accelerated beam energies ranged
from 5 to 16 Me V for p, 8 to 25Me V for d, 18 to
45 MeV for 3He, 16 to 50 MeV for 4He and theinternal currents of these beams were 10 to 50
J1.A. Heavy ions were accelerated at the energy
from 60 to 150 MeV and the average internal

I

r::
}

A

(

o r

cYClotro:/

IOOO",~

Fig. 1. Schematic view of the accelerating chamber arrangement and beam transport system.
I,Side yoke; 2,Dees; 3,Coiltank; 4,RF- deflector; 5,Beam focusing magnetic channel; 6,Ion source; 7,Beamprobe; 8,32" oil diffusion pump; 9,Beam exit flange; 10,Exaust pipe for ion source; 11, Oscillator tank; 12,
Gate drop probe; 13,Winch
A,B,C,D,E,F, and G indicate points where y-ray was measured. point G is outside the bottom part of adiffusion pump.
Small alphabets indicate the points smeared. a,b,c,d, deflector electrode; e,f,septum electrode; g,h,i,j,Dees;
k,l,m,n,earth plate; o,p,q,r,inside the slit box.

currents were about 1 e J1.A. At these energies andcurrents measurable levels of radioactivity were
produced in the cyclotron and its surrounding
facilities. For the purpose of discussing the possibility of disassembling of these facilities, it isnecessary that is available the quantitative information on the degree of radioactivation.
y-ray dose rates were measured at various
points (A '"'-'G) outside the cyclotron at the sameheight as the beam line and the slit box as shownin Fig.l, with an ionization-chamber survey
meter and aNal scintillation survey meter.
Table 1 summarizes the dose rates measured. y-

Table 1. y-ray dose mea surd around the cyclotron.
Alphabets indicate detection points. (see Fig.l)-242-

Detection
point
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

N aI scintillation
survey meter(,uSv/h)Ionization chamber
survey meter(,uSv/ h)

2.9
8.0
1.0
9.5
5.5
4.0

1.4
1.5
8.0
0.8
7.0
4.0
2.4

I. Kohno et al.

ray spectra were measured with a HPGe detector at various points (A'"'-'G) to assign radio nuclides. Radioactive nuclides assigned are
22Na,54Mn,56Co,60Co, and 65Z n . y - ray spectra ofsmall samples smeared out from several materials (a'"'-'r in Fig.l) inside the vacuum chambers
were measured. Radioactive nuclides assigned

are 22N a, 54Mn, 60CO, 65Z n , 182Ta, 183Re, 184mRe, and1850S. 182Ta, 183Re, 184mRe, and 1850S were found in
the samples smeared out from the deflector electrode and the septum (made of tungsten metal
strip). As was expected, we found only long lived
nuclides.

- 243-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI·2. Routine Monitoring of the 160cm Cyclotron, RILAC,
and TANDETRON
I. Sakamoto, K. Ogiwara, M. Yanokura, T. Kobayashi,
M. Iwamoto, and I. Kohno
Routine radiation monitoring was carried out
for the 160cm cyclotron, RILAC, and TANDETRON from January to September 1991.
(1) Residual activities of the cyclotron
In February 1991, the dose rates due to residual
activities of the machine were measured at 9.5
months after the machine shutdown; the result isshown in Fig. 1.

(2) Contamination in the cyclotron building
Surface contamination was below 10- 2 Bq/ cm 2on the floors of the cyclotron building.
Radioactive substances were handled in the
hot laboratory and tow chemical laboratories.
The radioactivity at the exit of the draft chambers was found to be small, of the order of 10- 8
Bq/ cm 3 .

o 1 2 345m
I:::::!::::!:::

Experimental area (L)!,~ .
Underground passase

!

i

:~
,

:,
,

-l

~
o

I,

: /~;,/

xO
Bed

)(

~/

xO

c
Control room

Ground plan

Basement

Fig. 1. Residual activities (1 cm dose-equivalent in ,uSv/ h) of the cyclotron.

(3) Contamination of drainages
Radioactivities in the drain water from thecyclotron and the RILAC buildings were found to
be of the order of 10- 4 Bq/ cm 3 • The total activity
in aqueous effluents was 15 kBq.
(4) Radiation monitoring of RILAC andTANDETRON
The leakage radiation during operation of
RILAC was measured outside the RILAC building every three months. No leakage of y rays andneutrons from the RILAC building was detected.

No contamination -due to residual activities wasfound on the floors of controled area and in
conditioned air in the RILAC building.
X -ray monitoring was carried out for TANDETRON, when an aluminum target was bombarded with 1.5 MeV He+ ions of 1 nA. The
maximum irradiation dose rate measured around
TANDETRON was 1 ,uSv/ h. No leakage of Xrays was detected around the target chamberand outside the T ANDETRON room.

- 244 -

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI-3. Exposu re Dose Monitori ng of RIKEN Accelerator Workers
M. Miyagawa, 1. Sakamoto, T. Katou, Y. Matsuzawa,S. Kagaya, H. Kato, and 1. Kohno
The external exposure doses received by
RIKEN accelerator workers(374 persons) were
measured by using y ray and neutron film
badges. The external doses from January to
March, 1991, are given in Table 1. One nuclear

chemist gave the external dose of 0.1 mSv owing
to y ray. The external doses owing to thermal
and fast neutron exposures were below the detection limit.

Table 1. External exposure doses (effective dose- equivalent in mSv) received by RIKEN accelerator
workers from January to March, 1991.
N umber of persons
WorkersDose

0.1 - 1

>1

undetectable

(mSv)

(mSv)

Total

Collective
dose
(mSv)

Accelerator physicists
and Operators#
Nuclear physicists
Reserchers in other fields
T ANDETRON workers
Health physicists

46

0

0

46

0

105
198
17
7

0
1
0
0

0
0
0
0

105
199
17
7

0
0.1
0
0

Total

373

1

0

374

0.1

# Operators.: For RIKEN Ring Cyclotron and RILAC.
Average dose per person, O. 0002mSv; maximum individual dose,O. 1mSv.

-245-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI·4. Residual Activities in the Ring Cyclotron Facility
S. Fujita, S. Okamoto, N. Nakanishi, I. Sakamoto, andT.lnamura
Residual activities have routinely been measured at various points in the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron facility every summer and those along thebeam lines after every experiment. The results ofmeasurements have been reported annually since
1986.
Figure 1 shows the variation of residual activities at the deflectors of the Ring Cyclotron andthe injector AVF cyclotron. The residual activity
at the deflector of the Ring Cyclotron from 1986.~.

RING /

~

."1-

1£1
V
~

Table 1. Summary of the residual activities measured
along the beam lines. Alphabets indicate the detection
points in Fig. 3.

~

chamber

Dat.emeLer(JLSv/h)A

10

Jun.20,1991

B

40

Jun.20,1991

C

10

Jun.20,1991

D

20

Jun.20,1991

E

70

Nov.21,1990

F

29

Nov. 21 ,1990

G

5f>

Nov.21,1990

H

65

Apr.22,1991

95

Nov.21,l990

25

Apr.22,1991

K

15

Mar.

Apr.22,l99l

7 , I 99 1

L

AVF

M

1\0

Apr.22,1991

I

N

2f>

Dec.

3, 1990

0

45

De c.

7, 1990

P

22

Nov.21.1990

Q

120

Nov.21.1990

R

40.J II n. 18 • 199 I
Feb.16,1991

7SMeV)ubSMeV/uI

I

I

surveyJmaxnnum energy.

Ion i 7. at. i () npo i n t

25

VJ 47
100

DetectionI

1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
Year
Fig. 1. Variation of the residual activities of the deflectorsof the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron and the injector AVF
cyclotron.

S

40

T

II

U

1800

J un.

V

3 I0

OCL.II\.199l

W130() c L. 14. 1 991

X

'100

Jun.14,1991

y

1200

.J II n. 11\ , 199 I

Z

Fig. 2. Layout of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron facility as of1991. Monitoring positions are denoted by x. Detection
points of residual activities on the beam lines aredenoted by alphabets.

13. 5

Onam

Feb.16,199l
3.199 IJ II n. 14 , I 991

DOSE UNIT : ~Sv/hFig. 3. Dose rates detected inside the injector AVF cyclotron. They are given in a unit of ,uSv/ h.

-246-

S. Fujita et al.

to 1988 was several tens ,uSv/ h, but it has become
several thousands ,uSv/h since 1990. This is dueto the increase in maximum energy of the beamfrom the Ring Cyclotron from 75 MeV/ nucleon
to 135 MeV/nucleon.
The points where residual activities were
measured along the beam lines and detected dose
rates were above 10 ,uSv/h are shown in Fig.2.
Table 1 summarizes the detected dose rates anddates. In this period, the highest residual activity
recorded along the beam line was 1800 ,uSv/ h at

the point U ( the production target chamber of
RIPS ) in the beam distribution corridor.
Besides the above routine measurement, residual activities inside the A VF cyclotron were
measured when its acceleration chamber was
opened on October 18 because of a trouble invacuum. The measurement was made with aportable ionization chamber (AE-133/ Al Applied
Engineering Inc.). The results are shown in Fig.
3. The detected dose rates were of the highest
level at the A VF cyclotron in this period.

-247-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI-S. Leakage Radiation Measurement in the Ring Cyclotron Facility
S. Fujita, N. Nakanishi, T. Shikata, K. Ikegami, T. Takagi,
1. Sakamoto, and T. Inamura
The radiation safety control system has worked steadily this year, performing radiation
monitoring continuously and automatically.
From September 28 to 29 and from October 3
to 4, experiments were carried out with 135
MeV /u 12C6+ and 14N7+ beams at intensities ofabout 5 pnA. The beams were stopped at thetarget point A in the experimental vault El.
Leakage radiation of neutrons from E1 wasmeasured with three neutron dose rate meters,
TPS- 451S's (Aloka), with a signal out terminal.
Each pulse was sent to a pulse counter, TC- 532(TENNELEC). The beam current was read at

the target A and recorded with a personal computer, PC-9801RS (NEC) , through a beam integrator 439 (ORTEC). Dose rates were normalized with respect to those at O.lpJLA. We alsomeasured leakage radiation from the Ring Cyclotron at points 11, 12, and 13 when the beam wasstopped in the Ring Cyclotron vault. Since we
couldn't continuously measure beam currents
immediately after the Ring Cyclotron, we measured several instantaneous current values andestimated the average beam current to be 50 enA.
Figures l-(a), (b), and (c) show the target point
A and positions where leakage radiation was
Oil
,~~j

]

I

- - - - • - - • • - • --:

IJ

I

~

(12)

I

\

(9)
(10)

POilii
I

El

(b)

(c)

Fig. 1. Partial layout of the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron facility where the leakage radiation measurement was
made.
(a) Part of basement 2nd floor;(b) Part of basement 1st floor;(c) Part of ground floor.
Leakage- radiation-dose measuring points are denotedby the numbers in parentheses. The monitoring positionin the computer room is denoted by x .
~measured in this experiment. Results are summarized in Table l. This year, the radiation levelin the controlled area has been below the safety
limit (1 mSv /week), and the level outside thecontrolled area has been much less than thesafety limit (0.3 mSv /week). Leakage of neutrons has once been recorded with a monitor in aground-floor computer room just above a bending magnet that guides beams from the Ring
Cyclotron vault to the beam distribution corridor( See Fig. 2). This radiation level, however, is far
less than the safety limit (50 JLSv/ year) required

lOlno~~~~~~nT~~~~~~rn

"->
U)

~

-2

10
II)

~

o
~

-3

1 0

Fig. 2. Daily variation in the radiation level measured in
the Ring Cyclotron facility. Detector is a BF3 counter inthe computer room.

-248-

S. Fujita et al.
Table 1. Dose rates of neutron leakage radiation from the target point
A in the experimental vault El. (See Figs. l-(a), (b), (c).) Errors are
statistical.
measuredlaC "· t(13~posit.ion

dose
J.L

(

1 )

(

2 )

Sv / h a t

101. 7
O. 051

MeV/u)+ Fe

14N'+ (135

rat.e

dose

O. 1 P J.L A± 1.5± o. 02± o. 09J.L

S v / h at

3 )

I. 18

(

4

)

5. 65

5 )

7. 02

±
±

O. 20

(

O. 23

8. 18

(

6 )

6. 28

±

O. 21

8. 12

(

7 )

43. 1

±

O. 56

(

8 )

8. 75

O. 35

(

g )

(

1 0 )

±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
±

~ 6.

0

( 1 1 )

O. 0851 2 )O. 070( 1 3 )

O. 096(

1 4)

O. 2'19(

1 5 )O. 633( 1 6 )

O. 195(at the boundary of the facility. No leakage of yrays and neutrons was detected with environ-

53. 0
7. 96

O. 80

42. 7

O. 80

56. 0

o. 013o. 01 1
O. 013o. 0 2 ~o. 038o. 025rate
O. 1 p J.L A- -- -- -- --

(

46. 5

MeV/u)+ Fe

±
±
±
±
±
±

O. 26
O. 26
O. 66
O. 28
O. 65
O. 75

- -- -- --O. 232
0.538
O. 222± O. 014± o. 021± o. 014

mental monitors set outside the building in thisperiod.

-249-

RIKEN Accel. Prog. Rep. 25 (1991)

VI-6. Measurement of Neutrons Produced by 135MeVInucleon Nitrogen Ionsin an Iron Beam-Stopper with the Activation Method
T. Shikata, N. Nakanishi, K. Ikegami, S. Fujita, S. Nakajima, and T. Kosako
where, <1 (E j ) and <I> (EJ stand for the activation cross section and the neutron flux over the jth energy bin, respectively. When the number ofenergy bins is larger than that of neutron-induced reactions which are a kind of detectors,
the solution cannot be obtained uniquely. Therefore, we get solutions as follows: first, weselected spectra calculated by Fernandez 4) for a
100 MeV/nucleon 12C incident on 56Fe as an initial spectrum, and second, we attempted to modify these spectra so as to fit the calculated activation rates to measured ones.
In Fig. 1, the cross section curves used areshown. In Fig. 2, the angular dependence ofmeasured activation rates is shown. Activities ofllC and 19 4Au decrease remarkably with increasing scattering angle, and the difference between
the number of neutrons of energies above 20
MeV in each spectrum, however, is about twoorders of magnitude for 0 and 135 degrees, even
if the effect of proton- induced reactions in the
beam-stopper is subtracted. Figure 3 shows theneutron spectra calculated by Fernandez, theWe have only a few data of energy- and angular- distributions of neutrons produced by heavy
ion reactions in the energy region of 200 Me V /nucleon. Such data are needed for the shielding
calculation for an accelerator facility like as the
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron. We have carried out aspectrum measurement of neutrons produced bya 135 MeV/nucleon 14N incident on an ironbeam-stopper using the foil activation techniquein order to reinvestigate the hypothetical spectrum ( 135 MeV/nucleon 12C on 56Fe ) which wasused for the shielding calculation performed
previously by some of the present authors.
Though it is difficult to get the accurate spectra,
mainly because of insufficient activation crosssection data in the high energy region, we tried
to obtain approximate spectra by extrapolating
the cross section curves which were given by
McLane et aJ.1) and used by Broom et al. 2) and
Shin et al,3) to several 100 MeV.
Activation rate for a given reaction, A, isexpressed as
A=~j <1 (E j ) • <I> (E j ) ,

10

1

\~

,

I

10 0
(/)

C
L.

tU
.0

10- 1

c

0

4J

()
<l)
(/)

10- 2

(/)

(/)

0
L.

U

10- 3

10

20

30

40

50

Neutron energy (NeV)
Fig. 1. Response functions.

-250-

60

70

200

T. Shikata et al.
10 0 OL- - -- - - - -- - -- - - - ,'2.S? 10 -1
;>
v

~

;:
...

......
'" 10 -2
S

'"c

e

:l

v

c

10 -3

'0
V

.D

c: 10 -4

Z

U
ell

0

50

100

150

200

250

Energy (MeV)

Q)

>

'2
.~

10 -1

;>
v

90 degree

~

10 -2

......
'"
S

10 -3

'"c

10 -4

:l

10 -5

~

e
v

10-4 '--_-'--_----'-_ _"'-_-"--_----!.._-----l

o

60

90

120

c

ISO

'0 10 - 6V
.DAngle (degree)

E
:l
Z

10 -7

0

50

100

150

200

250

Energy (MeV)

Fig. 2. Angular dependence of activities.

hypothetical spectra used for shielding calculations' and those obtained from this experiment(abbreviated as FC-SPECTRA, SC-SPECTRA,
and N -SPECTRA, respectively). The distribution of neutrons of N - SPECTRA shows aremarkable forward peaking 'compared to thatfor FC-SPECTRA. Under the assumption that
the N -SPECTRA and the spectra for a 135 MeV /nucleon 12 C on an iron beam-stopper have asimilar shape, it became evident that the SCSPECTRA were overestimated at large emission
angles, even if the contribution of protons on

Fig. 3. Energy spectra.
-SC- SPECTRA, - N-SPECTRA,···---FC-SPECTRA.

activation reactions is considered.
References
1) V. McLane, C. L. Dunford, and P. F. Rose: Neutron
Cross Sections, Vol. 2 (1988).
2) T. A. Broom, D. R. Perry, and G. B. Stapleton: HealthPhys., 44, 487 (1983).
3) K. Shin, T. Saito, M. Fujii, and T. Nakamura: Nucl.
Instrum. Methods, 187, 587 (1981).
4) ]. Drouet and A. Leleux: D. CEN - S/ SPR/ SRI/78-342,
FRA -066JD/ AI, mai (1978).

-251-

VII. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
1. Accelerator
physics

development

andSPring-8 Long Straight Section", ibid.,
p.278.
12) R. N agaoka, K. Yoshida, and M. Hara:"N onlinear Dynamics with Sextupoles
in Low- Emittance Light Source Storage
Rings, Nonlinear Problems in FutureParticle Accelerators", World Sci., Singapore, p. 336 (1991).

accelerator1) M. Kase: "RIKEN Heavy Ion Accelerator Facility", Indian]. Phys., 65, Part A,
No.5, p. 357 (1991).
2) T. Harami, H. Y okomizo, H. Ohno, M.
Hara, and T. Ueki: "Construction Planof Large Synchrotron Radiation Facility(SPring-8) and Its Application", ].
Atomic Energy Soc. lPn., 33, 310 (1991).
3) T. Nakagawa: "Effect of Coating on the
Plasma Chamber Wall in RIKEN ECRIon Source", lPn. l. Appl. Phys., 30, L930
(1991) .
4) T. Nakagawa and T. Kageyama: "The
Effect of an Electrode in the First Stageof RIKEN Electron Cyclotron Resonance Ion Source (ECRIS) ", ibid.,
L1588.
5) T. Wada, T. Kambara, 1. Yokoyama, K.
Shimizu, H. Takebe, M. Nagase, and H.
Kamitsubo: "Control System of RIKEN
Heavy Ion Accelerator Complex", ibid.,
p. 2947.
6) R. N agaoka, K. Yoshida, and M. Hara:"Nonlinear Dynamics with Sextupoles
in Low-Emittance Light Source Storage
Rings", Nucl. Instrum. Methods in Phys.
Res., A302, 9 (1991).
7) Y. Yano: "RIKEN Heavy Ion Accelerator Facility", Proc. 4th China-Japan
Joint Symp. on Accel. for N ucl. Sci. andTheir Applications, p. 18 (1990).
8) M. Hara, S.H. Be, H. Kamitsubo, N.
Kumagai, S. Motonaga, R. N agaoka, Y.
Oikawa, S. Sasaki, H. Takebe, 1. Takeshita, H. Tanaka, and T. Wada: "Storage Ring Design of SPring- 8 8Ge V
Synchrotron Radiation Facility inJapan", Proc. 2nd European Particle
Accelerator Conf. Nice, June 12-16, 1990,
1, 466 (1991).
9) M. Hara: "Present Status of the SPring8 (Storage Ring)", Proc. 8th Symp. on
Acce1. Sci. and Technol., 1991, Saitama,p. 40 (1991).
10) H. Suzuki, T. Kojyo, H. Yonehara, T.
Harami, Y. Miyahara, Y. Kawashima,
Y. Ohashi, K. Inoue, and M. Hara: "HighPower Test of RF Cavity for SPring-8
Booster Synchrotron", ibid., p. 113.
11) T. Nakamura, M. Hara, and H. Tanaka:"Study on a Free Electron Laser at a

2. Nuclear physics and nuclear instrumentation-253-1) K. N agamine: "X-Ray Spectroscopy of
Exotic Atoms", AlP Conf. Proc. 215 on
X - Ray and Inner-Shell Processes, Am.
Inst. Phys., N.Y., p. 524 (1990).
2) K. N agamine: "On the Cold Fusion
Mediated by Special Particles", EnergyRev., 11, 48 (1990).
3) K. Nagamine: "Japanese Hadron Facility Plans and Future ,uSR", Hyp. Int., 65,
1149 (1990).
4) K. Ishida, T. Matsuzaki, K. Nagamine,
H. Kitazawa, Y. Miyake, and E. Torikai: "Surface Muon Production in Medium Energy Heavy Ion Reaction at
RIKEN", ibid., p. 1159.
5) K. Nagamine: "1990 Muon Catalyzed
Fusion Int. Conf.", J Atomic Energy Soc.
lPn., 32, 1095 (1990).
6) K. Nagamine: "Muon Catalyzed Fusion",
Kinou Zairyo, p. 11 (1990).
7) H. Toki: "Production of Pionic Atoms",
Int. Workshop on Particle . Production
near Threshold, Bloomington, Sep. 30Oct. 3, 1990, AlP, 221, 223 (1991).
8) H. Ichinose, T. Doke, A. Hitachi, and T.
Takahashi: "A Fluctuation of the Pulse
Height for 5.3 MeV a - Particles in Lig.
Xe+TMA or TEA Ionization Chamber", Bull. Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda
Univ., 131, 1 (1991).
9) T. Murakami, Y. Gono, M. Oshima, H.
Kusakari, K. Morita, A. Yoshida, and H.
Kumagai: "Isomer Decay of 136Ce Studied by Gas Filled Recoil Ion Separator",
J Phys. Soc. lPn., 60, 1424 (1991).
10) H. Kumagai, S. Nakabayashi, S. Yamagata, S. Isomura, T. Ichihara, K. Yoshida, T. Suzuki, K. Takahashi, A. Kira,and 1. Tanihata: "Attempts in Detectionof Neutrons on So-Called Nuclear
Fusion", ibid., p. 2594.
11) T. Kohno, K. Munakata, T. Imai, A.
Y oneda, C. Kato, M. Matsuoka, T.

Doke, ]. Kikuchi, T. Kashiwagi, K.
Nishijima, N. Hasebe, and H.]. Crawford: "Accelerator Experiments of a
Prototype Cosmic Ray Heavy Ion Telescope", ibid., p. 3967.
12) R. Kadono: ",uSR Study of Itinerant
Magnet MnSi", Solid State Phys., 26,705(1991) .
13) R. Kadono: "Quantum Diffusion of Muonl
Muonium in Solids", ibid., p. 771.
14) 1. Nomura et al.: "Pion Absorption in
Ge V Region", 46th Ann. Meet. Phys.
Soc. J pn., p. 9 (1991).
15) T. Matsuzaki, K. N agamine, K. Ishida,
Y. Watanabe, S. Sakamoto, E. Torikai,
H. Kudo, M. Tanase, M. Kato, H. Sugai,
K. Kurosawa, and H. Umezawa : "Doubly Sealed DT Target System for ,uCF
Experiment at UT- MSL/ KEK", Muon
Catalyzed Fusion, 5-6 (1990- 1991).
16) K. Yuasa - Nakagawa, S.M. Lee, T.
Nakagawa, and 1. Tanihata: "Propertyof the Timing Detector Using an Electron Multiplier", Nucl. Instrum. Methods
in Phys. Res., A300, 538 (1991).
17) H. Ichinose, T. Doke, ]. Kikuchi, A.
Hitachi, K. Masuda, and E. Shibamura:"The Response of a Liquid Xe Ionization Chamber to 5.3 MeV a-particles",ibid., A305, 111 (1991).
18) T. Mizota, K. Yuasa-Nakagawa, S.M.
Lee, and T. Nakagawa: "Timing Properties of a Stop Detector for Time - offlight (T.O.FJ System", ibid., p. 125.
19) T. Yamazaki, R. Hayano, and H. Toki:"d (HI, 3He) Reaction Spectroscopy for
the Formation of Pionic Bound States",
ibid., p. 406.
20) K. Masuda, E. Aprile, H. L. Ding, T.
Doke, S. S. Gau, M. P. ]. Gaudreau, A.
Hitachi, H. Ichinose, N. Ishida, M. Kase,
T. Kashiwagi, ]. Kikuchi, T. Nakasugi,
E. Shibamura, K. Sumorok, and T.
Takahashi: "Measurement of Liquid Xenon
Scintillation from Heavy Ions Using a
Silicon Photodiode", ibid., A309, 489(1991) .
21) ]. Peter, ]. P. Sullivan, D. Cussol, G.
Bizard, R. Brou, M. Louvel, ]. P. Patry,
R. Regimbart, ]. C. Steckmeyer, B.
Tamain, E. Crema, H. Double, K. Hagel,
G. M. Jin, A. Peghaire, F. Saint-Laurent,
Y. Cassagnou, R. Legrain, C. Lebrun, E.
Rosato, R. MacGrath, S. G. Jeong, S. M.
Lee, Y. Nagashima, T. Nakagawa, M.
Ogihara, ]. Kasagi, and T. Motobayashi:-254-"Exclusive Study of Nucleus-Nucleus
Reactions at Intermediate Energies:
Impact Parameter Dependence of Pre Equilibrium Emission, Collective Flowand Hot Nuclei Formation", Nucl. Phys.,
A519, 127c (1990).
22) ]. Peter, D. Cussol, G. Bizard, R. Brou,
M. Louvel, ].P. Patry, R. Regimbart, ].C.
Steckmeyer, ].P. Sullivan, B. Tamain, E.
Crema, H. Double, K. Hagel, G.M. Jin,
A. Peghaire, F. Saint- Laurent, Y. Cassagnou, R. Legrain, R. Lebrun, E.
Rosato, R. MacGrath, S.G. Jeong, S.M.
Lee, Y. N agashima, T. Nakagawa, M.
Ogihara, J. Kasagi, and T. Motobayashi:"Global Variables and Impact Parameter Determination in Nucleus- Nucleus
Collisions below 100 MeV l u", ibid., p.
611.
23) H. Toki, Y. Sugahara, D. Hirata, B.V.
Carlson, and 1. Tanihata: "Properties of
Nuclei Far from the Stability Line in the
Relativistic Hartree Theory", ibid.,
A524, 633 (1991).
24) H. Toki, S. Hirenzaki, T. Yamazaki,
and R. Hayano: "Deeply Bound PionicAtoms", (PANIC Int. Conf. MIT Cambridge, June, 25-29 (1990), ibid., A527,
455c (1991).
25) K. Tanaka, W. Bentz, A. Arima, and F.
Beck: "Landau Ghost and the Kallen Lehmann Representation in the
Relativistic Many - Body Problem",
ibid., A528, 676 (1991).
26) H. Toki, S. Hirenzaki, and T. Yamazaki: "Pion-transfer (n,d) and (d,3He)
Reactions Leading to Deeply Bound
Pionic Atoms", ibid., A530, 679 (1991).
27) S. Ohta and S. Kim: "Finite Temperature Phase Structure of Lattice QCD for
8 and 17 Flavors in the 1990 Conferenceon Lattice Field Theory 'Lattice 90' ",(Tallahassee, 1989), Nuc1. Phys., (Proc.
Supp!.) , eds. U.M. Heller et aI., 20, 268(1991) .
28) T. Suzuki, M. Fukuda, T. Ichihara, N.
Inabe, T. Kubo, T. Nakagawa, K. Yoshida, 1. Tanihata, T. Kobayashi, T. Suda,
S. Shimoura, and M. Fujiwara: "Negative Pion Production in Subthreshold
Heavy Ion Collisions", Phys. Lett., B257,
27 (1991).
29) T. Motobayashi, T. Takei, S. Kox, C.
Perrin, F. Merchez, D. Rebreyend, K.
Ieki, H. Murakami, Y. Ando, N. Iwasa,
M. Kurokawa, S. Shira to, J. Ruan

(Gen) , T~ Ichihara, T. Kubo, N. Inabe,
A. Goto, S. Kubono, S. Shimoura, and M.
Ishihara: "Determination of the Astrophysical 13N (p, y) 14 0 Cross Section
through the Coulomb Dissociation
Method", ibid., B264, 259 (1991).
30) S. Kox, C. Perrin, J. Arvieux, J.P. Bocquet, A. Boudard, J. Carbonell, G. Gaillard, M. Gar~on, L. Ghedira, G. Guillaume, F. Merchez, T. Motobayashi, D.
Rebreyend, C. Wilkin, and J. Y onnet:"The 1H (d,2p) n Reaction as Basis for a
Deuteron Tensor Polarimeter at Intermediate Energies", ibid., B266, 264(1991) .
31) M. Fukuda, T. Ichihara, N. Inabe, T.
Kubo, H. Kumagai, T. Nakagawa, Y.
Yano, 1. Tanihata, M. Adachi, K. Asahi,
M. Kouguchi, M. Ishihara, H. Sagawa,and S. Shimoura: "Neutron Halo in llBe
Studied via Reaction Cross Section",
ibid., B268, 339 (1991).
32) M. Tohyama and E. Suraud: "Weighted
Particle Method for Solving the Boltzmann Equation", Phys. Rev. C, 43, 1518
(1991) .
33) A. Elmaani, N.N. Ajitanand, J.M. Alexander, R. Lacey, S. Kox, E. Liatard, F.
Mercheaz, T. Motobayashi, B. Noren, C.
. Perrin, D. Rebreyend, T. U. Chan, G.
Auger, and S. Groult: "Characterizationof Very Highly Excited Composite Nuclei: Temparature, Spin Zone, Radial
Extent and Lifetime Scale of 10- 22s",
ibid., R2474.
34) D. Hirata, H. Toki, T. Watabe, 1. Tanihata, and B.V. Carlson: "Relativistic
Hartree Theory for Nuclei Far from
Stability Line", ibid., 44, 1467 (1991).
35) S. Ohta and S. Kim: "Finite Temperature Phase Structure of Lattice QCD for
8 and 17 Flavors", Phys. Rev. D, 45, 504(1991) .
36) R. Kadono and R.F. Kieft: "Comment on(Rapid Low-temperature Hopping ofHydrogen in a Pure Metal: the ScHx
System' ", Phys. Rev. Lett., 66, 2414
(1991) .
37) K. N agamine: "Slow J1. + and J1. - Beam
Production and Next Generation of
Muon Science", Proc. 18th INS Int.
Symp. on Physics with High Intensity
Hadron Acceleraters, W orId Scientific,
Singapore, p. 79 (1990).
38) H. Takebe, T. Wada, T. Masuda, N.
Kumagai, and S. Harada: "Design of-255 -

Magnet Power Supply Control System
for the SPring-8 Storage Ring", Proc.
Int. Conf. CUM Workshop on Current
Trends ' in Data Acquisition & Control
Accel. VECC, Calcutta, India, p. 144(1991) .
39) 1. Nomura: "Pion Absorption at 1GeV /c", 5th Int. Symp. on Mesons and Light
Nuclei, p. 9 (1991).
40) H. Takebe, N. Kumagai, S. Motonaga, J.
Ohnishi, K. Kumagai, and S. Matsui:"Design of Power Supply System for
SPring- 8 Storage Ring Magnets", Proc.
8th Symp. on Accel. Sci. Technol.,Wako, p. 214 (1991).
41) M. Tohyama, P. Schuck, and S.J. Wang:"Approximate Ground State of the Lipkin Model Hamiltonian in Density-matrix Formalism", Z. Phys. A , 339, 341(1991) .
3. Atomic and solid-state physics

1) N. Maeda, Y. Isozumi, R. Katano, S. Ito,and Y. Awaya: "Resolution of Read- out
Patterns for Position-sensitive Proportional Counter", Bull. Inst. Chem. Res.,
Kyoto Univ., 69, 35 (1991).
2) S. Ito, M. Tosaki, R. Katano , Y. Isozumi,
and Y. Awaya: "Position-Sensitive Proportional Counter for High - energy Xrays", ibid., p. 43.
3) E. Yagi: "Behaviour of Krypton Atoms
Implanted into Aluminium as Investigated by a Channelling Method", Fundamental Aspects of Inert Gases in Solids,
ed. S.E. Donnelly and J.H. Evans,
Plenum Press, New York and London,
p. 257 (1991).
4) H. Tawara, T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, T.
Matsuo, and H. Shibata: "Cluster Ionsand Multiply Charged Ions Formed in
Frozen CO 2 Molecules under Heavy
Impact",]. Chem. Phys., 94, 2730 (1991).
5) K. Shiraishi, K. Fukai, and E. Yagi:"Damage Profiles in a Stainless Steel
Irradiated with Ar- and N-Ions", ].
Nucl. Mater., 179-181, 550 (1991).
6) A. Hitachi, Y. Awaya, T. Kambara, Y.
Kanai, M. Kase, H. Kumagai, J. Takahashi, T. Mizogawa, and A. Yagishita:"Angular Distribution of Ti K X - rays
and Sn LX- rays Induced by 6 Me V /nucleon N- ion Impact", J. Phys. BAt.
Mol. Opt. Phys., 24, 3009 (1991).
7) H.A. Sakaue, Y. Awaya, A. Danjo, T.
Kambara, Y. Kanai, T. Nabeshima, N.

Nakamura, S. Ohtani, H. Suzuki, T.
Takayanagi, K. Wakiya, I. Yamada,and M. Yoshino: "Ejected Electron Spectra from Doubly- excited States (2Inl')of He-like Ions Produced by the B5 +, C6+ He Collisions", ibid., p. 3787.
8) T. Papp, Y. Awaya, A. Hitachi, T.
Kambara, Y. Kanai, T. Mizogawa, andI. Torok: "Angular Distribution Measurement of Various L3 X - ray Transitions'" ibid., p. 3797.
9) Y. Awaya, T. Kambara, Y. Kanai, A.
Hitachi, T. Mizogawa, and K. Kuroki:"Radiative Electron Capture Cross Section for 26 MeV lu Ar 18 + Ions on a Carbon Target", Nucl. Instrum. Methods inPhys. Res., B53, 375 (1991).
10) S. Ohtani, Y. Kanai, I. Yamada, H.A.
Sakaue, Y. Awaya, T. Kambara, T.
Nabeshima, N. Nakamura, H. Suzuki,
T. Takayanagi, K. Wakiya, A. Danjo,
and M. Yoshino: "Electron Spectroscopyof Doubly-excited Helium- like Ions",
ibid., p. 383.
11) K. Shima, T. Mukoyama, T. Mizogawa,Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, and Y. Awaya:"On Shell Effects of Ionic Charge Statesin Solids", ibid., p. 404.
12) H. Fukuda, T. Watanabe, I. Shimamura,and L. Vegh: "Energy and Angular Distributions of Electrons Emitted and Ions
Recoiled in Proton-impact Ionization of
Helium Atoms", ibid., p. 410.
13) K. Kawatsura, M. Sataka, H. N aramoto,
M. Imai, K. Komaki, Y. Yamazaki, K.
Kuroki, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y.
Awaya, lE. Hansen, I. Kadar, and N.
Stolterfoht: "High Rydberg and Auger
Electrons from Fast Projectile Ions
Studied by Zero - Degree Electron
Spectroscopy", ibid., p. 421.
14) T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, Y. Kanai, T.
Mizogawa, M. Terasawa, H. Schmidt Bochking, R. Dorner, and H. Vogt: "K - Xray - scattered - particle Coincidence
Measurement in Heavy-Ion Collisions",
ibid., p. 426.
15) H. Fukuda, I. Shimamura, L. Vegh, andT. Watanabe: "Proton Angular Distributions and Highly Differential Cross Sections for Ionization of Helium Atoms by
Proton Impact", Phys. Rev. A, 44, 1565
(1991) .
16) I. Kadar, H. Altevogt, R. KohrbrUck, V.
Montemayor, A. Mattis, G. Schiwietz, B.
Skogvall, K. Sommer, N. Stolterfoht, K.

Kawatsura, M. Sataka, Y. Nakai, H.
Naramoto, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y.
A waya, K. Komaki, and Y. Yamazaki:"High-resolution Auger Spectroscopyof N a -like Argon and Sulfur Ions Singly
Excited in High-energy Collisions with
Light Target Atoms", ibid., p. 2900.
17) P.H. Mokler, S. Reusch, A. Warczak, Z.
Stachura, T. Kambara, A. MUller, R.
Schuch, and M. Schulz: "Single Transferexcitation Resonance Observed via the
Two-photon Decay in He-like Ge 30 +",Phys. Rev. Lett., 65, 3108 (1990).
18) N. Toshima and l Eichler: "Identification of Thomas Peaks in Coupled-channel Calculations for Charge Transfer",
ibid., 66, 1050 (1991).
19) E. Yagi: "Irradiation-Enhanced Solid
Krypton Formation in Kr-Implanted
Aluminum", ibid., 67, 3804 (1991).
20) T. Sekioka, M. Terasawa, and Y.
Awaya: "Ion Storage in Kingdon Trap",
Radiat. Eff Def Solid, 117, 253 (1991).
21) K. Ishida: ",u+SR in Polyacetylenes",
Solid State Phys., 25, 793 (1991).
22) N. Toshima and Chii-Dong Lin: "Coherence Parameters of Atomic Excited
States: Comparision of Results from the
CTMC and the Quantal Calculations",
Z. Phys. D, 21, 227 (1991).
23) G. Wintermeyer, V. Dangendorf, H.
Schmidt- Backing, T. Kambara, P. H.
Mokler, R. Schuch, and I. Tserruya:"Search for Interference Structure in the
Quasimolecular X-Ray and K - Vacancy
Production in Close Collisions of 462
MeV Hydrogen-like Kr Ions on Mo
Solid Targets", Z. Phys. D-Atoms, Mol.
Clusters, 17, 145 (1990).
24) Y. Kanai, H.A. Sakaue, S. Ohtani, K.
Wakiya, H. Suzuki, T. Takayanagi, T.
Kambara, A. Danjo, M. Yoshino, and Y.
Awaya: "Electron Spectroscopy of Doubly-excited Helium Like Ions", ibid., 24,
S225 (1991).
25) T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, Y. Kanai, H.
Dorner, and H. Schmidt-Backing:"Azimuthal Angular Dependence of theK - X -ray Emission", ibid., S295.
4. Radiochemistry, radiation chemistry, and radiation biology-256-1) S. Ambe and F. Ambe: "Mossbauer
Emission Study of Recoil 119Sb and
119mTe Atoms after Nuclear Decays andReactions in SnS and SnSe", Bull. Chern.

Soc. JPn., 64, 1289 (1991).
2) S. Ambe, ,S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y.
Kobayashi, M. Iwamoto, M. Yanokura,and F. Ambe: "Preparation of a Radioactive Multitracer Solution from Gold
Foil Irradiated by 135 MeV/nucleon l4N
Ions", Chem. Lett., 1991, 149 (1991).
3) M. Watanabe, M. Suzuki, K. Watanabe,
and K. Suzuki: "Comparison of the Frequency of Mutants and/or Transformants and Chromosome Damage Induced in SHE Cells by Various LET
Radiations", In vitro Toxicol., 4, 93 (1991).
4) H. Nakai, K. Nakamura, S. Kuwahara,
and M. Saito: "A New Gene, Developed
through Mutagenesis, for Resistance ofRice to Bacterial Leaf Blight (Xanthomonas campestris pv. oryzae) ",]. Agric.
Sci., 114, 219 (1990).
5) H. Nakai, S. 'Kuwahara, and S. Sennga:"Genetic Analysis of an Induced Mutant
for a Quantitative Resistance to Bacterial Leaf Blight", Jpn. ]. Breed., 40, 397(1990) .
6) S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M. Iwamoto, andY. Kobayashi: "Preparation of CarrierFree l1lmCd and l05,106m Ag and Their
Chemical Behavior", ]. Rad. Nucl.
Chem. Lett., 153, 235 (1991).
7) H. Ohara, K. Kanai, H. Itsukaichi, K.
Fukutsu, K. Eguchi-Kasai, H. Xu, K.
Sato, F. Yatagai, T. Takahashi: "Fluctuation of RBE vs. LET with Carbon
Ions",]. Radit. Res. (abstract), 32, 105(1990) .
8) K. Kimura: "Track-depth Resolved

Luminescence of 5 MeV / amu N -ions
Injected into Near-liquid and Liquid
Helium", KEK Proc., p. 66 (1991).
9) K. Kimura: "Track-depth Resolved
Luminescence of 5 MeV / amu N -ions
Injected into Nearliquid and Liquid
Helium", Nucl. Instrum. Methods inPhys. Res., B53, 301 (1991).
10) H. Kumagai, Y. Yatagai, N. Tajima, K.
Nakano, F. Yatagai, and T. Takahashi:"Parallel- Plate Avalanche Counter for
Dosimetry in the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron
Biology Facility", ibid., A308, 649(1991) .
11) H. Nakai: "Practical Value of Induced
Mutants of Rice Resistant to Bacterial
Leaf Blight", Plant Mutation Breeding
for Crop Improvement, IAEA, Vienna,p. 113 (1991).
5. Material analysis-257-1) ]. Kawai: "Chemical State Analysis by

Soft X -ray Emission Spectra with
Molecular-orbital Calculations", Adv.
in X-Ray Analysis, Plenum Press, New
York, 34, 91 (1991).
2) K. Tanaka, M. Okada, T. Kohno, M.
Yanokura, and M. Aratani: "Hydrogen
Content and Bonding Structure of Diamond- Like Carbon Films Deposited by
Ion Beam Deposition", Nucl. Instrum.
Mehtods in Phys. Res., B58, 34 (1991).
3) ]. Kawai and K. Maeda: "Charge- transfer Multiplet in the La X -ray Emission
Spectra of Copper (II) Compounds",
Spectrochim. Acta, 46B, 1243 (1991).

VIII. LIST OF PREPRINTS1991

RIKEN-AF-NP
100

H. Kumagai, S. N akabayashi, S. Yamagata, S. Isomura, T. Ichihara, K. Yoshida, T. Suzuki, K.
Takahashi, A. Kira, and I. Tanihata; Feb. 1991, "Attempts in Detection of Neutrons on So-Called
cold Nuclear Fusion"

101

K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano; Feb. 1991, "Target-Chatge Dependence of the Coulom
Dissociation Cross Section of IILi"

102

H. Hofmsnn, S. Yamagi, and A. S. Jensen; May 1991, "Distribution of Strength for Isoscalar
Modes at Finite Temperature"103

M. Fukuda, T. Ichihara, N. Inabe, T. Kubo, H. Kumagai, T. Nakagawa, I. Tanihata, Y. Yano,
M. Adachi, K. Asahi, M. Kouguchi, M. Ishihara, H. Sagawa, and S. Simoura; May 1991, "Neutron
Halo IIBe Studied via Reaction Cross Sections"

104

T. Kobayashi; July 1991, "Projectile Fragmentation of Exotic Nuclear Beams"

105

abstract of NN conf.;

106

T. Kobayashi; July 1991, "Spectroscopy of the Exotic Nucleus llLi via Pion Double Charge
Exchange Reaction lIB (7l'-, 7l' +) IILi"

107

I. Tanihata; July 1991, "On the Momentum Distribution of Fragments of llLi and IIBe-Possible

Indication of Di-neutron Fromation-"108

T. Suzuki; July 1991, "Pion Production in Intermediate Energy Nucleus-nucleus Collisions"109

M. Koizumi; Sep. 1991, "Velocity Distribution of Ion Beams from The RIKEN IGISOL"

110

I. Nomura; Sep. 1991, "Pion Absorption at 1 GeV / C"111

K. Ikeda; Oct. 1991, "Structure of Neutron Rich Nuclei- A Typical Exemple of the Nucleus llLi-"

112

R.N. Boyd, I. Tanihata, N. Inabe, T. Kubo, T. Nakagawa, T. Suzuki, and M. Yanokura; Oct.
1991, "Measurement of the 8Li (alpha,n) lIB Reaction Cross Section at Energies of AstrophysicalInterest"

113

T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe (c); Oct. 1991, "Multi-Dimensional Langevin Approach to
Fission Dynamics"

114

T. Wada; Oct. 1991, "Multi - Dimensional Dissipative Dynamics of Nuclear Fission"

115

K. Morita, A. Yoshida, T. Inamura, M. Koizumi, T. Nomura, M. Fujioka, T. Shinozuka, H.
Miyatake, K. Sueki, H. Kudo, Y. Nagai, T. Toriyama, K. Yoshimura, and Y. Hatsukawa; Nov.
1991, "RIKEN Isotope Separator ON- LINE GARIS/ IGISOL"

116

K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano; Nov. 1991, "Target- Charge Dependence of the Coulomb
Dissociation Cross Section of llLi"

117

M. Koizumi, T. Inamura, K. Morita, M. Wakasugi, A. Yoshida, M. Azuma, H. Katsuragawa, T.
Horiguchi, T. Ishizuka, I. Nakamura, M. Nakaoka, A. Iivonen, K. Valli, S. Matsuki, T.
-258-

Murayama, K: Shimoura, T. Shinozuka, 1. Sugai, and Y. Tagishi; Nov. 1991, "Collinear Fast
Atomic-Beam Laser Spectroscopy at RIKEN GARIS/ IGISOL"
118

K. Suzuki and H. Toki; Nov. 1991, "Pauli- Gursey Symmetry on Baryon and Meson Masses"-259 -

IX. PAPERS PRESENTED AT MEETINGS
1. Accelerator development and accelerator
physics

1) M. Hara and T. Furuya: "Overview ofStorage Ring Design", Report Meet. of R
& D for SPring-8 Project, Tokyo, Feb.
(1991) .
2) K. Inoue, T. Nakamura, Y. Kawashima,
I. Takeshita, and M. Hara: "Current
Status of RF System of the Storage
Ring", ibid.
3) T. Takada and M. Hara: "Insertion
Devices II -Calculation of Spectrum Distribution", ibid.
4) M. Nakano, K. Sato, K. Yoshiyuki, M.
Hara, and I. Takeshita: "Fabrication of
RF Cavities", Symp. of Vacuum for SR,
Wako, Mar. (1991).
5) Y. Muroo, T. Kusaka, M. Hara, I. Takeshita, and K. Inoue: "Manufacturing
Method of Accelerating Cavities", ibid.
6) Y. Kawashima, K. Inoue, T. Nakamura,and M. Hara: "Design of 508MHz
Klystron Test Stand for SPring-8",
Spring Meet. of the Phys. Soc. J pn.
Tokyo, Mar. (1991).
7) M. Hara: "Insertion Devices of SPring8", 4th Meet. J pn. Soc. for SynchrotronRad. Res., Nagoya, Apr. (1991).
8) K. Inoue, T. Nakamura, Y. Kawashima,
I. Takeshita, and M. Hara:"Status ofDevelopment of SPring- 8 RF System",
ibid.
9) T. Kusaka, Y. Muroo, O. Morioka, K.
Inoue, I. Takeshita, and M. Hara:"Design and Manufacture of Hot Model
Cavities for SPring-8 Storage Ring",
ibid.
10) T. Takada and M. Hara: "Specrtum
Distribution of Insertion Devices for
SPring-8", ibid.
11) T. Wada: "Design of the Control System
for the SPring-8", ibid.
12) M. Hara, H. Kamitsubo, N. Kumagai,
and Accelerator Design Group: "Statusof the SPring- 8 Project (Storage Ring)",
IEEE 1991 Particle Acce1. Conf., San
Francisco, May (1991).
13) K. Inoue, T. Nakamura, Y. Kawashima,
and M. Hara: "Current Status of RF
System for the SPring- 8", ibid.
14) N. Kumagai, J. Ohnishi, H. Takebe, K.
Kumagai, and S. Motonaga: "Design of
the Magnet for the SPring-8 Storage-260-

Ring", ibid.
15) E. Ikezawa, Y. Miyazawa, M. Hemmi,
M. Kase, Y. Chiba, T. Chiba, T. Aihara,
T. Ohki, and H. Hasebe: "RIKEN Heavy
Ion Linac with ECR Ion Source", 14th
Symp. on Ion Sources and Ion- Assisted
Techno!., Tokyo, Jun. (1991).
16) M. Hara: "8th GeV Synchrotron Radiation Facility (SPring-8) Project",Japan- Korea Symp. on Radio-Isotope Utilization, Seoul, Korea, Jun. (1991).
17) J. Ohnishi: "Field Measurement of Magnets for the SPring- 8 Storage Ring", 7thInt. Magnet Measurement Workshop,
Darmstadt, F.R.G., Jun. (1991).
18) J. Ohnishi, H. Takebe, K. Kumagai, and
S. Motonaga: "Field Measurements ofPrototype Magnets for the SPring- 8
Storage Ring", 12th Int. Conf. Magnet
Technol., Leningrad, U.S.S.R., Jun.
(1991) .
19) M. Hara, T. Nakamura, T. Takada, and
H. Tanaka: "Use of Long Straight Sections of SPring-8", 4th Int. Conf. on
Syncrotron Radiation Instrumentation,
Chester, U.K., Jul. (1991).
20) M. Hara, S.H. Be, I. Takeshita, and T.
N amba: "Extraction of Infrared Radiation from SPring-8", ibid.
21) M. Hara: "Storage Ring of the SPring8", 2nd Workshop on XAFS by using
Large High-Brilliance Photon Source,
Wako, Sep. (1991).
22) T. Kusaka, Y. Moro, O. Morioka, K.
Inoue, Y. Kawashima, T. Nakamura, Y.
Ohashi, and M. Hara:"Design of Hot
Model Cavity for SPring-8 Storage
Ring", 46th Ann. Meet. Phys. Soc. J pn.,
Sapporo, Sep. (1991).
23) Y. Kawashima, K. Inoue, T. Nakamura,Y. Ohashi, and M. Hara: "Test of Cavity
for SPring- 8 Storage Ring", ibid.
24) T. Shikata, N. Nakanishi, K. Ikegami, S.
Fujita, S. Nakajima, T. Takagi, S.
Okamoto, and T. Kosako: "Measurement of Neutrons Produced by 135MeV /n Nitrogen Ions in an Iron Beam-stoper
with Activation Detectors", ibid.
25) T. Nakagawa and Y. Kageyama:"Recent Developments of RIKENECRIS", ibid.
26) H. Takebe and S. Matsui: "Measurement of Ripple Field in Vacuum Cham-bers in B, Q, and Sx Magnets for the
SPring-8 Storage Ring", ibid.
27) M. Hara: "Current Status of SPring-8
Project and Extraction of Infrared Radiation", Workshop of Infrared Radiation
Subgroup, Sapporo, Oct. (1991).
28) M. Hara: "Development of High- Brilliant X -ray Source", Symp. on New
Beams, Tokyo, Oct. (1991).
29) M. Kase, 1. Yokoyama, and M. N agase:"Control System of RIKEN Ring Cyclotron", Int. Conf. of Accel. Control andLarge Experimental Phys., Tsukuba,
Nov. (1991).
30) M. Hara: "Overview of the SPring-8
Project", 2nd J apan - Korea Joint
Synchrotron Radiat. Symp. Tsukuba,
Nov. (1991).
31) 1. Kohno, M. Miyagawa, Y. Matsuzawa,S. Kagaya, H. Kato, and T. Katou:"Residual Radioactivity in the 160 cm
Cyclotron and Its Surrounding Facilities", 8th Symp. on Accel. Sci. andTechnol., Wako, Nov. (1991).
32) K. Ikegami, Y. Chiba, M. Hemmi, Y.
Taniguchi, T. Fujisawa, and Y.
Kawamura: "Measurement of Surface
Resistance of High - Tc Superconductor((Bi, Pb) 2Sr2Ca2Cu30X) At 10.5 GHz",ibid.
33) K. Ikegami, Y. Chiba, Y. Kawamura, M.
Hemmi, Y. Taniguchi, and T. Fujisawa:"Measurement of Surface Resistance ofHigh- Tc Superconductor ((BiPb) 2Sr2
Ca 2Cu 30X) at 10.5 GHz", ibid.
34) K. Kumagai, S. Matsui, and H. Miyade:"Field Measurement of a Pulsed Septum
Magnet as an R&D for SPring-8", ibid.
35) M. Hara: "Present Status of the SPring8 (Storage Ring) ", ibid.
36) H. Suzuki, T. Kojyo, H. Yonehara, T.
Harami, Y. Miyahara, Y. Kawashima,
Y. Ohashi, K. Inoue, and M. Hara: "HighPower Test of RF Cavity for SPring- 8
Booster Synchrotron", ibid.
37) T. Nakamura, M. Hara, and H. Tanaka:"Study on a Free Electron Laser at a
SPring- 8 Long Straight Section", ibid.
38) S. Matsui, K. Kumagai, H. Miyade, N.
Kumagai, and H. Takebe: "Calculationof Magnetic Field Attenuation by Metalized Coating and Core Material for
Pulsed Magnet", ibid.
39) T. Shikata, N. Nakanishi, K. Ikegami, S.
Fujita, S. Nakajima, T. Takagi, S.
Okamoto, and T. Kosako: "Measure-ment of Neutrons Produced by 135MeV I
n Nitrogen Ions in an Iron Beam- stopper with Activation Detectors", ibid.
40) M. Hara: "Overview of the SPring-8
Project", Workshop on Accel. • Radiat.
Source, Japan Atomic Energy Forum
Inc. Tokyo, Dec. (1991).
2. Nuclear physics and nuclear instrumentation-261-

1) T. Inamura: "Present Status of theExperimental Project on Systematical
Mesurement of Hyperfine Structure
Anomaly with ISOLDE at CERN", 1stSpecialist Res. Meet. on the Electromagnetic Isotope Separators and Their
Appl., Kumatori, Jan. (1991).
2) M. Koizumi: "Velocity Distribution of
RIKEN IGISOL Ion Beams", ibid.
3) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: "Multi-Dimensional Langevin Approach to
Induced Fission", RIKEN Symp. on
Heavy-Ion Nucl. React., Wako, Jan.
(1991) .
4) H. Okuno: "Spin-Polarization Phenomenon in the Projectile Fragmentation",
RIKEN Symp. on Heavy Ion React.,
Wako. Feb. (1991).
5) T. Matsuzaki and R. Kadono: "Generation of Low- Energy Short- Lived Ion
Beams by SLOW", RIKEN Symp. on
Non N ucl. Phys. Res. by RRC, Wako,
Feb. (1991).
6) M. Koizumi, M. Azuma, T. Inamura,
T. Ishizuka, H. Katsuragawa, H.
Kosuga, K. Shimomura, 1. Sugai, M.
Takami, M. N akaoka, 1. Nakamura, S.
Matsuki, T. Murayama, K. Morita, A.
Yoshida, and K. Valli: "Dependence of
the Velocity Distribution of IGISOL Ion
Beams on He-Gas Pressure", 1991
Spring Meet. Phys. Soc. Jpn., Tokyo,
Mar. (1991).
7) M. Tohyama, P. Schuck, and S.]. Wang:"Stationary Solution of the TimeDependent Density-Matrix Theory",ibid.
8) H. Okuno, K. Asahi, M. Ishihara, T.
Nakamura]. Kura, M. Adachi, T. Ichihara, N. Inabe, T. Kubo, A. Yoshida, T.
Shimoda, N. Takahashi, H. Miyatake,
D. Beaumel, D. Mikolas, D.]. Morrissey,
Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi,]. Nakamura,and K. Asai: "Spin - Polarization Measurement of Projectile- like Fragments 12B
and l3B in 15N (69.5MeV l u) + 197Au, 159Tb,

93Nb, 27Al", ibid.
9) Y. Futami, Y. Honjo, T. Mizota, Y.H.
Pu, K. Yuasa-Nakagawa, H. Fujiwara,
H. Toyokawa, T. Nakagawa, and S.M.
Lee: "Development of BaF 2+ Plastic
Phoswich Detector", ibid.
10) S. Matsuki: "Laser Nuclear Spectroscopy of Unstable Nuclei in Solids", ibid.
ll) S. Kim and S. Ohta: "Finite Temperature Phase Structure of QCD with 8
Flavors on 163X 6 Lattice", ibid.
12) K. Shimomura, I. Ogawa, Suzuki, T.
Kohmoto, M. Kitano, Y. Kido, T Shinozuka, H.T. Duong, T. Inamura, T.
Nomura, M. Fujioka, and S. Matsuki:"Nuclear Polarization of Unstable Nuclei with Optical Pumping in GaAs",
ibid.
13) T. Nakamura, T. Kubo, N. Inabe, A.
Yoshida, H. Okuno, K. Asahi, K. Abe,and M. Ishihara: "Production Cross Section of Projectile Fragments in 40 Ar(94MeV lu) + Be", ibid.
14) T. Motobayashi, T. Takei, K. Ieki, H.
Murakami, Y. Ando, N. Iwasa, M. Kurokawa, C. Perrin, F. Merchez, S. Kox, D.
Rebreyend, M. Ishihara, T. Ichihara, T.
Kubo, N. Inabe, S. Shimoura, and S.
Kubono: "Determination of Astrophysical Reaction Rates through the
Coulomb Breakup Reaction", ibid.
15) T. Wada, Y. Abe, and N. Carjan: "Induced Fission Studied with MultiDimensional Langevin Equation II",ibid.
16) T. Wada: "Resonating-Group-Method
Study of 16 0- 160 Elastic Scattering",
ibid.
17) C. Kato, T. Imai, H. Kato, T. Kohno, M.
Matsuoka, K. Munakata, and A.
Yoneda: "Characteristics of Position
Sensitive detectors Obtained by Accelerator Experiments", ibid.
18) K. Ishida and K. Nagamine: "Accelerator Plans (KEK) ", Workshop on Futureof Muon Phys., Heidelberg, F.R.G., May(1991) .
19) T. Motobayashi: "Coulomb Dissociationof 14 0 for Determination of Astrophysical 13N (p, y) Gross-section", Workshop on Fragmentationof Light Nuclei,
Brussels, Belgium, May (1991).
20) S. Hirenzaki: "Formation of Deeply
Bound Pionic Atoms", Int. Workshop on
Pions in Nuclei., Peniscola, Spain, Jun.
(1991) .
-262-

21) S. Kubono, M. Ohura, N. Ikeda, M.H.
Tanaka T. Nomura, Y. Funatsu, T.
Kubo, N. Inabe, A. Yoshida T. Ichihara,
M. Ishihara, I. Tanihata, H. Orihara,
S. Kato, H. Okuno, T. Nakamura, S.
Shimoura, H. Toyokawa, K. Asahi, S.
Yun, H. Ohnuma, and T. Kajino: "Studyof the Decay Property of 2°N a for the
Rapid-Proton Process", Int. Workshop
on Unstable Nuclei in Astrophysics,
Tokyo, Jun. (1991).
22) T. Motobayashi: "Experimental Studyon the Coulomb Breakup of 14 0", ibid.
23) H. Toki, D. Hirata, Y. Sugahara, I. Tanihata, and R. Brockmann: "Relativistic
Hartree Theory for Supernova andNeutron Stars Constrained by Nuclear
Properties far from Stability Line",
Int. Symp. on Nucl. Astrophys. Tokyo,
Jun. (1991).
24) S. Shimoura: "Incident Energy and Target Dependence of Interaction Cross
Sections and Density Distribution of
Neutron Drip-Line Nuclei", Int. Symp.
on Structure and Reactions of Unstable
Nuclei, Niigata, Jun. (1991).
25) K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano:"Targer-Charge Dependence of the Coulomb Dissociation Cross Section of the
Weakly-Bound Nucleus llLi", ibid.
26) M. Ishihara: "Perspectives of Radioactive Beam Experiments", ibid.
27) S. Date and H. Sumiyoshi: "Particle
Production in Target Fragmentation
Region in Ultrarelativistic Heavy Ion
Collisions", Int. Symp. on High Energy
Nuclear Collisions and Quark Gluon
Plasma, Yukawa Inst. Kyoto Univ. Jun.
(1991) .
28) Shigemi Ohta: "Lattice QCD at finite
temperature", ibid.
29) K. Yuasa-Nakagawa, T. Nakagawa, B.
Heusch, Y.H. Pu, S.C. Jeong, H. Fujiwara, T. Mizota, K. Ieki, T. Sugimitsu, T.
Matsuse, and S.M. Lee: "Complex Fragments Mass Distributions in 84Kr+ 27 Al
at 10 MeV lu", Int. Symp. NIKKO '91
Towards a Unified Picture of Nucl.
Dyn., Nikko, Jun. (1991).
30) R. Kadono: "Diffusion Processes andDefect Dynamics", HFI - IX Review Seminar, Toyonaka, Jun. (1991).
31) S. Hirenzaki, H. Toki, and T. Yamazaki: "Formation of Deeply Bound
Pionic Atoms", Int. Workshop on Pionsin Nuclei Held in Peninscola, Spain, Jun.

(1991) .
32) T. Fukuda and A. Yoshida: "Study of
the Sub-Barrier Fusion Reaction Cross
Section with Neutron-Rich Unstable
Nuclei", Post Conf. of 4th Int. Conf. on
Nucleus- Nucleus Collis., Niigata, Jun.
(1991) .
33) M. Ishihara: "RIKEN Radioactive-beam
Experiments", 4th Int. Conf. on Nucleus- Nucleus Collis., Kanazawa, Jun. (1991).
34) K. Soutome, S. Yamaji, and M. Sano:"Target-Charge Dependence of the Coulomb Dissociation Cross Section of llLi",
ibid.
35) N. Inabe, T. Kubo, T.Nakagawa, H.
Kumagai, I. Tanihata, S. Shimoura, T.
Nakamura, H. Okamura, H. Okuno, H.
Sakai, and M. Ishihara: "Soft Giant
Dipole Resonance of Neutron Drip Nuclei llLi", ibid.
36) S. Date: "Nucleon Level Monte Carlo
Simulator MCMAA for Ultrarelativistic
Heavy Ion Collisions", ibid.
37) S. Kubono, M. Ohura, N. Ikeda, M.H.
Tanaka, T. Nomura, Y. Funatsu, T.
Kubo, N. Inabe, A. Yoshida, T. Ichihara,
M. Ishihara, I. Tanihata, H. Orihara, S.
Kato, H. Okuno, T. Nakamura, S.
Shimoura, H. Toyokawa, K. Asahi, S.
Yun, H.Ohnuma, and T. Kajino: "Studyof the Decay Property of 2°N a for the
Onset Mechanism of the Rapid- Proton
Process", ibid.
38) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: "MultiDimensional Langevin Approach to Fission Dynamics", ibid.
39) T. Motobayashi, T. Takei, C. Perrin, F.
Merchez, S. Kox, D Rebreyend, K. Ieki,
H. Murakami, Y. Ando, N. Iwasa, M.
Kurokawa, T. Ichihara, T. Kubo, N.
Inabe, S. Kubono, S. Shimoura, and M.
Ishihara: "Coulomb Dissociation Measurement for Determination of the Astrophysical 13N (p, y) Cross Section", ibid.
40) A. Yoshida, T. Fukuda, K. Asahi, N.
Ikeda, M. Ishihara, K. Kimura, S.
Kouda, T. Kubo, S. Kubono, J. Kura, T.
Nakamura, I. Nomura, T. Nomura, H.
Okuno, T. Shimoda, S. Shimoura, and T.
Shinozuka: "Measurement of Sub-Barrier Fusion Cross Section with Unstable
Neutron- Rich Al Isotopes", ibid.
41) H. Toki: "Chiral Bag Model with Vector
Mesons", Int. Symp. on Cluster Models
in the Occasion of the 70th Birthday ofProf. Wildermuth, Tuebingen, F.R.G.,- 263-

Jul. (1991).
42) R. Kadono and T. Yamazaki: " eqQ in
MnSi Studied by .uLCR", HFI- IX Workshop, Kumatori, Jul. (1991).
43) T. Kohno: "Solar Proton Intensity Magnitudes of Large Flares on Fall 1991
Observed at Synchronous Orbit", 22ndInt. Cosmic Ray Conf., Dublin, Ireland,Aug. (1991).
44) S. Ohta and S. Kim: "Finite Temperature Phase Structure of Lattice QCD for
Many Flavors", Hot Summer Daze: QCD
at Nonzero Temperature and Density,
Brookhaven, U.S.A., Aug. (1991).
45) N. Inabe, T. Kubo, T. Nakagawa, H.
Kumagai, I. Tanihata, S. Shimoura, T.
Nakamura, H. Okamura, H. Okuno, H.
Sakai, and M. Ishihara: "Soft Giant
Dipole Resonance of Neutron Drip Nuclei llLi", 2nd Int. Conf. on Radioactive
Nucl. Beams, Louvain- Ia- Neuve, Belgium, Aug. (1991).
46) S. Shimoura: "Neutron Halo in 11 Be
Studied by Reaction Cross Sections",
ibid.
47) T. Motobayashi, T. Takei, C. Perrin, F.
Merchez, S. Kox, D. Rebreyend, K. Ieki,
H. Murakami, Y. Ando, N. Iwasa, M.
Kurokawa, T. Ichihara, T. Kubo, N.
Inabe, S. Kubono, S. Shimoura, and M.
Ishihara: "Coulomb Dissociation of 14 0,
Simulation of the Astrophysical I3N (p,y) Process", ibid.
48) S. Yamaji, H. Hofmann, and A.S. Jensen: "Temperature Dependent Isoscalar
Vibrational Strength Functions", Tours
Symp. on Nucl. Phys., Tours, France,
Aug. (1991)..
49) T. Motobayashi: "Coulomb Breakup
Measurements for Astrophysical Reaction Rates", ibid.
50) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: "MultiDimensional Langevin Approach to theDissipative Dynamics of Nuclear Fission", ibid.
51) M. Ishihara: "Intermediate- Energy
Heavy-Ion Reactions and Application
to Rl - beam Experiments", Symp. on
Nucleus- Nucleus Collis. Mech., 4th
Chern. Congr. of North America, New
York, U.S.A., Aug. (1991).
52) H. Toki, D. Hirata, and I. Tanihata:"Nuclear Properties Far from the Stability Line with the Relativistic Mean
Field Theory", Int. Symp. on Lasers for
Nucl. Phys., Wako, Sep. (1991).

53) M. Koizumi, M. Azuma, T. Horiguchi,
T. Inamura, T. Ishizuka, A. Iivonen, H.
Katsuragawa, S. Matsuki, K. Morita, T.
Murayama, M. N akaoka, 1. Nakamura,
K. Shimomura, T. Shinozuka, 1. Sugai,
Y. Tagishi, M. Takami, K. Valli, M.
Wakasugi, and A. Yoshida: "Collinear
Fast Atomic-beam Laser Spectroscopy
at RIKEN GARIS/IGISOL", ibid.
54) S. Matsuki: "RADOP in Solids", ibid.
55) T. Harada: "Production and Structureof the ~He- Hypernucleus", 5th Int.
Symp. of Mesons and Light Nuclei,
Prague, Czechoslovakia, Sep. (1991).
56) K. Ishida, T. Matsuzaki, R. Kadono, A.
Matsushita, and K. Nagamine: "A Large
Solid-Angle Secondary- Beam Collector
Using Axially Symmetric Superconducting Magnetic Field", 12th Int. Conf. on
Electromagnetic Isotope Seperators andTechn. Related to Their Appl. (EMIS-12), Sendai, Sep. (1991).
57) S. Matsuki: "OPERA: an On- Line System of Optical Pumping in Solids for
Unstable Nuclei", ibid.
58) S. Kubono, M. Ohura, N. Ikeda, M.H.
Tanaka, T. Nomura, Y. Funatsu, T.
Kubo, N. Inabe, A. Yoshida, T.Ichihara,
M. Ishihara, 1. Tanihata, H. Orihara, S.
Kato, H. Okuno, T. Nakamura, S.
Shimoura, H. Toyokawa, K. Asahi, S.
Yun, H. Ohnuma, and T. Kajino: "Proton Decay Measurement with RIPS for
Astrophysical Interest", ibid.
59) T. Matsuzaki, R. Kadono, K. Ishida, A.
Matsushita, and K. Nagamine: "On-line
Mass Spectrometry of Thermal Energy
Isotope Ions Emitted from Solid Surfaces in High Energy Heavy Ion Reactions", ibid.
60) T. Inamura, M. Koizumi, K. Morita, A.
Yoshida, M. Takami, T. Ishizuka, 1.
Nakamura, M. Nakaoka, T. Murayama,
1. Sugai, M. Azuma, H. Katsuragawa, K.
Shimomura, S. Matsuki, A. Iivonen, andK.Valli: "Velocity Distribution of
RIKEN IGISOL Ion Beams", ibid.
61) K. Yuasa-Nakagawa, T. Nakagawa, B.
Heusch, Y.H. Pu, S.C. Jeong, H. Fujiwara, T. Mizota, K. Ieki, T. Sugimitsu, T.
Matsuse, and S.M. Lee: "Complex Fragments Mass Distributions for 84Kr+ 27AI
at 10MeV lu", 46th Ann. Meet. Phys. Soc.
lPn., Sapporo, Sep. (1991).
62) N. Inabe, T. Kobo, T. Nakagawa, H.
Kumagai, 1. Tanihata, S. Shimoura, T.
-264-

Nakamura, H. Okamura, H. Okuno, H.
Sakai, and M. Ishihara: "Measurementof Interaction Cross Section of 11 Li + C,
AI, Cu and Pb at 43MeV lu and 75MeV Iu", ibid.
63) M. Koizumi, M. Azuma, T. Inamura, T.
Ishizuka, H. Katsuragawa, T. Shinozuka, K. Shimomura, 1. Sugai, M. Takami, Y. Tagishi, M. Nakaoka, 1. Nakamura, T. Horiguchi, S. Matsuki, T.
Murayama, K. Morita, A. Yoshida, andM. Wakasugi: "Development of a Device
for Collinear Laser Spectroscopy at
RIKEN", ibid.
64) R. Kadono, R.F. Kiefl, S.R. Kreitzman,
Q. Li, T. Pfiz, T.M. Riseman, H. Zhou, R.
Wappling, S.W. Harris, O. Hartmann, E.
Karlsson, R. Hempelmann, D. Richter,
T.O. Niinikoski, L.P. Le, G.M. Luke, B.J . .
Sternlieb, and EJ. Ansaldo: "Diffusionof Charged Impurity (J1. +; muon) in
Disordered System", ibid.
65) Schin Date: "Pion Absorption Effects in
Ultrarelativistic Heavy Ion Collisions",
ibid.
66) Shigemi Ohta: "Lattice QCD Simulation
on Parallel Supercomputer AP1000",
ibid.
67) T. Masuda: "The Stopping Power
Dependence of the Decay Time of CsI(TO Scintillator", ibid. .
68) A. Ferragut, Y. Gono, T. Murakami, M.
Nakajima, H. Seki M. Ogawa, B.]. Min,
M. Oshima, T. Morikawa, H. Kusakari,
K. Morita, A. Yoshida, and H. Kumagai:"Coulomb Excitation of Unstable
Nucleus 152Dy", ibid.
69) H. Orihara, M. Ohura, M. Hosaka, H.
Ohnuma, M. Yosoi, T. Niizeki, H. Toyokawa, Y. Tajima, H.Y. Yoshida, C.C.
Y oon, S. Kato, H. Shimizu, H. Sakai, H.
Okamura, S. Ishida, N. Sakamoto, H.
Ohtsu, S. Kubono, M.H. Tanaka, Y.
Fuchi, T. Ichihara, and K. Hatanaka:"General Performance Test of RIKEN
SMART", ibid.
70) K. Tanaka and W. Bentz: "Nuclear
Matter Properties Including Higher
Order Quantum Corrections", ibid.
71) M. Kato, W. Bentz, K. Tanaka, and K.
Yazaki: "Neutral Pion Condensation in
Quark Matter", ibid.
72) M. Kurokawa, T. Motobayashi, T.
Nishio, T. Nomura, K. Morita, andA. Yoshida: "Properties of a Position-Sensitive Silicon Strip Detector", ibid.

73) M. Suzuki, T. Takahashi, and S.
Kubota: "Application of a Scintillation
Proportional Imaging Chamber to theInvestigation of f3f3-Decay", ibid.
74) M. Tohyama and E. Suraud: "Weighted
Particle Method for Solving the Boltzmann Equation", ibid.
75) N. Ishida, T. Doke, J. Kikuchi, T. Kashiwagi, K. Masuda, M. Suzuki, T. Takahashi, E. Aprile, and K. Sumorok: "Measurement of Liquid Xenon Scintillation
Using Si Photodiodes", ibid.
76) N. Iwasa, T. Motobayashi, ]. Uchiyama,
M. Takano, and K. Ishihara: "A Detector System for Particle Correlation
Measurements", ibid.
77) S. Mukai, T. Harada, and Y. Akaishi:"Light ~- Hypernuclei", ibid.
78) S. Hirenzaki and H. Toki: "Formationof Deeply Bound Pionic Atoms", ibid.
79) T. Harada and Y. Akaishi: "~ - Contin­
uum Spectrum in 4He (stopped K- , 7[+)
Reactions", ibid.
80) T. Harada: "~- Hypernuclear Productions by (K-, 7[) Reactions on 3.4He
Targets", ibid.
81) T. Murakami, Y. Gono, A. Ferragut, M.
Nakajima, H. Seki, M. Ogawa, B.]. Min,
M. Oshima, T. Morikawa, H. Kusakari,
K. Morita, A. Yoshida, and H. Kumagai:"Isomer Search Using a Recoil Mass
Separtor", ibid.
82) T. Wada, N. Carjan, and Y. Abe: "Induced Fission Studied with MultiDimensional Langevin Equation III",ibid.
83) Y. Hasegawa, H. Yuta, F. Suekane, T.
Kondo, Y. Unno, H. Iwasaki, Y. Sakai,
Y. Watanabe, T. Tanimori, K. Kaneyuki, L. Soso, T. Doke, A. Hitachi, T. Ito,
E. Shibamura, and K. Masuda: "Liquid
Argon Ionization Chamber Using
Photoionization Effect", ibid.
84) A. Yoshida, T. Fukuda, et at.: "Transport
Efficiency Measurement of the RIKEN
Unstable Beam Line RIPS/ GARIS",
ibid.
85) T. Nakamura, S. Shimoura, T. Kobayashi, N. Inabe, T. Kubo, Y. Watanabe, K.
Abe, R.H. Siemssen, 1. Tanihata, and M.
Ishihara: "Study of the Soft Giant Dipole
Resonance of 11 Li", ibid.
86) H. Okuno, K. Asahi, M. Ishihara, T.
Nakamura, J. Kura, M. Adachi, H.
Ueno, H. Sato, T. Ichihara, N. Inabe, T.
Kubo, A. Yoshida, Y. Ohkubo, T.

Shimoda, N. Takahashi, H. Miyatake,
D. Beaumel, D. Mikolas, D.]. Morrissey,
W.-D. Schmidt- Ott, and R. Neugart:"G-Factors of Ground States of 14B andlsB", ibid.
87) M. Ishihara: "Nuclear Physics Studies
with RIPS Fragment Separator", APS
Workshop on Physics with Radioactive
Ion Beams, East Lansing, U.S.A., Oct.
(1991) .
88) M. Ishihara: "Studies on Exotic Nuclei
Using RIPS Spectrometer", Int. Conf. on
Exotic Nuclei, South Crimia, U.S.S.R.,
Oct. (1991).
89) S. Date: "Particle Production In
Nuclear Fragmentation Regions in
Ultrarelativistic Heavy Ion Collisions",
9th Int. Conf. on Ultrarelativistic
Heavy Ion Collisions, Gatlinburg, U.S.A.,
Nov. (1991).
90) S. Ohta: "QCD Thermodynamics with
Eight Staggered Quark Flavors on 16 3x
6 Lattice", Conf. Lattice Field Theory'Lattice 91', Tsukuba, Nov. (1991).
91) S. Ohta: "Toward Lattice QCD SimulaSupercomputer
tions on Parallel
AP1000" , ibid.
92) T. Matsuzaki and K. Ishida: "Present
Status of RIKEN Muon Channel Construction at RAL", RIKEN Symp. on
Muon Science 1991, Wako, Nov. (1991).
93) R. Kadono: "Defect Dynamics Probed by,uSR", ibid.
94) T. Harada: "Production and Structureof Light ~ - Hypernuclei", 20th INS Int.
Symp. on Hypernuclear and Strange
Particle Phys., Shimoda, Dec. (1991).
3. Atomic and solid-state physics- 265-

1) 1. Shimamura: "Muon-Catalyzed Fusion",
Symp. on Theor. of the Dyn. of Chern.
Reac. Appl., Atagawa, Jan. (1991).
2) Y. Kanai: "High Energy Ions- Atom
Collisions (experiments) ", Jt. Semi. on
Atomic Phys., Solid State Phys. andMater. Sci. in the Energy Reg. of Tandem Accel., Tokai, Jan. (1991).
3) E. Vagi: "Study on the State of Hydrogen in Metals by Means of the Channelling Method", RIKEN Symp. on Appl. of
Nucl. Solid State Phys. Meth. to Chern.,
Wako, Feb. (1991).
4) 1. Shimamura: "Position- Atom andPositron- Molecule Collisions", 2ndWorkshop on the Use of Positrons,Tokyo, Feb. (1991).

5) K. Aono, M. Iwaki, and S. N amba:"Tb-ion Implantation Into CaF z II", 3Sth
Spring Meet. J pn. Soc. AppI. Phys. (andRelated Societies), Hiratsuka, Mar.
(1991) .
6) 1. Shimamura: "Mechanisms of the Formation of Exotic Helium, Atoms",
Symp. Metastable Antiprotonic Helium
Atoms, Tokyo, Mar. (1991).
7) 1. Shimamura: "Calculations of the
Cross Sections for Electron Collisions
by the R-Matrix Method", Symp. Gaseous Electronics, Tokyo, Mar. (1991).
S) T. Okada, K. Asai, and T. Yamadaya:"Mossbauer Study of BiPbSrzFe06",45th
Ann. Meet. Jpn. Soc. Phys., Gifu, Mar.
(1991) .
9) Y. Matsuo, H. Maeda, and M. Takami:"Ion Trap and Laser Cooling", RIKEN
Symp. on Laser Science (13th) , Wako,
Mar. (1991).
10) H. A. Sakaue, T. Nabeshima, N. Nakamura, Y. Kanai, 1. Yamada, Y. Awaya,
S. Ohtani, T. Kambara, H. Suzuki, T.
Takayanagi, A. Danjo, M. Yoshino, andK. Wakiya: "Ejected Electron Spectrafrom Doubly Excited States (21nl')
Produced by CH, B5+ -He Collisions",
1991 Spring Meet., Phys. Soc. Jpn.,
Tokyo, Mar. (1991).
11) 1. Shimamura and E.A.G. Armour:"Rotational Excitation of Hydrogen
Molecules by Positron Impact", ibid.
12) R. Katano, Y. Isozumi, S. Ito, and Y.
Awaya: "Development of PSPC for SoftX-Rays «lkeV)", ibid.
13) Y. Awaya: "Multiple Inner-Shell Ionization of Atom via the Heavy-Ion
Impact", ibid.
14) Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, T.
Niizeki, K. Shima, Y. Zou, and A. Hitachi: "Electron Capture Process of SO
MeV lu Ar 18 + Ions in a Carbon Foil",ibid.
15) Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, T.
Niizeki, K. Shima, Y. Zou, and A. Hitachi: "Charge-state Distributions of SO
MeV lu Ar Ions after Passage Througha Carbon Foil", ibid.
16) Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, P.
Hvelplund, M. Sataka, M. Imai, H.
Tawara, H. Watanabe, K. Kuroki, K.
Komaki, and Y. Yamazaki: "Binary
Electron Production in SiQ++ He Collision", ibid.
17) Y. Matsuo, H. Maeda, and M. Takami:-266-"RF Trap of Alkaline Earth Ions by
Laser Ablation", ibid.
IS) T. Okada, K. Asai, T. Matsumoto, and
R.N. Shelton: "57Fe Mossbauer Study ofSingle Crystal YBaCu3_x57Fex07_y", Int.
Conf. on MZS- HTSC, Kanaza wa, J ul.
(1991) .
19) T. Matsuo, T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, H.
Shibata, and H. Tawara: "Secondary
Ions Produced from Frozen COz and
HzO Targets in Energetic Heavy Ion
Impact", 1st Int. Conf. on Atomic andMolecular Dynamics, Taipei, Taiwan
JuI. (1991).
20) T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, T. Matsuo,
and H. Tawara: "Production of Atomic
and Molecular Recoil Ions Accompanied
by Electron Loss and Capture of Energetic, Heavy Ions", ibid.
21) T. Kambara: "K Vacancy Production
Probabilities in 31 and 5S MeV Si 11 + and
Ar Collisions", 12th Int. Semi. on Ion Atom Collis., Gold Coast, Australia,
JuI. (1991).
22) Y. Awaya: "Electron Capture and Loss
Cross Sections for 26 MeV l u and 77
MeV lu Ar Ions on a Carbon Target",ibid.
23) E.A.G. Armour, M. Plummer, and I.
Shimamura: "The Calculation of
Rotational and Differential Cross Sections for Low Energy E+ - Hz Scattering
Using the Kohn Variational Method",
17th Int. Conf. Phys. Elec. Atom. ColIs.,
Brisbane, Australia, JuI. (1991).
24) H. Fukuda, I. Shimamura, L. Vegh, andT. Watanabe: "Ionization of Helium byProton Impact at High Energies", ibid.
25) K. Fujima, Y. Naito, F. Koike, T.
Watanabe, and Y. Awaya: "The Sublevel Dependence of Inner-Shell Excitation of Projectile Ne by Collisions of Ne
Target", ibid.
26) N. Toshima and J. Eichler: "Identification of Thomas Peaks in Coupled-Channel Calculations for Charge Transfer",ibid.
27) N. Toshima and C.D. Lin: "Comparisonof Coherence Parameters of Atomic
Excited States Obtained from the
CTMC and the Quantal Calculations",
ibid.
2S) T. Kambara, Y. Kanai, Y. Awaya, M.
Terasawa, J. Euler, and H. SchmidtBocking: "Impact Parameter Dependence of K - X Ray Emission in Ne- Neand Si-Ar Collisions", ibid.
29) T. Matsuo, T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, H.
Shibata, and H. Tawara: "Multiply
Charged Ions and Cluster Ions Produced
froin Frozen Gas Targets in Energetic
Heavy Ion Impact", ibid.
30) T. Nabeshima, N. Nakamura, Y.
Awaya, A. Danjo, T. Kambara, Y.
Kanai, S. Ohtani, H.A. Sakaue, H. Suzuki, T. Takayanagi, K. Wakiya, 1.
Yamada, and M. Yoshino: "Ejected Electron Spectra from Doubly Excited
States (21nl') Produced by IlB5++ He
Collision", ibid.
31) T. Sekioka, M. Terasawa, and Y. Awaya:"Ion Storage in an Electrostatic Ion
Trap", ibid.
32) Y. Yamazaki, H. Watanabe, T. Azuma,
K. Komaki, K. Kuroki, N. Kakutani, H.
Tada, K. Kawatsura, Y. Kanai, T. Kambara, and Y. Awaya: ~'Multiple Ionization of Helium and Neon Atoms in
Collision with Relativistic Heavy Ions",
ibid.
33) T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, T. Matsuo, H.
Shibata, and H. Tawara: "Molecular
and Cluster Ions Produced from Frozen
C2H 2 Molecules under Energetic, Heavy
Ion Impact", 14th Int. Conf. on Atomic
Collis. in Solids, Salford, U.K., J ul.
(1991) .
34) A. Koyama: "Convoy Electron Acceleration", ibid. Aug. (1991).
35) H. Ishikawa, A. Misu, A. Koyama, T.
Iitaka, M. Uda, and Y. Ohtsuki: "2 2Dependence of Energy Spectra of Electrons Excited by Grazing Angle Incident
Heavy Ions", ibid.
36) Y. Awaya: "Present Status of SPring-8",
16th Meet. Soc. for Atomic Colli. Res.,Tokyo, Aug. (1991).
37) Y. Matsuo, H. Maeda, and M. Takami:"High Resolution Laser Spectroscopy of
Metallic Atoms and Molecules in RF Ion
Trap", Int. Symp. on Lasers in N ucl.
Phys., Wako, Sep. (1991).
38) E. Yagi: "Behaviour of Kr Atoms in KrImplanted Aluminium", 46th Ann. Meet.
Phys. Soc. Jpn., Sapporo, Sep. (1991).
39) H. Ishikawa, A. Misu, A. Koyama, T.
Iitaka, M. Uda, and Y. Ohtsuki: "Z2Dependence of Energy Spectra of Electrons Excited by Grazing Angle Incident
Heavy Ions", ibid.
40) 1. Shimamura: "Introduction to the Symposium on 'Exotic Atoms and Related-267-

Topics' ", ibid.
41) M.R. Harston, 1. Shimamura, and M.
Kamimura: "Energy Level Shift of(dt,u) + in the Molecule [(dt,u) +-d+ ] ee-", ibid.
42) M. Sataka, M. Imai, Y. Yamazaki, K.
Komaki, K. Kawatsura, Y. Kanai, and
H. Tawara: "Binary Electron Production in Collisions between Heavy-Ion
and Helium-Atom (II) ", ibid.
43) M. Sakurai, T. Sekioka, M. Kimura, H.
Yamaoka, S. Ohtani, M. Terasawa, Y.
Awaya, and J. Y oda: "Storage of Xe
Multiply Charged Ions Created by
Synchrotron Radiation", ibid.
44) T. Kambara, Y. Awaya, Y. Kanai, M.
Ohura, M. Terasawa, T. Sekioka, and J.
Euler: "Charge Exchange and K - X -ray
Emission Probabilities in 31 MeV Si l l +and Ar Collisions", ibid.
45) T. Okada, Y. Kobayashi, K. Asai, T.
Matsumoto, and R.N. Shelton: "57Fe
Mossbauer Study of Single Crystal
YBaCu3_x57Fex07_y", ibid.
46) T. Sekioka, M. Terasawa, and Y. Awaya:"Characteristics of Kingdon Type Ion
Trap III", ibid.
47) T. Sekioka, M. Terasawa, and Y. Awaya:"Characteristics of Kingdon Type Ion
Trap III", ibid.
48) T. Tonuma, H. Kumagai, T. Matsuo, H.
Shibata, and H. Tawara: "Ionization
Process of Frozen Gas Targets under
Energetic Ion Impact", ibid.
49) Y. Matsuo, H. Maeda, and M. Takami:"RF Trap of Heavy Metallic Ions from
Laser- Produced - Plasma", ibid.
50) Y. Yamazaki, K. Komaki, T. Azuma, K.
Kuroki, K. Kawatsura, Y. Kanai, T.
Kambara, and Y. Awaya: "X Ray Production in 95 MeV lu Ar l7++C Foil Collisions", ibid.
51) Y. Zou, T. Kambara, Y. Kanai, Y. Awaya,
K. Ando, M. Ohura, and A. Hitachi:"Target Element Dependence of theIntensity Ratio of Ka Hypersatellites toSatellites for 50-95 MeV Ar Projectile",
ibid.
52) A. Koyama: "Convoy Electron Acceleration", RIKEN Symp. on Muon Science
1991, Wako, Nov. (1991).
53) E. Vagi: "Related Research for ,uSR of
Magnetic Materials, Semiconductors
and Metals", ibid.
54) 1.
Shimamura:"Muon-Catalyzed
Fusion: Introduction and the Present

Status (Theory) ", ibid.
55) K. Aono, M. Iwaki, Y. Aoyagi, and S.
N amba: "Tb- ion Implantation Into
CaF 2 III", 52nd Autumn Meet. Jpn. Soc.
Appl. Phys. Okayama, Oct. (1991).
56) 1. Shimamura: "Reaction Dynamics of
Exotic Atoms", Symp. Theor. of Chern.
React. - Computational Approaches,
Okazaki, Oct. (1991).
57) 1. Shimamura: "The Wigner-Eisenbud R-Matrix Theory: Developments in
Atomic and Molecular. Physics", Symp.
Theor. Methods for Dyn. in Atomic.
MoL, and Nucl. Phys., Okazaki, Dec.
(1991) .
4. Radiochemistry, radiation
radiation biology

chemistryand1) K. Kimura: "Track-Depth Resolved
Luminescence of 5 Mev / amu N - Ions
Injected into Near-Liquid and Liquid
Helium", 6th Workshop on Radiation
Detectors and Their Uses. KEK Tsukuba, Jan. (1991).
2) E. Taniguchi, A. Shinohara, M. Narita,
R. Yoshida, M. Furukawa, S. Kojima, H.
Kusawake, T. Saito, Y. Ohkubo, F.
Ambe, and S. Shibata: "Heavy-Ion Induced Reactions on Cupper in the Intermediate Energy Region", 61st Spring
Ann. Meet. of the Chern. Soc. of J pn.,
Yokohama, Mar. (1991).
3) H. Kusawake, K. Takesako, T. Saito, A.
Yokoyama, M. Kiriu, N. Takahashi, H.
Baba, Y. Ohkubo, and A. Shinohara:"Angular Momentum Effect in the
4°Ar + 141Pr Fusion Reaction System",ibid.
4) Y. Itoh and T. Takahashi: "Positron
Annihilation Satudy on Defects in LECGaAs grown from Ga -rich Melt", 38th
Spring Meet. J pn. Soc. Appl. Phys.,
Hiratsuka, Mar. (1991).
5) T. Takahashi, F. Yatagai, K. Izumo, and
N. Miyabe: "Analytical Formula for the
Dose Around the Path of an Ion", ibid.
6) Y. Itoh and T. Takahashi: "The Studyon Defects in LEC-GaAs by Positron
Annihilation", 3rd RIKEN Symp. on
Appl. of Hyperfine Tech. to Chern.,
Wako, Mar. (1991).
7) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, Y. Yanagida,
K. Harasawa, T. Okada, M. Iwamoto, K.
Asai, and F. Ambe: "TDPAC and Emission Mossbauer Studies on 99Ru Arisingfrom 99Rh in a - Fe 2 03 and Fe 3 0/', ibid.
-268-8) E. Taniguchi, A. Shinohara, M. Furukawa, S. Kojima, Y. Ohkubo, F. Ambe,
T. Saito, K. Takesako, and S. Shibata:"Heavy- Ion Reactions of Copper with
Intermediate Energy 14N and 4°Ar Ions",
60th Nat. Meet. Chern. Soc. Jpn.
(Spring), Yokohama, Apr. (1991).
9) S. Koike, K. Ando, M. Kimoto, T. Kanai,and H. Ohara: "Tumor Growth Delay
Induced by Heavy- Ion Carbon Beams",
30th Meet. of BioI. Division, Jpn. Radiol.
Soc., Tokyo, Apr. (1991).
10) S.Y. Chen, S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, N. Takematsu,
and F. Ambe: "Study of the Removal
Mechanism of Metal Elements from
Seawater Using Tracers", 1991 Spring
Meet. of the Oceanographical Soc. Jpn.,
Tokyo, Apr. (1991).
11) T. Takahashi, M. Ueno, T. Kasuya, H.
Onishi, and K. Ogura: "Solid State
Nuclear Track Detector for the Biological Experiments in IML -1 Space Programme", 9th Track Detector Symp.,
Tokyo, Apr. (1991).
12) K. Kimura: "Depth- Resolved Luminescence Measurements on Ion- Tracks",
Semi. of Atomic Collis. Theory. Tokyo,
Jun. (1991).
13) K. Kimura: "Depth-Resolved Dynamics
of Excited States of Ion - Track and100 ps Dexay Measurement with HeavyIon Excitation", IAEA Advisory Group
Meet., Maryland, U.S.A., Jul. (1991).
14) K. Kimura: "Track-Depth Resolved
Luminescence of 5 Mev / amu N - Ions
Injected into N ear- Liquid and Liquid
Helium", 9th Int. Congr. Radiat. Res.,
Toronto, Canada, Jul. (1991).
15) M. Suzuki, M. Watanabe, K. Suzuki, K.
Nakano, and K. Matsui: "Heavy- Ion-Induced Chromosome Break in Syrian
Hamster Embryo Cells", ibid.
16) S.Y. Chen, S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, N. Takematsu,
and F. Ambe: "Adsorption Metal Elements on the Sea Sediments, Hydrated
Ferric Oxide and Clay Minerals", 28th
Ann. Meet. on Radioisot. in the Phys.
Sci. and Industries, Tokyo, Jul. (1991).
17) M. Watanabe M. Suzuki, K. Suzuki, K.
Watanabe, and K. Nakano: "Biological
Meaning of Chromosomal Abberations
Induced by Radiations, In 'Workshop on
Development of New Experimental
Models in the Life Sciences' ", Progrum

of Sci. and Technol. Agency of Jpn.,
Tokyo, Jul. (1991).
18) H. Ohara, K. Kanai, K. Ando, K. Kasai,
H. Itsukaichi, K. Fukutsu, K. Kawachi,
and K. Sato: "Studies on Physics andBiology of Carbon Beams of RIKEN
and NIRS", The NIRS lnt. Workshop on
Heavy Charged Particle Therapy and
Related Subjects, Chiba, Jul. (1991).
19) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, K. Asai, T.
Okada, K. Harasawa, S. Ambe, S.
Shibata, and F. Ambe: "TDP AC andEmission Mossbauer Studies on 99Ru
Arising from 99Rh in a - Fe Z03, Fe 30 4,
and YBazCu30 7_o", KUR Symp. on
Hyperfine Interactions, Kumatori, Jul.
(1991) .
20) M. Iwamoto: "Separation of Multitracers
by Heating under Reduced Pressure",
RIKEN Symp. on New Appl. Tech. of RI
Tracers, Wako, Jul. (1991).
21) S. Ambe: "Preparation of Multitracer by
RIKEN Ring Cyclotron and Its Applications", ibid.
22) S.Y. Chen: "Study of Adsorption ofMetal Elements on Clay Minerals and
Sea Sediments by using Multitracer",ibid.
23) T. Okada, Y. Kobayashi, K. Asai, N.
Yamada, and T. Yamadaya: "57Fe Mossbauer Studies of BiPbSr zFe06", Int.
Conf. on MZS- HTSC III, Kanazawa, Jul.
(1991).
24) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, Y.
Kobayashi, M. Iwamoto, M. Yanokura,and F. Ambe: "Preparation of Radioactive Multitracer Solutions from Au,
Ag, and Cu Foils Irradiated with HighEnergy Heavy Ions", The IUP AC Int.
Congr. on Anal. Sci. 1991 (IUPAC-ICAS'91), Makuhari, Aug. (1991).
25) S.Y. Chen, S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, N. Takamatsu,
and F. Ambe: "Study of Removal Mechanism of Metal Elements from Seawater
Using Multitracers", ibid.
26) S.Y. Chen, S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, N. Takematsu,
and F. Ambe: "Study of Removal Mechanisms of Metal Elements from Seawater using Radioactive Multitracers",
ibid.
27) M. Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, S.Y. Chen,
Y~ Ohkubo, S. Ambe, M. Yanokura, A.N.
Garg, and F. Ambe: "Separation ofMultitracers from Heavy-Ion-Irradiat-269-

ed Targets by Melting under Reduced
Pressure", ibid.
28) Y. Itoh, H. Murakami, and T. Suzuki:"Defects in Electron or Proton Irradiated U ndoped and Si -doped GaAs Studied
by Positron Annihilation", 9th Int. Conf.
on Positron Annihilation, Szombathely,
Hungary, Aug. (1991).
29) Y. Kobayashi, T. Okada, M. Watanabe, M. Katada, H. Sano, and F.
Ambe: "99Ru Mossbauer Spectroscopy
on Salts of Ruthenocene with Halogens",
Int. Conf. on the Appl. of the Mossbauer
Effect, Nanjing, China, Sep. (1991).
30) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, Y. Yanagida,
K. Harasawa, S. Shibata, K. Asai, S.
Ambe, M. Iwamoto, T. Okada, and F.
Ambe: "Emission Mossbauer and
TDPAC Studies on 99Ru Arising from 99Rh
in Fe 304, a - Fe Z03, and YBazCu307_ct",
ibid.
31) K. Kimura: "Regeneration and Annihilation Processes of Helium Excimers at
High Density", Fall Meet. Chern. Soc.
Jpn., Sapporo, Sep. (1991).
32) K. Kimura: "Effect of Heavy-Ion Irradiation on the Auger- Free Luminescenceof Alkaline Earth Halides", ibid.
33) K. Ijiri, K. Tao, and T. Takahashi:"Heavy Ions on the Embryonic Development of Oryzias letipes", 5th Annu. Meet.
Jpn. Soc. BioI. Sci. Space, Tokyo, Sep.
(1991) .
34) K. Kimura: "Depth- and VelocityResolved Dynamics of Excited States in
the Ion-Track in Near Liquid Helium",Seminar on Liquid Radiat. Detectors.
Tokyo, Sep. (1991).
35) Y. Itoh, T. Suzuki, and H. Murakami:"Positron Annihilation Study on Defects
in Proton Irradiated LEC- GaAs Crystals", 52th Fall Meet. J pn. Soc. Appl.
Phys., Okayarna, Oct. (1991).
36) K. Kimura: "Space and Time-Resolved
Optical Studies on Ion-Tracks", 34th
Conf. Radiat. Chern. Osaka, Oct. (1991).
37) K. Kimura: "Characteristics of Ion-Induced Auger- Free Luminescence", ibid.
38) E. Taniguchi, A. Shinohara, M. Furukawa, S. Kojima, Y. Ohkubo, F. Ambe,
K. Takesako, T. Saito, and S. Shibata:"N uclear Reaction Products in the Interaction of Intermediate Energy 14N, 15N
and 40 Ar Ions-I (Yield and Mean Recoil
Ranges for various Reaction Systems) ",35th Symp. on Radio-Chern. Osaka,

Nov. (1991).
39) A. Shinohara, E. Taniguchi, M. Furukawa, S. Kojima, Y. Ohkubo, F. Ambe,
K. Takesako, T. Saito, and S. Shibata:"N uclear Reaction Products in The
Interaction of Intermediate Energy 14N,
15N and 40Ar Ions-II (The Mechanism ofTarget Fragmentation) ", ibid.
40) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, M. Yanokura,and F. Ambe: "Study on the Selective
Adsorption of Metal Elements on aFe 2 03 Using a Multitracer", ibid.
41) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, F. Ambe, ].
Kawarada, T. Yaita, Y. Saito, and K.
Kimura: "Study on the Ion Exchange
Adsorption of Various Elements on
Superacid Resin NAFION Using a
Multitracer", ibid.
42) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, M. Yanokura,and F. Ambe: "Production of Multitracers by the RIKEN Ring Cyclotron", ibid.
43) M. Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, A.N. Garg,
S.Y. Chen, S. Ambe, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Yanokura, and F. Ambe: "Separation ofMultitracers by Heating under Reduced
Pressure", ibid.
44) H. Kusawake, K, Takesako, T. Saito, A.
Yokoyama, M. Kiriu, S. Watanabe, N.
Takahashi, H. Baba, Y. Ohkubo, and A.
Shinohara: "Angular Momentum Effectin the 4°Ar+ 141Pr Fusion Reaction System", ibid.
45) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, S. Ambe, T.
Okada, F. Ambe, S. Shibata, K. Asai, K.
Harasawa, and M. Takeda: "y-ray PAC
and Emission Mossbauer Spectroscopyof 99Ru in YBCO Using 99Rh as a Source
Nuclide", ibid.
46) Y. Ohkubo, Y. Kobayashi, K. Asai, T.
Okada, and F. Ambe: "TDP AC andEmission Mossbauer Studies on 99Ru
Arising from 99Rh in Fe 3 0/', ibid.
47) H. Yoshinaga, Y. Itoh, T. Suzuki, H.
Murakami, and R. Iwata: "Defects inElectron Irradiated GaAs Crystals Studied by Positron Annihilation", ibid.
48) T. Takatsuji, H. Okumura, T. Takahashi, K. Nakano, and F. Yatagai: "Effectof Spacial Distribution of Energy
Absorption to the Chromosome Aberration", 34th Ann. Meet. Radiat. Res. Soc.,
Tokyo, Nov. (1991).
49) T. Takatsuji, Y. Okumura, T. Taka-hashi, K. Nakano and F. Yatagai: "Spatial
Distribution of Energy Deposistion andInduction of Chromosome Aberrations",
ibid.
50) S. Ambe, S.Y. Chen, Y. Ohkubo, M.
Iwamoto, Y. Kobayashi, and F. Ambe:"Study on the Selective Adsorption ofMetal Elements by Using a Multitracer",
40th Annu, Meet. Jpn. Soc. Anal. Chern.,
Yokohama, Nov. (1991).
51) O. Yatou, E. Amano, and T. Takahashi:"Genetical Effects of Heavy Ion Irradiation in Maize and Soybean", Int. Conf.
Evolut. Beam Appl., Takasaki, Nov.
(1991) .
52) M. Suzuki and T. Takahashi: "A Scintillation Proportional Imaging Chamber
and its Application to Heavy Ion Detection", ibid.
53) K. Kimura: "Depth-Resolved Dynamics
of Excimers Along 4 MeV / amu N - Ion
Tracks in Dense Helium", ibid.
5. Material analysis-270 -

1) E. Hayashi, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, Y. Yokode, and M. Uda: "Multielemental Analysis of Salivary Stone by PIXE", 38th
Spring Meet. J pn. Soc. Appl. Phys.,Hatano, Mar. (1991).
2) E. Hayashi, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, Y. Yokode, and M. Uda: "Application of Particle Induced X - Ray Emission to Biological Materials: Salivary Stone", 2nd
Meet. J pn. Soc. Biomed. Res. on Trace
Element, Suita, Jul. (1991).
3) J. Kawai and K. Maeda: "Charge-Transfer Effects in the Cu La X- Ray Emission
Spectra of Copper (II) Compounds", Int.
Conf., Materials and Mechanisms ofSuperconductivity, High Temperature
Superconductors, Kanazawa, Jul. (1991).
4) K. Nakajima, M. Sakai, Y. Gohshi, and]. Kawai: "Cu L X- Ray Fluorescence
Spectra of High-Tc Superconductors",
ibid.
5) T. Kanai, A. Fukumura, S. Minohara, M.
Sudou, T. Kohno, E. Takada, F. Soga,and K. Kawachi: "Dosimetry of Heavy
Ion Beam for Biological Experiments",
W orId Congr. on Med. Phys. and BioI.
Eng., Kyoto, Jul. (1991).
6) J. Kawai, K. Maeda, and Y. Gohshi, "La
X -Ray Line Shape of Copper (II) Compounds and Their Covalency", PacificInt. Congr. on X- Ray Anal. Methods,
Honolulu, U.S.A. Aug. (1991).

7) J. Kawai, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, M. Takami, T. Hanada, and M. Uda: "Nickel
La X-Ray Spectra of Nickel Alloys
Measured by a High Resolution Particle
Induced X - Ray Emission (PIXE)
Spectrometer", Int. Congr. on Analytical Sci., Makuhari-Messe, Aug, (1991).
8) K. Nakajima, J. Kawai, M. Skai, and Y.
Gohshi: "Copper La and LfJ X-Ray
Fluorescence Spectra: Intensity Modifications Due to Self- Absorption", ibid.
9) K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, and M. Uda: "High
Resolution Soft X-Ray Spectrometer
Designed for Chemical State Analysis
by PIXE", ibid.
10) S. Adachi, K. Takemoto, K. Maeda, and
Y. Sasa: "PIXE Analyses of Hilar Glandfor Evaluation of Individual History of
Exposure", 32th Ann. Meet. J pn. Soc.
Air Pollution, Kitakyushu, Oct. (1991).
11) R. Murai, K. Maeda, Y. Sasa, K. Sakurai,
S. Yoshimura, and M. Uda: "NonDestructive Analysis of Archaeological
Samples by PIXE Method", 1991 Fall
Meet. J pn. Soc. Appl. Phys., Okayama,
Oct. (1991).
12) H. Akiyama, J .S. Zheng, M. Yanokura,and M. Aratani: "Quantitative Analysis
of Hydrogen in Eu V0 3 by Heavy-Ion-271 -

Beam", 35th Symp. Radiochem., Toyonaka, Nov. (1991).
13) H. Akiyama: "Light-Element Impurities
in Standard Matters Studied by HeavyIon Rutherford Scattering", ibid.
14) T. Ozawa, K. Suzuki, K. Sakamoto, K.
Maeda, Y. Sasa, and A. Okada: "Analysis of Chinese Desert Soil by PIXE
Method", Ann. Meet. Soc. Environ. Sci.,
Jpn., Tokyo, Nov. (1991).
15) M. Aratani and M. Yanokura: "All Direction Simultaneous Rutherford
Scattering by Use of Heavy-Ion Beamfrom RILAC (RIKEN LINEAR ACCELERA TOR) ", Int. Conf. on Evol. BeamAppl., Takasaki, Nov. (1991).
16) J. Kawai, K. Maeda, M. Takami, and M.
Uda: "Are the Transition - Metal L XRay Satellites Multiple Ionization Satellites?", RIKEN Symp. on PIXE, Sendai, Nov. (1991).
17) M Aratani: "Volcanic Ejecta from
Daisen, Sakurajima, and Unzen",
RIKEN Symp. on Heavy-Ion Rutherford
Scattering Applied to the Environ. Charact., Wako, Nov. (1991).
18) H. Akiyama: "Impurities in Standard
Matters of High- Purity", ibid.

x. LIST OF SEMINARS
1991

Hypernuclei"

Radiation Lab., Cyclotron Lab.,
Linear Accelerator Lab.

1) P. Moller, Los Alamos National Lab.
(USA), 5 Jan.
"Spontaneous Fission Property at the Endof the Periodic System"

12) B. Tribble, Texas A & M Univ. (USA), 5
June"MARS and Other New Developments at
the T AMU K500"

2) Z. Yizhong, Institute of Atomic Energy(China), 9 Jan.
"From Nucleon- Nucleus Optical Potential
to Heavy Ion Collisions Based on Walecka
Model"

13) A. Ogloblin, Kurchatov Inst. (USSR), 20
June"Nuclear Reaction Studies at Kurchatov
Institute, Moscow"

3) C. Glashausser, Rutgers Univ. (USA), 28Jan.
"The Spin Response of Nuclei to Intermediate Energy Protons"
4) S. Ohta, RIKEN, 6 Feb.
"Finite Temperature Phase Structure of
Lattice QCD with Many Flavors"
5) Y. Yamaguchi, Tokai Univ. (Kanagawa), 7Mar.
"Unstable Particles, Resonances and CP
Violation"6) T. Hatsuda, Univ. of Washington (USA), 13Mar.
"Strange Quark, Heavy Quarks and Gluon
Contents of Light Hadrons"7) D.L. Olson, LBL (USA), 18 Mar.
"The EOS TPC and the Experimental
Program at LBL/ Electromagnetic Dissociation of 160"
8) T. Ueda, Osaka Univ. (Osaka), 26 Mar.
"Meson - Nucleon - Nucleon Systems"14) M. Zhukov, Kurchatov Inst. (USSR), 20 June
"Neutron Halo Structure and Particle
Momentum Correlations in 6He and 11Li
Nuclei in the Framework of Three- Body
Model"
15) H.G. Bohlen, HMI, Berlin (Germany), 24
June"Spectroscopy of Light Neutron- Rich
Nuclei with Multi-Nucleon Transfer
Reactions"16) Li Zhuxia, Institute of Atomic Energy(China), 10 July
"Transition from Binary Process to Multi- Fragmentation Process in Intermediate
Energy Heavy Ion Collisions with QMD"
17) K. Yabana, Niigata Univ. (Niigata), 17 July
"Reactions of 11 Li at Intermediate Energy
Region"18) H. Ejiri, Osaka Univ. (Osaka), 31 July
"Double ,B-Decay and Neutrino"19) S. Hirenzaki, RIKEN 18 September"Formation of Deeply Bound PionicAtoms"

9) Y. Hirabayashi, Osaka City Univ. (Osaka), 2
Apr.
"Effects of Break-up Channels on 11 Li
Elastic Scattering"10) T. Cheon, Hosei Univ. (Tokyo), 15 May"Some Aspects of Quantum Chaology"11) T. Harada, RIKEN, 29 May"Production and Structure of Light ~-20) D.W. Miller, Indiana Univ. (USA), 16 Oct.
"IUCF Status and Planning for Spectrometer in the Cooler Ring"
21) Nguyen Van Giai, lPN, Orsay (France), 18
Oct.
"Response Functions in Infinite Systems of
Fermions"- 272-

22) S. Hatori, Kyoto Univ. (Kyoto), 25 Oct.
"Optical research of the recoil mass
spectrometer CARP and its application to
the measurement of p-delayed protons
from sd-shell proton rich nuclei with T z =-3/2"23) N. Takigawa, Tohoku Univ. (Miyagi), 26
Oct.
"Collisions of Halo Nuclei"24) K. A. Gridnev, Sanct Petersburg Univ.
(USSR), 6 Nov.
"Nonlinear Effects in Heavy-Ions Collisions""Ion-Atom Collisions at High Energies"5) ]. Palinkas, Inst. of Nuclear Research (Hungary), 25 Oct.
"Evidence for Electron-Electron Scattering in Transfer Ionization of He by 1 Me V
Proton Impact"6) H. Knudsen, Univ. of Aarhus (Denmark), 22
Nov.
"Ionization in Antiparticle-Atom Collisions"
Metal Physics Lab.
1) V. M. Lobashev,

Academy of Science(USSR),7 Nov.
"Status of Proton Linear Accelerator at
Moscow Meson Factory"25) Khin Swe Myint, Hokkaido Univ. (Hokkaido), 7 Nov.
"Double Strangeness Five-Body System"26) N. Carjan, CEN Bordeaux (France), 12 Nov.
"Time-Dependent Schrodinger Approachto a-decay and Related Phenomena"2) Y. Yamazaki, KEK (Tsukuba), 7 Nov.
"Proton Linear Accelerator at Japanese
Hadron Project"
3) M. Mizumoto JAERI (TokaD, 7 Nov.
"Proton Linear Accelerator at Omega
Project"27) I. Tanihata, RIKEN, 13 Nov.
"Present Status of GSI"28) K. Tanaka, RIKEN 27 Nov.
"Double Strangeness Five-Body System"29) G. Bizard, Caen Univ. (France), 4 Dec.
"Measurement of Collective Flow in Ar+ Al
Reaction between 25 and 85 Me V /nucleon"30) ]. Lukstins, JINR Dubna (USSR), 18 Dec.
"Nuclotron Accelerator and Hypernuclear
Physics"
Atomic Physics Lab.

1) Y. Azuma, ANL (USA), 8 Jan.
"Atomic Physics with Hard X Rays: Activities in ANL for Next Generation SOR
Project"2) H. Schmidt-Backing, Univ. of Frankfurt(Germany), 29 Jan.
"Frankfurt ECR-RFQ-Highly Charged
Ion Beam Facility"o3) T.E. Aberg, Helsinki Univ. of Technology(Finland), 2 Aug,
"Stusy of Atomic Physics by Synchrotron
Radiation"4) Y. Totsuka, Cosmic Ray Institute (Tokyo),
7 Nov.
"Cold Fusion Experiment at KAMIOKA"
5) K. Nagamine, Univ. of Tokyo (Tokyo) and
RIKEN (Wako), 7 Nov.
"j1 CF Related Experiments at KEK and
TRIUMF"6) Y. Akaishi, Hokkaido Univ. (Sapporo), 7
Nov.
"Recent Topics in j1CF Theory"
Nuclear Chemistry Lab.

1) O.E. Morgensen, Roskilde Univ. (Denmark),
25 Nov.
"N anometer Cavities Measured by
Positron Annihilation"
Synchrotron Radiation Facility Design Group1) Rarry Terner, Argonne National Laboratory (USA), 6 Feb.
"Design of the Magnet System of APS"
2) T.T. Luong, GANIL (France), 19 Nov.
"Status of GANL and Its Control System"4) ]. F. McCann, Univ. of Durham (U.K.) , 18
Sept.
-273-

XI. LIST OF PERSONNEL

Steering Committee
AMBE Fumitoshi tJ; fiB X. 1iJ!ZCHIBA Y oshiaki T ~ iff ~HAN AOKA Fumio 7E Ita] X 1Ltf
ISHIHARA Masayasu 15 @: IE ~KA TSUMA T A Koichi Jm Y..
MATSUOKA Masaru :f'llUJJ
Jm
NAGAMINE Kanetada 7k ~ ~ J~
T ANIHA T A Isao ij~ ;J(

AWAYA Yohko ~ ~?g T
INAMURA Takashi ~m M~
KAMITSUBO Hiromichi .L PjZ~*KIRA Akira .
~~KOHNO Isao rEI!1
J;b
MIY AZA WAY oshitoshi '§ ¥R {~ 1iJ!Z
T AKAMI Michio raJ J! ~ ~Y AN 0 Yasushige Lfi:.!1!i::m

*

a

*t -

m

*Chairman

Cyclotron Operation and Maintenance GroupFU JIT A Shin fj EB
if
KAGEY AMA Tadashi ~ L1J
IE
OGIWARA Kiyoshi ~ @:m-

IKEGAMI Kumio tiE.LfL::::~KOHARA Shigeo IJ\ @: :m ;J(

Linac Operation and Maintenance GroupCHIBA Y oshiaki T ~ iff ~IKEZAWA Eiji tiE ¥R ~MIY AZAWAY oshitoshi '§ ¥R {~ 1iJ!ZHEMMI Masatake ~ J! l& Jlt
KASE Masayuki
wJi § ZY ANOKURA Minoru Lfi:.!1~ ~=noScientific and Engineering Personnel
Cosmic Radiation Laboratory
IMAI Takashi

4- it

~

KOHNO Tsuyoshi

rEI!1

~

(Visitors)
HASEBE Nobuyuki ~ij-fiB{61T (Fac. Gen. Educ., Ehime Univ.)
KASHIWAGI Toshisuke :fB
flj fr (Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
MUNAKATA Kazuoki{~-~ (Fac. Sci., Shinshu Univ.)
MURAKAMI Hiroyuki M L ¥15 Z (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)
NAGAT A Katsuaki lk EB Jm ~ (Fac. Eng., Tamagawa Univ.)
NAKAMOTO Atsusi cPi¥ (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)
Y ANAGIMACHI Tomoki WP ffiJ )jJj fM (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)***(Student)
KA TO Chihiro

no fj T ~ (Fac. Sci. Eng., Saitama Univ.)

Cyclotron Laboratory
FUJITA Shin fj EE
if
HARADA Toru JJj{ H3;~
INABE Naoto ~m jJ1 f#J A
KAGEY AMA Tadashi ~ L1J

DA TE Shin {Ji" Ji{$
GOTO Akira 1~ fj~
IKEGAMI Kumio 1fuLfL=~INAMURA Takashi ~m M
~

-274-

IE

:m

KUBO Toshiyuki ~ 1:W: 'i!f!x: ¥NAGASE Makoto :R ~~NAKAJIMA Shunji 9=' ~ ~OGIW ARA Kiyoshi ~ JJj{
SAITOU Motozou J*r Hi M1 .=.
SOUTOME Kouichi !f.Z3cJIGY AN 0 Yasushige *-!f t:Ji:
W AKASUGI Masanori ;fi ~ J§ fJffi

KOHARA Shigeo IJ\ JJj{:j(
MORIT A Kousuke ~ EB ¥15 11'NAKAGAWA Takahide 9=' JII ~NAKANISHI N oriyoshi 9=' iffi~
OOT A Sigemi
EB jjl ~SHIKA T A Takashi IZ] 15 ~ !i:
Y AMAJI Shuhei LlJ jfg 1~ SfZ
YOKOY AMA Ichiro fi LlJ - ~B

*c

*

*

=

m

:m

(Visitors)
ABE Yasuhisa rroJ ffB ~ ~ (Res. Inst. Fundam. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)(Res. Lab. Nucl. Reactors, Tokyo Inst. Technol.)
ARAI Eiichi ~ if %: (Dep. Phys., Osaka Univ.)
EJIRI Hiroyasu iI J1L *~(Cyclotron Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)
FUJIOKA Manabu "Hi i1Uj
FU JISA W A Takashi "Hi 1R rWJ ~ (Denki Kogyo Co. Ltd.)
FUJIT A Yoshitaka Hi EB 1* ~ (Dep. Phys., Osaka Univ.)
FUKUMOTO Sadayoshi m;;$: ~ ~ (KEK)
FURUNO Kohei c!l!f ~ SfZ (Inst. Phys. Tandem Accel. Cent., Univ. Tsukuba)
HASHIMOTO Osamu ~;;$:tEl (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ Tokyo.)
HATANAKA Kichiji
9=' E tEl (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
HATSUKAWA Yuichi *JJ JII W (JAERI, Tokai)
HA Y ANO Ryugo !f.!f ~~ E. (Dep. Phys., Univ TokyoJ
HIRAO Yasuo SfZ ~~ (Nat. Inst. Radiol. SciJHORIUCHI Hisashi :ifttl pg~(Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
HORIGUCHI Takayoshi #ill 0 ~ ~ (Dep. Phys., Hiroshima Univ.)~(Dep. Phys., Niigata Univ.)
IKEDA Kiyomi ~ EB
IKEDA Nobuo ~ EB 18:j( (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
IKEGAMI Hidetsugu ~.L %: JiL (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
18 (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
INOUE Makoto if.L
ISHIZUKA Takeo E ~ tt\ ~ (Dep. Phys., Saitama Univ.)
BB (Japan Atomic Energy Res. Inst.)
IWAMOTO Akira :E-;;$:IW ASHIT A Y oshihisa :E- T 7J ~ (Inst. Chern. Res., Kyoto UnivJ
KAMIMURA Masayasu .L *1lE
(Dep. Phys., Kyushu Univ.)
rg-:j( (Dep. Phys., Osaka Univ.)
KANMURI Tetsuo]a;
KATAYAMA Ichirou J:t LlJ - ~B (RCNP, Osaka UnivJ
KATORI Kenji 1m 1& ~(Dep. Phys., Osaka Univ.)(Dep. Phys., Toho Univ.)
KA TSURAGAW A Hidetsugu ff )II
KA W AI Mitsuji til] -@J 7't jfg (Dep. Phys., Kyushu Univ.)
KOHMOTO Toshiro til];;$: 'i!f!x: ~B (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
KIKUCHI Fumio ~ ~ Jt ~ (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
KOBAYASHI Shinsaku IJ\,i: 1'1= (Dep. Phys., Kyoto UnivJ
KOHMOTO Susumu til];;$:Ji (Univ. Electro-Commun.)
KOIZUMI Mitsuo IJ\ ~ JIG ~ (Dep. Phys., Hiroshima UnivJ
KONDO Michiya Jli: Hi jg(RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
KOSAKO Toshiso IJV(tr:iJ'i!f!x:tt (Atomic Energy Res. Cent., Univ. Tokyo)
KUDOU Hisaaki I Hi ~ BB (Dep. Chern., Niigata UnivJ
KUROYANAGI Tokihiro ~Wp~~* (Dep. Phys., Kyushu Univ.):f§ ~ (Dep. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
LEE Sanmu
MARUMORI Toshio A ~ 1f:j( (Dep. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
MA TSUKI Seishi t~
fiE!i: (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
MATSUYANAGI Keniti t~ WP ii7f (Dept. Phys., Kyoto Univ.):E- (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
MIURA Iwao .=. mi
MIY AMURA Osamu '§ M 1~ (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)m (Fac. Sci., Osaka UnivJ
MIY A TAKE Hiroari '§ tt\
MURAKAMI Tetsuya *1.L rg(Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
LlJ flj ¥ (Tokyo Univ. Mercantil Marine)
MURA YAMA Toshiyuki

*

m

*

m

'*

=

*;tJ

**

m

*

*

*m

*1

-275-

MUROT ANI Shin ~ ~{.' (Sch. Sci. & Eng., Waseda Univ.)
NAGAI Yasuki :7k #~ (Dep. Appl. Phys."Tokyo Inst. TechnoI.)
J11 (Dep. Chern., Tokyo Metrop. Univ.)
NAKAHARA Hirornichi ~ ffi(
(KEK)
NAKAI Koji ~ # ~NAKAMURA Ichiro ~ M m.e~ (Dep. Phys., Saitarna Univ.)
NAKAMURA Takashi ~ M fEij PI (Cyclotron Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)
NIIT A Koji f=#illft!r= (JAERI, TokaD
NOMURA Toru !f ~1-? (Inst. Nuc!. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
OGATA Hiroshi 11\ 15
J[ (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
ONISHI Naoki 7:. 5 @I ~ (Dep. Phys., ColI. Gen. Educ., Univ. Tokyo)
OOSUGA Toshiaki 7:.~~1iJj[f!Jj (ColI. Art & Sci., Chiba Univ.)
SAKAI Hideyuki ~ # ~ {-]" (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
JII IN 51]\ (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
SASAGAWA Tatsuya(Dep. Phys., Tohoku ColI. Pharrn.)
SA TO Kenichi ~ Hi 'Hi SHIKAZONO N aoki ;m iii @I ~ (JAERI, TokaD
SHINOZUKA Tsutornu 1i ~~ (Cyclotron Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)
SUEKI Keisuke~ 1r- (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
SUGAI Isao rg #Jk (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
SUMIYOSHI Hiroyuki ft E J1; {-]" (Matsusho-Gakuen Junior ColI.)
T AGISHI Yoshihiro ill J¥. ~ *- (Tandem Accel. Cent., Univ. Tsukuba)
TAKADA Kenjiro ~EBf1t{.x.e~ (Dep. Phys., Kyushu Univ.)
T AKEMASA Tadashi 1t\ 1& 13" ± (Dep. Phys., Saga Univ.)¥f. (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
T AKIGA WAN oboru ~ J IITAMAGAKI Ryozo ~;I:][ ~.::::: (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
TANAKA Jinichi ill cp f=(Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
TOHY AMA Mitsuru Jj: Ll1~(Dep. Phys., Kyorin Univ.)
TOMIMASU Takio 'i'~~{J~ (Electro Tech. Lab')
f:!if: (Dep. Appl. Phys., Tokyo Inst. TechnoI.)TORIY AMA Tarnotsu J~ Ll1
TSUNEMOTO Hiroshi t§: j(;m (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
VALLI K. (Dep. Phys., Jyvaskyla Univ., Finland)
WADA Michiharu *0 B3 J11 tEl (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
W AKAI Masarnichi ;fi # IT J11 (Dep. Phys., Osaka Univ.)
Y AMANOUCHI Mikio Ll1 pg ~ tit (Tandem Accel. Cent., Univ. Tsukuba)
YAMAZAKI Takashi Ll1 UffIT~ (RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
YOSHIDA N obuaki E B3 '§' ~ (Dep. Phys., Univ. Tokyo)
YOSHIDA Shiro E EB J~.e~ (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
YOSHINAGA Naotaka E:7k fEij ~ (Cornput. Cent., Univ. Tokyo)

*

sL

=

m

**

m

(Students)
FUKASHIRO Yasuyuki ~ f~
Z (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
HAMADA Shingo 71 B3 a JI~ (Dep. Nucl. Eng., Kyoto Univ.)
HIRASAW A Junichirou ljZ~7~-.e~ (Dep. Appl. Phys., Tokyo Inst. TechnoI.)
KOBAYASHI Takayuki 11\ iff .. Z (Dep. Chern., Tokyo Metrop. Univ.)
KOSUGA Hiroyuki 11\ rg 1$ Z (Dep. Phys., Toho Univ.)
KURAMOTO Takeshi jl
1t\ ~ (Dep. Phys., Univ Tokyo.)
MARUYAMA Toshiki A Ll11iJj[ ~ (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
NAKAOKA Masaya ~ f.ijj iE ~ (Dep. Phys., Saitarna Univ.)
NISHINAKA Ichiro 5 ~ -.e~ (Dep. Chern., Tokyo Metrop. Univ.):J.R (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
OGAWA Izumi 11\ J II
f= (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
SUNAOSHI Hitoshi @I:rf¥
SUZUKI Katsuhiro
1m(Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)

"*

*

n* m

Linear Accelerator Laboratory

CHIBA Toshiya

T ~ flj ~CHIBA Y oshiaki-276-

T ~ iff f!Jj

FU JIMAKI Masaki Hi ~ lE W
HIRENZAKI Satoru .tt~~ 'tR
KOBA YASHI Toshio IJ\{3t ;ILl
MIY AZAWAY oshi toshi '§ ¥R {~ ~!i
T ANIHA T A Isao :fr;:m ~ x
W ADA Takahiro to B3 ~YOSHIDA Koichi ~ B3 YC -***HEMMI Masatake ~ J[ 1& ft\
KASE Masayuki 110€§ Z
KUMAGAI Hidekazu fl~:fr
to
SUZUKI Takeshi ~f}t
TONUMA Tadao p
lE ;ILlY ANOKURA Minoru 9(!T~ ~

wj

*m *

(Visitors)
FUJIWARA Ichiro Hi JJj{ - a~ (Inst. Atomic Energy, Kyoto Univ.)
FUJIWARA Mamoru Hi JJj{~
(RCNP, Osaka Univ.)
HIRA T A Daisy (CT A, Inst. Estudos A vancados, Brasil)
ITO Noriaki {]I" Hi ~ BB (Dep. Cryst. Mater., Nagoya Univ.)(Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.). KATORI Kenji ~ If3( ~!I~(Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
KIKUCHI Jun 1m it!!
KIMURA Kikuo *~1%~;[l (Fac. Sci., Kyushu Univ.)
OBUTI Marcia M. (Sao Paulo Univ.; Saitama Univ.)
SAKAI Hideyuki ~ it ~ 1-]- (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
SUDA Toshimi ~J[ B3 tlj ~ (Fac. Sci., Tohoku Univ.)
SUGA W ARA Masahiko ;g @: €§ ~ (Fundam. Sci., Chiba Inst. Techno!.)~ (Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
YAMAGUCHI Hiromi UJ 0=m

(Students)
ABE Kenichi fWJ ff~ f}t ITO Tatsuya {]I" Hi Ji -1ft

(Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)(Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)

Radiation Laboratory

GONO Yasuyuki ~. ~ Z
ISHIHARA Masayasu 15 @: IE ~KONNO Satoshi ii tf~
SUZUKI Masayo ~€§ i!tT AN AKA Kazuhiro B3 $ to
WATANABE Yasushi ¥It ~~FERRAGUT Alain.$:
ICHIHARA Takashi rTf JJj{IZUMO Koichi tfj ~ YC NOMURA Izumi tf ~1 to ~TAKAHASHI Tan rW1 ~EL
TENDO Y oshihiko 7( ~ J!j 1ft
YOSHIDA Atsushi E B3~**(Visitors)
ABE Yasuhisa IfoJ ff~ ~ ~ (Res. Inst. Fundam. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)., (Dep. Appl. Phys., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
ADACHI Minoru )E J1.
ANDO Yoshiaki !Jj; Hi ~ ~ (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
APRILE Elena (Columbia Univ., U.S.A)
ASAHI Koichiro fIg *it -a~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
DOKE Tadayoshi ~I~ ~ (Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
ENDO Saburo ~ Hi .:=..a~ (Fac. Eng., Sci. Univ. Tokyo)
iff(Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
FUCHI Yoshihide ~J
FUJIOKA Manabu Hi IliJJ$ (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
FUKUDA Mitsunori ~ B3 YC !I~ (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
FUKUDA Tomokazu ~ B3 ~ to (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
GUY Y. Bizard (CAEN Univ., France)
HASEGAWA Takeo ~:fr}llft\x (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
HASHIZUME Akira ~AA (Japan Atomic Energy Relations Organization)
HITACHI Akira Jj ill~(Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)ft\ (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
ICHIMURA Munetake rTf ~1
IEKI Kazuo *:\JJX to x (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)~(Radioisot. Cent., Univ. Tokyo)
IJIRI Kenichi #

*

*

m

*

m -

-277-

ISHIDA Nobumichi 15 83 1$ ~ (Seikei Univ.)
ISHIKAWA Masanobu D) II ft *,c. (Tokyo Univ. Fisheries)
IW ASAKI Hiroyuki :;5 dfflf 1W fr (KEK)
KANEYUKI Kenji ~ 1T {}t tEl (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Technol.)
KASAGI lirota ~*tElf!~* (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
KASAl Kiyomi 32: 1+ m~ (Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
KA TO Seigo 1m Ii D ~ (Fac. Educ. Yamagata Univ.)(Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
KA TORI Kenji Jm Jf>Z ~KAWAKAMI Hirokane )II -.t 7.i. ~ (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
KAWASHIMA Hideo JII ~ *M£ (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
KIKUCHI lun 1iij ttQ
JIIfi (Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
KIM Hee]. (Oak Ridge National Lab., U.S.A.)
it W (Seoul Univ., Korea)
KIM long-Chan ~KIT AHARA Yoshitaka ~t JW ~:f: (Hoya Corp.)
KIT AO Kensuke ~?p ~f§WJ (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
KOMAGA T A Kazuyuki ,frij ID *0 1T (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)KONDO Takahiko ili:1i~.tttJ (KEK)(Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
KUBONO Sigeru ~f*Jf
KUBOT A Shinzou il 83 {s:::: (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)~(Fac. Educ., Chiba Univ.)
KUSAKARI Hideshige ~ jljt§(Inst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
LEE Sang Mu
MAEDA Kazushige M 83 *0(ColI. Gen. Educ., Tohoku Univ.)
MASUDA Kimiaki ~ 83 0 SA (Saitama ColI. Health)it (KEK)
MA TSUDA Takeshi t'~ 83
N li* (Korea Atomic Energy Res. Inst., Korea)
MIN Byung-Joo 00
MIYATAKE Hiroari '§ it -'=F ili (ColI. Gen. Educ., Osaka Univ.)
MORINAGA Haruhiko ~ 7k ~ ~ (Sec. Phys. Tech. Univ. Mtinchen)#~ (Fac. Sci., Rikkyo Univ.)
MOTOBA Y ASHI Tohru{}t (Dep. Phys., Tokyo Inst. TechnoI.)
MURAKAMI Takeshi t1 -.t
W (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
NAGAI Yasuki 7k H
NAGASHIMA Yasuo :m:!%~ (Dep. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
NAKAJIMA Mitsuo r:p ~ .JE ~ (Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. Technol.)
NAKA YAMA Shintaro r:pW{8*~~ (ColI. Gen. Educ., Tokushima Univ.)
NGUYEN Van Giai (Paris Univ., France)~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
NIIZEKI Takashi *'f 00
OGAWA Masao 11\ )11 ft ~ (Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
OHNUMA Hajime
ill(Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')OKAMURA Hiroyuki flijj ft iJb Z (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
ORIHARA Hikonojo ~~gZ71< (Cyclotron and Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)~ !l ~ (Japan Atomic Energy Res. Inst.)
OSHIMA Masumi~ (Tokyo Univ. Fisheries)
OSHIRO Takashi ~ ~OY AIZU Michihiro IJ\WP?'$JEJ.t (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
Qu Yun-he ftB
ii rIlJ (Inst. High Energy Phys., Chinese Academy of Sciences, China)
J! tEl (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
RUAN (GEN) Jian-zhi ~JC
SAKAGUCHI Harutaka :f:N D tEl ~ (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
SAKAI Mitsuo :f:H. H :W; ~ (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
SAKAI Y oshihide :tJlf 1+ ~(KEK)ftt. (Seikei Univ.)
SA TO Hiroshi ~ Hi
SCHMIDT-OTT Wolf-Dieter (II Phys. Inst., Univ. Goettingen, Germany)j1[ (Saitama ColI. Health)
SHIBAMURA Eido ~ ft
7]\.
Ii (Fac. Educ., Yamagata Univ.)
SHIMIZU Hajime
IE (ColI. Gen. Educ., Osaka Univ.)
SHIMODA Tadashi r 83-¥- (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
SHIMOURA Susumu r tm
SHIRA TO Shoji B ± ~/J\
(Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
SHIROY AMA Masaki ~ W IT W (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)SUEKANE Fumihiko~g (Fac. Sci., Tohoku Univ.)

=

a

*

*

a

a

*

* *

"*
"*

m

m

*
*

=

* :.z

-278-

SUGA W ARA Masahiko rg ffit J§ J$. (Chiba lnst. TechnoU
TAKADA Eiichi ~ 83
(Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
TAKAHASHI Noriaki ~ ifit }!i EJJj (ColI. Gen. Educ., Osaka Univ.)~ (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)
TAKIGAWA Noboru ~ JII
TANAKA Masahiko 83 tp ~ J$. (lnst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
T ANIMORI Tohru .:fr ~Ji (Fac. Sci., Tokyo lnst. TechnoI.)fD Z (Radioisot. Cent., Univ. Tokyo)
TAO Kazuyuki:lt
TOKI Hiroshi ± ~1W (Dep. Phys., Tokyo Metrop. Univ.)
TOYOKAWA Hidenori :ft JII* ~JII (lnst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
UN NO Yoshinobu #ij!MY ~ {~ (KEK)
WATANABE Yasushi ¥It J21}iW ~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
YAMA YA Takashi LlI J¥.
~ (Dep. Phys., Tohoku Univ.)(lnst. Radiat. Breeding, NIAR)
YATO Osamu ~.ii
YOSHIDA Kazuo "5 83 fD ji( (Hoya Corp.)
YOSHINAGA Naotaka E J}c MJ ~ (Saitama Univ.)YOSOI Masaru W~# fif (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
YUT A Haruo ~ 83 ~.t~ (Fac. Sci., Tohoku Univ.)
ZHANG Yu-hu 5:&.33. J'lE (lnst. Mod. Phys., Acad. Sin., China)*-m(Students)
AKEBOSHI Yoshihiro SA £ J: 1$ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
BEN Sei r
IE (Sch. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.)
CHAE Soo-J oh (Seoul Univ., Korea)
DOl Masashi ± # ~ ~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo lnst. Techno!')
FURUT AKA Kazuyoshi tl ~ fD fj{ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')
FUTAMI Yasuyuki~ mZ(lnst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
HASEGAWA Yoji ~.:frJ II.~ (Fac. Sci., Tohoku Univ.)
HASUlKE Katsuhito 51 tIQ 1m A (Sch. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.)
HONJO Yoshio *:IJjX; ~ ji( (lnst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
HOSAKA Masahito 1~ -J;,& i~ A (Cyclotron and Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)lCHlGE Masayuki~ IE Z(Sch. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.)'IN (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
ISHIDA Satoru 15 83
ITO Ken {jt Ii
W (Sch. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.)
ITO Tomoyuki 1¥ Ii ijJj 1T (Sci. Eng. Res. Lab., Waseda Univ.)
IWASA Naohito :!6- ftc ~ {= (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
IZUMI Hideaki ill 7j(
f!J3 (Fac. Sci., Tokyo lnst. Technol.)
KOGANEMARU Kenichi IJ\~1L{}t- (Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. Techno!')KURA Jumpei iff,*~ ~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoI.)
KUROKAWA Meiko ~ JII SA T (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
KUWAHARA K6ta ~ ffit E::t (Sch. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.),~(lnst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
LU Jun g
MIZOT A Takeshi 1M 83 Jt\ ~ (Inst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
MORIKAWA Tsuneyasu ~ JII t§:!i: (Fac. Sci., Hiroshima Univ.)
NAGANUMA Masayuki J}c ill IE 1T(Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
NAKAI Yoichi tp # ~ (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)
NAKAMURA Takashi tp fl ~ ~ (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
NUNOY A Yoshihiko :ffi.:fr ~ J$. (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
OHNlSHl HirokoP§ fa. T(ColI. Agric. Vet. Med., Nihon Univ.)
OHNO Mariko *!fJliJJl[T (Radioisot. Cent., Univ. Tokyo)
OHSAKI Yoshinori~ ~ *'B (Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. Techno!')OHTSU Hideaki~ (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
OKUNO Hiroki ~!f a; W (Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
PU Y.H. ¥i~ J'lE(lnst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
SAKAMOTO N aruhiko -J;,&
JJJG g(Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
SA TO Hiromi fi Ii a; #ij (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Technol.)
SAWADA Shinya ~ 83 Jli itt (Dep. Phys., Kyoto Univ.)

=

m

*

*
*
*?$*

*

-279-

SEKI Hiroyuki ~7Z. Z (Graduate Sch. Nagatsuda, Tokyo Inst. Techno!')~(Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
SEKINE Takashi M fR
SHIMADA Kenji ~ 83 {J! YG (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. TechnoU
SOSO Lucio (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Technol.)
T AJIMA Yasuhisa 83 ~ ~:A. (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')TERANISHI Takashi ~ jZ§
rWb(Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
TOMIT A Shigeo ~ 83 mG X (Inst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)=¥ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')YAJIMA Akira ~ ~~YAMAZAKI Hiroshi W UfiU iJL ~Pj (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')YASHIRO Yoshinori 9( 1i: ~ TJ& (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')Wi t!f (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst.TechnoU
YOON Chong Cheor jI"
YOSHIDA Hiroshi 5 83 1* ~ (Fac. Sci., Tokyo Inst. Techno!')YOSHIDA Kenichiro 583f9l-~~ (Dept. Phys. Kyoto Univ.)
YUASA - NAKAGAWA Keiko $)1 1 J! -T (Inst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba), Atomic Physics Laboratory* m

ANDO Kozo~ ffiiJU =FUKUDA Hiroshi
83
7Z.
KAMBARA Tadashi :t$ JW:
IE
KRA VIS Scott
OHURA Masaki 7:. 1m IE fM

AWAYA Yohko ~ ~?(;'-T
HARSTON Michael R.
KANAI Yasuyuki ~ # 1:* Z
NISHIDA Masami jZ§ 83 ft ~SHIMAMURA Isao ~ f1~*

(Visitors)
AZUMA Toshiyuki
f3t 19 (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
DANJO Atsunori *1 ~ ~ TJ& (Dep. Phys., Niigata Univ.)
DePAOLA Brett D. (Kansas State Univ., U.S.A.)
EULER Joachim (Univ. Frankfurt, Germany)
FUJIMA Kazumi § rl3~ - ~ (Fac. Eng., Yamanashi Univ.)
HARA Shunsuke ~f3t if- (Inst. Phys., Univ. Tsukuba)
HINO Ken- ichi EI!T f9l- (Univ. Electro-Commun.)
HITACHI Akira Jj tfj~(Inst. Sci. Technol., Waseda Univ.)
ISHII Keishi E it • Z (Dep. Eng. Sci., Kyoto Univ.)
ISOZUMI Yasuhito 1i +:fj~A (Inst. Chern. Res., Kyoto Univ.)
ITO Shin fj3' §A (Radioisot. Res. Cent., Kyoto Univ,)
ITOH Yoh {j3' §~(Fac. Sci., Josai Univ.)(ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
IW A T A Yasushi :!5 83 ~KARASHIMA Shosuke~ ~ k(Dep. Electron. Eng., Tokyo Univ. Sci.)
KAWATSURA Kiyoshi }I I 00~
(Kyoto Inst. Techno!')KNUDSEN Helge (Univ. Aarhus, Denmark)
KOBAYASHI Nobuo IJ\ iff 18' X (Dep. Phys., Tokyo Metrop. Univ.)
KOIKE Fumihiro IJ\ ¥fu )( if (Sch. Med., Kitasato Univ.)
KOIZUMI Tetsuo IJ\
t!f X (Dep. Phys., Rikkyo Univ.)
KOMAKI Ken-ichiro IJA~iiff-~~ (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
KUROKI Kenro J!
{J! ~~ (Natl. Res. Inst. Police Sci.; Inst. Phys. ColI. Arts Sci., Univ.
Tokyo)
MA TSUO Takashi t~ ~(Dep. Pathol., Tokyo Med. Dent. Univ.)
MATSUZAWA Michio t~ ii:im 1:: (Dep. Eng. Phys., Univ. Electro-Commun.)
McCANN Jim (Univ. Durham, U.K.)
MIZOGAWA Tatsumi 1M)l 1JJZ B (Nagaoka ColI. TechnoU
MUKOY AMA Takeshi rPJ Ll1~ (Inst. Chern. Res., Kyoto Univ.)
OHTANI Shunsuke 7:. 1§. {3t if- (Inst. Laser Sci., Univ. Electro- Commun.)
OKUNO Kazuhiko ~!T ~D 1ft (Dep. Phys., Tokyo Metrop. Univ,)
pALINKAs J6zsef (Inst. Nucl. Phys. (ATOMKI), Hungarian Academy Sci., Hungary)
SA TO Hiroshi 16: § 1* 5e (Dep. Phys., Ochanomizu Univ.)

m

m

*

*

*

- 280 -

SCHMIDT- BOCKING Horst (Univ. Frankfurt, Germany)
SEKIOKA Tsuguhisa 00 ~ IfflPJ ~ (Himeji Inst. TechnoU
SHIBATA Hiromi ~ EB 1ft ~ (Res. Cent. Nucl. Sci. Technol., Univ. Tokyo)
SHIMA Kunihiro ~*~ tw (Tandem Accel. Cent., Univ. Tsukuba)
SHIMAKURA Noriyuki ~ ~Z (Gen. Educ. Dep., Niigata Univ.)
1$ (Dep. Phys., Sophia Univ.)
SUZUKI Hiroshi ~TAWARA Hiroyuki {~tw Z (N atl. Inst. Fusion Sci.)TERASAW A Mititaka ~ 1R {lfH ~ (Himeji Inst. Techno!.)TSURUBUCHI Seiji -U mM ~(Fac. Technol., Tokyo Univ. Agric. Technol.)W AKIY A Kazuyoshi Jm:e- - ~ (Dep. Phys., Sophia Univ.)m (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
YAMAZAKI Yasunori W ~YOSHINO Masuhiro 5"!f ~ ~L (Lab. Phys., Shibaura Inst. TechnoU
ZOU Yarning (Jiao Tong Univ., China)

*c

*

=

*

(Students)
KAKUTANI Nobukazu ftt3:e- ~ (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
KASUGA Masahito ~ B ~ A (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
NABESHIMA Takayuki m~ .. Z (Dep. Phys., Sophia Univ.)
NAKAMURA Nobuyuki t:p fl {§ 1T (Dep. Phys., Sophia Univ.)
SAKAUE Hiroyuki :f;&.L 1ft Z (Dep. Phys., Sophia Univ.)*- (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
T ADA Hiroshi ~ B3
WATANABE Hiroshi t&{f~.tt;giit (ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)
Y AMAGA T A Masahiro LiJ % ~(ColI. Arts Sci., Univ. Tokyo)a:.

Metal Physics Laboratory

ISHIDA Katsuhiko 15 EB Mj g
KOY AMA Akio IJ\ LiJ Bj3 1L1t
MA TSUSHIT A Akira t'~ T
8)3
NAGAMINE Kanetada 7k it ~ J~'

KADONO Ryosuke r~!f ft. $MA TSUNO Shun-ichi t'~!f {~ MA TSUZAKI Teiichiro t'~~1tlm~~
Y AGI Eiichi J\**-(Visitors)
AKAISHI Y oshinori 7ffi 15 ~(Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Univ.)$ (Cyclotron Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)
FUJIOKA Manabu ;§i ~JONES E. Steven (Dep. Phys. and Astronomy, Brigham Young Univ., U.S.A.)
KAMIMURA Masayasu .L.f1 IE Jm (Fac. Sci., Kyushu Univ.)(Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Univ.)
KUMAGAI Kenichi fl~:e- {}t MINAMISONO Tadanori f¥j III J~' fllj (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
MIYAKE Yasuhiro .=. ~ Jm tw (Meson Sci. Lab., Univ. Tokyo)
MORITA Masato ~ B3 IE A (Fac. Sci., Jyosai Univ.)
TANAKA Koki B3 t:p ¥ ~ (Nippon Steel Corp.)
TORIKAI Eiko ~. B!k: T (Fac. Eng., Yamanashi Univ.)
1J (lCU)W A T AN ABE Tsutomu t& {fB*c(Student)
STRASSER Patrick(Fac. Eng., Univ. Tokyo)

Magnetic Materials Laboratory

OKADA Takuya~ EB ~ itt

Plasma Physics Laboratory

OYAMA Hitoshi 7:. LiJ~

YANO Katsuki-281-~!f Mj %* tit -(Visitor)
SAKAMOTO Yuichi :1&(Electr. Eng. Dep., Toyo Univ.)

Semiconductor Laboratory(Visitor)
AONO Keiko

W JT t! T(ColI. Lib. Arts, Kitasato Univ.)

Inorganic Chemical Physics Laboratory

AMBE Shizuko $: 15~ ~ T
MAEDA Kuniko 1W B3 *~ -T

KA W AI J un 1ilJ ft
WlJ
T AKAMI Michio r%J R j][ ~(Visitors)
ISHII Keizo 15 it
J§ (Cyclotron Radioisot. Cent., Tohoku Univ.)
KUSUY AMA Hiroyuki ;fffl LlJ 5L Z (Saitama Med. Sch.)SASA Yoshihiko 16: J:( -g ~ (Lab. Materials Sci. Technol., Waseda Univ.)
UDA Masayuki -'¥ 83 fit Z (Dep. Mater. Sci. Eng., Waseda Univ.)m

Nuclear Chemistry Laboratory

ARATANI Michi m~ ~ ~IWAMOTO Masako ::6IE T
OHKUBO Yoshitaka :*:~1~~r'aJ

AMBE Fumitoshi $: g~ X ffJ!i.
ITOH Yoshiko 1tt
7J T
KOBA Y ASHI Yoshio IJ\
~ ~

* **

*

(Visitors)
ASAI Kichizo ~ if: 5" ~ (Univ. Electro-Commun.)*- (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
BABA Hiroshi ~:l:~CHEN Shaoyong ~*B ~ (South China Sea Inst. Oceanol., China)
I!Jj (Fac. Sci., Nagoya Univ.)
FURUKAWA Michiaki tl )11
IMAI Masato ~ it IE A (Komatsu Electronic Metals Co., Ltd.)
t1 ~ (ColI. Sci. Eng., Aoyamagakuin Univ.)
KIMURA Kan
KOJIMA Sadao IJ\ ~ ffi[ ~ (Nucl. Med. Cent., Aichi Medical Univ.)
MURAKAMI Hideoki t1 L ~ ~ (Tokyo Gakugei Univ.)
IE (Sch. Hygienic Sciences., Kitasato Univ.)
NOZAKI Tadashi JT ~OKADA Shigenobu IiGJ 83 ~ 18" (RID Eng., Shimazu Corp.)
OOHIRA Shigeo :*: -SfZ :m ~ (Nikkei Techno Res. Co., Ltd.)SAITO Kazuo 1f Hi fD ~ (Toshiba Corp., R&D Cent.)~(Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
SAITO Tadashi ~ Hi
SHIBAT A Seiichi ~ 83 ~ (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
f!1. (Fac. Sci., Nagoya Univ.)
SHINOHARA Atsushi 1il @:~(Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
SUGAI Isao rg it
T AZAKI Kazue 83 MIT fD rI (Fac. Sci., Shimane Univ.)
YOKOYAMA Akihiko ti LlJ I!Jj ~ (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
YUKA W A Masae ~) II *E ~ (Nat. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
ZHANG Guilin ~t!
(Shanghai Inst. Nucl. Res., China)

n

*

**

(Students)
AKIYAMA Hiroshi f.k LlJ
ii5 (Dep. Metal Eng., Shibaura Inst. Techno!')KA W ARADA Jun 1ilJJZ!:83 r1J: (ColI. Sci. Eng., Aoyamagakuin Univ.):*: (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
KIRIU Masaru mJ ~KURACHI Junji it ~ r1J: ~ (Fac. Sci., Nagoya Univ.)
1= (Univ. Electro- Commun.)
NAKAMURA Jin cP 1'1
SHINT AI Junichirou ffwr1J:-'@~ (Fac. Sci., Nagoya Univ.)-282-

T AKESAKO Kazuhiro tt:i§ *0 ~ (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
TANIGUCHI Eugene ~ 0 ~ 1= (Fac. Sci., Nagoya Univ.)
W A TANABE Seiya tIl ill ~ t!1 (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
1'1= (Fac. Sci., Osaka Univ.)
Y ANO Daisaku ~!f
7k E. (Dep. Metal Eng., Shibaura Inst. Technol.)
YOSHINAGA Hiroshi*aChemical Dynamics Laboratory

KIMURA Kazuie*;f'1 - f(Visitor)
ITO Yasuo

*

1~ Hi

~

(Res. Cent. Nucl. Sci. Technol., Univ. Tokyo)

Cellular Physiology Laboratory

HANAOKA Fumio 1E 1m] Y:. 1L1t
YATAGAI Fumio ~B3~y:'~KITA YAMA Shigeru

it LlI

7Yl(Visitors)
ANDO Kohichi !J7: Hi W (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)BA VERSTOCK Keith F. (Radiobiol. Unit, Med. Res. Counc., U.K.)
FUKUMURA Akifumi
M fijj 5t: (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
FURUSA WAY oshiya r!1 tR 1~ t!1 (N aU. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
1fi = (Fac. Med., Keio Univ.)
HASHIMOTO Shozo ~HOSHINO Kazuo £!f - n:t (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
ITOH Hisao 1Jt~ ~ (Fac. Med., Keio Univ.)
KANAI Tatsuaki :it: # Ji fijj (Natl. Inst. Radiol. SciJ
KAWACHI Kiyomitsu 10] 101 m(Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
KAWASHIMA Katsuhiro JII £ 1m iJL (Natl. Inst. Radiol. SciJKIMOTO Masafumi
IE 5t: (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)~ (Japan Atomic Energy Res. InstJ
KOBAYASHI Yasuhiko IJ\:#
KOHNO Toshiyuki 10]!f 13t Z (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
KOIKE Sachiko IJ\ ttl! ¥ T (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)(Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
KOJIMA Eiichi IJ\ £KOSAKA Toshifumi IJ\ ±R 13t Y:. (Dep. Vet. Radiol., Nihon Univ.)
McINTYRE Cindy L. (Radiobiol. Unit, Med. Res. Counc., U.K.)(N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)MINOHARA Shinichi ~ JJi( 1$ NAKAI Hirokazu 9=T # iJL *0 (Dep. Agric., Shizuoka Univ.)
JJi(
ijL (Dep. Gen. Cul., Okayama Univ.)
OHARA Hiroshi
SOGA Fuminori ~ ~ Y:. 1§' (Inst. Nucl. Study, Univ. Tokyo)
SUDO Michio ~Hi~~1i.t (Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
TAKATUJI Toshihiro ~ J± 13t E. (RI Cent., Nagasaki Univ.)
TANAKA Kaoru B3 9=T•(Natl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)~ (N atl. Inst. Radiol. Sci.)
TSUBOI Atsushi :If #E. (Japan Atomic Energy Res. Inst.)
W A T AN ABE Hiroshi tIl ill
WATANABE Masami ill illlE(RI Cent., Fac. Med., Yokohama City Univ.)
YAMASHITA Shoji LlI ~ {§ {)z (N atl. Saitama Hospital)

m

*

*

*
*:7C
*

*-

*

a

(Student)
SUZUKI Masaon * ft 1Lt (RI Cent., Fac. Med., Yokohama City UnivJ

Safety Control Affairs Office

KAGAYA Satoru )]O~~ 'IR

KA TOU Hiroko-283-)]0 Hi 1W T

KATOU Takeo 110 ~:it\ ME
MA TSUZAWAY asuhide tl ¥R tJi: J'§
SAKAMOTO Ichiro :f:&~~
USUBA Isao ¥f. ~JRJ}j
KOHNO Isao iEJ ti
MIYAGAWA Makoto '§ JII ~ ~SHINOHARA Shigemi ~ JB(*-

ac

Surface Characterization Center
IWAKI Masaya
SAKAIRI Hideo

B

*

IE ~

KOBA Y ASHI Takane:f:& A. ~ ME;J\** tl!$

Laser Science Research GroupNAMBA Susumu

~ ¥&:

J1t

(Osaka Univ.)

Synchrotron Radiation Facility Design Groupm

BE Suck Hee!ff.
~
HARA Masahiro JB(
ft ~k
KAWASHIMA Yoshitaka JII ~ W #MASUDA Takemasa ~ EB ffilJU IE
MOTON AGA Shoushichi ][; 7k BE? t
OHASI Yuuji *1ft
OIKA W A Yoshifumi ~ JII Ji fiB
SAKA UE Hiroyuki :f:&..t.
z
T AKEBE Hideki :it\ tf~ ~ W
TANAKA Hitoshi EB:l$]
W A TAN ABE Kowashi Vi j§
IlGJU

m =

m

*'

EGO Hiroyasu ~ ~B m x
KAMITSUBO Hiromichi ..t. P¥ J.i;. ~KUMAGAI N oritaka fl~:fr ~ #MATSUI Sakuo tlitfi~*
NAKAMURA Takeshi cP f1
IlGJU
OHNISHI Junichi *- iffi *~OUCHI Tetsuya *- P'9 1~ m
SASAKI Sigeki fi.l< *a~f
T AKESHIT A Isao 11 T ~W ADA Takeshi ~D EB:ILl
YANO Katsuki
Jm ~

-

*

*-!T

(Visitors)
HANASAKA Takao 7E:I:.& #:lLl (Shimazu Co.)HIRANO Yoshiki :stZ ti 7J W (Anelva Co.)INOUE Koji it..t. ~ P] (Kobe Steel, Ltd.)KUMAGAI Keiko fl~:fr fl -T (Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.)fYj (Irie Koken Co., Ltd.)SHIMIZU Akira m71<
T AKADA Takeo r%J EB :it\:lLl (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)TAKAHASHI Sunao r%J m ~ (Kobe Steel, Ltd.)~~.N (Univ. Sci. Tech. China)
XU Choyin 1~
YAMAMOTO Yuuichi LlJ:ILl - (Mitsubishi Electric Co.)
YOKOUCHI Shigeru tl P'J(Osaka Vacuum Ltd.)*a(Students)
HA Y ASHI Katuyuki
Jm Z (ColI. Hum. Sci., Nihon Univ.)
ONODERA Masahiro ;J\ti~lEm (ColI. Hum. Sci., Nihon Univ.)
SAITOH Hiroaki~ J1: fYj (ColI. Hum. Sci., Nihon Univ.)
x:it\ (ColI. Hum. Sci., Nihon Univ.)
SONO Fumitake ~

**

*

-284-

AUTHOR INDEXABE Kenich roJ${t- 46, 47, 122
ABE Ryo

~

roJ$

3, 7

roJ$$~ABE Yasuhisa

11, 13~15~Uc*$D-:r26

FUJIOKA Manabu §f1Q1 $89, 95, 96, 97, 98

ANDO Koichi *§$- 107,113
ANDO Kozo *§IijU-= 69, 79, 150
ANDO Yoshiaki*§~~

ARAI Ichiro

wWP:R:f~

ARA T ANI Michi

86

m1§-~~

101, 151, 152, 153~#a-]ij

83, 88, 89, 91'*

AZUMA Toshiyuki
13i'11" 72
BABA Hiroshi ~:t~92
BAI Xi Xiang 8 1ff~ 36*

BAVERSTOCK Keith F.
~

43

*

FUKUDA Hiroshi 1iEE
58,61
FUKUDA Tomokazu 1iEE;;!=HD 55, 126

ti!fJIP¥ 49

FURUNO Kohei

tiif1j*Dt~

42, 121GAILLARD G.

53

GALSTER Wilfried 42

m fjj:-!,!~ 39, 41, 43, 126

ASAI Tatsuo ~#~~ 110
AWAYA Yohko ~El~r 67,68,69,70,72,77,78,79

BE Suck Hee~1--t~Z

FUKASHIRO Yasuyuki

GALONSKY Aaron 42

65

ARVIEUX Jacques 53
ASAI Kichizo

FUJITA Shin §EE if 246, 248, 250

FUTAMI Yasuyuki =J!Blz 121

55

ARMOUR Edward A. G.
ASAHI Koichiro

FUJISAWA Takashi §tR~~ 163,169
FUJITA Jirou §EEI=f!~ 136, 162

FURUT AKA Kazuyoshi

if#-!'!~

43

FUN ATSU Yoshinori JlJ'cl~~1J!! 39
FURUKAWA Michiaki ti}lI~EY3 93

37

AONO Keiko w!f:f:Er 86
AOYAGI Yoshinobu
APRILE Elena 140

1ff*

FUCHI Yoshihide ~J
129
FUJIMAKI Masaki §~iEW1 46,124

AKIYAMA Hiroshi fj(LlJ ~ 152, 153
AMANO Etsuo ::Rmf't5r.x 111
AMBE Fumitoshi *$Jt~ 88, 89, 91, 93, 95, 96, 97, 98
AMBE Shizuko

132, 140

211, 212, 214, 216

5, 165~W-~IJ7\:;AKAGI Hiroyasu ~*** 3, 7
AKAISHI Yoshinori~~1JIlJt

EULER Joachim 68
FERRAGUT Alain 48, 49, 50, 116

ADACHI Minoru JE.lr .. 41
AIHARA Toshimitsu

jg*/'i!;,~

DOKE Tadayoshi
EGO Hiroyasu

104

Ui:g 219, 221, 223, 225, 226, 227, 229
231, 233

GARCON Michelle 53
GARG Amar. Nath 97
GHEDIRA L.

53

GIESE John 75
GONO Yasuyuki~~.~Z

GOTO Akira f&§~

48, 49, 50, 116, 119

3, 7, 37, 167

GUILLAUME G.

53

GUILLOT J. 53
HAMA Hiroyuki~

HAMADA Shingo~EEJ!t'IN

J.t$ 4243¥ '148

BEA UMEL Didier 41

HANADA Toru :tEEE

BENTZ Wolfgang 21, 22

HANAOKA Fumio :tEf1Q1Jt1L1E 109

BOCQUET Jean Pierre 53

HAN ASAKA Takao :tE~~1L1E 231, 233
HANSEN J .E. 78
HARA Masahiro 1m ftsL 173, 184, 187, 190, 192, 195

BONIN B. 53
BOUDARD Allain 53

211, 212, 214, 216

BOYD Richard N . 36
CARJAN Nicolae 11, 13

HARA Shunsuke 1m 13i'iI 63
HARADA Toru ImEE ~ 24,26

CHAKRABARTI Alkock 39

HARASAWA Kaoru ImtR •CARBONELL Jaume 53

CHEN Shao Yong~

CHIBA Toshiya

T~~IJ~*B~5, 165

HASEBE Hiroo

CHIBA Yoshiaki

T~WEY35, 165, 169

HASEBE N obuyuki

95,96,97,98

HARSTON M.R.

89

62~1§-$m1L1E

5, 165~1§-fflH§11"132

DA TE Schin WJ.t 1ff! 33

HASHIMOTO Iwao ~* If& 84
HASHIMOTO Shozo ~*~-= 108
HASHIZUME Akira ~JT\ M 154, 155

DEPAOLA Brett D.

HA T AN AKA Kichiji :lW cpa-tEl 51, 128, 131, 162

DAlBO Hidemi ***~ 231
DANJO Atsunori ~...t~~ 77
75

IWATA Ren :583~

HAYAKAWA Taketo .!f-)II-ffiA 49.!f-Jllf~-i!~

JENSEN Aksel S.

16

HEMMI Masatake ~~i&ftt 5, 165, 169
HINO Ken-ichi B!f{jt- 59

KADAR I 78

HAYAKAWA Shun-ichiro

3¥!fJj~HIRANO Yoshiki

51

221, 231

99

r~!f.l5t$

KADONO Ryosuke

KAGAYA Satoru 1Jojim

57, 82, 138'I~242, 245~LiJ

lE 3, 7, 161, 162

HIRATA Daisy 20, 36

KAGEYAMA Tadashi

HlRENZAKI Satoru .ttJJl!IWrr 'I~ 24, 25

KAJINO Toshitaka *~!f1!i5l:. 39
KAKUTANI Nobukazu ~1§-~- 72

f3 tB

HITACHI Akira

69, 140

jj[

HOFMANN Helmut 16:2fs::tJtZ~J;(HONJO Yoshio

79, 150121#lliD~.l5t

HORIGUCHI Takayoshi~:I;&:m A

HOSAKA Masahito

117

51, 131

m=5lEZ 140
ICHIHARA Takashi mW- J:j[ 37, 39, 41, 51, 128, 129
ICHIGE Masayuki:&#Jl~KANAI Tatsuaki
KAN AI Yasuyuki

103, 104, 107, 108, 109, 113:&#~Z67, 68, 69, 70, 72, 75, 77, 78

3,7

KASAGI Jirohta

S1:*tEii!~*

76

KASE Masayuki 1Jolii§§Z 3, 5, 7, 140, 156, 158, 165

mJII~=

ft&~1!i5l:~

KAMITSUBO Hiromichi L±¥*J!! 173:&r-i!~

IEKI Kazuo *:tJtZ.fOJ;( 37, 42
lIT AKA Toshiaki

KAMIMURA Masayasu Lf1lE,* 62

KANEKO Ichiro131, 142, 144, 146
ICHIKAWA Ryuji

t$W- lE 67, 68, 69, 70, 72, 77, 78

KAMBARA Tadashi

KASAl Kiyomi

1041£:#m~

107

167

IIVONEN Asko 117
IJIRI Kenichi #mJl-

KASHIW AGI Toshisuke ffi*flJ1t

112

1fuL1L-=~

169, 248, 250

~p

f§?!~

INAMURA Takashi fiSt1
INOUE Kouji#L~"RJ36, 37, 39, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47

KA TOU Takeo 1JoYi~1£l 242, 245

122, 162

KATSURAGAWA Hidetsugu

J:j[

t!JII~~

43, 117, 118, 142, 246

KAWACHI Kiyomitsu tilJi0Jm7'C

248

KAWAI lun t"iiJ-€I

211, 212, 214, 216:083Jm~ISHIDA Katsuhiko

KATORI Kenji J.i1&~= 46

227, 229

INABE Naohito fiSJ2lr%A

KA TO Hiroko 1JoYiiWr 242, 245
KATO Masayuki 1JoYi§§Z 21
KA TO Seigo 1JoYiD:g 39, 51, 128, 131

IKEZAW A Eiji 1tHtR~= 5, 165
IMAI Takashi ~# 1i' 134
IN Sang Ryul

132, 140

KA TO Chihiro 1JOYiT~ 134

IKEDA Nobuo 1fu831$J;( 39
IKEGAMI Kumio

42, 12157, 82, 138

W~147, 148, 150

KAWAMURA Yoshiyuki
KAWARADA Jun tilJW-83

t"iiJf1.l5t1T 169
i¥ 98

ISHIDA Nobumichi :0831$J!! 140

KAWASHIMA Hideo )II ~~W 129

ISHIDA Satoru :083 '/'a 51, 128

KAWASHIMA Yoshitaka

ISHIHARA Masayasu EW-lE* 1, 37, 39,41,42,43

KAWATSURA Kiyoshi

J II ~ffi~~

JIIOO

~

44, 47, 51, 122, 126

KIKUCHI J un 1ro1tH JI[W 132, 140

131, 142

KIM Hee 1 . 126

ISHIHARA Takeshi :OW- ftt 59

KIM J ong Chan :& $lit 46, 124

ISHII Keizo :o#!t~ 71
ISHII Yasuyuki :O#{:!if1:1-T 178, 180, 182

KIM Yong Kyun :&ISHIKAWA Hiroshi :0) II

KIMURA Kan *t1 ~ 98~

76

ISHIKAWA Toshiyuki :OJllf3t1T 3, 7
ISHIZUKA Takeo:o~ftt~117, 118

ISSHIKI Hiroshi -is iW 3, 7
ITO Hisaof~Hi)..J;(108

ITSUMI Norifumi ~~*"RJ

132

~t'5]

211, 212, 214, 216

72,78

46, 124KIMOTO Masashi *JClEJe 113
KIMURA Kazuie*t1-~

114, 115

KIMURA Kikuo *f1g:)"1£l 36, 126
KIRIU Masaru ~~KIT AO Kensuke

ITOH Yoshiko W*Jjr 99

117

103, 107, 113*- 92~~ JE€J!Ulj]

154, 155KITAYAMA Hiroki~tLiJ.ttg~

HITAYAMA Shigeru

~tLiJ

55

iP!. 110IWAKI Masaya :5*1E"ijIG 8, 84, 86

KITCHING Peter 55

8, 84, 86 Masako :5:2fs:lE r

KOBAYASHI Takane /J'#8, 244KOBAYASHI Toshio /J'#f3tW 45, 46, 47, 55, 122, 124

95, 96, 97, 98, 244

IWASA Naohito :516:@I1= 18, 37"*

Ij\**~515

KOBA Y ASHI Yoshio

KOHARA Shigeo INff(m:;R
KOHNO Isao

MA TSUYAMA Hideto

97,98

MATSUZAKI Teiichiro ;f'~~tJlmf!~

57, 82, 138

MA TSUZAWAY asuhide ;f'~tR3(*

242, 245

167

V1J*1ij[f!~KOHMOTO Toshiro

rilJJl!Tf~z

MCINTYRE Sindy 104
MERCHEZ Fernand 37, 53

103

rilJJI!T ~ 132, 134
KOIKE Sachiko Ij\nB$T 113
IJ\JRJ'[;~

Pi1 pgli* 48, 50

MIN Byong J 00

KOHNO Tsuyoshi
KOIZUMI Mitsuo~8±r(fj]!

MINOH Arimichi

Ij\~ti515

93

MINOHARA Shinichi

KOJYO Tetsuya

Ij\~~~

212, 214MISU Akira

JjA~1iff-f!~

KOMAKI Ken-ichiro

IJ\;f'~W;:t,72, 78KOSAKO Toshiso Ij"fti:il1ij[B:49

KOX Serge 37, 53

IHliBgm 76

KRA VIS Scott D.

69, 70KUBO Toshiyuki~f*1Jj[$it~3f

MIZOGAWA Tatsumi~JIIJJR867

MIZOGUCHI Masaki

~D~a

24

~E8~~

Y:.

121

~f8

MORITA Kosuke

44, 46, 48, 50, 67, 73

MORITA Susumu ~E8

74, 115, 119, 124, 126

MORIYA Hitoshi

198, 201, 203, 205, 207
175, 177, 180, 182, 198

46, 124~EEt!fr

48, 50, 116, 117, U8, 120

k:i 71~J¥.

~MORRISSEY David 41

132

***

MOTOBA Y ASHI Tohru~ 18, 37, 53, 120
MOTONAGA Shoshichi 5Cj)(Bgt 198, 200, 201, 207
MUKHOPADHY A Y Tapan 3978

B T ~ i:f1 212

KUSAKA Takuya

5, 16536, 37, 39, 126, 129

41, 126~*{}!f!~KUROKI Kenro'8tRf~1i!za

J!JlIIWT 37,120

KUROKAWA Meiko'8Jtt*ili 41

MORIKAWA Tsuneyasu ~JI[t§3( 48,50

205, 207, 209
KURA Junpei

MIMA TAKE Hiroari242,245

MOON Chang- Bum

fl~1§.~$':KUMAGAI Noritaka'8JI[~§

47, 122, 126, 162

fl~1§.f!T

KUMAGAI Keiko'8t±:l**c 203, 205

36,37,39,41,42,43,44,46

fl~1§.~~D

KUMAGAI Hidekazu

103

76

MIYAGAWA Makoto

MIZOTA Takeshi~1*JI!TKUBONO Shigeru

45

163

~@:f$-~MIY AZA WAY oshitoshi

250

KOYAMA Akio=~

MIYADE Hiroki

105

Ij\;f'~@:m'f!~

KOMA TSUBARA Tetsuro~~,~, JtIJ

MINAMISONO Tadanori

43, 117, 118

KOJIMA Sadao

KOMA TSU Kenshi

55

MCGUIRE Jim 59

43

r"6JJI!T m 242, 244, 245

KOHNO Toshiyuki;f'~LlJ B t±:lA

83, 88, 89, 91, 95, 96

MULLER Walter 45
MUNAKAT A Kazuoki*f~-JEQMURAKAMI Hideoki

M--.t~Jij.

134
99

KUSAKARI Hideshige~)l.IJ~*48, 50

MURAKAMI Hiroyuki M--.tt! Z

KUSAWAKE Hiroaki

JJl~7t*~92

MURAKAMI Takeshi MI. ru! 48, 49, 50, 116, 121~@:*::t

KUWAHARA Kota

MURA YAMA Toshiyuki MLlJffj$ 43, 117, 118

140* :tEla121

NABESHIMA Takayuki

wIfE:Ii 80

NAGAE Tomofumi

LEE Sang Mu
MAEDA Haruka

ME8~DaMAEDA Kazushige

55

MAEDA Kuniko

ME8*~T

MAlE Takeshi~*~±3, 7

71, 139, 147, 148, 150

MASUDA Kimiaki ~EE0~~~.Z~1lR~~NAGASE Makoto ~1fJj

~

55

158

7kEEMiIW 132

MASUDA Takemasa~EEJlijjUlE

209,240

NAGATA Katsuaki

MATSUDA Takeshi;f'~E8140

NAKAGAWA Takahide

q:rJII~*MATSUKI Nobuo f'~*f~m 236
MA TSUI Sakuo ;f'~#fti:~:;R
MA TSUKI Seishi

f'~*fiE~

MATSUMOTO Takehico198, 203, 205, 207

NAKAI Hirokazu
NAKAI Yohta

f'~*~~

83

MATSUO Takashi f'~~
73,74
MATSUO Yukari ;f'~~EI3Ji'~fj 80

IW 57, 82, 138

MA TSUSHIT A Akira;f'~ T

MA TSUTA Kensaku

f'~~{}!Jff

45

3, 7, 36, 44, 121,
160, 161

43, 117*77j)(tI:fflY:. 55
NAGAMINE Kanetada j)(~~,~, 57,81,82,138
NAGAMIYA Shoji j)('§lEm 31
NAGASAKA Yasushi

140~

37, 132

q:r#5L~q:r#~::t110

78

NAKAJIMA Mitsuo

cp~1E:;R48, 50NAKAJIMA Shunji

cp~~=

87,250r~

NAKAMOTO Atsushi

cp*

NAKAMURA Ichiro

cpt1mf!~

NAKAMURA N obuyuki

132
117, 118

cpM-1afj" 77

rpM~aj

NAKAMURA Takashi

39,41,43,44,47, 122126

rpM IPlJU 184,186,211,218,240
NAKANISHI Noriyoshi rpgff*c.% 87, 171, 246, 248

NAKAMURA Takeshi

250

ROWNTREE David 55
RUAN Jian-Zhi

ltm 37IVC

SAITO Motozou 1fi1iMl= 162
SAITO Tadashi ~i1i 1R 92, 93~i1imr

SAITO Yuko

98

NAKANO Kazushiro

rp!:ffD:lJtt 104, 105, 106, 109, 112

SAKAI Hideyuki

NAKAOKA Masaya

rpltOJiEijlt 117, 118

SAKAIRI Hideo ~A~W 8

NARAMOTO Hiroshi ~*NGUYEN Van Sen 53~~

NIIZEKI Takashi

~

~

78

51, 128, 131~~~51J~~NISHIDONO Toshirou

219

~#~17

44, 51, 128, 131, 162~*-fl~SAKAMOTO Ichiro

244, 245, 246, 248

SAKAMOTO Naruhiko ~*nx~ 162
SAKAUE Hiroyuki ~J:m~ 221,223,225,233
1ti:!fj[;~

SANO (MURAOKA) Mitsuo

NOMURA Izumi !:fMfDJR 55, 126
NOMURA Toru !fM ~ 39, 120, 126
OGAWA Izumi tj\} II JR 43
OGAWA Masao

31,32
SASA Yoshihiko 1ti:,q ~~ 71, 139, 148
SASAKI Masao 1ti:,q *lE~

IJ\}II~~

48,50

105
SASAKI Shigeki 1ti:,q *&W 238

~'*

m 244

SASAKI Shigemi 1ti:,q *&~ 234, 236

OGIWARA Kiyoshi*'* 5L 107,113*mm= 211,212, 214, 216

OHARA Hiroshi
OHASHI Yuji

OHKI Tomonori **~JW 5,165
OHKUBO Yoshitaka *~ilf:~~ 41, 88, 89, 92, 93, 95
96, 97, 98, 154, 155*~~-

OHNISHI Jun-ichi

198, 200, 201, 207

*m

~~lEW

SA TAKA Masao

78

SA TO Hiromi 1ti:i1iiZ:#il 41
SCHMIDT -Ott W olf-Dieter 41
SCHONE H.

75

SCHUCH Reinhold 67
SEKI Hirouki

M 7f.z 48, 50

OHNUMA Hajime-m 39, 51, 128, 131
OHT A Shigemi ::t:EE?fl~ 35

SEKIMOTO Michiko
SEKIOKA Tsuguhisa~*~%JrOHT ANI Syunsuke *~f3tfl' 77

SHEL TON Robert N.

83*f}jl~~OHTSUKI Yoshihiko

76

OHURA Masaki *imlEW 39, 51, 68, 69, 70, 79, 131
OKADA Akihiko IEJEBBB~ 153

ItOJEBliffu 83, 88, 89, 91

OKADA Takuya

OKAMOTO Shinji ltOJ*m= 246
OKAMURA Hiroyuki ItOJM5L~ 44, 51, 128, 131, 162
OKUMURA Yutaka~Mj[~!:fJ.tW

OKUNO Hiroki

105

39, 41, 43, 44, 126~J:0-lE

ORIHARA Hikonojo

152.,*~zZR*~;fttJ:

OSHIMA Masumi~IEJM~~E8m~

SHIBATA Hiromi
SHIBATA Seiichi[g1J~9:~SHIMA Kunihiro

68

67,73,74
89, 93~83~-

SHIKAT A Takashi

55

248, 250

fl3tt 67SHIMAMURA Isao £M ~ 58, 61.62, 64, 65, 66
SHIMIZU Hajime m7.l< ii 51, 128, 131
SHIMODA Tadashi -rEBiE 41

SHIMOMURA Koichiro-rMrs--fl~

39,51,131

48, 50SHINO Tomoaki 1il

~lif

132

SHINOHARA Atsushi 1il,* J!1. 92, 93

OTSUKA Shozo *~~= 3,7
OUCHI Tetsuya *pgWfu 198
OYAIZU Michihiro IJ\{YP$3'EiZ: 101

SIEMS SEN Rolf 47

pALINKAs J.

SMART Construction Group 129

70

SHINOZUKA Tsutomu 1il~ ~ 43,117,126
SHIRATO Shoji B±~l\= 37~ft)(~PERRIN Claude 37, 53

SOGA Fuminori

PLUMMER Martin 65

SOUTOME Kouichi !f.Zftj[;- 17

PROKHVA TILOV M. A.
PU Y. H . ¥ii~11E

QU Yun He ftfl
RASIN V.I.

55

121

:L:fJlJ 140

55. REBREYEND Dominique 37, 53
RICHARD Patrie 75

43, 117

SHIMOURA Susumu -rim 11 36, 37, 39, 44, 45, 46
47, 122, 126

OLSON Douglas 45
ONOE Kosei

17, 27, 28, 30

STOLTERFOHT N.

103

78

SUDA Toshimi~EBflJ~SUDOU Michio~i1i~~W

SUGAI Isao 1f#

~

55
103

101, 117

SUGIMOTO Kenzo ~*{jt= 45
SUMOROK K. 140

SUN AOSHI HitoshiCifj)¥f343

n*:Ji7\:; 212, 214

SUZUKI Hiromitsu

n*~"Rln*~$

SUZUKI Masao

rm#.x

URAl Teruo

106

VALLI K.

117

VEGH L.

58

n*J§t!t 104, 112, 140n* 1}l 36, 45, 46, 99, 124
T ADA Hiroshi ~ B3 7R 72

8, 148~DEBJimW ADA Michiharu

106

41

J::!i!ft$-=r 55

UENO Sachikon* 1$ 77SUZUKI Katsuhiro n*Miii 43

71, 76, 139, 148

J::!f*,~UENO Hideki

SUZUKI Hiroshi

SUZUKI Keiji~EEJ;tZ.

UDA Masayuki

SURAUD Eric 15

SUZUKI Masayo

W ADA Takahiro ~DEE~*SUZUKI Takeshi

W ADA Takeshi

TAG ISHI Y oshihiro

EB ,E?:~7R

T AJIMA Yasuhisa

B3 ~llfi~ 51, 128, 131

117, 118~#IEJ![WAKAI Masamiti

103

W AKIY A Kazuyoshi

T AKADA Takeo~EEj\$

187, 190, 192, 195, 234, 236

WANG Zhen

TAKAGI Tetsuya~#iX~-[:g248

WATANABE Hiroshi

129

WIEMAN Howard H.

92

~m1l~

41

~

T AKAKU Kiyosaku~~mW

71, 80, 117, 118, 148~i±f~*TAKATSUJI Toshihiro

T AKEI Taro

:fEtW~~:fEt#::t~~

77

198, 201, 205, 207, 209

37
92, 9345

WILKIN Colin 53
Y AGI Eiichi~ffi'&

219, 225

J\**- 8, 84, 85~t~

YAlTA Tsuyoshi
Y AJIMA Akira

t13.§~D~

T AKESAKO Kazuhiro*"*

XU Chao Yin ~105~WPf~~TAKAYANAGI Toshinobu
T AKEBE Hideki

223

El 104, 105, 109, 111, 112~J!~~

T AKAMI Michio

x

77

140

~mP..lGA

TAKAHASHI N oriaki~:ft~1§--~

A 240
7Jlill110
WATANABE Hiroshi 7JlW.tt§$ 72
WAT ANABE Kowashi tltJi ~U 219, 225, 226, 233
WATANABE Masami iltillIEB 106
W A T AN ABE Tsutomu tNW tJ 58
WATANABE Yasushi tNill
47,122,142,146

TAKAHASHI N aruto~~

117, 118

fft- ~~ 55

~

~EE*-

TAKAHASHI Tan

27, 28, 30, 31:;fi~J§f!&

WAKASUGI Masanori

TAKADA Eiichi

TAKAHASHI Sunao

9, 11, 13tLt 209, 240~D B3

W AKI Koichiro

43

~~~

~

B3CP

r~

110

YAMAJI Shuhei

TANAKA Hitoshi

B3CP:J::s]

175, 177, 180, 182, 184

121

LlJ 0 sLZ. 84

YAMAGUCHI Hiroyuki

TANAKA Atsushi

98~llJ~f~3:fZ

16, 17

YAMAMOTO Yasuo

llJ*y:~TANAKA Kazuhiro

EBCP~DJJl

21,22

YAMASHITA Shozi

llJr J§{j;: 108

TANAKA Masahiko

EECP~g39,129YAMAZAKI Toshimitsu

TANIGUCHI Eugene

1§-O~C93

YAMAZAKI Y asunori

TANIGUCHI Y oshiki 1§-o ~~ 169
1§-m~xTANIHATA Isao

YANO Katsuki

122,124

YANO Yasushige

it

~DZ.

112

TAWARA Hiroyuki

f~iiz. 73, 74

TENDOW Y oshihiko7(~15gTAO Kazuyuki

154, 155

TEST ARD Olivia

25
72, 78WPIBJJffl~~!fMi~

132

233

~!f~m

3,7,51,131,158,162~!f~

YANOKURA Minoru

TERASAWA Mititaka ~~f1fif~ 68

llJilffiJ~j(7\:;llJilffiJ~m

YANAGIMACHI Tomoki

20, 36, 39, 44, 45, 46, 47

28~

5, 95, 96, 97, 101
151, 152, 153, 244~1~~1J&Y ASHIRO Y oshinori

51

1§-EB~Jtx

Y A T AGAI Fumio

103, 104, 105, 106, 108,
109, 113

45

m 111

)!llJ (pi\] 15
TOKI Hiroshi ±d!X it 20, 24, 25

YA TOU Osamu

YOKOUCHI Shigeru_iAJ & 221, 223, 225, 231

TOMITA Shigeo

YOKOYAMA Ichiro_llJ-~~TOHY AMA Mitsuru

1iEBP..lGx

TOMIZAW A Kazuyuki
TONUMA Tadao

M¥R~DZ.

55?¥B.IE$ 73, 74,79

TOSHIMA Nobuyuki
TOYOKAWA Hidenori
TSUMAKI Kouji

121

?~~W*

60

jlJlI*'wll 39, 51, 121, 128, 131~*~m

YONEDA Akira~~

YONNET J.

134

*~itA

214

53

YOSHIDA Atsushi

EEB

$J(

41, 48, 50, 116, 117, 120
126, 142, 146, 154

177

TSURUBUCHI Seiji ~mM~= 79~*EE

YONEHARA Hirohito

92, 156, 158

YOSHIDA Hiroshi

EEEm"Rl 51, 131i§-133:J't- 42, 45
YOSHIDA Masahiro i§-I33IEIt 105
YOSHINAGA Hiroshi i§-7.k 7R 99

YOSHIDA Koichi

YOSHINO Masuhiroi§-Jf~iJL

77

YOSOI Masaru -3-~# ~ 51, 128, 131

YUASA- NAKAGAWA KeikoYUN C. C.

iim- 39

jt

ZHANG Yu-Hu
ZOU Yarningcp}II~-T~~* .=Em 48, 49, 50, 116~!Y3

69, 70, 79

121

RIKEN Accelerator Progress Report
Jl1t~ffl~PJT1JII~fi~~.iS~n

ijl]

~

fr

.IJZ1iX: 4 -¥ (1992) 3 tI 20 B
.IJZ1iX: 4 -¥ (1992) 3 tI 29 B

~ff~

3][ ft ~ liJf ~ pJf
{-t~~

/j'<

,='351-01{f;ii~~

m25~ (1991)

B3

t~.:E m ;fD ft m IA iR 2 • 1 .!i}1t~i5 (0484) 62- 1 1 1 1

3][ft~liffJEpJf1Joj!~liJf~Ms~jI-g~ ~~~nijl]pJf,='112rm**~ ~n AJjlj
it ~ 11*J¥-rB3tJ¥-IR1J-;fiJII1 T § 3.7 .!i}~ filii 5, OOOJIl(tl!f tUM.glj)

理化学研究所
埼玉県

和光市

広沢